# pali

volume: 29
item: 133
title:
  mahādhammasamādānasuttavaṇṇanā^vīmaṃsakasuttavaṇṇanā^kosambiyasuttavaṇṇanā^brahmanimantanikasuttavaṇṇanā^

content:
  [03] 501^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^V2.0298^ea^ ^a^P2.0405^ea^  ^a^M2.0302^ea^ ^b^me suta^eb^nti  brahmanimantanikasuttaṃ. tattha ^b^pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigata^eb^nti lāmakā  sassatadiṭṭhi. ^b^idaṃ nicca^eb^nti idaṃ saha kāyena brahmaṭṭhānaṃ aniccaṃ  ``nicca''nti vadati. ^b^dhuvādīni^eb^ tasseva vevacanāni. tattha  ^b^dhuva^eb^nti thiraṃ. ^b^sassata^eb^nti sadā vijjamānaṃ.  ^b^kevala^eb^nti akhaṇḍaṃ sakalaṃ. ^b^acavanadhamma^eb^nti acavanasabhāvaṃ.  ^b^idañhi na jāyatī^eb^tiādīsu imasmiṃ ṭhāne koci jāyanako  vā jīyanako vā mīyanako vā cavanako vā upapajjanako vā  natthīti sandhāya vadati. ^b^ito ca panañña^eb^nti ito saha  kāyakā brahmaṭṭhānā uttari aññaṃ nissaraṇaṃ nāma natthīti evamassa  thāmagatā sassatadiṭṭhi uppannā hoti. evaṃvādī pana so upari  tisso jhānabhūmiyo cattāro maggā cattāri phalāni nibbānanti  sabbaṃ paṭibāhati. ^b^avijjāgato^eb^ti avijjāya gato samannāgato  aññāṇī andhībhūto. ^b^yatra hi nāmā^eb^ti yo nāma. <br/><br/>[03] 502^b^.^eb^ ^b^atha kho, bhikkhave, māro pāpimā^eb^ti  māro kathaṃ bhagavantaṃ addasa? so kira attano bhavane nisīditvā  kālena kālaṃ satthāraṃ āvajjeti -- ``ajja samaṇo gotamo  katarasmiṃ gāme vā nigame vā vasatī''ti. imasmiṃ pana kāle  āvajjanto, ``ukkaṭṭhaṃ nissāya subhagavane viharatī''ti ñatvā,  ``kattha nu kho gato''ti olokento brahmalokaṃ gacchantaṃ disvā,  ``samaṇo gotamo brahmalokaṃ gacchati, yāva tattha dhammakathaṃ kathetvā  brahmagaṇaṃ mama visayā nātikkameti, tāva gantvā dhammadesanāyaṃ vichandaṃ  karissāmī''ti satthu padānupadiko gantvā brahmagaṇassa antare  adissamānena kāyena aṭṭhāsi. so, ``satthārā bakabrahmā  apasādito''ti ñatvā brahmuno upatthambho hutvā aṭṭhāsi. tena vuttaṃ  -- ``atha kho, bhikkhave, māro pāpimā''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^brahmapārisajjaṃ anvāvisitvā^eb^ti ekassa brahmapārisajjassa  sarīraṃ pavisitvā. mahābrahmānaṃ pana brahmapurohitānaṃ vā anvāvisituṃ  na sakkoti. ^b^metamāsado^eb^ti mā ^a^P2.0406^ea^ etaṃ  apasādayittha. ^b^abhibhū^eb^ti ^a^V2.0299^ea^ abhibhavitvā ṭhito jeṭṭhako.  ^b^anabhibhūto^eb^ti aññehi anabhibhūto. ^b^aññadatthū^eb^ti  ekaṃsavacane ^a^M2.0303^ea^ nipāto. dassanavasena ^b^daso,^eb^ sabbaṃ passatīti  dīpeti. ^b^vasavattī^eb^ti sabbajanaṃ vase vatteti. ^b^issaro^eb^ti  loke issaro. ^b^kattā nimmātā^eb^ti lokassa kattā ca nimmātā  ca, pathavīhimavantasinerucakkavāḷamahāsamuddacandimasūriyā ca iminā  nimmitāti dīpeti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^seṭṭho sajitā^eb^ti ayaṃ lokassa uttamo ca sajitā ca.  ``tvaṃ khattiyo nāma hohi, tvaṃ brāhmaṇo nāma, vesso nāma, suddo  nāma, gahaṭṭho nāma, pabbajito nāma, antamaso oṭṭho hohi, goṇo  hohī''ti evaṃ sattānaṃ visajjetā ayanti dasseti. ^b^vasī pitā  bhūtabhabyāna^eb^nti ayaṃ ciṇṇavasitāya vasī, ayaṃ pitā bhūtānañca  bhabyānañcāti vadati. tattha aṇḍajajalābujā sattā antoaṇḍakose  ceva antovatthimhi ca ^b^bhabyā^eb^ nāma, bahi nikkhantakālato  paṭṭhāya ^b^bhūtā^eb^. saṃsedajā paṭhamacittakkhaṇe bhabyā, dutiyato  paṭṭhāya bhūtā. opapātikā paṭhamairiyāpathe bhabyā, dutiyato paṭṭhāya  bhūtāti veditabbā. te sabbepi etassa puttāti saññāya, ``pitā  bhūtabhabyāna''nti āha.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^pathavīgarahakā^eb^ti yathā tvaṃ etarahi, ``aniccā dukkhā  anattā''ti pathaviṃ garahasi jigucchasi, evaṃ tepi pathavīgarahakā  ahesuṃ, na kevalaṃ tvaṃyevāti dīpeti. ^b^āpagarahakā^eb^tiādīsupi  eseva nayo. ^b^hīne kāye patiṭṭhitā^eb^ti catūsu apāyesu nibbattā.  ^b^pathavīpasaṃsakā^eb^ti yathā tvaṃ garahasi, evaṃ agarahitvā,  ``niccā dhuvā sassatā acchejjā abhejjā akkhayā''ti evaṃ  pathavīpasaṃsakā pathaviyā vaṇṇavādino ahesunti vadati.  ^b^pathavābhinandino^eb^ti taṇhādiṭṭhivasena pathaviyā abhinandino.  sesesupi eseva nayo. ^b^paṇīte kāye patiṭṭhitā^eb^ti brahmaloke  nibbattā. ^b^taṃ tāha^eb^nti tena kāraṇena taṃ ahaṃ. ^b^iṅghā^eb^ti  codanatthe nipāto. ^b^upātivattittho^eb^ti atikkamittha.  ``upātivattito''tipi pāṭho, ayamevattho. ^b^daṇḍena  paṭippaṇāmeyyā^eb^ti catuhatthena muggaradaṇḍena pothetvā palāpeyya.  ^b^narakapapāte^eb^ti sataporise mahāsobbhe. ^b^virādheyyā^eb^ti  ^a^P2.0407^ea^ hatthena gahaṇayutte vā pādena patiṭṭhānayutte vā  ṭhāne gahaṇapatiṭṭhānāni kātuṃ na sakkuṇeyya. ^b^nanu tvaṃ bhikkhu  passasī^eb^ti bhikkhu nanu tvaṃ imaṃ brahmaparisaṃ sannipatitaṃ obhāsamānaṃ  virocamānaṃ jotayamānaṃ passasīti brahmuno ovāde ṭhitānaṃ ^a^M2.0304^ea^ iddhānubhāvaṃ  dasseti. ^b^iti kho maṃ, bhikkhave, māro pāpimā brahmaparisaṃ  upanesī^eb^ti, bhikkhave ^a^V2.0300^ea^, māro pāpimā nanu tvaṃ bhikkhu passasi  brahmaparisaṃ yasena ca siriyā ca obhāsamānaṃ virocamānaṃ jotayamānaṃ,  yadi tvampi mahābrahmuno vacanaṃ anatikkamitvā yadeva te brahmā vadati,  taṃ kareyyāsi, tvampi evamevaṃ yasena ca siriyā ca viroceyyāsīti  evaṃ vadanto maṃ brahmaparisaṃ upanesi upasaṃhari. ^b^mā tvaṃ  maññittho^eb^ti mā tvaṃ maññi. ^b^māro tvamasi pāpimā^eb^ti  pāpima tvaṃ mahājanassa māraṇato ^b^māro^eb^ nāma, pāpakaṃ lāmakaṃ  mahājanassa ayasaṃ karaṇato ^b^pāpimā^eb^ nāmāti jānāmi. <br/><br/>[03] 503^b^.^eb^ ^b^kasiṇaṃ āyu^eb^nti sakalaṃ āyuṃ. ^b^te  kho evaṃ jāneyyu^eb^nti te evaṃ mahantena tapokammena samannāgatā, tvaṃ  pana purimadivase jāto, kiṃ jānissasi, yassa te ajjāpi mukhe  khīragandho vāyatīti ghaṭṭento vadati. ^b^pathaviṃ  ajjhosissasī^eb^ti pathaviṃ ajjhosāya gilitvā pariniṭṭhapetvā  taṇhāmānadiṭṭhīhi gaṇhissasi. ^b^opasāyiko me bhavissasī^eb^ti  mayhaṃ samīpasayo bhavissasi, maṃ gacchantaṃ anugacchissasi, ṭhitaṃ  upatiṭṭhissasi, nisinnaṃ upanisīdissasi, nipannaṃ upanipajjissasīti  attho. ^b^vatthusāyiko^eb^ti mama vatthusmiṃ sayanako.  ^b^yathākāmakaraṇīyo bāhiteyyo^eb^ti mayā attano ruciyā yaṃ  icchāmi, taṃ kattabbo, bāhitvā ca pana jajjharikāgumbatopi nīcataro  lakuṇḍaṭakataro kātabbo bhavissasīti attho.<br/><br/>[03] iminā esa bhagavantaṃ upalāpeti vā apasādeti vā.  ^b^upalāpeti^eb^ nāma sace kho tvaṃ, bhikkhu, taṇhādīhi pathaviṃ  ajjhosissasi, opasāyiko me bhavissasi, mayi gacchante  gamissasi, tiṭṭhante ṭhassasi, nisinne nisīdissasi, nipanne  nipajjissasi, ahaṃ taṃ sesajanaṃ paṭibāhitvā vissāsikaṃ abbhantarikaṃ  ^a^P2.0408^ea^ karissāmīti evaṃ tāva ^b^upalāpeti^eb^ nāma.  sesapadehi pana ^b^apasādeti^eb^ nāma. ayañhettha adhippāyo --  sace tvaṃ pathaviṃ ajjhosissasi, vatthusāyiko me bhavissasi, mama  gamanādīni āgametvā gamissasi vā ṭhassasi vā nisīdissasi vā  nipajjissasi vā, mama vatthusmiṃ mayhaṃ ārakkhaṃ gaṇhissasi, ahaṃ  pana taṃ yathākāmaṃ karissāmi bāhitvā ^a^M2.0305^ea^ ca jajjharikāgumbatopi  lakuṇḍakataranti evaṃ apasādeti nāma. ayaṃ pana brahmā  mānanissito, tasmā idha apasādanāva adhippetā.  ^b^āpādīsupi^eb^ eseva nayo.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^apica^eb^ ^a^V2.0301^ea^ ^b^te ahaṃ brahme^eb^ti idāni bhagavā, ``ayaṃ brahmā  mānanissito `ahaṃ jānāmī'ti maññati, attano yasena sammatto  sarīraṃ phusitumpi samatthaṃ kiñci na passati, thokaṃ niggahetuṃ  vaṭṭatī''ti cintetvā imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhi. tattha ^b^gatiñca  pajānāmī^eb^ti nipphattiñca pajānāmi. ^b^jutiñcā^eb^ti  ānubhāvañca pajānāmi. ^b^evaṃ mahesakkho^eb^ti evaṃ mahāyaso  mahāparivāro.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^yāvatā candimasūriyā pariharantī^eb^ti yattake ṭhāne  candimasūriyā vicaranti. ^b^disā bhanti virocanā^eb^ti disāsu  virocamānā obhāsanti, disā vā tehi virocamānā obhāsanti.  ^b^tāva sahassadhā loko^eb^ti tattakena pamāṇena sahassadhā loko,  iminā cakkavāḷena saddhiṃ cakkavāḷasahassanti attho. ^b^ettha te  vattate vaso^eb^ti ettha cakkavāḷasahasse tuyhaṃ vaso vattati.  ^b^paroparañca jānāsī^eb^ti ettha cakkavāḷasahasse paropare uccanīce  hīnappaṇīte satte jānāsi. ^b^atho rāgavirāgina^eb^nti na kevalaṃ,  ``ayaṃ iddho ayaṃ pakatimanusso''ti paroparaṃ, ``ayaṃ pana sarāgo  ayaṃ vītarāgo''ti evaṃ rāgavirāginampi janaṃ jānāsi.  ^b^itthaṃbhāvaññathābhāva^eb^nti ^b^itthaṃbhāvo^eb^ti idaṃ cakkavāḷaṃ.  ^b^aññathābhāvo^eb^ti ito sesaṃ ekūnasahassaṃ. ^b^sattānaṃ āgatiṃ  gati^eb^nti ettha cakkavāḷasahasse paṭisandhivasena sattānaṃ āgatiṃ,  cutivasena gatiṃ ca jānāsi. tuyhaṃ pana atimahantohamasmīti  saññā hoti, sahassibrahmā nāma tvaṃ, aññesaṃ pana tayā uttari  dvisahassānaṃ tisahassānaṃ catusahassānaṃ pañcasahassānaṃ dasasahassānaṃ  satasahassānañca brahmānaṃ pamāṇaṃ natthi, catuhatthāya ^a^P2.0409^ea^  pilotikāya paṭappamāṇaṃ kātuṃ vāyamanto viya mahantosmīti saññaṃ  karosīti niggaṇhāti. <br/><br/>[03] 504^b^.^eb^ ^b^idhūpapanno^eb^ti idha paṭhamajjhānabhūmiyaṃ  upapanno. ^b^tena taṃ tvaṃ na jānāsī^eb^ti tena kāraṇena taṃ kāyaṃ  tvaṃ na jānāsi. ^b^neva te samasamo^eb^ti ^a^M2.0306^ea^ jānitabbaṭṭhānaṃ patvāpi  tayā samasamo na homi. ^b^abhiññāyā^eb^ti aññāya. ^b^kuto  nīceyya^eb^nti tayā nīcatarabhāvo pana mayhaṃ kuto.<br/><br/>[03] heṭṭhūpapattiko kiresa brahmā anuppanne buddhuppāde isipabbajjaṃ  pabbajitvā kasiṇaparikammaṃ katvā samāpattiyo nibbattetvā  aparihīnajjhāno kālaṃ katvā catutthajjhānabhūmiyaṃ ^a^V2.0302^ea^ vehapphalabrahmaloke  pañcakappasatikaṃ āyuṃ gahetvā nibbatti. tattha yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā  heṭṭūpapattikaṃ katvā tatiyajjhānaṃ paṇītaṃ bhāvetvā subhakiṇhabrahmaloke  catusaṭṭhikappaṃ āyuṃ gahetvā nibbatti. tattha dutiyajjhānaṃ bhāvetvā  ābhassaresu aṭṭhakappaṃ āyuṃ gahetvā nibbatti. tattha paṭhamajjhānaṃ  bhāvetvā paṭhamajjhānabhūmiyaṃ kappāyuko hutvā nibbatti, so paṭhamakāle  attanā katakammañca nibbattaṭṭhānañca aññāsi, kāle pana gacchante  ubhayaṃ pamussitvā sassatadiṭṭhiṃ uppādesi. tena naṃ bhagavā, ``tena  taṃ tvaṃ na jānāsi...pe0... kuto nīceyya''nti āha.<br/><br/>[03] atha brahmā cintesi -- ``samaṇo gotamo mayhaṃ āyuñca  nibbattaṭṭhānañca pubbekatakammañca jānāti, handa naṃ pubbe katakammaṃ  pucchāmī''ti satthāraṃ attano pubbekatakammaṃ pucchi. satthā kathesi.<br/><br/>[03] pubbe kiresa kulaghare nibbattitvā kāmesu ādīnavaṃ disvā,  ``jātijarābyādhimaraṇassa antaṃ karissāmī''ti nikkhamma  isipabbajjaṃ pabbajitvā samāpattiyo nibbattetvā  abhiññāpādakajjhānalābhī hutvā gaṅgātīre paṇṇasālaṃ kāretvā  jhānaratiyā vītināmeti. tadā ca kālena kālaṃ satthavāhā pañcahi  sakaṭasatehi marukantāraṃ paṭipajjanti. marukantāre pana divā na  sakkā gantuṃ, rattiṃ gamanaṃ hoti. atha purimasakaṭassa aggayuge  yuttabalibaddā gacchantā nivattitvā āgatamaggābhimukhāva ^a^P2.0410^ea^  ahesuṃ. itarasakaṭāni tatheva nivattitvā aruṇe uggate  nivattitabhāvaṃ jāniṃsu. tesañca tadā kantāraṃ atikkamanadivaso  ahosi. sabbaṃ dārudakaṃ parikkhīṇaṃ, tasmā, ``natthi dāni  amhākaṃ jīvita''nti cintetvā goṇe cakkesu bandhitvā manussā  sakaṭapacchāyāyaṃ pavisitvā nipajjiṃsu ^a^M2.0307^ea^. tāpasopi kālasseva  paṇṇasālato nikkhamitvā paṇṇasāladvāre nisinno gaṅgaṃ  olokayamāno addasa gaṅgaṃ mahatā udakoghena vuyhamānaṃ  pavattitamaṇikkhandhaṃ viya āgacchantiṃ. disvā cintesi --  ``atthi nu kho imasmiṃ loke evarūpassa madhurodakassa alābhena  kilissamānā sattā''ti. so evaṃ āvajjanto marukantāre taṃ satthaṃ  disvā, ``ime sattā mā nassantū''ti, ``ito mahā udakakkhandho  chijjitvā marukantāre satthābhimukho gacchatū''ti abhiññācittena  adhiṭṭhāsi. sahacittuppādena mātikāruḷhaṃ viya udakaṃ tattha  agamāsi. manussā udakasaddena vuṭṭhāya udakaṃ disvā hatthatuṭṭhā  ^a^V2.0303^ea^ nhāyitvā pivitvā goṇepi pāyetvā sotthinā icchitaṭṭhānaṃ agamaṃsu.  satthā taṃ brahmuno pubbakammaṃ dassento -- <br/><br/>[21] ``yaṃ tvaṃ apāyesi bahū manusse, <br/><br/>[27] pipāsite ghammani samparete. <br/><br/>[26] taṃ te purāṇaṃ vatasīlavattaṃ, <br/><br/>[22] suttappabuddhova anussarāmī''ti.. (jā0 1.7.71)  -- <br/><br/>[25] imaṃ gāthamāha.<br/><br/>[03] aparasmiṃ samaye tāpaso gaṅgātīre paṇṇasālaṃ māpetvā āraññakaṃ  gāmaṃ nissāya vasati. tena ca samayena corā taṃ gāmaṃ paharitvā  hatthasāraṃ gahetvā gāviyo ca karamare ca gahetvā gacchanti. gāvopi  sunakhāpi manussāpi mahāviravaṃ viravanti. tāpaso taṃ saddaṃ sutvā  ``kiṃ nu kho eta''nti āvajjanto, ``manussānaṃ bhayaṃ uppanna''nti  ñatvā, ``mayi passante ime sattā mā nassantū''ti  abhiññāpādakajjhānaṃ ^a^P2.0411^ea^ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya  abhiññācittena corānaṃ paṭipathe caturaṅginisenaṃ māpesi kammasajjaṃ  āgacchantiṃ. corā disvā, ``rājā''ti te maññamānā vilopaṃ  chaḍḍetvā pakkamiṃsu. tāpaso ``yaṃ yassa santakaṃ, taṃ tasseva hotū''ti  adhiṭṭhāsi, taṃ tatheva ahosi. mahājano sotthibhāvaṃ pāpuṇi.  satthā idampi tassa pubbakammaṃ dassento -- <br/><br/>[21] ``yaṃ ^a^M2.0308^ea^ eṇikūlasmiṃ janaṃ gahītaṃ, <br/><br/>[27] amocayī gayhaka nīyamānaṃ. <br/><br/>[26] taṃ te purāṇaṃ vatasīlavattaṃ, <br/><br/>[22] suttappabuddhova anussarāmī''ti.. (jā0 1.7.72)  -- <br/><br/>[25] imaṃ gāthamāha. ettha ^b^eṇikūlasmi^eb^nti gaṅgātīre.<br/><br/>[03] puna ^a^V2.0304^ea^ ekasmiṃ samaye uparigaṅgāvāsikaṃ kulaṃ heṭṭhāgaṅgāvāsikena  kulena saddhiṃ mittasanthavaṃ katvā nāvāsaṅghāṭaṃ bandhitvā bahuṃ  khādanīyabhojanīyañceva gandhamālādīni ca āropetvā gaṅgāsotena  āgacchati. manussā khādamānā bhuñjamānā naccantā gāyantā  devavimānena gacchantā viya balavasomanassā ahesuṃ. gaṅgeyyako  nāgo disvā kupito, ``ime mayi saññampi na karonti, idāni ne  samuddameva pāpessāmī''ti mahantaṃ attabhāvaṃ māpetvā udakaṃ dvidhā  bhinditvā uṭṭhāya phaṇaṃ katvā sussūkāraṃ karonto aṭṭhāsi. mahājano  disvā bhīto vissaramakāsi. tāpaso paṇṇasālāya nisinno sutvā,  ``ime gāyantā naccantā somanassajātā āgacchanti, idāni pana  bhayaravaṃ raviṃsu, kiṃ nu kho''ti āvajjanto nāgarājaṃ disvā,  ``mayi passante ime sattā mā nassantū''ti abhiññāpādakajjhānaṃ  samāpajjitvā attabhāvaṃ vijahitvā supaṇṇavaṇṇaṃ māpetvā nāgarājassa  dassesi. nāgarājā bhīto phaṇaṃ saṃharitvā udakaṃ paviṭṭho.  mahājano sotthibhāvaṃ pāpuṇi. satthā idampi tassa pubbakammaṃ  dassento -- <br/><br/>[21] ``gaṅgāya sotasmiṃ gahītanāvaṃ, <br/><br/>[27] luddena nāgena manussakappā. <br/><br/>[26] amocayittha balasā pasayha, <br/><br/>[27] taṃ te purāṇaṃ vatasīlavattaṃ. <br/><br/>[22] suttappabuddhova anussarāmī''ti.. (jā0 1.7.73)  -- <br/><br/>[25] imaṃ gāthamāha.<br/><br/>[03] aparasmiṃ ^a^P2.0412^ea^ samaye esa isipabbajjaṃ  pabbajitvā ^b^kesavo^eb^ nāma tāpaso ahosi. tena samayena  amhākaṃ bodhisatto ^b^kappo^eb^ nāma māṇavo ^a^M2.0309^ea^ kesavassa baddhacaro  antevāsiko hutvā ācariyassa kiṃkārapaṭissāvī manāpacārī  buddhisampanno atthacaro ahosi. kesavo taṃ vinā vattituṃ nāsakkhi,  taṃ nissāyeva jīvikaṃ kappesi. satthā idampi tassa pubbakammaṃ  dassento -- <br/><br/>[21] ``kappo ^a^V2.0305^ea^ ca te baddhacaro ahosi, <br/><br/>[27] sambuddhimantaṃ vatinaṃ amaññi. <br/><br/>[26] taṃ te purāṇaṃ vatasīlavattaṃ, <br/><br/>[22] suttappabuddhova anussarāmī''ti.. (jā0 1.7.74)  -- <br/><br/>[25] imaṃ gāthamāha.<br/><br/>[03] evaṃ brahmuno nānattabhāvesu katakammaṃ satthā pakāsesi. satthari  kathenteyeva brahmā sallakkhesi, dīpasahasse ujjalite rūpāni viya  sabbakammānissa pākaṭāni ahesuṃ. so pasannacitto imaṃ gāthamāha  -- <br/><br/>[21] ``addhā pajānāsi mametamāyuṃ, <br/><br/>[27] aññampi jānāsi tathā hi buddho. <br/><br/>[26] tathā hi tāyaṃ jalitānubhāvo, <br/><br/>[22] obhāsayaṃ tiṭṭhati brahmaloka''nti.. (jā0 1.7.75).<br/><br/>[03] athassa bhagavā uttari asamasamataṃ pakāsento ^b^pathaviṃ kho  ahaṃ brahme^eb^tiādimāha. tattha ^b^pathaviyā pathavattena ananubhūta^eb^nti  pathaviyā pathavisabhāvena ananubhūtaṃ appattaṃ. kiṃ pana tanti?  nibbānaṃ. tañhi sabbasmā saṅkhatā nissaṭattā pathavisabhāvena  appattaṃ nāma. ^b^tadabhiññāyā^eb^ti taṃ nibbānaṃ jānitvā  sacchikatvā. ^b^pathaviṃ nāpahosi^eb^nti pathaviṃ taṇhādiṭṭhimānagāhehi  na gaṇhiṃ. ^b^āpādīsupi^eb^ eseva nayo. vitthāro pana  mūlapariyāye vuttanayeneva veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^sace kho te, mārisa, sabbassa sabbattenā^eb^ti idameva brahmā  attano vāditāya sabbanti akkharaṃ niddisitvā akkhare dosaṃ  gaṇhanto āha. satthā pana sakkāyaṃ sandhāya ``sabba''nti vadati,  brahmā sabbasabbaṃ sandhāya. tvaṃ ^a^P2.0413^ea^ ``sabba''nti  vadasi, ``sabbassa sabbattena ananubhūta''nti vadasi, yadi sabbaṃ  ananubhūtaṃ natthi, athassa ananubhūtaṃ atthi. ^b^mā heva te  rittakameva^eb^ ^a^V2.0306^ea^ ^b^ahosi^eb^ ^a^M2.0310^ea^ ^b^tucchakameva ahosī^eb^ti tuyhaṃ vacanaṃ rittakaṃ mā  hotu, tucchakaṃ mā hotūti satthāraṃ musāvādena niggaṇhāti.<br/><br/>[03] satthā pana etasmā brahmunā sataguṇena sahassaguṇena  satasahassaguṇena vādītaro, tasmā ahaṃ sabbañca vakkhāmi,  ananubhūtañca vakkhāmi, suṇāhi meti tassa vādamaddanatthaṃ kāraṇaṃ  āharanto ^b^viññāṇa^eb^ntiādimāha. tattha ^b^viññāṇa^eb^nti  vijānitabbaṃ. ^b^anidassana^eb^nti cakkhuviññāṇassa āpāthaṃ  anupagamanato anidassanaṃ nāma, padadvayenapi nibbānameva vuttaṃ.  ^b^ananta^eb^nti tayidaṃ uppādavayāntarahitattā anantaṃ nāma.  vuttampi hetaṃ -- <br/><br/>[21] ``antavantāni bhūtāni, asambhūtaṃ anantakaṃ. <br/><br/>[22] bhūte antāni dissanti, bhūte antā pakāsitā''ti..<br/><br/>[03] ^b^sabbatopabha^eb^nti sabbaso pabhāsampannaṃ. nibbānato hi  añño dhammo sapabhataro vā jotivantataro vā parisuddhataro vā  paṇḍarataro vā natthi. sabbato vā tathā pabhūtameva, na katthaci  natthīti sabbatopabhaṃ. puratthimadisādīsu hi asukadisāya nāma  nibbānaṃ natthīti na vattabbaṃ. atha vā ^b^pabha^eb^nti titthassa  nāmaṃ, sabbato pabhamassāti ^b^sabbatopabhaṃ^eb^. nibbānassa kira  yathā mahāsamuddassa yato yato otaritukāmā honti, taṃ tadeva titthaṃ,  atitthaṃ nāma natthi. evamevaṃ aṭṭhatiṃsāya kammaṭṭhānesu yena yena  mukhena nibbānaṃ otaritukāmā honti, taṃ tadeva titthaṃ. nibbānassa  atitthaṃ nāma kammaṭṭhānaṃ natthi. tena vuttaṃ ^b^sabbatopabha^eb^nti. taṃ  pathaviyā pathavattenāti taṃ nibbānaṃ pathaviyā pathavīsabhāvena tato paresaṃ  āpādīnaṃ āpādisabhāvena ca ananubhūtaṃ. iti yaṃ tumhādisānaṃ  visayabhūtaṃ sabbatebhūmakadhammajātaṃ tassa sabbattena taṃ viññāṇaṃ  anidassanaṃ anantaṃ sabbatopataṃ ananubhūtanti vādaṃ patiṭṭhapesi.<br/><br/>[03] tato ^a^P2.0414^ea^ brahmā gahitagahitaṃ satthārā  vissajjāpito kiñci gahetabbaṃ adisvā laḷitakaṃ kātukāmo ^b^handa  carahi te, mārisa, antaradhāyāmī^eb^ti āha. tattha  ^b^antaradhāyāmī^eb^ti adissamānakapāṭihāriyaṃ karomīti āha.  ^b^sace visahasī^eb^ti yadi sakkosi mayhaṃ antaradhāyituṃ,  antaradhāyasi ^a^M2.0311^ea^, pāṭihāriyaṃ karohīti. ^b^nevassu me sakkoti  antaradhāyitu^eb^nti mayhaṃ ^a^V2.0307^ea^ antaradhāyituṃ neva sakkoti. kiṃ panesa  kātukāmo ahosīti? mūlapaṭisandhiṃ gantukāmo ahosi.  brahmānañhi mūlapaṭisandhikāttabhāvo sukhumo, aññesaṃ anāpātho,  abhisaṅkhatakāyeneva tiṭṭhanti. satthā tassa mūlapaṭisandhiṃ gantuṃ na  adāsi. mūlapaṭisandhiṃ vā agantvāpi yena tamena attānaṃ  antaradhāpetvā adissamānako bhaveyya, satthā taṃ tamaṃ vinodesi,  tasmā antaradhāyituṃ nāsakkhi. so asakkonto vimāne nilīyati,  kapparukkhe nilīyati, ukkuṭiko nisīdati. brahmagaṇo keḷimakāsi  -- ``esa kho bako brahmā vimāne nilīyati, kapparukkhe  nilīyati, ukkuṭiko nisīdati, brahme tvaṃ antarahitomhī''ti saññaṃ  uppādesi nāmāti. so brahmagaṇena uppaṇḍito maṅku ahosi.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^evaṃ vutte ahaṃ, bhikkhave^eb^ti, bhikkhave, etena brahmunā,  ``handa carahi te, mārisa, antaradhāyāmī''ti evaṃ vutte taṃ  antaradhāyituṃ asakkontaṃ disvā ahaṃ etadavocaṃ. ^b^imaṃ  gāthamabhāsi^eb^nti kasmā bhagavā gāthamabhāsīti? samaṇassa gotamassa  imasmiṃ ṭhāne atthibhāvo vā natthibhāvo vā kathaṃ sakkā jānitunti  evaṃ brahmagaṇassa vacanokāso mā hotūti antarahitova gāthamabhāsi.<br/><br/>[03] tattha ^b^bhavevāhaṃ bhayaṃ disvā^eb^ti ahaṃ bhave bhayaṃ disvāyeva.  ^b^bhavañca vibhavesina^eb^nti imañca kāmabhavāditividhampi sattabhavaṃ  vibhavesinaṃ vibhavaṃ gavesamānaṃ pariyesamānampi punappunaṃ bhaveyeva disvā.  ^b^bhavaṃ nābhivadi^eb^nti taṇhādiṭṭhivasena kiñci bhavaṃ na abhivadiṃ,  na gavesinti attho. ^b^nandiñca na upādiyi^eb^nti bhavataṇhaṃ na  upagañchiṃ, na aggahesinti attho. iti ^a^P2.0415^ea^  cattāri saccāni pakāsento satthā dhammaṃ desesi. desanāpariyosāne  desanānusārena vipassanāgabbhaṃ gāhāpetvā dasamattāni brahmasahassāni  maggaphalāmatapānaṃ piviṃsu.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^acchariyabbhutacittajātā^eb^ti acchariyajātā abbhutajātā  tuṭṭhijātā ca ahesuṃ. ^b^samūlaṃ bhavaṃ udabbahī^eb^ti bodhimaṇḍe  attano tāya tāya desanāya aññesampi bahūnaṃ devamanussānaṃ samūlakaṃ  bhavaṃ udabbahi, uddhari uppāṭesīti attho. <br/><br/>[03] 505^b^.^eb^ tasmiṃ ^a^M2.0312^ea^ pana samaye māro pāpimā kodhābhibhūto  hutvā, ``mayi vicaranteyeva samaṇena ^a^V2.0308^ea^ gotamena dhammakathaṃ kathetvā  dasamattāni brahmasahassāni mama vasaṃ ativattitānī''ti  kodhābhibhūtatāya aññatarassa brahmapārisajjassa sarīre adhimucci, taṃ  dassetuṃ ^b^atha kho, bhikkhave^eb^tiādimāha. tattha ^b^sace tvaṃ  evaṃ anubuddho^eb^ti sace tvaṃ evaṃ attanāva cattāri saccāni anubuddho.  ^b^mā sāvake upanesī^eb^ti gihisāvake vā pabbajitasāvake vā taṃ  dhammaṃ mā upanayasi. ^b^hīne kāye patiṭṭhitā^eb^ti catūsu apāyesu  patiṭṭhitā. ^b^paṇīte kāye patiṭṭhitā^eb^ti brahmaloke patiṭṭhitā.  idaṃ ke sandhāya vadati? bāhirapabbajjaṃ pabbajite tāpasaparibbājake.  anuppanne hi buddhuppāde kulaputtā tāpasapabbajjaṃ pabbajitvā kassaci  kiñci avicāretvā ekacarā hutvā samāpattiyo nibbattetvā brahmaloke  uppajjiṃsu, te sandhāya evamāha. ^b^anakkhātaṃ kusalañhi  mārisā^eb^ti paresaṃ anakkhātaṃ anovadanaṃ dhammakathāya akathanaṃ kusalaṃ  etaṃ seyyo. ^b^mā paraṃ ovadāhī^eb^ti kālena manussalokaṃ, kālena  devalokaṃ, kālena brahmalokaṃ, kālena nāgalokaṃ āhiṇḍanto mā  vicari, ekasmiṃ ṭhāne nisinno jhānamaggaphalasukhena vītināmehīti.  ^b^anālapanatāyā^eb^ti anullapanatāya. ^b^brahmuno ca  abhinimantanatāyā^eb^ti bakabrahmuno ca idañhi, mārisa,  niccantiādinā nayena saha kāyakena brahmaṭṭhānena nimantanavacanena.  ^b^tasmā^eb^ti tena kāraṇena. ^b^imassa veyyākaraṇassa  brahmanimantanikaṃ^eb^tveva adhivacanaṃ saṅkhā samaññā paññatti jātā.  sesaṃ sabbattha uttānatthamevāti. <br/><br/>[06] papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] brahmanimantanikasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 29
item: 134
title:
  vīmaṃsakasuttavaṇṇanā^kosambiyasuttavaṇṇanā^brahmanimantanikasuttavaṇṇanā^māratajjanīyasuttavaṇṇanā^

content:
  [03] 506^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^V2.0309^ea^ ^a^P2.0416^ea^ ^b^me suta^eb^nti  māratajjanīyasuttaṃ. tattha ^b^koṭṭhamanupaviṭṭho^eb^ti kucchiṃ pavisitvā  antānaṃ anto anupaviṭṭho, pakkāsayaṭṭhāne nisinno. ^b^garugaro  viyā^eb^ti garukagaruko viya thaddho pāsāṇapuñjasadiso.  ^b^māsācitaṃ^eb^ ^a^M2.0313^ea^ ^b^maññe^eb^ti māsabhattaṃ bhuttassa kucchi viya  māsapūritapasibbako viya tintamāso viya cāti attho.  ^b^vihāraṃ pavisitvā^eb^ti sace āhāradosena esa garubhāvo,  abbhokāse caṅkamituṃ na sappāyanti caṅkamā orohitvā paṇṇasālaṃ  pavisitvā pakatipaññatte āsane nisīdi. ^b^paccattaṃ yoniso  manasākāsī^eb^ti, ``kiṃ nu kho eta''nti āvajjamāno attanoyeva  upāyena manasi akāsi. sace pana thero attano sīlaṃ āvajjetvā,  ``yaṃ hiyyo vā pare vā parasuve vā paribhuttaṃ avipakkamatthi, añño  vā koci visabhāgadoso, sabbaṃ jīratu phāsukaṃ hotū''ti hatthena  kucchiṃ parāmasissa, māro pāpimā vilīyitvā agamissa. thero  pana tathā akatvā yoniso manasi akāsi. ^b^mā tathāgataṃ  vihesesī^eb^ti yathā hi puttesu vihesitesu mātāpitaro vihesitāva  honti, saddhivihārikāntevāsikesu vihesitesu ācariyupajjhāyā  vihesitāva, janapade vihesite rājā vihesitova hoti, evaṃ  tathāgatasāvake vihesite tathāgato vihesitova hoti. tenāha --  ``mā tathāgataṃ vihesesī''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^paccaggaḷe aṭṭhāsī^eb^ti patiaggaḷeva aṭṭhāsi. ^b^aggaḷaṃ^eb^  vuccati kavāṭaṃ, mukhena uggantvā paṇṇasālato nikkhamitvā  bahipaṇṇasālāya kavāṭaṃ nissāya aṭṭhāsīti attho. <br/><br/>[03] 507^b^.^eb^ ^b^bhūtapubbāhaṃ pāpimā^eb^ti kasmā idaṃ desanaṃ  ārabhi? thero kira cintesi -- ``ākāsaṭṭhakadevatānaṃ tāva  manussagandho yojanasate ṭhitānaṃ ābādhaṃ karoti. vuttañhetaṃ --  `yojanasataṃ kho rājañña manussagandho deve ubbādhatī'ti (dī0 ni0  2.415). ayaṃ pana māro nāgariko paricokkho mahesakkho  ānubhāvasampanno devarājā samāno mama kucchiyaṃ pavisitvā antānaṃ  anto pakkāsayokāse nisinno ativiya paduṭṭho bhavissati. evarūpaṃ  nāma ^a^V2.0310^ea^ jegucchaṃ ^a^P2.0417^ea^ paṭikūlaṃ okāsaṃ pavisitvā  nisīdituṃ sakkontassa kimaññaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ bhavissati, kiṃ aññaṃ  lajjissati, tvaṃ mama ñātikoti pana vutte mudubhāvaṃ anāpajjamāno  nāma natthi, handassa ^a^M2.0314^ea^ ñātikoṭiṃ paṭivijjhitvā mudukeneva naṃ upāyena  vissajjessāmī''ti cintetvā imaṃ desanamārabhi.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^so me tvaṃ bhāgineyyo hosī^eb^ti so tvaṃ tasmiṃ kāle mayhaṃ  bhāgineyyo hosi. idaṃ paveṇivasena vuttaṃ. devalokasmiṃ pana  mārassa pitu vaṃso pitāmahassa vaṃso rajjaṃ karonto nāma natthi,  puññavasena devaloke devarājā hutvā nibbatto, yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā  cavati. añño eko attanā katena kammena tasmiṃ ṭhāne adhipati  hutvā nibbattati. iti ayaṃ māropi tadā tato cavitvā puna kusalaṃ  katvā imasmiṃ kāle tasmiṃ adhipatiṭṭhāne nibbattoti veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^vidhuro^eb^ti vigatadhuro, aññehi saddhiṃ asadisoti attho.  ^b^appakasirenā^eb^ti appadukkhena. ^b^pasupālakā^eb^ti  ajeḷakapālakā. ^b^pathāvino^eb^ti maggapaṭipannā. ^b^kāye  upacinitvā^eb^ti samantato citakaṃ bandhitvā. ^b^aggiṃ datvā  pakkamiṃsū^eb^ti ettakena sarīraṃ pariyādānaṃ gamissatīti citakassa  pamāṇaṃ sallakkhetvā catūsu disāsu aggiṃ datvā pakkamiṃsu. citako  padīpasikhā viya pajjali, therassa udakaleṇaṃ pavisitvā nisinnakālo  viya ahosi. ^b^cīvarāni papphoṭetvā^eb^ti samāpattito vuṭṭhāya  vigatadhūme kiṃsukavaṇṇe aṅgāre maddamāno cīvarāni vidhunitvā.  sarīre panassa usumamattampi nāhosi, cīvaresu aṃsumattampi najjhāyi,  samāpattiphalaṃ nāmetaṃ. <br/><br/>[03] 508^b^.^eb^ ^b^akkosathā^eb^ti dasahi akkosavatthūhi  akkosatha. ^b^paribhāsathā^eb^ti vācāya paribhāsatha.  ^b^rosethā^eb^ti ghaṭṭetha. ^b^vihesethā^eb^ti dukkhāpetha. sabbametaṃ  vācāya ghaṭṭanasseva adhivacanaṃ. ^b^yathā taṃ dūsī māro^eb^ti yathā  etesaṃ dūsī māro. ^b^labhetha otāra^eb^nti labhetha chiddaṃ,  kilesuppattiyā ārammaṇaṃ paccayaṃ labheyyāti attho.  ^b^muṇḍakā^eb^tiādīsu muṇḍe muṇḍāti samaṇe ca samaṇāti ^a^P2.0418^ea^  vattuṃ vaṭṭeyya, ime pana hīḷentā muṇḍakā samaṇakāti āhaṃsu.  ^b^ibbhā^eb^ti gahapatikā. ^b^kiṇhā^eb^ti kaṇhā, kāḷakāti  attho. ^b^bandhupādāpaccā^eb^ti ettha ^b^bandhū^eb^ti brahmā adhippeto  ^a^V2.0311^ea^. tañhi brāhmaṇā pitāmahoti voharanti. pādānaṃ  ^a^M2.0315^ea^ apaccā  ^b^pādāpaccā,^eb^ brahmuno piṭṭhipādato jātāti adhippāyo. tesaṃ kira  ayaṃ laddhi -- ``brāhmaṇā brahmuno mukhato nikkhantā, khattiyā  urato, vessā nābhito, suddā jāṇuto, samaṇā piṭṭhipādato''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^jhāyinosmā jhāyinosmā^eb^ti jhāyino mayaṃ jhāyino  mayanti. ^b^madhurakajātā^eb^ti ālasiyajātā. ^b^jhāyantī^eb^ti  cintayanti. ^b^pajjhāyantī^eb^tiādīni upasaggavasena vaḍḍhitāni.  ^b^mūsikaṃ maggayamāno^eb^ti sāyaṃ gocaratthāya susirarukkhato  nikkhantaṃ rukkhasākhāya mūsikaṃ pariyesanto. so kira  upasantūpasanto viya niccalova tiṭṭhati, sampattakāle mūsikaṃ sahasā  gaṇhāti. ^b^kotthū^eb^ti siṅgālo, soṇotipi vadanti.  ^b^sandhisamalasaṅkaṭire^eb^ti sandhimhi ca samale ca saṅkaṭire ca.  tattha ^b^sandhi^eb^ nāma gharasandhi. ^b^samalo^eb^ nāma  gūthaniddhamanapanāḷi. ^b^saṅkaṭiraṃ^eb^ nāma saṅkāraṭṭhānaṃ.  ^b^vahacchinno^eb^ti kantārato nikkhanto chinnavaho.  ^b^sandhisamalasaṅkaṭire^eb^ti sandhimhi vā samale vā saṅkaṭire vā.  sopi hi baddhagatto viya niccalo jhāyati.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^nirayaṃ upapajjantī^eb^ti sace māro manussānaṃ sarīre  adhimuccitvā evaṃ kareyya, manussānaṃ akusalaṃ na bhaveyya, mārasseva  bhaveyya. sarīre pana anadhimuccitvā visabhāgavatthuṃ  vippaṭisārārammaṇaṃ dasseti, tadā kira so bhikkhū khippaṃ gahetvā  macche ajjhottharante viya, jālaṃ gahetvā macche gaṇhante viya,  lepayaṭṭhiṃ oḍḍetvā sakuṇe bandhante viya, sunakhehi saddhiṃ araññe  migavaṃ carante viya, mātugāme gahetvā āpānabhūmiyaṃ nisinne viya,  naccante viya, gāyante viya, bhikkhunīnaṃ rattiṭṭhānadivāṭṭhānesu  visabhāgamanusse nisinne viya, ṭhite viya ca katvā dassesi.  manussā araññagatāpi vanagatāpi vihāragatāpi vippaṭisārārammaṇaṃ  passitvā āgantvā aññesaṃ kathenti -- ``samaṇā ^a^P2.0419^ea^  evarūpaṃ assamaṇakaṃ ananucchavikaṃ karonti, etesaṃ dinne  kuto kusalaṃ, mā etesaṃ kiñci adatthā''ti. evaṃ te manussā  diṭṭhadiṭṭhaṭṭhāne sīlavante akkosantā apuññaṃ pasavitvā apāyapūrakā  ahesuṃ. tena vuttaṃ ``nirayaṃ upapajjantī''ti. <br/><br/>[03] 509^b^.^eb^ ^b^anvāviṭṭhā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0316^ea^ āvaṭṭitā. ^b^pharitvā  vihariṃsū^eb^ti na kevalaṃ pharitvā vihariṃsu. kakusandhassa pana  bhagavato ovāde ṭhatvā ime cattāro brahmavihāre nibbattetvā  jhānapadaṭṭhānaṃ vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā arahatte patiṭṭhahiṃsu. <br/><br/>[03] 510^b^.^eb^ ^b^āgatiṃ^eb^ ^a^V2.0312^ea^ ^b^vā gatiṃ vā^eb^ti paṭisandhivasena  āgamanaṭṭhānaṃ vā, cutivasena gamanaṭṭhānaṃ vā na jānāmi. ^b^siyā  cittassa aññathatta^eb^nti somanassavasena aññathattaṃ bhaveyya. ^b^saggaṃ  lokaṃ upapajjantī^eb^ti idhāpi purimanayeneva attho veditabbo. yathā  hi pubbe vippaṭisārakaraṃ ārammaṇaṃ dasseti, evamidhāpi pasādakaraṃ.  so kira tadā manussānaṃ dassanaṭṭhāne bhikkhū ākāse gacchante viya,  ṭhite viya pallaṅkena nisinne viya, ākāse sūcikammaṃ karonte viya,  potthakaṃ vācente viya, ākāse cīvaraṃ pasāretvā kāyaṃ utuṃ gaṇhāpente  viya, navapabbajite ākāsena carante viya, taruṇasāmaṇere ākāse  ṭhatvā pupphāni ocinante viya katvā dassesi. manussā  araññagatāpi vanagatāpi vihāragatāpi pabbajitānaṃ taṃ paṭipattiṃ disvā  āgantvā aññesaṃ kathenti -- ``bhikkhūsu antamaso sāmaṇerāpi  evaṃmahiddhiko mahānubhāvā, etesaṃ dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ nāma hoti, etesaṃ  detha sakkarothā''ti. tato manussā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ catūhi paccayehi  sakkarontā bahuṃ puññaṃ katvā saggapathapūrakā ahesuṃ. tena vuttaṃ  ``saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjantī''ti. <br/><br/>[03] 511^b^.^eb^ ^b^etha tumhe, bhikkhave, asubhānupassino kāye  viharathā^eb^ti bhagavā sakalajambudīpaṃ āhiṇḍanto antamaso dvinnampi  tiṇṇampi bhikkhūnaṃ vasanaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā -- <br/><br/>[02] ``asubhasaññāparicitena, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno cetasā  bahulaṃ viharato methunadhammasamāpattiyā cittaṃ patilīyati patikuṭati  ^a^P2.0420^ea^ pativattati na sampasāriyati, upekkhā vā  pāṭikulyatā vā saṇṭhāti. <br/><br/>[02] āhāre paṭikūlasaññāparicitena, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno  cetasā bahulaṃ viharato rasataṇhāya cittaṃ patilīyati patikuṭati  ^a^M2.0317^ea^ pativattati na sampasāriyati, upekkhā vā pāṭikulyatā vā saṇṭhāti. <br/><br/>[02] sabbaloke anabhiratisaññāparicitena, bhikkhave,  bhikkhuno cetasā bahulaṃ viharato lokacitresu cittaṃ patilīyati  patikuṭati pativattati na sampasāriyati, upekkhā vā pāṭikulyatā  vā saṇṭhāti. <br/><br/>[02] aniccasaññāparicitena ^a^V2.0313^ea^, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno cetasā  bahulaṃ viharato lābhasakkārasiloke cittaṃ patilīyati patikuṭati  pativattati na sampasāriyati, upekkhā vā pāṭikulyatā vā  saṇṭhātī''ti (a0 ni0  7.49) evaṃ ānisaṃsaṃ dassetvā --<br/><br/>[03] etha tumhe, bhikkhave, asubhānupassī kāye viharatha, āhāre  paṭikūlasaññino sabbaloke anabhiratisaññino sabbasaṅkhāresu  aniccānupassinoti. imāni cattāri kammaṭṭhānāni kathesi. tepi  bhikkhū imesu catūsu kammaṭṭhānesu kammaṃ karontā vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā  sabbāsave khepetvā arahatte patiṭṭhahiṃsu, imānipi cattāri kammaṭṭhānāni  rāgasantāni dosamohasantāni rāgapaṭighātāni dosamohapaṭighātāni  cāti. <br/><br/>[03] 512^b^.^eb^ ^b^sakkharaṃ gahetvā^eb^ti antomuṭṭhiyaṃ  tiṭṭhanapamāṇaṃ pāsāṇaṃ gahetvā. ayañhi brāhmaṇagahapatikehi bhikkhū  akkosāpetvāpi, brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṃ vasena bhikkhusaṅghassa lābhasakkāraṃ  uppādāpetvāpi, otāraṃ alabhanto idāni sahatthā upakkamitukāmo  aññatarassa kumārassa sarīre adhimuccitvā evarūpaṃ pāsāṇaṃ aggahesi.  taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ``sakkharaṃ gahetvā''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^sīsaṃ vo bhindī^eb^ti sīsaṃ bhindi, mahācammaṃ chijjitvā  maṃsaṃ dvedhā ahosi. sakkharā panassa sīsakaṭāhaṃ abhinditvā aṭṭhiṃ  āhacceva nivattā. ^b^nāgāpalokitaṃ apalokesī^eb^ti pahārasaddaṃ  sutvā yathā nāma hatthināgo ^a^M2.0318^ea^ ito vā etto vā apaloketukāmo gīvaṃ  aparivattetvā ^a^P2.0421^ea^ sakalasarīreneva nivattitvā  apaloketi. evaṃ sakalasarīreneva nivattitvā apalokesi. yathā  hi mahājanassa aṭṭhīni koṭiyā koṭiṃ āhacca ṭhitāni, paccekabuddhānaṃ  aṅkusalaggāni, na evaṃ buddhānaṃ. buddhānaṃ pana saṅkhalikāni viya  ekābaddhāni hutvā ṭhitāni, tasmā pacchato apalokanakāle na sakkā  hoti gīvaṃ parivattetuṃ. yathā pana hatthināgo pacchābhāgaṃ  apaloketukāmo sakalasarīreneva parivattati, evaṃ parivattitabbaṃ hoti.  tasmā bhagavā yantena parivattitā suvaṇṇapaṭimā viya  sakalasarīreneva nivattitvā apalokesi ^a^V2.0314^ea^, apaloketvā ṭhito pana,  ``na vāyaṃ dūsī māro mattamaññāsī''ti āha. tassattho, ayaṃ  dūsī māro pāpaṃ karonto neva pamāṇaṃ aññāsi,  pamāṇātikkantamakāsīti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^sahāpalokanāyā^eb^ti kakusandhassa bhagavato apalokaneneva  saha taṅkhaṇaññeva. ^b^tamhā ca ṭhānā cavī^eb^ti tamhā ca devaṭṭhānā  cuto, mahānirayaṃ upapannoti attho. cavamāno hi na yattha katthaci  ṭhito cavati, tasmā vasavattidevalokaṃ āgantvā cuto,  ``sahāpalokanāyā''ti ca vacanato na bhagavato apalokitattā cutoti  veditabbo, cutikāladassanamattameva hetaṃ. uḷāre pana mahāsāvake  viraddhattā kudāriyā pahaṭaṃ viyassa āyu tattheva chijjitvā gatanti  veditabbaṃ. ^b^tayo nāmadheyyā hontī^eb^ti tīṇi nāmāni honti.  ^b^chaphassāyataniko^eb^ti chasu phassāyatanesu pāṭiyekkāya vedanāya  paccayo.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^saṅkusamāhato^eb^ti ayasūlehi samāhato.  ^b^paccattavedaniyo^eb^ti sayameva vedanājanako. ^b^saṅkunā saṅku  hadaye samāgaccheyyā^eb^ti ayasūlena saddhiṃ ayasūlaṃ hadayamajjhe  samāgaccheyya. tasmiṃ kira niraye upapannānaṃ tigāvuto attabhāvo  hoti, therassāpi tādiso ahosi. athassa hi nirayapālā  tālakkhandhapamāṇāni ayasūlāni ādittāni sampajjalitāni  sajotibhūtāni sayameva gahetvā punappunaṃ nivattamānā, -- ``iminā  te ṭhānena cintetvā ^a^P2.0422^ea^ pāpaṃ kata''nti pūvadoṇiyaṃ  ^a^M2.0319^ea^ pūvaṃ koṭṭento viya hadayamajjhaṃ koṭṭetvā, paṇṇāsa janā pādābhimukhā  paṇṇāsa janā sīsābhimukhā koṭṭetvā gacchanti, evaṃ gacchantā pañcahi  vassasatehi ubho ante patvā puna nivattamānā pañcahi vassasatehi  hadayamajjhaṃ āgacchanti. taṃ sandhāya evaṃ vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^vuṭṭhānima^eb^nti vipākavuṭṭhānavedanaṃ. sā kira mahāniraye  vedanāto dukkhatarā hoti, yathā hi sinehapānasattāhato parihārasattāhaṃ  dukkhataraṃ, evaṃ mahānirayadukkhato ussade vipākavuṭṭhānavedanā  dukkhatarāti vadanti. ^b^seyyathāpi macchassā^eb^ti purisasīsañhi  vaṭṭaṃ hoti, sūlena paharantassa pahāro ṭhānaṃ na labhati parigalati,  macchasīsaṃ āyataṃ puthulaṃ, pahāro ṭhānaṃ labhati ^a^V2.0315^ea^, avirajjhitvā  kammakāraṇā sukarā hoti, tasmā evarūpaṃ sīsaṃ hoti. <br/><br/>[03] 513^b^.^eb^ ^b^vidhuraṃ sāvakamāsajjā^eb^ti vidhuraṃ sāvakaṃ ghaṭṭayitvā.  ^b^paccattavedanā^eb^ti sayameva pāṭiyekkavedanājanakā. ^b^īdiso  nirayo āsī^eb^ti imasmiṃ ṭhāne nirayo devadūtasuttena dīpetabbo.  ^b^kaṇha-dukkhaṃ nigacchasī^eb^ti kāḷaka-māra, dukkhaṃ vindissasi.  ^b^majjhe sarassā^eb^ti mahāsamuddassa majjhe udakaṃ vatthuṃ katvā  nibbattavimānāni kappaṭṭhitikāni honti, tesaṃ veḷuriyassa viya  vaṇṇo hoti, pabbatamatthake jalitanaḷaggikkhandho viya ca nesaṃ  acciyo jotanti, pabhassarā pabhāsampannā honti, tesu vimānesu  nīlabhedādivasena nānattavaṇṇā accharā naccanti. ^b^yo  etamabhijānātī^eb^ti yo etaṃ vimānavatthuṃ jānātīti attho.  evamettha vimānapetavatthukeneva attho veditabbo. ^b^pādaṅguṭṭhena  kampayī^eb^ti idaṃ pāsādakampanasuttena dīpetabbaṃ. ^b^yo vejayantaṃ  pāsāda^eb^nti idaṃ cūḷataṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttisuttena dīpetabbaṃ. ^b^sakkaṃ  so paripucchatī^eb^ti idampi teneva dīpetabbaṃ. ^b^sudhammāyābhito  sabha^eb^nti sudhammasabhāya samīpe, ayaṃ pana brahmaloke sudhammasabhāva, na  tāvatiṃsabhavane. sudhammasabhāvirahito hi devaloko nāma natthi.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^brahmaloke pabhassara^eb^nti brahmaloke ^a^P2.0423^ea^  mahāmoggallānamahākassapādīhi sāvakehi saddhiṃ tassa tejodhātuṃ  samāpajjitvā nisinnassa ^a^M2.0320^ea^ bhagavato obhāsaṃ. ekasmiñhi samaye  bhagavā brahmaloke sudhammāya devasabhāya sannipatitvā, -- ``atthi nu  kho koci samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā evaṃmahiddhiko. yo idha āgantuṃ  sakkuṇeyyā''ti cintentasseva brahmagaṇassa cittamaññāya tattha gantvā  brahmagaṇassa matthake nisinno tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā  mahāmoggallānādīnaṃ āgamanaṃ cintesi. tepi gantvā satthāraṃ  vanditvā tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā paccekaṃ disāsu nisīdiṃsu,  sakalabrahmaloko ekobhāso ahosi. satthā catusaccappakāsanaṃ dhammaṃ  desesi, desanāpariyosāne anekāni brahmasahassāni maggaphalesu  patiṭṭhahiṃsu. taṃ sandhāyimā gāthā vuttā, so panāyamattho  aññatarabrahmasuttena dīpetabbo.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^vimokkhena^eb^ ^a^V2.0316^ea^ ^b^aphassayī^eb^ti jhānavimokkhena phusi.  ^b^vana^eb^nti jambudīpaṃ. ^b^pubbavidehāna^eb^nti pubbavidehānañca  dīpaṃ. ^b^ye ca bhūmisayā narā^eb^ti ^b^bhūmisayā narā^eb^ nāma  aparagoyānakā ca uttarakurukā ca. tepi sabbe phusīti vuttaṃ hoti.  ayaṃ pana attho nandopanandadamanena dīpetabbo. vatthu visuddhimagge  iddhikathāya vitthāritaṃ. ^b^apuññaṃ pasavī^eb^ti apuññaṃ paṭilabhi.  ^b^āsaṃ mā akāsi bhikkhūsū^eb^ti bhikkhū vihesemīti etaṃ āsaṃ  mā akāsi. sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti. <br/><br/>[06] papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] māratajjanīyasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. <br/><br/>[06] pañcamavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. <br/><br/>[06] mūlapaṇṇāsaṭṭhakathā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 0
title: ganthārambhakathāvaṇṇanā^^^^
content:
  [03]^b^1^eb^^b^.^eb^ Saṃvaṇṇanārambhe ^a^V1.0001^ea^^a^M1.0001^ea^ ratanattayavandanā saṃvaṇṇetabbassa dhammassa pabhavanissayavisuddhipaṭivedanatthaṃ, taṃ pana dhammasaṃvaṇṇanāsu viññūnaṃ bahumānuppādanatthaṃ, taṃ sammadeva tesaṃ uggahadhāraṇādikkamaladdhabbāya sammāpaṭipattiyā sabbahitasukhanipphādanatthaṃ. Atha vā maṅgalabhāvato, sabbakiriyāsu pubbakiccabhāvato, paṇḍitehi samācaritabhāvato, āyatiṃ paresaṃ diṭṭhānugatiāpajjanato ca saṃvaṇṇanāyaṃ ratanattayapaṇāmakiriyā. Atha vā ratanattayapaṇāmakaraṇaṃ pūjanīyapūjāpuññavisesanibbattanatthaṃ. Taṃ attano yathāladdhasampattinimittakassa kammassa balānuppadānatthaṃ. Antarā ca tassa asaṅkocanatthaṃ. Tadubhayaṃ anantarāyena aṭṭhakathāya parisamāpanatthaṃ. Idameva ca payojanaṃ ācariyena idhādhippetaṃ. Tathā hi vakkhati ‘‘iti me pasannamatino…pe… tassānubhāvenā’’ti. Vatthuttayapūjāhi niratisayapuññakkhettasaṃbuddhiyā aparimeyyapabhāvo puññātisayoti bahuvidhantarāyepi lokasannivāse ^a^V1.0002^ea^ antarāyanibandhanasakalasaṃkilesaviddhaṃsanāya pahoti. Bhayādiupaddavañca nivāreti. Yathāha –<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Pūjārahe pūjayato. Buddhe yadi va sāvake’’tiādi (dha. pa. 195; apa. 1.10.1), tathā ^a^M1.0002^ea^ –<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Ye, bhikkhave, buddhe pasannā, agge te pasannā, agge kho pana pasannānaṃ aggo vipāko hotī’’tiādi (itivu. 90, 91),<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Buddhoti kittayantassa, kāye bhavati yā pīti;<br/><br/>[22]Varameva hi sā pīti, kasiṇenapi jambudīpassa.<br/><br/>[21]Dhammoti kittayantassa…pe… kasiṇenapi jambudīpassa;<br/><br/>[22]Saṅghoti kittayantassa…pe… kasiṇenapi jambudīpassā’’ti. (itivu. aṭṭha. 90),<br/><br/>[03]Tathā –<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Yasmiṃ mahānāma samaye ariyasāvako tathāgataṃ anussarati, nevassa tasmiṃ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti, na dosa…pe… na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hotī’’tiādi (a. ni. 6.10; 11.11),<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Araññe rukkhamūle vā…pe…<br/><br/>[27]Bhayaṃ vā chambhitattaṃ vā,<br/><br/>[22]Lomahaṃso na hessatī’’ti ca. (saṃ. ni. 2.249);<br/><br/>[03]Tattha yassa vatthuttayassa vandanaṃ kattukāmo, tassa guṇātisayayogasandassanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘karuṇāsītalahadaya’’^eb^ntiādinā gāthāttayamāha. Guṇātisayayogena hi vandanārahabhāvo, vandanārahe ca katā vandanā yathādhippetaṃ payojanaṃ sādhetīti. Tattha yassā desanāya saṃvaṇṇanaṃ kattukāmo. Sā na vinayadesanā viya karuṇāppadhānā, nāpi abhidhammadesanā viya paññāppadhānā ^a^V1.0003^ea^, atha kho karuṇāpaññāppadhānāti tadubhayappadhānameva tāva sammāsambuddhassa thomanaṃ kātuṃ tammūlakattā sesaratanānaṃ ‘‘karuṇāsītalahadaya’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha kiratīti karuṇā, paradukkhaṃ vikkhipati apanetīti attho. Atha vā kiṇātīti karuṇā, paradukkhe sati kāruṇikaṃ hiṃsati vibādhatīti attho. Paradukkhe sati sādhūnaṃ kampanaṃ hadayakhedaṃ karotīti vā karuṇā. Atha vā kamiti sukhaṃ, taṃ rundhatīti karuṇā. Esā hi paradukkhāpanayanakāmatālakkhaṇā attasukhanirapekkhatāya kāruṇikānaṃ sukhaṃ rundhati vibandhatīti attho ^a^M1.0003^ea^. Karuṇāya sītalaṃ karuṇāsītalaṃ, karuṇāsītalaṃ hadayaṃ assāti karuṇāsītalahadayo, taṃ ^b^karuṇāsītalahadayaṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha kiñcāpi paresaṃ hitopasaṃhārasukhādiaparihānicchanasabhāvatāya, byāpādāratīnaṃ ujuvipaccanīkatāya ca parasattasantānagatasantāpavicchedanākārappavattiyā mettāmuditānampi cittasītalabhāvakāraṇatā upalabbhati, tathāpi paradukkhāpanayanākārappavattiyā parūpatāpāsahanarasā avihiṃsābhūtā karuṇāva visesena bhagavato cittassa cittapassaddhi viya sītibhāvanimittanti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘karuṇāsītalahadaya’’^eb^nti. Karuṇāmukhena vā mettāmuditānampi hadayasītalabhāvakāraṇatā vuttāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Atha vā asādhāraṇañāṇavisesanibandhanabhūtā sātisayaṃ niravasesañca sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ viya savisayabyāpitāya mahākaruṇābhāvaṃ upagatā karuṇāva bhagavato atisayena hadayasītalabhāvahetūti āha ^b^‘‘karuṇāsītalahadaya’’^eb^nti. Atha vā satipi mettāmuditānaṃ sātisaye hadayasītibhāvanibandhanatte sakalabuddhaguṇavisesakāraṇatāya tāsampi kāraṇanti karuṇāva bhagavato ‘‘hadayasītalabhāvakāraṇa’’nti vuttā. Karuṇānidānā hi sabbepi buddhaguṇā. Karuṇānubhāvanibbāpiyamānasaṃsāradukkhasantāpassa hi bhagavato paradukkhāpanayanakāmatāya anekānipi asaṅkhyeyyāni kappānaṃ akilantarūpasseva niravasesabuddhakaradhammasambharaṇaniratassa samadhigatadhammādhipateyyassa ca sannihitesupi sattasaṅkhārasamupanītahadayūpatāpanimittesu na īsakampi cittasītibhāvassa aññathattamahosīti. Etasmiñca atthavikappe tīsupi avatthāsu bhagavato karuṇā saṅgahitāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Pajānātīti paññā, yathāsabhāvaṃ pakārehi paṭivijjhatīti attho. Paññāva ñeyyāvaraṇappahānato pakārehi dhammasabhāvajotanaṭṭhena pajjototi paññāpajjoto. Savāsanappahānato visesena hataṃ samugghātitaṃ vihataṃ, paññāpajjotena vihataṃ paññāpajjotavihataṃ. Muyhanti tena, sayaṃ vā muyhati, mohanamattameva vā tanti moho, avijjā, sveva visayasabhāvapaṭicchādanato andhakārasarikkhatāya tamo viyāti tamo, paññāpajjotavihato ^a^V1.0004^ea^ mohatamo etassāti paññāpajjotavihatamohatamo, taṃ ^b^paññāpajjotavihatamohatamaṃ^eb^. Sabbesampi ^a^M1.0004^ea^ hi khīṇāsavānaṃ satipi paññāpajjotena avijjandhakārassa vihatabhāve saddhāvimuttehi viya diṭṭhippattānaṃ sāvakehi paccekasambuddhehi ca savāsanappahānena sammāsambuddhānaṃ kilesappahānassa viseso vijjatīti sātisayena avijjāpahānena bhagavantaṃ thomento āha ^b^‘‘paññāpajjotavihatamohatama’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]Atha vā antarena paropadesaṃ attano santāne accantaṃ avijjandhakāravigamassa nibbattitattā, tathā sabbaññutāya balesu ca vasībhāvassa samadhigatattā, parasantatiyañca dhammadesanātisayānubhāvena sammadeva tassa pavattitattā bhagavāva visesato mohatamavigamena thometabboti āha ^b^‘‘paññāpajjotavihatamohatama’’^eb^nti. Imasmiñca atthavikappe ‘‘paññāpajjoto’’ti padena bhagavato paṭivedhapaññā viya desanāpaññāpi sāmaññaniddesena, ekasesanayena vā saṅgahitāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Atha vā bhagavato ñāṇassa ñeyyapariyantikattā sakalañeyyadhammasabhāvāvabodhanasamatthena anāvaraṇañāṇasaṅkhātena paññāpajjotena sabbañeyyadhammasabhāvacchādakassa mohandhakārassa vidhamitattā anaññasādhāraṇo bhagavato mohatamavināsoti katvā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘paññāpajjotavihatamohatama’’^eb^nti. Ettha ca mohatamavidhamanante adhigatattā anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ kāraṇūpacārena sasantāne mohatamavidhamananti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Abhinīhārasampattiyā savāsanappahānameva hi kilesānaṃ ñeyyāvaraṇappahānanti, parasantāne pana mohatamavidhamanassa kāraṇabhāvato anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ ‘‘mohatamavidhamana’’nti vuccatīti.<br/><br/>[03]Kiṃ pana kāraṇaṃ avijjāsamugghātoyeveko pahānasampattivasena bhagavato thomanānimittaṃ gayhati, na pana sātisayaṃ niravasesakilesappahānanti? Tappahānavacaneneva tadekaṭṭhatāya sakalasaṃkilesagaṇasamugghātassa jotitabhāvato. Na hi so tādiso kileso atthi, yo niravasesāvijjāppahānena na pahīyatīti.<br/><br/>[03]Atha vā vijjā viya sakalakusaladhammasamuppattiyā niravasesākusaladhammanibbattiyā saṃsārappavattiyā ca avijjā padhānakāraṇanti tabbighātavacanena ^a^M1.0005^ea^ sakalasaṃkilesagaṇasamugghāto vuttoyeva hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘paññāpajjotavihatamohatama’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]Narā ^a^V1.0005^ea^ ca amarā ca narāmarā, saha narāmarehīti sanarāmaro, sanarāmaro ca so loko cāti sanarāmaraloko. Tassa garūti sanarāmaralokagaru, taṃ ^b^sanarāmaralokagaruṃ^eb^. Etena devamanussānaṃ viya tadavasiṭṭhasattānampi yathārahaṃ guṇavisesāvahatāya bhagavato upakāritaṃ dasseti. Na cettha padhānāppadhānabhāvo codetabbo. Añño hi saddakkamo, añño atthakkamo. Edisesu hi samāsapadesu padhānampi appadhānaṃ viya niddisīyati yathā ‘‘sarājikāya parisāyā’’ti (cūḷava. 336). Kāmañcettha sattasaṅkhārokāsavasena tividho loko, garubhāvassa pana adhippetattā garukaraṇasamatthasseva yujjanato sattalokassa vasena attho gahetabbo. So hi lokīyanti ettha puññapāpāni tabbipāko cāti ‘‘loko’’ti vuccati. Amaraggahaṇena cettha upapattidevā adhippetā.<br/><br/>[03]Atha vā samūhattho lokasaddo samudāyavasena lokīyati paññāpīyatīti. Saha narehīti sanarā, sanarā ca te amarā cāti sanarāmarā, tesaṃ lokoti sanarāmaralokoti purimanayeneva yojetabbaṃ. Amarasaddena cettha visuddhidevāpi saṅgayhanti. Te hi maraṇābhāvato paramatthato amarā. Narāmarānaṃyeva ca gahaṇaṃ ukkaṭṭhaniddesavasena yathā ‘‘satthā devamanussāna’’nti (dī. ni. 1.157). Tathā hi sabbānatthaparihārapubbaṅgamāya niravasesahitasukhavidhānatapparāya niratisayāya payogasampattiyā sadevamanussāya pajāya accantūpakāritāya aparimitanirupamappabhāvaguṇavisesasamaṅgitāya ca sabbasattuttamo bhagavā aparimāṇāsu lokadhātūsu aparimāṇānaṃ sattānaṃ uttamagāravaṭṭhānaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘sanarāmaralokagaru’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]Sobhanaṃ gataṃ gamanaṃ etassāti sugato. Bhagavato hi veneyyajanupasaṅkamanaṃ ekantena tesaṃ hitasukhanipphādanato sobhanaṃ, tathā ^a^M1.0006^ea^ lakkhaṇānubyañjanapaṭimaṇḍitarūpakāyatāya dutavilambita-khalitānukaḍḍhana-nippīḷanukkuṭika-kuṭilākulatādi-dosarahita-mavahasita-rājahaṃsa- vasabhavāraṇa-migarājagamanaṃ kāyagamanaṃ ñāṇagamanañca vipulanimmalakaruṇā-sativīriyādi-guṇavisesasahitamabhinīhārato yāva mahābodhiṃ anavajjatāya sobhanamevāti. Atha vā sayambhuñāṇena sakalamapi lokaṃ pariññābhisamayavasena parijānanto ñāṇena sammā gato avagatoti sugato. Tathā lokasamudayaṃ pahānābhisamayavasena pajahanto anuppattidhammataṃ āpādento sammā gato atītoti sugato, lokanirodhaṃ nibbānaṃ sacchikiriyābhisamayavasena sammā gato adhigatoti sugato, lokanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ bhāvanābhisamayavasena sammā gato paṭipannoti sugato. ‘‘Sotāpattimaggena ye kilesā pahīnā, te kilese na puneti na pacceti na paccāgacchatīti sugato’’tiādinā (mahāni. 38; cūḷani. 27) nayena ayamattho ^a^V1.0006^ea^ vibhāvetabbo. Atha vā sundaraṃ ṭhānaṃ sammāsambodhiṃ, nibbānameva vā gato adhigatoti sugato. Yasmā vā bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ atthasaṃhitaṃ veneyyānaṃ yathārahaṃ kālayuttameva ca dhammaṃ bhāsati, tasmā sammā gadati vadatīti sugato da-kārassa ta-kāraṃ katvā. Iti sobhanagamanatādīhi sugato, taṃ ^b^sugataṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Puññapāpakammehi upapajjanavasena gantabbato gatiyo, upapattibhavavisesā. Tā pana nirayādivasena pañcavidhā. Tāhi sakalassapi bhavagāmikammassa ariyamaggādhigamena avipākārahabhāvakaraṇena nivattitattā bhagavā pañcahipi gatīhi suṭṭhu mutto visaṃyuttoti āha ^b^‘‘gativimutta’’^eb^nti. Etena bhagavato katthacipi gatiyā apariyāpannataṃ dasseti, yato bhagavā ‘‘devātidevo’’ti vuccati. Tenevāha –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Yena devūpapatyassa, gandhabbo vā vihaṅgamo;<br/><br/>[27]Yakkhattaṃ yena gaccheyyaṃ, manussattañca abbaje;<br/><br/>[22]Te mayhaṃ āsavā khīṇā, viddhastā vinaḷīkatā’’ti. (a. ni. 4.36);<br/><br/>[03]Taṃtaṃgatisaṃvattanakānañhi kammakilesānaṃ aggamaggena bodhimūleyeva suppahīnattā natthi bhagavato gatipariyāpannatāti accantameva bhagavā sabbabhavayonigati-viññāṇaṭṭhiti-sattāvāsa-sattanikāyehi parimutto, taṃ ^b^gativimuttaṃ. Vande^eb^ti namāmi, thomemīti vā attho.<br/><br/>[03]Atha ^a^M1.0007^ea^ vā ^b^gativimutta^eb^nti anupādisesanibbānadhātuppattiyā bhagavantaṃ thometi. Ettha hi dvīhi ākārehi bhagavato thomanā veditabbā attahitasampattito parahitapaṭipattito ca. Tesu attahitasampatti anāvaraṇañāṇādhigamato savāsanānaṃ sabbesaṃ kilesānaṃ accantappahānato anupādisesanibbānappattito ca veditabbā, parahitapaṭipatti lābhasakkārādinirapekkhacittassa sabbadukkhaniyyānikadhammadesanato viruddhesupi niccaṃ hitajjhāsayato ñāṇaparipākakālāgamanato ca. Sā panettha āsayato payogato ca duvidhā parahitapaṭipatti, tividhā ca attahitasampatti pakāsitā hoti. Kathaṃ? ‘‘Karuṇāsītalahadaya’’nti etena āsayato parahitapaṭipatti, sammāgadanatthena sugatasaddena payogato parahitapaṭipatti, ‘‘paññāpajjotavihatamohatamaṃ gativimutta’’nti etehi catusaccapaṭivedhatthena ca sugatasaddena tividhāpi attahitasampatti, avasiṭṭhaṭṭhena ^a^V1.0007^ea^ tena ‘‘paññāpajjotavihatamohatama’’nti etena cāpi sabbāpi attahitasampattiparahitapaṭipatti pakāsitā hotīti.<br/><br/>[03]Atha vā tīhi ākārehi bhagavato thomanā veditabbā – hetuto phalato upakārato ca. Tattha ^b^hetu^eb^ mahākaruṇā, sā paṭhamapadena dassitā. ^b^Phalaṃ^eb^ catubbidhaṃ ñāṇasampadā pahānasampadā ānubhāvasampadā rūpakāyasampadā cāti. Tāsu ñāṇapahānasampadā dutiyapadena saccapaṭivedhatthena ca sugatasaddena pakāsitā honti, ānubhāvasampadā pana tatiyapadena, rūpakāyasampadā yathāvuttakāyagamanasobhanatthena sugatasaddena lakkhaṇānubyañjanapāripūriyā vinā tadabhāvato. ^b^Upakāro^eb^ anantaraṃ abāhiraṃ karitvā tividhayānamukhena vimuttidhammadesanā. So sammāgadanatthena sugatasaddena pakāsito hotīti veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha ‘‘karuṇāsītalahadaya’’nti etena sammāsambodhiyā mūlaṃ dasseti. Mahākaruṇāsañcoditamānaso hi bhagavā saṃsārapaṅkato sattānaṃ samuddharaṇatthaṃ katābhinīhāro anupubbena pāramiyo pūretvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ adhigatoti karuṇā sammāsambodhiyā mūlaṃ. ‘‘Paññāpajjotavihatamohatama’’nti etena sammāsambodhiṃ dasseti ^a^M1.0008^ea^. Anāvaraṇañāṇapadaṭṭhānañhi maggañāṇaṃ, maggañāṇapadaṭṭhānañca anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ ‘‘sammāsambodhī’’ti vuccatīti. Sammāgamanatthena sugatasaddena sammāsambodhiyā paṭipattiṃ dasseti līnuddhaccapatiṭṭhānāyūhanakāmasukhallikattakilamathānuyogasassatucchedābhinivesādi antadvayarahitāya karuṇāpaññāpariggahitāya majjhimāya paṭipattiyā pakāsanato sugatasaddassa. Itarehi sammāsambodhiyā padhānāppadhānabhedaṃ payojanaṃ dasseti. Saṃsāramahoghato sattasantāraṇañhettha padhānaṃ payojanaṃ, tadaññamappadhānaṃ. Tesu padhānena parahitapaṭipattiṃ dasseti, itarena attahitasampattiṃ, tadubhayena attahitāya paṭipannādīsu catūsu puggalesu bhagavato catutthapuggalabhāvaṃ dasseti. Tena ca anuttaradakkhiṇeyyabhāvaṃ uttamavandanīyabhāvaṃ attano ca vandanakiriyāya khettaṅgatabhāvaṃ dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]Ettha ca karuṇāgahaṇena lokiyesu mahaggatabhāvappattāsādhāraṇaguṇadīpanato bhagavato sabbalokiyaguṇasampatti dassitā hoti, paññāgahaṇena sabbaññutaññāṇapadaṭṭhānamaggañāṇadīpanato sabbalokuttaraguṇasampatti. Tadubhayaggahaṇasiddho hi attho ‘‘sanarāmaralokagaru’’ntiādinā vipañcīyatīti. Karuṇāgahaṇena ca upagamanaṃ nirupakkilesaṃ dasseti, paññāgahaṇena apagamanaṃ. Tathā karuṇāgahaṇena lokasamaññānurūpaṃ bhagavato pavattiṃ dasseti lokavohāravisayattā ^a^V1.0008^ea^ karuṇāya, paññāgahaṇena samaññāya anatidhāvanaṃ sabhāvānavabodhena hi dhammānaṃ samaññaṃ atidhāvitvā sattādiparāmasanaṃ hotīti. Tathā karuṇāgahaṇena mahākaruṇāsamāpattivihāraṃ dasseti, paññāgahaṇena tīsu kālesu appaṭihatañāṇaṃ catusaccañāṇaṃ catupaṭisambhidāñāṇaṃ catuvesārajjañāṇaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Karuṇāgahaṇena mahākaruṇāsamāpattiñāṇassa gahitattā sesāsādhāraṇañāṇāni, cha abhiññā, aṭṭhasu parisāsu akampanañāṇāni, dasa balāni, cuddasa buddhañāṇāni, soḷasa ñāṇacariyā, aṭṭhārasa buddhadhammā, catucattālīsa ñāṇavatthūni, sattasattatiñāṇavatthūnīti evamādīnaṃ anekesaṃ paññāpabhedānaṃ vasena ñāṇacāraṃ dasseti. Tathā karuṇāgahaṇena caraṇasampattiṃ, paññāgahaṇena vijjāsampattiṃ. Karuṇāgahaṇena attādhipatitā, paññāgahaṇena dhammādhipatitā. Karuṇāgahaṇena lokanāthabhāvo, paññāgahaṇena ^a^M1.0009^ea^ attanāthabhāvo. Tathā karuṇāgahaṇena pubbakāribhāvo, paññāgahaṇena kataññutā. Tathā karuṇāgahaṇena aparantapatā, paññāgahaṇena anattantapatā. Karuṇāgahaṇena vā buddhakaradhammasiddhi, paññāgahaṇena buddhabhāvasiddhi. Tathā karuṇāgahaṇena paresaṃ tāraṇaṃ, paññāgahaṇena sayaṃ taraṇaṃ. Tathā karuṇāgahaṇena sabbasattesu anuggahacittatā, paññāgahaṇena sabbadhammesu virattacittatā dassitā hoti.<br/><br/>[03]Sabbesañca buddhaguṇānaṃ karuṇā ādi tannidānabhāvato, paññā pariyosānaṃ tato uttari karaṇīyābhāvato. Iti ādipariyosānadassanena sabbe buddhaguṇā dassitā honti. Tathā karuṇāgahaṇena sīlakkhandhapubbaṅgamo samādhikkhandho dassito hoti. Karuṇānidānañhi sīlaṃ tato pāṇātipātādiviratippavattito, sā ca jhānattayasampayoginīti. Paññāvacanena paññākkhandho. Sīlañca sabbabuddhaguṇānaṃ ādi, samādhi majjhe, paññā pariyosānanti evampi ādimajjhapariyosānakalyāṇadassanena sabbe buddhaguṇā dassitā honti nayato dassitattā. Eso eva hi niravasesato buddhaguṇānaṃ dassanupāyo, yadidaṃ nayaggāhaṇaṃ. Aññathā ko nāma samattho bhagavato guṇe anupadaṃ niravasesato dassetuṃ. Tenevāha –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Buddhopi buddhassa bhaṇeyya vaṇṇaṃ;<br/><br/>[22]Kappampi ce aññamabhāsamāno.<br/><br/>[21]Khīyetha ^a^V1.0009^ea^ kappo ciradīghamantare;<br/><br/>[21]Vaṇṇo na khīyetha tathāgatassā’’ti. (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.305; 3.141; ma. ni. aṭṭha. 2.425; udā. aṭṭha. 53; apa. aṭṭha. 2.7.20; bu. vaṃ. aṭṭha. 4.4; cariyā. aṭṭha. 3.122 pakiṇṇakakathā);<br/><br/>[03]Teneva ca āyasmatā sāriputtattherenapi buddhaguṇaparicchedanaṃ pati anuyuttena ‘‘no hetaṃ, bhante’’ti paṭikkhipitvā ‘‘apica me, bhante, dhammanvayo vidito’’ti (dī. ni. 2.146) vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^2^eb^^b^.^eb^ Evaṃ saṅkhepena sakalasabbaññuguṇehi bhagavantaṃ abhitthavitvā idāni saddhammaṃ thometuṃ ^b^‘‘buddhopī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^buddho^eb^ti kattuniddeso. ^b^Buddhabhāva^eb^nti kammaniddeso. ^b^Bhāvetvā sacchikatvā^eb^ti ca pubbakālakiriyāniddeso ^a^M1.0010^ea^. ^b^Ya^eb^nti aniyamato kammaniddeso. ^b^Upagato^eb^ti aparakālakiriyāniddeso. ^b^Vande^eb^ti kiriyāniddeso. ^b^Ta^eb^nti niyamanaṃ. ^b^Dhamma^eb^nti vandanakiriyāya kammaniddeso. ^b^Gatamalaṃ anuttara^eb^nti ca tabbisesanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha buddhasaddassa tāva ‘‘bujjhitā saccānīti buddho, bodhetā pajāyāti buddho’’tiādinā ^b^niddesanayena^eb^ (mahāni. 192; cūḷani. 97) attho veditabbo. Atha vā savāsanāya aññāṇaniddāya accantavigamato, buddhiyā vā vikasitabhāvato buddhavāti ^b^buddho^eb^ jāgaraṇavikasanatthavasena. Atha vā kassacipi ñeyyadhammassa anavabuddhassa abhāvena ñeyyavisesassa kammabhāvena aggahaṇato kammavacanicchāya abhāvena avagamanatthavaseneva kattuniddeso labbhatīti buddhavāti ^b^buddho^eb^ yathā ‘‘dikkhito na dadātī’’ti. Atthato pana pāramitāparibhāvito sayambhuñāṇena saha vāsanāya vihataviddhastaniravasesakileso mahākaruṇāsabbaññutaññāṇādiaparimeyyaguṇagaṇādhāro khandhasantāno buddho. Yathāha –<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Buddhoti yo so bhagavā sayambhū. Anācariyako pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu sāmaṃ saccāni abhisambujjhi, tattha ca sabbaññutaṃ patto balesu ca vasībhāva’’nti (mahāni. 192; cūḷani. 97; paṭi. ma. 3.161).<br/><br/>[03]^b^Api^eb^-saddo ^a^V1.0010^ea^ sambhāvane. Tena ‘‘evaṃ guṇavisesayutto sopi nāma bhagavā’’ti vakkhamānaguṇe dhamme sambhāvanaṃ dīpeti. ^b^Buddhabhāva^eb^nti sammāsambodhiṃ. ^b^Bhāvetvā^eb^ti uppādetvā vaḍḍhetvā ca. ^b^Sacchikatvā^eb^ti paccakkhaṃ katvā. ^b^Upagato^eb^ti patto, adhigatoti attho. Etassa ‘‘buddhabhāva’’nti etena sambandho. ^b^Gatamala^eb^nti vigatamalaṃ, niddosanti attho. ^b^Vande^eb^ti paṇamāmi, thomemi vā. ^b^Anuttara^eb^nti uttararahitaṃ, lokuttaranti attho. ^b^Dhamma^eb^nti yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipajjamāne apāyato ca saṃsārato ca apatamāne katvā dhāretīti dhammo. Ayañhettha saṅkhepattho – evaṃ vividhaguṇagaṇasamannāgato buddhopi bhagavā yaṃ ariyamaggasaṅkhātaṃ dhammaṃ bhāvetvā, phalanibbānasaṅkhātaṃ pana sacchikatvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ adhigato, tametaṃ buddhānampi buddhabhāvahetubhūtaṃ sabbadosamalarahitaṃ attano uttaritarābhāvena anuttaraṃ paṭivedhasaddhammaṃ namāmīti. Pariyattisaddhammassāpi tappakāsanattā idha saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[03]Atha ^a^M1.0011^ea^ vā ‘‘abhidhammanayasamuddaṃ adhigacchi, tīṇi piṭakāni sammasī’’ti ca aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttattā pariyattidhammassapi sacchikiriyāsammasanapariyāyo labbhatīti sopi idha vutto evāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tathā ‘‘yaṃ dhammaṃ bhāvetvā saccikatvā’’ti ca vuttattā buddhakaradhammabhūtāhi pāramitāhi saha pubbabhāge adhisīlasikkhādayopi idha dhammasaddena saṅgahitāti veditabbaṃ. Tāpi hi malapaṭipakkhatāya gatamalā anaññasādhāraṇatāya anuttarā cāti. Tathā hi sattānaṃ sakalavaṭṭadukkhanissaraṇatthāya katamahābhinīhāro mahākaruṇādhivāsapesalajjhāsayo paññāvisesaparidhotanimmalānaṃ dānadamasaṃyamādīnaṃ uttamadhammānaṃ satasahassādhikāni kappānaṃ cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni sakkaccaṃ nirantaraṃ niravasesānaṃ bhāvanāpaccakkhakaraṇehi kammādīsu adhigatavasībhāvo acchariyācinteyyamahānubhāvo adhisīlādhicittānaṃ paramukkaṃsapāramippatto bhagavā paccayākāre catuvīsatikoṭisatasahassamukhena mahāvajirañāṇaṃ pesetvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti.<br/><br/>[03]Ettha ca ‘‘bhāvetvā’’ti etena vijjāsampadāya dhammaṃ thometi, ‘‘sacchikatvā’’ti etena vimuttisampadāya. Tathā paṭhamena jhānasampadāya, dutiyena vimokkhasampadāya. Paṭhamena vā samādhisampadāya, dutiyena samāpattisampadāya. Atha vā paṭhamena khayeñāṇabhāvena, dutiyena anuppādeñāṇabhāvena. Purimena vā vijjūpamatāya, dutiyena vajirūpamatāya. Purimena vā virāgasampattiyā, dutiyena nirodhasampattiyā. Tathā paṭhamena niyyānabhāvena, dutiyena nisssaraṇabhāvena. Paṭhamena vā hetubhāvena, dutiyena asaṅkhatabhāvena. Paṭhamena vā dassanabhāvena, dutiyena vivekabhāvena. Paṭhamena vā adhipatibhāvena, dutiyena amatabhāvena dhammaṃ ^a^V1.0011^ea^ thometi. Atha vā ‘‘yaṃ dhammaṃ bhāvetvā buddhabhāvaṃ upagato’’ti etena svākkhātatāya dhammaṃ thometi. ‘‘Sacchikatvā’’ti etena sandiṭṭhikatāya. Tathā purimena akālikatāya, pacchimena ehipassikatāya. Purimena vā opaneyyikatāya, pacchimena paccattaṃ veditabbatāya dhammaṃ thometi. ‘‘Gatamala’’nti iminā saṃkilesābhāvadīpanena dhammassa parisuddhataṃ dasseti, ‘‘anuttara’’nti etena aññassa visiṭṭhassa abhāvadīpanena vipulaparipuṇṇataṃ. Paṭhamena vā pahānasampadaṃ dhammassa dasseti, dutiyena sabhāvasampadaṃ. Bhāvetabbatāya vā dhammassa gatamalabhāvo yojetabbo ^a^M1.0012^ea^. Bhāvanāguṇena hi so dosānaṃ samugghātako hotīti. Sacchikātabbabhāvena anuttarabhāvo yojetabbo. Sacchikiriyānibbattito hi taduttarikaraṇīyābhāvato anaññasādhāraṇatāya anuttaroti. Tathā ‘‘bhāvetvā’’ti etena saha pubbabhāgasīlādīhi sekkhā sīlasamādhipaññākkhandhā dassitā honti, ‘‘sacchikatvā’’ti etena saha asaṅkhatāya dhātuyā asekkhā sīlasamādhipaññākkhandhā dassitā hontīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^3^eb^^b^.^eb^ Evaṃ saṅkhepeneva sabbadhammaguṇehi saddhammaṃ abhitthavitvā idāni ariyasaṅghaṃ thometuṃ ^b^‘‘sugatassā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^sugatassā^eb^ti sambandhaniddeso, tassa ‘‘puttāna’’nti etena sambandho. ^b^Orasāna^eb^nti puttavisesanaṃ. ^b^Mārasenamathanāna^eb^nti orasaputtabhāve kāraṇaniddeso. Tena kilesappahānameva bhagavato orasaputtabhāve kāraṇaṃ anujānātīti dasseti. ^b^Aṭṭhanna^eb^nti gaṇanaparicchedaniddeso. Tena satipi tesaṃ sattavisesabhāvena anekasahassasaṅkhābhāve imaṃ gaṇanaparicchedaṃ nātivattantīti dasseti maggaṭṭhaphalaṭṭhabhāvānātivattanato. ^b^Samūha^eb^nti samudāyaniddeso. ^b^Ariyasaṅgha^eb^nti guṇavisiṭṭhasaṅghāṭabhāvaniddeso. Tena asabhipi ariyapuggalānaṃ kāyasāmaggiyaṃ ariyasaṅghabhāvaṃ dasseti diṭṭhisīlasāmaññena saṃhatabhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha urasi bhavā jātā saṃvaddhā ca orasā. Yathā hi sattānaṃ orasaputtā attajātatāya pitu santakassa dāyajjassa visesena bhāgino honti, evameva tepi ariyapuggalā sammāsambuddhassa dhammassavanante ariyāya jātiyā jātatāya bhagavato santakassa vimuttisukhassa ariyadhammaratanassa ca ekantabhāginoti orasā viya ^b^orasā^eb^. Atha vā bhagavato dhammadesanānubhāvena ariyabhūmiṃ okkamamānā okkantā ca ariyasāvakā bhagavato urena vāyāmajanitābhijātitāya nippariyāyena ‘‘orasaputtā’’ti vattabbataṃ arahanti. Sāvakehi pavattiyamānāpi hi dhammadesanā ‘‘bhagavato dhammadesanā’’icceva vuccati taṃmūlikattā lakkhaṇādivisesābhāvato ca.<br/><br/>[03]Yadipi ^a^V1.0012^ea^^a^M1.0013^ea^ ariyasāvakānaṃ ariyamaggādhigamasamaye bhagavato viya tadantarāya karaṇatthaṃ devaputtamāro, māravāhinī vā na ekantena apasādeti, tehi pana apasādetabbatāya kāraṇe vimathite tepi vimathitā eva nāma hontīti āha – ^b^‘‘mārasenamathanāna’’^eb^nti. Imasmiṃ panatthe ‘‘māramārasenamathanāna’’nti vattabbe ‘‘mārasenamathanāna’’nti ekadesasarūpekaseso katoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Atha vā khandhābhisaṅkhāramārānaṃ viya devaputtamārassapi guṇamāraṇe sahāyabhāvūpagamanato kilesabalakāyo ‘‘senā’’ti vuccati. Yathāha ‘‘kāmā te paṭhamā senā’’tiādi (su. ni. 438; mahāni. 28, 68, 149). Sā ca tehi diyaḍḍhasahassabhedā anantabhedā vā kilesavāhinī satidhammavicayavīriyasamathādiguṇapaharaṇehi odhiso vimathitā vihatā viddhastā cāti ^b^mārasenamathanā,^eb^ ariyasāvakā. Etena tesaṃ bhagavato anujātaputtataṃ dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]Ārakattā kilesehi, anaye na iriyanato, aye ca iriyanato ariyā niruttinayena. Atha vā sadevakena lokena ‘‘saraṇa’’nti araṇīyato upagantabbato upagatānañca tadatthasiddhito ariyā, ariyānaṃ saṅghoti ariyasaṅgho, ariyo ca so saṅgho cāti vā ariyasaṅgho, taṃ ^b^ariyasaṅghaṃ^eb^. Bhagavato aparabhāge buddhadhammaratanānampi samadhigamo saṅgharatanādhīnoti ariyasaṅghassa bahūpakārataṃ dassetuṃ idheva ^b^‘‘sirasā vande’’^eb^ti vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Ettha ca ‘‘sugatassa orasānaṃ puttāna’’nti etena ariyasaṅghassa pabhavasampadaṃ dasseti, ‘‘mārasenamathanāna’’nti etena pahānasampadaṃ sakalasaṃkilesappahānadīpanato. ‘‘Aṭṭhannampi samūha’’nti etena ñāṇasampadaṃ maggaṭṭhaphalaṭṭhabhāvadīpanato. ‘‘Ariyasaṅgha’’nti etena pabhāvasampadaṃ dasseti sabbasaṅghānaṃ aggabhāvadīpanato. Atha vā ‘‘sugatassa orasānaṃ puttāna’’nti ariyasaṅghassa visuddhanissayabhāvadīpanaṃ, ‘‘mārasenamathanāna’’nti sammāujuñāyasāmīcippaṭipannabhāvadīpanaṃ, ‘‘aṭṭhannampi samūha’’nti āhuneyyādibhāvadīpanaṃ, ‘‘ariyasaṅgha’’nti anuttarapuññakkhettabhāvadīpanaṃ. Tathā ‘‘sugatassa orasānaṃ puttāna’’nti etena ariyasaṅghassa lokuttarasaraṇagamanasabbhāvaṃ dīpeti. Lokuttarasaraṇagamanena hi te bhagavato orasaputtā jātā. ‘‘Mārasenamathanāna’’nti etena abhinīhārasampadāsiddhaṃ ^a^M1.0014^ea^ pubbabhāge sammāpaṭipattiṃ dasseti. Katābhinīhārā hi sammāpaṭipannā māraṃ māraparisaṃ vā abhivijinanti. ‘‘Aṭṭhannampi samūha’’nti etena paṭividdhastavipakkhe sekkhāsekkhadhamme dasseti puggalādhiṭṭhānena maggaphaladhammānaṃ pakāsitattā. ‘‘Ariyasaṅgha’’nti aggadakkhiṇeyyabhāvaṃ dasseti. Saraṇagamanañca sāvakānaṃ sabbaguṇānaṃ ādi, sapubbabhāgapaṭipadā sekkhā sīlakkhandhādayo majjhe, asekkhā sīlakkhandhādayo ^a^V1.0013^ea^ pariyosānanti ādimajjhapariyosānakalyāṇā saṅkhepato sabbe ariyasaṅghaguṇā pakāsitā honti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^4^eb^^b^.^eb^ Evaṃ gāthāttayena saṅkhepato sakalaguṇasaṃkittanamukhena ratanattayassa paṇāmaṃ katvā idāni taṃnipaccakāraṃ yathādhippete payojane pariṇāmento ^b^‘‘iti me’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ratijananaṭṭhena ^b^ratanaṃ,^eb^ buddhadhammasaṅghā. Tesañhi ‘‘itipi so bhagavā’’tiādinā yathābhūtaguṇe āvajjentassa amatādhigamahetubhūtaṃ anappakaṃ pītipāmojjaṃ uppajjati. Yathāha –<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Yasmiṃ mahānāma, samaye ariyasāvako tathāgataṃ anussarati, nevassa tasmiṃ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti, na dosa…pe… na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti…pe… ujugatacitto kho mahānāma, ariyasāvako labhati atthavedaṃ, labhati dhammavedaṃ, labhati dhammūpasaṃhitaṃ pāmojjaṃ, pamuditassa pīti jāyatī’’tiādi (a. ni. 6.10; 11.11).<br/><br/>[03]Cittīkatādibhāvo vā ratanaṭṭho. Vuttañhetaṃ –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Cittīkataṃ mahagghañca, atulaṃ dullabhadassanaṃ;<br/><br/>[22]Anomasattaparibhogaṃ, ratanaṃ tena vuccatī’’ti. (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 2.33; saṃ. ni. aṭṭha. 3.5.223; khu. pā. aṭṭha. 6.3; su. ni. aṭṭha. 1.226; mahāni. aṭṭha. 50);<br/><br/>[03]Cittikatabhāvādayo ca anaññasādhāraṇā buddhādīsu eva labbhantīti.<br/><br/>[03]Vandanāva ^b^vandanāmayaṃ^eb^ yathā ‘‘dānamayaṃ sīlamaya’’nti (dī. ni. 3.305; itivu. 60). Vandanā cettha kāyavācācittehi tiṇṇaṃ ratanānaṃ guṇaninnatā, thomanā vā. Pujjabhavaphalanibbattanato ^a^M1.0015^ea^^b^puññaṃ,^eb^ attano santānaṃ punātīti vā. ^b^Suvihatantarāyo^eb^ti suṭṭhu vihatantarāyo. Etena attano pasādasampattiyā ratanattayassa ca khettabhāvasampattiyā taṃ puññaṃ atthappakāsanassa upaghātakaupaddavānaṃ vihanane samatthanti dasseti. ^b^Hutvā^eb^ti pubbakālakiriyā. Tassa ‘‘atthaṃ pakāsayissāmī’’ti etena sambandho. ^b^Tassā^eb^ti yaṃ ratanattayavandanāmayaṃ puññaṃ, tassa. ^b^Ānubhāvenā^eb^ti balena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^5^eb^^b^.^eb^ Evaṃ ^a^V1.0014^ea^ ratanattayassa nipaccakāre payojanaṃ dassetvā idāni yassā dhammadesanāya atthaṃ saṃvaṇṇetukāmo, tassā tāva guṇābhitthavanavasena upaññāpanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘majjhimapamāṇasuttaṅkitassā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^majjhimapamāṇasuttaṅkitassā^eb^ti nātidīghanātikhuddakapamāṇehi suttantehi lakkhitassa. Yathā hi dīghāgame dīghapamāṇāni suttāni, yathā ca saṃyuttaṅguttarāgamesu dvīsu khuddakapamāṇāni, na evaṃ idha. Idha pana pamāṇato majjhimāni suttāni. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘majjhimapamāṇasuttaṅkitassā^eb^ti nātidīghanātikhuddakapamāṇehi suttantehi lakkhitassati attho’’ti. Etena ‘‘majjhimo’’ti ayaṃ imassa atthānugatasamaññāti dasseti. Nanu ca suttāni eva āgamo, kassa pana suttehi aṅkananti? Saccametaṃ paramatthato, suttāni pana upādāya paññatto āgamo. Yatheva hi atthabyañjanasamudāye ‘‘sutta’’nti vohāro, evaṃ suttasamudāye ayaṃ ‘‘āgamo’’ti vohāro. ^b^Idhā^eb^ti imasmiṃ sāsane. Āgamissanti ettha, etena etasmā vā attatthaparatthādayoti āgamo, ādikalyāṇādiguṇasampattiyā uttamaṭṭhena taṃtaṃabhipatthitasamiddhihetutāya paṇḍitehi varitabbato varo, āgamo ca so varo cāti āgamavaro. Āgamasammatehi vā varoti āgamavaro, majjhimo ca so āgamavaro cāti ^b^majjhimāgamavaro,^eb^ tassa.<br/><br/>[03]Buddhānaṃ anubuddhānaṃ ^b^buddhānubuddhā,^eb^ buddhānaṃ saccapaṭivedhaṃ anugamma paṭividdhasaccā aggasāvakādayo ariyā. Tehi atthasaṃvaṇṇanāguṇasaṃvaṇṇanānaṃ vasena ^b^saṃvaṇṇitassa^eb^. Atha vā buddhā ca anubuddhā ca buddhānubuddhāti yojetabbaṃ. Sammāsambuddheneva hi vinayasuttābhidhammānaṃ pakiṇṇakadesanādivasena yo paṭhamaṃ attho vibhatto, so eva pacchā tassa tassa saṃvaṇṇanāvasena saṅgītikārehi saṅgahaṃ āropitoti. ^b^Paravādamathanassā^eb^ti aññatitthiyānaṃ vādanimmathanassa, tesaṃ diṭṭhigatabhañjanassāti attho. Ayañhi ^a^M1.0016^ea^ āgamo mūlapariyāyasuttasabbāsavasuttādīsu diṭṭhigatikānaṃ diṭṭhigatadosavibhāvanato ^b^saccakasuttaṃ^eb^ (ma. ni. 1.353) ^b^upālisuttā^eb^dīsu (ma. ni. 2.56) saccakādīnaṃ micchāvādanimmathanadīpanato visesato ‘‘paravādamathano’’ti thomitoti. Saṃvaṇṇanāsu cāyaṃ ācariyassa pakati, yā taṃtaṃsaṃvaṇṇanāsu ādito tassa tassa saṃvaṇṇetabbassa dhammassa visesaguṇakittanena thomanā. Tathā hi ^b^sumaṅgalavilāsinīsāratthapakāsinīmanorathapūraṇīsu aṭṭhasālinīādīsu^eb^ ca yathākkamaṃ ‘‘saddhāvahaguṇassa, ñāṇappabhedajananassa, dhammakathikapuṅgavānaṃ vicittapaṭibhānajananassa, tassa gambhīrañāṇehi ogāḷhassa abhiṇhaso nānānayavicittassa abhidhammassā’’tiādinā thomanā katā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^6^eb^^b^.^eb^ Attho ^a^V1.0015^ea^ kathīyati etāyāti atthakathā, sā eva ^b^aṭṭhakathā^eb^ ttha-kārassa ṭṭha-kāraṃ katvā yathā ‘‘dukkhassa pīḷanaṭṭho’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.17; 2.8) ^b^ādito^eb^tiādimhi paṭhamasaṅgītiyaṃ. Chaḷabhiññatāya paramena cittissariyabhāvena samannāgatattā jhānādīsu pañcavidhavasitāsabbhāvato ca ^b^vasino,^eb^ therā mahākassapādayo. Tesaṃ ^b^satehi pañcahi. Yā^eb^ti yā aṭṭhakathā. ^b^Saṅgītā^eb^ti atthaṃ pakāsetuṃ yuttaṭṭhāne ‘‘ayaṃ etassa attho, ayaṃ etassa attho’’ti saṅgahetvā vuttā. ^b^Anusaṅgītā ca^eb^ yasattherādīhi pacchāpi dutiyatatiyasaṅgītīsu. Iminā attano saṃvaṇṇanāya āgamanasuddhiṃ dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^7^eb^^b^.^eb^ Sīhassa lānato gahaṇato ^b^sīhaḷo,^eb^ sīhakumāro. Taṃvaṃsajātatāya tambapaṇṇidīpe khattiyānaṃ, tesaṃ nivāsatāya tambapaṇṇidīpassa ca sīhaḷabhāvo veditabbo. ^b^Ābhatā^eb^ti jambudīpato ānītā. ^b^Athā^eb^ti pacchā. Aparabhāge hi nikāyantaraladdhīhi asaṅkaratthaṃ sīhaḷabhāsāya aṭṭhakathā ṭhapitāti. Tena mūlaṭṭhakathā sabbasādhāraṇā na hotīti idaṃ atthappakāsanaṃ ekantena karaṇīyanti dasseti. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘dīpavāsīnamatthāyā’’^eb^ti. Tattha ^b^dīpavāsīna^eb^nti jambudīpavāsīnaṃ, sīhaḷadīpavāsīnaṃ vā atthāya sīhaḷabhāsāya ṭhapitāti yojanā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^8^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Apanetvānā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0017^ea^ kañcukasadisaṃ sīhaḷabhāsaṃ apanetvā. ^b^Tato^eb^ti aṭṭhakathāto. ^b^Aha^eb^nti attānaṃ niddisati, ^b^manoramaṃ bhāsa^eb^nti māgadhabhāsaṃ. Sā hi sabhāvaniruttibhūtā paṇḍitānaṃ manaṃ ramayatīti. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘tantinayānucchavika’’^eb^nti, pāḷigatiyā anulomikaṃ pāḷibhāsāyānuvidhāyininti attho. ^b^Vigatadosa^eb^nti asabhāvaniruttibhāsantararahitaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^9^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Samayaṃ avilomento^eb^ti siddhantaṃ avirodhento. Etena atthadosābhāvamāha. Aviruddhattā eva hi theravādāpi idha pakāsīyissanti. ^b^Theravaṃsadīpāna^eb^nti thirehi sīlakkhandhādīhi samannāgatattā therā, mahākassapādayo. Tehi āgatā ācariyaparamparā theravaṃso, tappariyāpannā hutvā āgamādhigamasampannattā paññāpajjotena tassa samujjalanato ^b^theravaṃsadīpā,^eb^ mahāvihāravāsino, tesaṃ. Vividhehi ākārehi nicchīyatīti vinicchayo, gaṇṭhiṭṭhānesu khīlamaddanākārena pavattā vimaticchedanī kathā. Suṭṭhu nipuṇo saṇho vinicchayo etesanti ^b^sunipuṇavinicchayā.^eb^ Atha vā vinicchinotīti vinicchayo, yathāvuttatthavisayaṃ ñāṇaṃ. Suṭṭhu nipuṇo cheko vinicchayo etesanti yojetabbaṃ. Etena mahākassapāditheraparamparābhato, tato eva ca aviparīto saṇho sukhumo mahāvihāravāsīnaṃ vinicchayoti tassa pamāṇabhūtataṃ dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^10^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sujanassa^eb^^a^V1.0016^ea^^b^cā^eb^ti ^b^ca^eb^-saddo sampiṇḍanattho. Tena ‘‘na kevalaṃ jambudīpavāsīnameva atthāya, atha kho sādhujanatosanatthañcā’’ti dasseti. Tena ca ‘‘tambapaṇṇidīpavāsīnampi atthāyā’’ti ayamattho siddho hoti uggahaṇādisukaratāya tesampi bahukārattā. ^b^Ciraṭṭhitattha^eb^nti ciraṭṭhitiatthaṃ, cirakālaṭṭhitiyāti attho. Idañhi atthappakāsanaṃ aviparītapadabyañjanasunikkhepassa atthasunayassa ca upāyabhāvato saddhammassa ciraṭṭhitiyā saṃvattati. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā ‘‘dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya anantaradhānāya saṃvattanti. Katame dve? Sunnikkhittañca padabyañjanaṃ attho ca sunīto’’ti (a. ni. 2.20).<br/><br/>[03]^b^11^eb^^b^.^eb^ Yaṃ ^a^M1.0018^ea^ atthavaṇṇanaṃ kattukāmo, tassā mahattaṃ pariharituṃ ^b^‘‘sīlakathā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tenevāha ‘‘na taṃ idha vicārayissāmī’’ti. Atha vā yaṃ aṭṭhakathaṃ kattukāmo, tadekadesabhāvena visuddhimaggo gahetabboti kathikānaṃ upadesaṃ karonto tattha vicāritadhamme uddesavasena dasseti ^b^‘‘sīlakathā’’^eb^tiādinā. Tattha ^b^sīlakathā^eb^ti cārittavārittādivasena sīlassa vitthārakathā. ^b^Dhutadhammā^eb^ti piṇḍapātikaṅgādayo terasa kilesadhunanakadhammā. ^b^Kammaṭṭhānāni sabbānī^eb^ti pāḷiyaṃ āgatāni aṭṭhatiṃsa, aṭṭhakathāyaṃ dveti niravasesāni yogakammassa bhāvanāya pavattiṭṭhānāni. ^b^Cariyāvidhānasahito^eb^ti rāgacaritādīnaṃ sabhāvādividhānena sahito. ^b^Jhānāni^eb^ cattāri rūpāvacarajjhānāni, ^b^samāpattiyo^eb^ catasso arūpasamāpattiyo. Aṭṭhapi vā paṭiladdhamattāni ^b^jhānāni,^eb^ samāpajjanavasībhāvappattiyā ^b^samāpattiyo. Jhānāni^eb^ vā rūpārūpāvacarajjhānāni, ^b^samāpattiyo^eb^ phalasamāpattinirodhasamāpattiyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^12^eb^^b^.^eb^ Lokiyalokuttarabhedā cha abhiññāyo ^b^sabbā abhiññāyo^eb^. ^b^Ñāṇavibhaṅgā^eb^dīsu (vibha. 751) āgatanayena ekavidhādinā paññāya saṃkaletvā sampiṇḍetvā nicchayo ^b^paññāsaṅkalananicchayo^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^13^eb^^b^.^eb^ Paccayadhammānaṃ hetādīnaṃ paccayuppannadhammānaṃ hetupaccayādibhāvo paccayākāro, tassa desanā ^b^paccayākāradesanā,^eb^ paṭiccasamuppādakathāti attho. Sā pana nikāyantaraladdhisaṅkararahitatāya suṭṭhu parisuddhā, ghanavinibbhogassa sudukkaratāya nipuṇā saṇhasukhumā, ekattanayādisahitā ca tattha vicāritāti āha ^b^‘‘suparisuddhanipuṇanayā’’^eb^ti. Paṭisambhidādīsu āgatanayaṃ avissajjetvāva vicāritattā ^b^avimuttatantimaggā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^14^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Iti^eb^^a^V1.0017^ea^^b^pana sabba^eb^nti ^b^iti^eb^-saddo parisamāpane, ^b^pana^eb^-saddo vacanālaṅkāre, etaṃ sabbanti attho. ^b^Idhā^eb^ti imissā aṭṭhakathāya. ^b^Na taṃ vicārayissāmi^eb^ punaruttibhāvatoti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^15^eb^^b^.^eb^ Idāni tasseva avicāraṇassa ekantakāraṇaṃ niddhārento ^b^‘‘majjhe visuddhimaggo’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ‘‘majjhe ṭhatvā’’ti etena majjhaṭṭhabhāvadīpanena ^a^M1.0019^ea^ visesato catunnaṃ āgamānaṃ sādhāraṇaṭṭhakathā visuddhimaggo, na ^b^sumaṅgalavilāsinī^eb^ādayo viya asādhāraṇaṭṭhakathāti dasseti. ‘‘Visesato’’ti ca idaṃ vinayābhidhammānampi visuddhimaggo yathārahaṃ atthavaṇṇanā hoti evāti katvā vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^16^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Iccevā^eb^ti iti eva. ^b^Tampī^eb^ti visuddhimaggampi. ^b^Etāyā^eb^ti papañcasūdaniyā. Ettha ca ‘‘sīhaḷadīpaṃ ābhatā’’tiādinā aṭṭhakathākaraṇassa nimittaṃ dasseti, ‘‘dīpavāsīnamatthāya, sujanassa ca tuṭṭhatthaṃ, ciraṭṭhitatthañca dhammassā’’ti etena payojanaṃ, ‘‘majjhimāgamavarassa atthaṃ pakāsayissāmī’’ti etena piṇḍatthaṃ, ‘‘apanetvāna tatohaṃ sīhaḷabhāsa’’ntiādinā, ‘‘sīlakathā’’tiādinā ca karaṇappakāraṃ. Sīlakathādīnaṃ avicāraṇampi hi idha karaṇappakāro evāti.<br/><br/>[06]Ganthārambhakathāvaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 1
title: nidānakathāvaṇṇanā^^^^
content:
  [03]^b^1^eb^^b^.^eb^ Vibhāgavantānaṃ ^a^V1.0018^ea^ sabhāvavibhāvanaṃ vibhāgadassanamukheneva hotīti paṭhamaṃ tāva paṇṇāsavaggasuttādivasena majjhimāgamassa vibhāgaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tattha majjhimasaṅgīti nāmā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^tatthā^eb^ti yaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘majjhimāgamavarassa atthaṃ pakāsayissāmī’’ti, tasmiṃ vacane. Yā majjhimāgamapariyāyena majjhimasaṅgīti vuttā, sā paṇṇāsādito edisāti dasseti ‘‘majjhimasaṅgīti nāmā’’tiādinā. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti vā ‘‘etāya aṭṭhakathāya vijānātha majjhimasaṅgītiyā attha’’nti ettha yassā majjhimasaṅgītiyā atthaṃ vijānāthāti vuttaṃ, sā majjhimasaṅgīti nāma paṇṇāsādito edisāti dasseti. Pañca dasakā paṇṇāsā, mūle ādimhi paṇṇāsā, mūlabhūtā vā paṇṇāsā ^b^mūlapaṇṇāsā^eb^. Majjhe bhavā majjhimā, majjhimā ca sā paṇṇāsā cāti ^b^majjhimapaṇṇāsā^eb^. Upari uddhaṃ paṇṇāsā ^b^uparipaṇṇāsā^eb^. ^b^Paṇṇāsattayasaṅgahā^eb^ti paṇṇāsattayaparigaṇanā.<br/><br/>[03]Ayaṃ saṅgaho nāma jātisañjātikiriyāgaṇanavasena catubbidho. Tattha ‘‘yā cāvuso visākha, sammāvācā, yo ca sammākammanto, yo ca sammāājīvo ^a^M1.0020^ea^, ime dhammā sīlakkhandhe saṅgahitā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.462) ayaṃ jātisaṅgaho. ‘‘Yo cāvuso visākha, sammāvāyāmo. Yā ca sammāsati, yo ca sammāsamādhi, ime dhammā samādhikkhandhe saṅgahitā’’ti ayaṃ sañjātisaṅgaho. ‘‘Yā cāvuso visākha, sammādiṭṭhi, yo ca sammāsaṅkappo, ime dhammā paññākkhandhe saṅgahitā’’ti ayaṃ kiriyāsaṅgaho. ‘‘Hañci cakkhāyatanaṃ rūpakkhandhagaṇanaṃ gacchati, tena vata re vattabbe cakkhāyatanaṃ rūpakkhandhena saṅgahita’’nti (kathā. 471) ayaṃ gaṇanasaṅgaho. Ayameva ca idhādhippeto. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘paṇṇāsattayasaṅgahāti paṇṇāsattayaparigaṇanā’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vaggato^eb^ti samūhato, so panettha dasakavasena veditabbo. Yebhuyyena hi sāsane dasake vaggavohāro. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘ekekāya paṇṇāsāya pañca pañca vagge katvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pannarasavaggasamāyogā^eb^ti pannarasavaggasaṃyogāti attho. Keci pana samāyogasaddaṃ samudāyatthaṃ vadanti. ^b^Padato^eb^ti ettha aṭṭhakkharo gāthāpādo ‘‘pada’’nti adhippeto, tasmā ‘‘akkharato cha akkharasatasahassāni caturāsītuttarasatādhikāni catucattālīsa sahassāni ca akkharānī’’ti pāṭhena ^a^V1.0019^ea^ bhavitabbanti vadanti. Yasmā pana navakkharo yāva dvādasakkharo ca gāthāpādo saṃvijjati, tasmā tādisānampi gāthānaṃ vasena aḍḍhateyyagāthāsataṃ bhāṇavāro hotīti katvā ^b^‘‘akkharato satta akkharasatasahassāni cattālīsañca sahassāni tepaññāsañca akkharānī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Evañhi padabhāṇavāragaṇanāhi akkharagaṇanā saṃsandati, netarathā. ^b^Bhāṇavāro^eb^ti ca dvattiṃsakkharānaṃ gāthānaṃ vasena aḍḍhateyyagāthāsataṃ, ayañca akkharagaṇanā bhāṇavāragaṇanā ca padagaṇanānusārena laddhāti veditabbā. Imameva hi atthaṃ ñāpetuṃ suttagaṇanānantaraṃ bhāṇavāre agaṇetvā padāni gaṇitāni. Tatridaṃ vuccati –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Bhāṇavārā yathāpi hi, majjhimassa pakāsitā;<br/><br/>[22]Upaḍḍhabhāṇavāro ca, tevīsatipadādhiko.<br/><br/>[21]Satta satasahassāni, akkharānaṃ vibhāvaye;<br/><br/>[22]Cattālīsa sahassāni, tepaññāsañca akkhara’’nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Anusandhito^eb^ti ^a^M1.0021^ea^ desanānusandhito. Ekasmiṃ eva hi sutte purimapacchimānaṃ desanābhāgānaṃ sambandho anusandhānato anusandhi. Ettha ca attajjhāsayānusandhi parajjhāsayānusandhīti duvidho ajjhāsayānusandhi. So pana katthaci desanāya vippakatāya dhammaṃ suṇantānaṃ pucchāvasena, katthaci desentassa satthu sāvakassa dhammapaṭiggāhakānañca ajjhāsayavasena, katthaci desetabbassa dhammassa vasena hotīti samāsato tippakāro. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘pucchānusandhiajjhāsayānusandhiyathānusandhivasena saṅkhepato tividho anusandhī’’^eb^ti. Saṅkhepeneva ca catubbidho anusandhi veditabbo. Tattha ‘‘evaṃ vutte aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca ‘kiṃ nu kho, bhante, orimaṃ tīraṃ, kiṃ pārimaṃ tīraṃ, ko majjhe saṃsīdo, ko thale ussādo, ko manussaggāho, ko amanussaggāho, ko āvattaggāho, ko antopūtibhāvo’ti’’ (saṃ. ni. 4.241)? Evaṃ pucchantānaṃ vissajjentena bhagavatā pavattitadesanāvasena ^b^pucchānusandhī^eb^ veditabbo. ‘‘Atha kho aññatarassa bhikkhuno evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi ‘iti kira bho rūpaṃ anattā… vedanā… saññā… saṅkhārā… viññāṇaṃ anattā, anattakatāni kammāni kamattānaṃ phusissantī’ti. Atha kho bhagavā tassa bhikkhuno cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya bhikkhū āmantesi ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, bhikkhave, vijjati, yaṃ idhekacco moghapuriso avidvā avijjāgato taṇhādhipateyyena cetasā satthusāsanaṃ atidhāvitabbaṃ maññeyya ‘iti kira bho rūpaṃ anattā…pe… phusissantī’ti. Taṃ kiṃ maññatha ^a^V1.0020^ea^, bhikkhave, rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā’’ti (ma. ni. 3.90) evaṃ paresaṃ ajjhāsayaṃ viditvā bhagavatā pavattitadesanāvasena ^b^parajjhāsayānusandhi^eb^ veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Tassa mayhaṃ brāhmaṇa etadahosi ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ yā tā rattiyo abhiññātā abhilakkhitā cātuddasī pañcadasī aṭṭhamī ca pakkhassa, tathārūpāsu rattīsu yāni tāni ārāmacetiyāni vanacetiyāni rukkhacetiyāni bhiṃsanakāni salomahaṃsāni, tathārūpesu senāsanesu vihareyyaṃ appeva nāmāhaṃ bhayabheravaṃ passeyya’nti’’ (ma. ni. 1.49) evaṃ bhagavatā, ‘‘tatrāvuso lobho ca pāpako doso ca pāpako lobhassa ca pahānāya dosassa ca pahānāya atthi majjhimā paṭipadā, cakkhukaraṇī ^a^M1.0022^ea^ ñāṇakaraṇī upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattatī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.33) evaṃ dhammasenāpatinā ca attano ajjhāsayeneva pavattitadesanāvasena ^b^attajjhāsayānusandhi^eb^ veditabbo. Yena pana dhammena ādimhi desanā uṭṭhitā, tassa anurūpadhammavasena vā paṭipakkhadhammavasena vā yesu suttesu upari desanā āgacchati, tesaṃ vasena ^b^yathānusandhi^eb^ veditabbo. Seyyathidaṃ ^b^ākaṅkheyyasutte^eb^ (ma. ni. 1.65) heṭṭhā sīlena desanā uṭṭhitā, upari abhiññā āgatā. ^b^Vatthusutte^eb^ (ma. ni. 1.70) heṭṭhā kilesena desanā uṭṭhitā, upari brahmavihārā āgatā. ^b^Kosambakasutte^eb^ (ma. ni. 1.491) heṭṭhā bhaṇḍanena desanā uṭṭhitā, upari sāraṇīyadhammā āgatā. ^b^Kakacūpame^eb^ (ma. ni. 1.222) heṭṭhā akkhantiyā vasena desanā uṭṭhitā, upari kakacūpamā āgatāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vitthārato panetthā^eb^ti evaṃ saṅkhepato tividho catubbidho ca anusandhi ettha etasmiṃ majjhimanikāye tasmiṃ tasmiṃ sutte yathārahaṃ vitthārato vibhajitvā viññāyamānā navasatādhikāni tīṇi anusandhisahassāni honti. Yathā cetaṃ paṇṇāsādivibhāgavacanaṃ majjhimasaṅgītiyā sarūpadassanatthaṃ hoti, evaṃ pakkhepadosapariharaṇatthañca hoti. Evañhi paṇṇāsādīsu vavatthitesu tabbinimuttaṃ kiñci suttaṃ yāva ekaṃ padampi ānetvā imaṃ majjhimasaṅgītiyāti kassaci vattuṃ okāso na siyāti.<br/><br/>[03]Evaṃ paṇṇāsavaggasuttabhāṇavārānusandhibyañjanato majjhimasaṅgītiṃ vavatthapetvā idāni naṃ ādito paṭṭhāya saṃvaṇṇetukāmo attano saṃvaṇṇanāya tassā paṭhamamahāsaṅgītiyaṃ nikkhittānukkameneva pavattabhāvaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tattha paṇṇāsāsu mūlapaṇṇāsā ādī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha yathāpaccayaṃ tattha tattha desitattā paññattattā ca vippakiṇṇānaṃ dhammavinayānaṃ saṅgahetvā gāyanaṃ ^a^V1.0021^ea^ kathanaṃ saṅgīti, mahāvisayattā pūjanīyattā ca mahatī saṅgītīti mahāsaṅgīti, paṭhamā mahāsaṅgīti paṭhamamahāsaṅgīti, tassā pavattitakālo paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikālo, tasmiṃ ^b^paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikāle^eb^. Nidadāti desanaṃ desakālādivasena aviditaṃ viditaṃ katvā nidassetīti ^b^nidānaṃ,^eb^ yo lokiyehi ‘‘upogghāto’’ti ^a^M1.0023^ea^ vuccati, svāyamettha ‘‘evaṃ me suta’’ntiādiko gantho veditabbo, na pana ‘‘sanidānāhaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammaṃ desemī’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 3.126) viya ajjhāsayādidesanuppattihetu. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘evaṃ me sutantiādikaṃ āyasmatā ānandena paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikāle vuttaṃ nidānamādī’’^eb^ti. Kāmañcettha yassaṃ paṭhamamahāsaṅgītiyaṃ nikkhittānukkamena saṃvaṇṇanaṃ kattukāmo, sā vitthārato vattabbā. ^b^Sumaṅgalavilāsiniyaṃ^eb^ (dī. ni. ṭī. 1ṇidānakathāvaṇṇanā) pana attanā vitthāritattā tattheva gahetabbāti imissā saṃvaṇṇanāya mahantataṃ pariharanto ^b^‘‘sā panesā’’^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[06]Nidānakathāvaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 2
title: mūlapariyāyavaggo^mūlapariyāyasuttavaṇṇanā^abbhantaranidānavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^1^eb^^b^.^eb^ Evaṃ ^a^V1.0022^ea^^a^M1.0024^ea^ bāhiranidāne vattabbaṃ atidisitvā idāni abhantaranidānaṃ ādito paṭṭhāya saṃvaṇṇetuṃ ^b^‘‘yaṃ paneta’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha yasmā saṃvaṇṇanaṃ karontena saṃvaṇṇetabbe dhamme padavibhāgaṃ padatthañca dassetvā tato paraṃ piṇḍattādidassanavasena saṃvaṇṇanā kātabbā, tasmā padāni tāva dassento ^b^‘‘evanti nipātapada’’^eb^ntiādimāha. Tattha ^b^padavibhāgo^eb^ti padānaṃ viseso, na padaviggaho. Atha vā padāni ca padavibhāgo ca padavibhāgo, padaviggaho ca padavibhāgo ca ^b^padavibhāgo^eb^ti vā ekasesavasena padapadaviggahā padavibhāgasaddena vuttāti veditabbaṃ. Tattha padaviggaho ‘‘subhagañca taṃ vanañcāti ^b^subhagavanaṃ,^eb^ sālānaṃ rājā, sālo ca so rājā ca itipi sālarājā’’tiādivasena samāsapadesu daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Atthato^eb^ti padatthato. Taṃ pana padatthaṃ atthuddhārakkamena paṭhamaṃ evaṃsaddassa dassento ^b^‘‘evaṃ-saddo tāvā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Avadhāraṇādī^eb^ti ettha ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena idamatthapucchāparimāṇādiatthānaṃ saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. Tathā hi ‘‘evaṃgatāni puthusippāyatanāni (dī. ni. 1.163), evavidho evamākāro’’ti ca ādīsu idaṃ-saddassa atthe evaṃ-saddo. Gata-saddo hi pakārapariyāyo, tathā vidhākāra-saddā ca. Tathā hi vidhayuttagata-sadde lokiyā pakāratthe vadanti. ‘‘Evaṃ su te sunhātā suvilittā kappitakesamassū āmukkamaṇikuṇḍalābharaṇā odātavatthavasanā pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappitā samaṅgībhūtā paricārenti, seyyathāpi tvaṃ etarahi sācariyakoti. No hidaṃ, bho gotamā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.286) pucchāyaṃ. ‘‘Evaṃlahuparivattaṃ (a. ni. 1.48) evamāyupariyanto’’ti (pārā. 12) ca ādīsu parimāṇe.<br/><br/>[03]Nanu ^a^V1.0023^ea^ ca ‘‘evaṃ su te sunhātā suvilittā, evamāyupariyanto’’ti ettha evaṃ-saddena pucchanākāraparimāṇākārānaṃ vuttattā ākārattho eva ^a^M1.0025^ea^ evaṃ-saddoti? Na, visesasabbhāvato. Ākāramattavācako hi evaṃ-saddo ākāratthoti adhippeto yathā ‘‘evaṃ byā kho’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.234, 396), na pana ākāravisesavācako. Evañca katvā ‘‘evaṃ jātena maccenā’’tiādīni upamādiudāharaṇāni upapannāni honti. Tathā hi ‘‘yathāpi…pe… bahu’’nti (dha. pa. 53) ettha puppharāsiṭṭhāniyato manussūpapatti-sappurisūpanissaya-saddhammassavana-yonisomanasikāra- bhogasampatti-ādidānādi-puññakiriyahetusamudāyato sobhā-sugandhatādiguṇayogato mālāguṇasadisiyo pahūtā puññakiriyā maritabbasabhāvatāya maccena sattena kattabbāti jotitattā puppharāsimālāguṇāva upamā, tesaṃ upamākāro yathā-saddena aniyamato vuttoti ‘‘evaṃ-saddo upamākāranigamanattho’’ti vattuṃ yuttaṃ. So pana upamākāro niyamiyamāno atthato upamāva hotīti āha ^b^‘‘upamāyaṃ āgato’’^eb^ti. Tathā ‘‘evaṃ iminā ākārena abhikkamitabba’’ntiādinā upadisiyamānāya samaṇasāruppāya ākappasampattiyā yo tattha upadisanākāro, so atthato upadeso evāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘evaṃ te…pe… upadese’’^eb^ti. Tathā ^b^‘‘evametaṃ bhagavā, evametaṃ sugatā’’^eb^ti ettha ca bhagavatā yathāvuttamatthaṃ aviparītato jānantehi kataṃ tattha saṃvijjamānaguṇānaṃ pakārehi haṃsanaṃ udaggatākaraṇaṃ sampahaṃsanaṃ. Yo tattha sampahaṃsanākāroti yojetabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Evamevaṃ panāya^eb^nti ettha garahaṇākāroti yojetabbaṃ, so ca garahaṇākāro ‘‘vasalī’’tiādikhuṃsanasaddasannidhānato idha evaṃ-saddena pakāsitoti viññāyati. Yathā cettha, evaṃ upamākārādayopi upamādivasena vuttānaṃ puppharāsiādisaddānaṃ sannidhānato daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Evaṃ, bhante^eb^ti pana dhammassa sādhukaṃ savanamanasikāre sanniyojitehi bhikkhūhi attano tattha ṭhitabhāvassa paṭijānanavasena vuttattā ettha evaṃ-saddo vacanasampaṭicchanattho vutto. Tena ^b^evaṃ, bhante^eb^ sādhu, bhante, suṭṭhu, bhanteti vuttaṃ hoti. ^b^Evañca vadehī^eb^ti ‘‘yathāhaṃ vadāmi, evaṃ samaṇaṃ ānandaṃ vadehī’’ti yo evaṃ vadanākāro idāni vattabbo. So evaṃsaddena nidassīyatīti ^b^‘‘nidassane’’^eb^ti vuttoti. ^b^Evaṃ no^eb^ti etthāpi tesaṃ yathāvuttadhammānaṃ ahitadukkhāvahabhāve sanniṭṭhānajananatthaṃ anumatigahaṇavasena ^a^M1.0026^ea^ ‘‘saṃvattanti vā no vā, kathaṃ vo ettha hotī’’ti pucchāya katāya ‘‘evaṃ no ettha hotī’’ti vuttattā tadākārasanniṭṭhānaṃ evaṃ-saddena vibhāvitanti viññāyati. So pana tesaṃ dhammānaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya saṃvattanākāro niyamiyamāno avadhāraṇattho hotīti āha ^b^‘‘evaṃ no ettha hotītiādīsu avadhāraṇe’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nānānayanipuṇa^eb^nti ^a^V1.0024^ea^ ekattanānattābyāpāraevaṃdhammatāsaṅkhātā, nandiyāvattatipukkhalasīhavikkīḷitāṅkusadisālocanasaṅkhātā vā ādhārādibhedavasena nānāvidhā nayā nānānayā, nayā vā pāḷigatiyo, tā ca paññattianupaññattiādivasena saṃkilesabhāgiyādilokiyāditadubhayavomissakādivasena kusalādivasena khandhādivasena saṅgahādivasena samayavimuttādivasena ṭhapanādivasena kusalamūlādivasena tikappaṭṭhānādivasena ca nānappakārāti nānānayā. Tehi nipuṇaṃ saṇhaṃ sukhumanti ^b^nānānayanipuṇaṃ^eb^. Āsayova ^b^ajjhāsayo,^eb^ te ca sassatādibhedena, tattha ca apparajakkhatādibhedena aneke, attajjhāsayādayo eva vā samuṭṭhānaṃ uppattihetu etassāti ^b^anekajjhāsayasamuṭṭhānaṃ^eb^. ^b^Atthabyañjanasampanna^eb^nti atthabyañjanaparipuṇṇaṃ upanetabbābhāvato, saṅkāsanapakāsana-vivaraṇa-vibhajana-uttānīkaraṇa-paññattivasena chahi atthapadehi, akkhara-padabyañjanākāraniruttiniddesavasena chahi byañjanapadehi ca samannāgatanti vā attho daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vividhapāṭihāriya^eb^nti ettha pāṭihāriyapadassa vacanatthaṃ (udā. aṭṭha. 1; itivu. aṭṭha. nidānavaṇṇanā; saṃ. ni. ṭī. 1.1.1 devatāsaṃyutta) ‘‘paṭipakkhaharaṇato, rāgādikilesāpanayanato ca ^b^pāṭihāriya’’^eb^nti vadanti, bhagavato pana paṭipakkhā rāgādayo na santi, ye haritabbā. Puthujjanānampi vigatūpakkilese aṭṭhaguṇasamannāgate citte hatapaṭipakkhe iddhividhaṃ pavattati, tasmā tattha pavattavohārena ca na sakkā idha ^b^‘‘pāṭihāriya’’^eb^nti vattuṃ. Sace pana mahākāruṇikassa bhagavato veneyyagatā ca kilesā paṭipakkhā, tesaṃ haraṇato ^b^‘‘pāṭihāriya’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ, evaṃ sati yuttametaṃ. Atha vā bhagavato ca sāsanassa ca paṭipakkhā titthiyā, tesaṃ haraṇato ^b^pāṭihāriyaṃ^eb^. Te hi diṭṭhiharaṇavasena diṭṭhipakāsane asamatthabhāvena ca iddhiādesanānusāsanīhi haritā apanītā hontīti ^a^M1.0027^ea^. ‘‘Paṭī’’ti vā ayaṃ saddo ‘‘pacchā’’ti etassa atthaṃ bodheti ‘‘tasmiṃ paṭipaviṭṭhamhi, añño āgañchi brāhmaṇo’’tiādīsu (su. ni. 985; cūḷani. 4) viya, tasmā samāhite citte vigatūpakkilese ca katakiccena pacchā haritabbaṃ pavattetabbanti pāṭihāriyaṃ, attano vā upakkilesesu catutthajjhānamaggehi haritesu pacchā haraṇaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ, iddhiādesanānusāsaniyo ca vigatūpakkilesena katakiccena ca sattahitatthaṃ puna pavattetabbā, haritesu ca attano upakkilesesu parasattānaṃ upakilesaharaṇāni hontīti pāṭihāriyāni bhavanti. Pāṭihāriyameva ^b^pāṭihāriyaṃ,^eb^ pāṭihāriye vā iddhiādesanānusāsanisamudāye bhavaṃ ekamekaṃ ^b^pāṭihāriya^eb^nti vuccati. Pāṭihāriyaṃ vā catutthajjhānaṃ maggo ca paṭipakkhaharaṇato, tattha jātaṃ, tasmiṃ vā nimittabhūte, tato vā āgatanti ^a^V1.0025^ea^^b^pāṭihāriyaṃ^eb^. Tassa pana iddhiādibhedena visayabhedena ca bahuvidhassa bhagavato desanāyaṃ labbhamānattā āha ^b^‘‘vividhapāṭihāriya’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Na aññathā^eb^ti bhagavato sammukhā sutākārato na aññathāti attho, na pana bhagavato desitākārato. Acinteyyānubhāvā hi bhagavato desanā. Evañca katvā ‘‘sabbappakārena ko samattho viññātu’’nti idaṃ vacanaṃ samatthitaṃ bhavati, dhāraṇabaladassanañca na virujjhati sutākārāvirajjhanassa adhippetattā. Na hettha atthantaratāparihāro dvinnampi atthānaṃ ekavisayattā. Itarathā thero bhagavato desanāya sabbathā paṭiggahaṇe samattho asamattho cāti āpajjeyyāti.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Yo paro na hoti, so attā’’ti evaṃ vuttāya niyakajjhattasaṅkhātāya sasantatiyā vattanato tividhopi me-saddo kiñcāpi ekasmiṃyeva atthe dissati, karaṇasampadānasāminiddesavasena pana vijjamānaṃ bhedaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘me-saddo tīsu atthesu dissatī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Kiñcāpi upasaggo kiriyaṃ viseseti, jotakabhāvato pana satipi tasmiṃ sutasaddo eva taṃ tamatthaṃ vadatīti anupasaggassa sutasaddassa atthuddhāre saupasaggassa gahaṇaṃ na virujjhatīti dassento ^b^‘‘saupasaggo ca anupasaggo cā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Assā^eb^ti sutasaddassa. Kammabhāvasādhanāni idha sutasadde sambhavantīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘upadhāritanti vā upadhāraṇanti vā ^a^M1.0028^ea^ attho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Mayāti atthe satī^eb^ti yadā me-saddassa kattuvasena karaṇaniddeso, tadāti attho. ^b^Mamāti atthe satī^eb^ti yadā sambandhavasena sāminiddeso, tadā.<br/><br/>[03]Suta-saddasannidhāne payuttena evaṃ-saddena savanakiriyājotakena bhavitabbanti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘evanti sotaviññāṇādiviññāṇakiccanidassana’’^eb^nti. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena sampaṭicchanādīnaṃ pañcadvārikaviññāṇānaṃ tadabhinīhaṭānañca manodvārikaviññāṇānaṃ gahaṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. Sabbesampi vākyānaṃ eva-kāratthasahitattā ^b^‘‘suta’’^eb^nti etassa sutamevāti ayamattho labbhatīti āha ^b^‘‘assavanabhāvapaṭikkhepato’’^eb^ti. Etena avadhāraṇena nirāsaṅkataṃ dasseti. Yathā ca sutaṃ sutamevāti niyametabbaṃ, taṃ sammā sutaṃ hotīti āha ^b^‘‘anūnānadhikāviparītaggahaṇanidassana’’^eb^nti. Atha vā saddantaratthāpohanavasena saddo atthaṃ vadatīti ^b^suta^eb^nti asutaṃ na hotīti ayametassa atthoti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘assavanabhāvapaṭikkhepato’’^eb^ti ^a^V1.0026^ea^. Iminā diṭṭhādivinivattanaṃ karoti. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti ‘‘na idaṃ mayā diṭṭhaṃ, na sayambhuñāṇena sacchikataṃ, atha kho sutaṃ, tañca kho sammadevā’’ti. Tenevāha – ^b^‘‘anūnānadhikāviparītaggahaṇanidassana’’^eb^nti. Avadhāraṇatthe vā ^b^evaṃ^eb^-sadde ayamatthayojanā karīyatīti tadapekkhassa suta-saddassa ayamattho vutto ^b^‘‘assavanabhāvapaṭikkhepato’’^eb^ti. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘anūnānadhikāviparītaggahaṇanidassana’’^eb^nti. Savanasaddo cettha kammattho veditabbo ‘‘suyyatī’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]Evaṃ savanahetusuṇantapuggalasavanavisesavasena padattayassa ekena pakārena atthayojanaṃ dassetvā idāni pakārantarehipi taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tathā eva’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^tassā^eb^ti yā sā bhagavato sammukhā dhammassavanākārena pavattā manodvāraviññāṇavīthi, tassā. Sā hi nānappakārena ārammaṇe pavattituṃ samatthā. Tathā ca vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘sotadvārānusārenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Nānappakārenā^eb^ti vakkhamānānaṃ anekavihitānaṃ byañjanatthaggahaṇānaṃ nānākārena. Etena imissā yojanāya ākārattho evaṃ-saddo gahitoti dīpeti. ^b^Pavattibhāvappakāsana^eb^nti pavattiyā atthibhāvappakāsanaṃ. ^b^Sutanti dhammappakāsana^eb^nti yasmiṃ ārammaṇe ^a^M1.0029^ea^ vuttappakārā viññāṇavīthi nānappakārena pavattā, tassa dhammattā vuttaṃ, na sutasaddassa dhammatthattā. Vuttassevatthassa pākaṭīkaraṇaṃ ^b^‘‘ayañhetthā’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha ^b^viññāṇavīthiyā^eb^ti karaṇatthe karaṇavacanaṃ. ^b^Mayā^eb^ti kattuatthe.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Evanti niddisitabbappakāsana^eb^nti nidassanatthaṃ evaṃ-saddaṃ gahetvā vuttaṃ nidassetabbassa niddisitabbattābhāvābhāvato. Tena evaṃ-saddena sakalampi suttaṃ paccāmaṭṭhanti dasseti. Suta-saddassa kiriyāsaddattā savanakiriyāya ca sādhāraṇaviññāṇapabandhapaṭibaddhattā tattha ca puggalavohāroti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘sutanti puggalakiccappakāsana’’^eb^nti. Na hi puggalavohārarahite dhammapabandhe savanakiriyā labbhatīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yassa cittasantānassā^eb^tiādipi ākāratthameva evaṃ-saddaṃ gahetvā purimayojanāya aññathā atthayojanaṃ dassetuṃ vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^ākārapaññattī^eb^ti upādāpaññatti eva dhammānaṃ pavattiākārūpādānavasena tathā vuttā. ^b^Sutanti visayaniddeso^eb^ti sotabbabhūto dhammo savanakiriyākattupuggalassa savanakiriyāvasena pavattiṭṭhānanti katvā vuttaṃ. Cittasantānavinimuttassa paramatthato kassaci kattu abhāvepi saddavohārena buddhiparikappitabhedavacanicchāya cittasantānato aññaṃ viya taṃsamaṅgiṃ katvā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘cittasantānena^eb^^a^V1.0027^ea^^b^taṃsamaṅgino’’^eb^ti. Savanakiriyāvisayopi sotabbadhammo savanakiriyāvasena pavattacittasantānassa idha paramatthato kattubhāvato, savanavasena cittappavattiyā eva vā savanakiriyābhāvato taṃkiriyākattu ca visayo hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘taṃsamaṅgino kattuvisaye’’^eb^ti. Sutākārassa ca therassa sammānicchitabhāvato āha ^b^‘‘gahaṇasanniṭṭhāna’’^eb^nti. Etena vā avadhāraṇatthaṃ evaṃ-saddaṃ gahetvā ayamatthayojanā katāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Pubbe sutānaṃ nānāvihitānaṃ suttasaṅkhātānaṃ atthabyañjanānaṃ upadhāritarūpassa ākārassa nidassanassa, avadhāraṇassa vā pakāsanasabhāvo evaṃ-saddoti tadākārādiupadhāraṇassa puggalapaññattiyā upādānabhūtadhammapabandhabyāpāratāya vuttaṃ – ^b^‘‘evanti puggalakiccaniddeso’’^eb^ti. Savanakiriyā pana puggalavādinopi viññāṇanirapekkhā natthīti visesato viññāṇabyāpāroti āha ^b^‘‘sutanti viññāṇakiccaniddeso’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Me’’ti saddappavattiyā ekanteneva sattavisayattā viññāṇakiccassa ca tattheva samodahitabbato ^a^M1.0030^ea^^b^‘‘meti ubhayakiccayuttapuggalaniddeso’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Avijjamānapaññattivijjamānapaññattisabhāvā yathākkamaṃ evaṃ-sadda – suta-saddānaṃ atthāti te tathārūpa-paññatti-upādānabhūta-dhammapabandhabyāpārabhāvena dassento āha – ^b^‘‘evanti puggalakiccaniddeso, sutanti viññāṇakiccaniddeso’’^eb^ti. Ettha ca karaṇakiriyākattukammavisesappakāsanavasena puggalabyāpāravisayapuggalabyāpāranidassanavasena gahaṇākāragāhakatabbisayavisesaniddesavasena kattukaraṇabyāpārakattuniddesavasena ca dutiyādayo catasso atthayojanā dassitāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Sabbassapi saddādhigamanīyassa atthassa paññattimukheneva paṭipajjitabbattā sabbapaññattīnañca vijjamānādivasena chasu paññattibhedesu antogadhattā tesu ‘‘eva’’ntiādīnaṃ paññattīnaṃ sarūpaṃ niddhārento āha – ^b^‘‘evanti ca meti cā’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha ‘‘eva’’nti ca ‘‘me’’ti ca vuccamānassatthassa ākārādino dhammānaṃ asallakkhaṇabhāvato avijjamānapaññattibhāvoti āha – ^b^‘‘saccikaṭṭhaparamatthavasena avijjamānapaññattī’’^eb^ti. Tattha ^b^saccikaṭṭhaparamatthavasenā^eb^ti bhūtatthauttamatthavasena. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yo māyāmarīciādayo viya abhūtattho, anussavādīhi gahetabbo viya anuttamattho ca na hoti, so rūpasaddādisabhāvo, ruppanānubhavanādisabhāvo vā attho saccikaṭṭho paramattho cāti vuccati, na tathā ‘‘evaṃ me’’ti padānaṃ atthoti. Etamevatthaṃ pākaṭataraṃ kātuṃ ^b^‘‘kiñhettha ta’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Suta^eb^nti pana saddāyatanaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘vijjamānapaññattī’’^eb^ti. Teneva hi ^b^‘‘yañhi taṃ ettha sotena upaladdha’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ, ‘‘sotadvārānusārena upaladdha’’nti pana vutte atthabyañjanādisabbaṃ labbhati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Taṃ^eb^^a^V1.0028^ea^^b^taṃ upādāya vattabbato^eb^ti sotapathamāgate dhamme upādāya tesaṃ upadhāritākārādino paccāmasanavasena ‘‘eva’’nti, sasantatipariyāpanne khandhe upādāya ‘‘me’’ti vattabbattāti attho. Diṭṭhādisabhāvarahite saddāyatane pavattamānopi sutavohāro ‘‘dutiyaṃ tatiya’’ntiādiko viya paṭhamādīni diṭṭhamutaviññāte apekkhitvāva pavattoti āha ^b^‘‘diṭṭhādīni upanidhāya vattabbato’’^eb^ti asutaṃ na hotīti hi sutanti pakāsitoyamatthoti. Attanā paṭividdhā suttassa pakāravisesā ‘‘eva’’nti therena paccāmaṭṭhāti āha ^b^‘‘asammohaṃ dīpetī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Nānappakārapaṭivedhasamattho hotī^eb^ti etena ^a^M1.0031^ea^ vakkhamānassa suttassa nānappakārataṃ duppaṭivijjhatañca dasseti. ^b^Sutassa asammosaṃ dīpetī^eb^ti sutākārassa yāthāvato dassiyamānattā vuttaṃ. ^b^Asammohenā^eb^ti sammohābhāvena, paññāya eva vā savanakālasambhūtāya taduttarakālapaññāsiddhi. Evaṃ ^b^asammosenā^eb^ti etthāpi vattabbaṃ. Byañjanānaṃ paṭivijjhitabbo ākāro nātigambhīro, yathāsutadhāraṇameva tattha karaṇīyanti satiyā byāpāro adhiko, paññā tattha guṇībhūtāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘paññāpubbaṅgamāyā’’^eb^tiādi ‘‘paññāya pubbaṅgamā’’ti katvā. Pubbaṅgamatā cettha padhānatā ‘‘manopubbaṅgamā’’tiādīsu (dha. pa. 1, 2) viya. Pubbaṅgamatāya vā cakkhuviññāṇādīsu āvajjanādīnaṃ viya appadhānatte paññā pubbaṅgamā etissāti ayampi attho yujjati. Evaṃ ^b^satipubbaṅgamāyāti^eb^ etthāpi vuttanayānusārena yathāsambhavamattho veditabbo. ^b^Atthabyañjanasampannassā^eb^ti atthabyañjanaparipuṇṇassa, saṅkāsanapakāsanavivaraṇavibhajanauttānīkaraṇapaññattivasena chahi atthapadehi, akkharapadabyañjanākāraniruttiniddesavasena chahi byañjanapadehi ca samannāgatassāti vā attho daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yonisomanasikāraṃ dīpeti^eb^ evaṃ-saddena vuccamānānaṃ ākāranidassanāvadhāraṇatthānaṃ aviparītasaddhammavisayattāti adhippāyo. ^b^Avikkhepaṃ dīpetī^eb^ti ‘‘mūlapariyāyaṃ kattha bhāsita’’ntiādipucchāvasena pakaraṇappattassa vakkhamānassa suttassa savanaṃ samādhānamantarena na sambhavatīti katvā vuttaṃ. ^b^Vikkhittacittassā^eb^tiādi tassevatthassa samatthanavasena vuttaṃ. ^b^Sabbasampattiyā^eb^ti atthabyañjanadesakapayojanādisampattiyā. Aviparītasaddhammavisayehi viya ākāranidassanāvadhāraṇatthehi yonisomanasikārassa, saddhammassavanena viya ca avikkhepassa yathā yonisomanasikārena phalabhūtena attasammāpaṇidhipubbekatapuññatānaṃ siddhi vuttā tadavinābhāvato, evaṃ avikkhepena phalabhūtena kāraṇabhūtānaṃ saddhammassavanasappurisūpanissayānaṃ siddhi dassetabbā siyā assutavato sappurisūpanissayarahitassa ca tadabhāvato. ^b^Na hi vikkhittacittoti^eb^ādinā samatthanavacanena pana avikkhepena kāraṇabhūtena sappurisūpanissayena ca phalabhūtassa saddhammassavanassa siddhi dassitā. Ayaṃ panettha adhippāyo yutto siyā – saddhammassavanasappurisūpanissayā ^a^V1.0029^ea^ na ^a^M1.0032^ea^ ekantena avikkhepassa kāraṇaṃ bāhiraṅgattā, avikkhepo pana sappurisūpanissayo viya saddhammassavanassa ekantakāraṇanti. Evampi avikkhepena sappurisūpanissayasiddhijotanā na samatthitāva, no na samatthitā vikkhittacittānaṃ sappurisapayirupāsanābhāvassa atthasiddhattā. Ettha ca purimaṃ phalena kāraṇassa siddhidassanaṃ nadīpūrena viya upari vuṭṭhisabbhāvassa, dutiyaṃ kāraṇena phalassa siddhidassanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ ekantavassinā viya meghavuṭṭhānena vuṭṭhippavattiyā.<br/><br/>[03]Bhagavato vacanassa atthabyañjanapabhedaparicchedavasena sakalasāsanasampattiogāhanākāro niravasesaparahitapāripūrikāraṇanti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘evaṃ bhaddako ākāro’’^eb^ti. Yasmā na hotīti sambandho. ^b^Pacchimacakkadvayasampatti^eb^nti attasammāpaṇidhipubbekatapuññatāsaṅkhātaṃ guṇadvayaṃ. Aparāparavuttiyā cettha cakkabhāvo, caranti etehi sattā sampattibhavesūti vā. Ye sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘cattārimāni, bhikkhave, cakkāni, yehi samannāgatānaṃ devamanussānaṃ catucakkaṃ vattatī’’tiādi (a. ni. 4.31). Purimapacchimabhāvo cettha desanākkamavasena daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Pacchimacakkadvayasiddhiyā^eb^ti pacchimacakkadvayassa atthitāya. Sammāpaṇihitatto pubbe ca katapuñño suddhāsayo hoti tadasuddhihetūnaṃ kilesānaṃ dūrībhāvatoti āha – ^b^‘‘āsayasuddhi siddhā hotī’’^eb^ti. Tathā hi vuttaṃ ‘‘sammāpaṇihitaṃ cittaṃ, seyyaso naṃ tato kare’’ti (dha. pa. 43), ‘‘katapuññosi tvaṃ ānanda, padhānamanuyuñja, khippaṃ hohisi anāsavo’’ti (dī. ni. 2.207) ca. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘āsayasuddhiyā adhigamabyattisiddhī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Payogasuddhiyā^eb^ti yonisomanasikārapubbaṅgamassa dhammassavanapayogassa visadabhāvena. Tathā cāha ^b^‘‘āgamabyattisiddhī’’^eb^ti. Sabbassa vā kāyavacīpayogassa niddosabhāvena. Parisuddhakāyavacīpayogo hi vippaṭisārābhāvato avikkhittacitto pariyattiyaṃ visārado hotīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nānappakārapaṭivedhadīpakenā^eb^tiādinā atthabyañjanesu therassa evaṃsaddasuta-saddānaṃ asammohāsammosadīpanato catupaṭisambhidāvasena atthayojanaṃ dasseti. Tattha ^b^sotabbabhedapaṭivedhadīpakenā^eb^ti etena ayaṃ suta-saddo evaṃ-saddasannidhānato, vakkhamānāpekkhāya vā sāmaññeneva ^a^M1.0033^ea^ sotabbadhammavisesaṃ āmasatīti dasseti. Manodiṭṭhikaraṇā pariyattidhammānaṃ anupekkhanasuppaṭivedhā visesato manasikārapaṭibaddhāti te vuttanayena yonisomanasikāradīpakena evaṃsaddena yojetvā, savanadhāraṇavacīparicayā pariyattidhammānaṃ visesena sotāvadhānapaṭibaddhāti te avikkhepadīpakena suta-saddena yojetvā dassento sāsanasampattiyā ^a^V1.0030^ea^ dhammassavane ussāhaṃ janeti. Tattha ^b^dhammā^eb^ti pariyattidhammā. ^b^Manasānupekkhitā^eb^ti ‘‘idha sīlaṃ kathitaṃ, idha samādhi, idha paññā, ettakā ettha anusandhiyo’’tiādinā nayena manasā anu anu pekkhitā. ^b^Diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā^eb^ti nijjhānakkhantibhūtāya, ñātapariññāsaṅkhātāya vā diṭṭhiyā tattha tattha vuttarūpārūpadhamme ‘‘iti rūpaṃ, ettakaṃ rūpa’’ntiādinā suṭṭhu vavatthapetvā paṭividdhā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sakalena vacanenā^eb^ti pubbe tīhi padehi visuṃ visuṃ yojitattā vuttaṃ. ^b^Attano adahanto^eb^ti ‘‘mameda’’nti attani aṭṭhapento. ^b^Asappurisabhūmi^eb^nti akataññutaṃ ‘‘idhekacco pāpabhikkhu tathāgatappaveditaṃ dhammavinayaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā attano dahatī’’ti (pārā. 195) evaṃ vuttaṃ anariyavohārāvatthaṃ, sā eva anariyavohārāvatthā asaddhammo. Nanu ca ānandattherassa ‘‘mamedaṃ vacana’’nti adhimānassa, mahākassapattherādīnañca tadāsaṅkāya abhāvato asappurisabhūmisamatikkamādivacanaṃ niratthakanti? Nayidamevaṃ ‘‘evaṃ me suta’’nti vadantena ayampi attho vibhāvitoti dassanato. Keci pana ‘‘devatānaṃ parivitakkāpekkhaṃ tathāvacananti edisī codanā anavakāsāvā’’ti vadanti. Tasmiṃ kira khaṇe ekaccānaṃ devatānaṃ evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi ‘‘bhagavā ca parinibbuto, ayañca āyasmā desanākusalo, idāni dhammaṃ deseti sakyakulappasuto tathāgatassa bhātā cūḷapituputto, kiṃ nu kho sayaṃ sacchikataṃ dhammaṃ deseti, udāhu bhagavatoyeva vacanaṃ yathāsuta’’nti. Evaṃ tadāsaṅkitappakārato asappurisabhūmisamokkamādito atikkamādi vibhāvitanti. ^b^Appetī^eb^ti nidasseti. Diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikaparamatthesu yathārahaṃ satte netīti netti, dhammoyeva netti ^b^dhammanetti^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Daḷhataraniviṭṭhā vicikicchā ^b^kaṅkhā^eb^. Nātisaṃsappanā matibhedamattā ^b^vimati^eb^. ^b^Assaddhiyaṃ vināseti^eb^ bhagavatā desitattā, sammukhāvassa paṭiggahitattā, khalitaduruttādigahaṇadosābhāvato ^a^M1.0034^ea^ ca. Ettha ca paṭhamādayo tisso atthayojanā ākārādiatthesu aggahitavisesameva evaṃ-saddaṃ gahetvā dassitā, tato parā catasso ākāratthameva evaṃ-saddaṃ gahetvā vibhāvitā, pacchimā pana tisso yathākkamaṃ ākāratthaṃ nidassanatthaṃ avadhāraṇatthañca evaṃ-saddaṃ gahetvā yojitāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Eka-saddo aññaseṭṭhāsahāyasaṅkhyādīsu dissati. Tathā hesa ‘‘sassato attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamaññanti ittheke abhivadantī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.27) aññatthe dissati ^a^V1.0031^ea^, ‘‘cetaso ekodibhāva’’ntiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.228) seṭṭhatthe, ‘‘eko vūpakaṭṭho’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.405) asahāye, ‘‘ekova kho, bhikkhave, khaṇo ca samayo ca brahmacariyavāsāyā’’tiādīsu saṅkhyāyaṃ. Idhāpi saṅkhyāyanti dassento āha ^b^‘‘ekanti gaṇanaparicchedaniddeso’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kālañca samayañcā^eb^ti yuttakālañca paccayasāmaggiñca ^b^khaṇo^eb^ti okāso. Tathāgatuppādādiko hi maggabrahmacariyassa okāso tappaccayapaṭilābhahetuttā. Khaṇo eva ca samayo. Yo ‘‘khaṇo’’ti ca ‘‘samayo’’ti ca vuccati, so ekovāti hi attho ^b^mahāsamayo^eb^ti mahāsamūho. ^b^Samayopi kho^eb^ti sikkhāpadapūraṇassa hetupi. ^b^Samayappavādake^eb^ti diṭṭhippavādake. Tattha hi nisinnā titthiyā attano attano samayaṃ pavadantīti. ^b^Atthābhisamayā^eb^ti hitapaṭilābhā. Abhisametabboti abhisamayo, abhisamayo attho ^b^abhisamayaṭṭho^eb^ti pīḷanādīni abhisametabbabhāvena ekībhāvaṃ upanetvā vuttāni. Abhisamayassa vā paṭivedhassa visayabhūto attho ^b^abhisamayaṭṭho^eb^ti. Tāneva tathā ekattena vuttāni. Tattha ^b^pīḷanaṃ^eb^ dukkhasaccassa taṃsamaṅgino hiṃsanaṃ avipphārikatākaraṇaṃ. ^b^Santāpo^eb^ dukkhadukkhatādivasena santāpanaṃ paridahanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha sahakārīkāraṇaṃ sannijjhaṃ sameti samavetīti ^b^samayo,^eb^ samavāyo. Sameti samāgacchati maggabrahmacariyaṃ ettha tadādhārapuggalehīti ^b^samayo,^eb^ khaṇo. Sameti ettha, etena vā saṃgacchati satto, sabhāvadhammo vā sahajātādīhi uppādādīhi vāti ^b^samayo,^eb^ kālo. Dhammappavattimattatāya atthato abhūtopi hi kālo dhammappavattiyā adhikaraṇaṃ karaṇaṃ ^a^M1.0035^ea^ viya ca kappanāmattasiddhena rūpena voharīyatīti. Samaṃ, saha vā avayavānaṃ ayanaṃ pavatti avaṭṭhānanti ^b^samayo,^eb^ samūho yathā ‘‘samudāyo’’ti. Avayavasahāvaṭṭhānameva hi samūhoti. Avasesapaccayānaṃ samāgame eti phalaṃ etasmā uppajjati pavattati cāti ^b^samayo,^eb^ hetu yathā ‘‘samudayo’’ti. Sameti saṃyojanabhāvato sambandho eti attano visaye pavattati, daḷhaggahaṇabhāvato vā saṃyuttā ayanti pavattanti sattā yathābhinivesaṃ etenāti ^b^samayo,^eb^ diṭṭhi; diṭṭhisaññojanena hi sattā ativiya bajjhantīti. Samiti saṅgati samodhānanti ^b^samayo,^eb^ paṭilābho. Samayanaṃ, sammā vā ayanaṃ apagamoti ^b^samayo,^eb^ pahānaṃ. Abhimukhaṃ ñāṇena sammā etabbo abhisametabboti ^b^abhisamayo,^eb^ dhammānaṃ aviparīto sabhāvo. Abhimukhabhāvena sammā eti gacchati bujjhatīti ^b^abhisamayo,^eb^ dhammānaṃ aviparītasabhāvāvabodho. Evaṃ tasmiṃ tasmiṃ atthe ^b^samaya^eb^-saddassa pavatti veditabbā. Samayasaddassa atthuddhāre abhisamayasaddassa udāharaṇaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. ^b^Assā^eb^ti samayasaddassa ^a^V1.0032^ea^. ^b^Kālo attho^eb^ samavāyādīnaṃ atthānaṃ idha asambhavato, desadesakaparisānaṃ viya suttassa nidānabhāvena kālassa apadisitabbato ca.<br/><br/>[03]Kasmā panettha aniyamitavaseneva kālo niddiṭṭho, na utusaṃvaccharādivasena niyametvāti? Āha – ^b^‘‘tattha kiñcāpī’’^eb^tiādi. Utusaṃvaccharādivasena niyamaṃ akatvā samayasaddassa vacanena ayampi guṇo laddho hotīti dassento ^b^‘‘ye vā ime’’^eb^tiādimāha. Sāmaññajotanā hi visese avatiṭṭhatīti. Tattha ^b^diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārasamayo^eb^ devasikaṃ jhānaphalasamāpattīhi vītināmanakālo, visesato sattasattāhāni. ^b^Suppakāsā^eb^ti dasasahassilokadhātusaṃkampanaobhāsapātubhāvādīhi pākaṭā. Yathāvuttabhedesu eva samayesu ekadesaṃ pakārantarehi saṅgahetvā dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yo cāya’’^eb^ntiādimāha. Tathā hi ñāṇakiccasamayo attahitapaṭipattisamayo ca ^b^abhisambodhisamayo,^eb^ ariyatuṇhībhāvasamayo ^b^diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārasamayo,^eb^ karuṇākiccaparahitapaṭipattidhammikathāsamayo ^b^desanāsamayo^eb^ eva.<br/><br/>[03]Karaṇavacanena ^a^M1.0036^ea^ niddeso katoti sambandho. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti abhidhammatadaññasuttapadavinayesu. ^b^Tathā^eb^ti bhummakaraṇehi. ^b^Adhikaraṇattho^eb^ ādhārattho. Bhāvo nāma kiriyā, tāya kiriyantaralakkhaṇaṃ ^b^bhāvenabhāvalakkhaṇaṃ^eb^. Tattha yathā kālo sabhāvadhammaparicchinno sayaṃ paramatthato avijjamānopi ādhārabhāvena paññāto taṅkhaṇappavattānaṃ tato pubbe parato ca abhāvato ‘‘pubbaṇhe jāto, sāyanhe gacchatī’’ti ca ādīsu, samūho ca avayavavinimutto avijjamānopi kappanāmattasiddho avayavānaṃ ādhārabhāvena paññāpīyati ‘‘rukkhe sākhā, yavarāsiyaṃ sambhūto’’tiādīsu, evaṃ idhāpīti dassento āha ^b^‘‘adhikaraṇañhi…pe… dhammāna’’^eb^nti. Yasmiṃ kāle dhammapuñje vā kāmāvacaraṃ kusalaṃ cittaṃ uppannaṃ hoti, tasmiṃ eva kāle dhammapuñje ca phassādayopi hontīti ayañhi tattha attho. Yathā ca ‘‘gāvīsu duyhamānāsu gato, duddhāsu āgato’’ti dohanakiriyāya gamanakiriyā lakkhīyati, evaṃ idhāpi ‘‘yasmiṃ samaye, tasmiṃ samaye’’ti ca vutte ‘‘satī’’ti ayamattho viññāyamāno eva hoti padatthassa sattāvirahābhāvatoti samayassa sattākiriyāya cittassa uppādakiriyā phassādīnaṃ bhavanakiriyā ca lakkhīyati. ^b^Yasmiṃ samaye^eb^ti yasmiṃ navame khaṇe, yasmiṃ yonisomanasikārādihetumhi, paccayasamavāye vā sati kāmāvacaraṃ kusalaṃ cittaṃ uppannaṃ hoti, tasmiṃyeva khaṇe, hetumhi, paccayasamavāye vā phassādayopi hontīti ubhayattha samayasadde bhummaniddeso kato lakkhaṇabhūtabhāvayuttoti dassento āha ^b^‘‘khaṇa…pe… lakkhīyatī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Hetuattho^eb^^a^V1.0033^ea^^b^karaṇattho ca sambhavati^eb^ ‘‘annena vasati, ajjhenena vasati, pharasunā chindati, kudālena khaṇatī’’tiādīsu viya. Vītikkamañhi sutvā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā otiṇṇavatthukaṃ puggalaṃ paṭipucchitvā vigarahitvā ca taṃ taṃ vatthuṃ otiṇṇakālaṃ anatikkamitvā teneva kālena sikkhāpadāni paññapento bhagavā viharati sikkhāpadapaññattihetuñca apekkhamāno tatiyapārājikādīsu viya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Accantameva^eb^ ārambhato paṭṭhāya yāva desanāniṭṭhānaṃ parahitapaṭipattisaṅkhātena ^b^karuṇāvihārena^eb^. ^b^Tadatthajotanattha^eb^nti accantasaṃyogatthajotanatthaṃ. ^b^Upayogavacananiddeso kato^eb^ yathā ‘‘māsaṃ ajjhetī’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Porāṇā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0037^ea^ aṭṭhakathācariyā. ^b^Abhilāpamattabhedo^eb^ti vacanamattena viseso. Tena suttavinayesu vibhattibyattayo katoti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Seṭṭha^eb^nti seṭṭhavācakaṃ vacanaṃ ‘‘seṭṭha’’nti vuttaṃ seṭṭhaguṇasahacaraṇato. Tathā ^b^uttama^eb^nti etthāpi. ^b^Gāravayutto^eb^ti garubhāvayutto garuguṇayogato, garukaraṇārahatāya vā ^b^gāravayutto^eb^. ^b^Vuttoyeva,^eb^ na pana idha vattabbo ^b^visuddhimaggassa^eb^ imissā ^b^aṭṭhakathāya^eb^ ekadesabhāvatoti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]Aparo nayo (saṃ. ni. ṭī. 1.1.1; sārattha. ṭī. 1.vinayānisaṃsakathāvaṇṇanā; visuddhi. mahāṭī. 1.144; itivu. aṭṭha. ganthārambhakathā) – bhāgavāti bhagavā, bhatavāti bhagavā, bhāge vanīti bhagavā, bhage vanīti bhagavā, bhattavāti bhagavā, bhage vamīti bhagavā, bhāge vamīti bhagavā.<br/><br/>[21]Bhagavā bhatavā bhāge, bhage ca vani bhattavā;<br/><br/>[22]Bhage vami tathā bhāge, vamīti bhagavā jino.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha kathaṃ ^b^bhāgavāti bhagavā^eb^? Ye te sīlādayo dhammakkhandhā guṇabhāgā guṇakoṭṭhāsā, te anaññasādhāraṇā niratisayā tathāgatassa atthi upalabbhanti. Tathā hissa sīlaṃ, samādhi, paññā, vimutti, vimuttiñāṇadassanaṃ, hirī, ottappaṃ, saddhā, vīriyaṃ, sati sampajaññaṃ, sīlavisuddhi, diṭṭhivisuddhi, samatho, vipassanā, tīṇi kusalamūlāni, tīṇi sucaritāni, tayo ^a^V1.0034^ea^ sammāvitakkā, tisso anavajjasaññā, tisso dhātuyo, cattāro satipaṭṭhānā, cattāro sammappadhānā, cattāro iddhipādā, cattāro ariyamaggā, cattāri ariyaphalāni, catasso paṭisambhidā, catuyonipaṭicchedakañāṇaṃ, cattāro ariyavaṃsā, cattāri vesārajjañāṇāni, pañca padhāniyaṅgāni, pañcaṅgiko sammāsamādhi, pañcañāṇiko sammāsamādhi, pañcindriyāni, pañca balāni, pañca nissāraṇīyā dhātuyo, pañca vimuttāyatanañāṇāni, pañca vimuttiparipācanīyā saññā, cha anussatiṭṭhānāni, cha gāravā, cha nissāraṇīyā dhātuyo, cha satatavihārā, cha anuttariyāni, cha nibbedhabhāgiyā saññā, cha abhiññā, cha asādhāraṇañāṇāni, satta aparihāniyā dhammā, satta ariyadhammā, satta ariyadhanāni, satta bojjhaṅgā, satta sappurisadhammā, satta nijjaravatthūni, satta ^a^M1.0038^ea^ saññā, satta dakkhiṇeyyapuggaladesanā, satta khīṇāsavabaladesanā, aṭṭha paññāpaṭilābhahetudesanā, aṭṭha sammattāni, aṭṭha lokadhammātikkamā, aṭṭha ārambhavatthūni, aṭṭha akkhaṇadesanā, aṭṭha mahāpurisavitakkā, aṭṭha abhibhāyatanadesanā, aṭṭha vimokkhā, nava yonisomanasikāramūlakā dhammā, nava pārisuddhipadhāniyaṅgāni, nava sattāvāsadesanā, nava āghātapaṭivinayā, nava saññā, nava nānattā, nava anupubbavihārā, dasa nāthakaraṇā dhammā, dasa kasiṇāyatanāni, dasa kusalakammapathā, dasa sammattāni, dasa ariyavāsā, dasa asekkhadhammā, dasa tathāgatabalāni, ekādasa mettānisaṃsā, dvādasa dhammacakkākārā, terasa dhutaguṇā, cuddasa buddhañāṇāni, pañcadasa vimuttiparipācanīyā dhammā, soḷasavidhā ānāpānassati, soḷasa aparantapanīyā dhammā, aṭṭhārasa buddhadhammā, ekūnavīsati paccavekkhaṇañāṇāni, catucattālīsa ñāṇavatthūni, paññāsa udayabbayañāṇāni, paropaṇṇāsa kusaladhammā, sattasattati ñāṇavatthūni, catuvīsatikoṭisatasahassasaṅkhāsamāpattisañcārimahāvajirañāṇaṃ, anantanayasamantapaṭṭhānapavicayapaccavekkhaṇadesanāñāṇāni tathā anantāsu lokadhātūsu anantānaṃ sattānaṃ āsayādivibhāvanañāṇāni cāti evamādayo anantāparimāṇabhedā anaññasādhāraṇā niratisayā guṇabhāgā guṇakoṭṭhāsā saṃvijjanti upalabbhanti, tasmā yathāvuttavibhāgā guṇabhāgā assa atthīti ‘‘bhāgavā’’ti vattabbe ā-kārassa rassattaṃ katvā ^b^‘‘bhagavā’’^eb^ti vutto. Evaṃ tāva bhāgavāti ^b^bhagavā^eb^.<br/><br/>[21]Yasmā sīlādayo sabbe, guṇabhāgā asesato;<br/><br/>[22]Vijjanti sugate tasmā, ^b^bhagavā^eb^ti pavuccatīti.<br/><br/>[03]Kathaṃ ^b^bhatavāti bhagavā^eb^? Ye te sabbalokahitāya ussukkamāpannehi manussattādike aṭṭha dhamme ^a^V1.0035^ea^ samodhānetvā sammāsambodhiyā katamahābhinīhārehi mahābodhisattehi paripūritabbā dānapāramī, sīla, nekkhamma, paññā, vīriya, khanti, sacca, adhiṭṭhāna, mettā, upekkhāpāramīti dasa pāramiyo dasa upapāramiyo dasa paramatthapāramiyoti samatiṃsa pāramiyo, dānādīni cattāri saṅgahavatthūni, saccādīni cattāri adhiṭṭhānāni, aṅgapariccāgo nayanadhanarajjaputtadārapariccāgoti pañca mahāparicāgā, pubbayogo, pubbacariyā, dhammakkhānaṃ, ñātatthacariyā, lokatthacariyā, buddhicariyāti ^a^M1.0039^ea^ evamādayo, saṅkhepato vā sabbe puññañāṇasambhārā buddhakaradhammā, te mahābhinīhārato paṭṭhāya kappānaṃ satasahassādhikāni cattāri asaṅkheyyāni yathā hānabhāgiyā saṃkilesabhāgiyā ṭhitibhāgiyā vā na honti, atha kho uttaruttari visesabhāgiyāva honti, evaṃ sakkaccaṃ nirantaraṃ anavasesato bhatā sambhatā assa atthīti ‘‘bhatavā’’ti vattabbe ^b^‘‘bhagavā’’^eb^ti vutto niruttinayena ta-kārassa ga-kāraṃ katvā. Atha vā ^b^bhatavā^eb^ti teyeva yathāvutte buddhakaradhamme vuttanayeneva bhari sambhari, paripūresīti attho. Evampi bhatavāti bhagavā.<br/><br/>[21]Sammāsambodhiyā sabbe, dānapāramiādike;<br/><br/>[22]Sambhāre bhatavā nātho, tenāpi ^b^bhagavā^eb^ matoti.<br/><br/>[03]Kathaṃ ^b^bhāge vanīti bhagavā^eb^? Ye te catuvīsatikoṭisatasahassasaṅkhā devasikaṃ vaḷañjanakasamāpattibhāgā, te anavasesato lokahitatthaṃ attano ca diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāratthaṃ niccakappaṃ vani bhaji sevi bahulamakāsīti bhāge vanīti ^b^bhagavā^eb^. Atha vā abhiññeyyadhammesu kusalādīsu khandhādīsu ca ye te pariññeyyādivasena saṅkhepato vā catubbidhā abhisamayabhāgā, vitthārato pana ‘‘cakkhu pariññeyyaṃ sotaṃ…pe… jarāmaraṇaṃ pariññeyya’’ntiādinā (paṭi. ma. 1.21) aneke pariññeyyabhāgā, ‘‘cakkhussa samudayo pahātabbo…pe… jarāmaraṇassa samudayo pahātabbo’’tiādinā pahātabbabhāgā, ‘‘cakkhussa nirodho…pe… jarāmaraṇassa nirodho sacchikātabbo’’tiādinā sacchikātabbabhāgā, ‘‘cakkhussa nirodhagāminī paṭipadā’’tiādinā, ‘‘cattāro satipaṭṭhānā’’tiādinā ca anekabhedā bhāvetabbabhāgā ca dhammā, te sabbe vani bhaji yathārahaṃ gocarabhāvanāsevanānaṃ vasena sevi. Evampi bhāge vanīti ^b^bhagavā^eb^. Atha vā ‘‘ye ime sīlādayo dhammakkhandhā sāvakehi sādhāraṇā guṇabhāgā guṇakoṭṭhāsā, kinti nu kho te vineyyasantānesu patiṭṭhapeyya’’nti mahākaruṇāya vani abhipatthayi, sā cassa abhipatthanā yathādhippetaphalāvahā ahosi. Evampi ^b^bhāge vanīti bhagavā^eb^.<br/><br/>[21]Yasmā ^a^V1.0036^ea^ ñeyyasamāpattiguṇabhāge asesato;<br/><br/>[22]Bhaji patthayi sattānaṃ, hitāya ^b^bhagavā^eb^ tatoti.<br/><br/>[03]Kathaṃ ^a^M1.0040^ea^^b^bhage vanīti bhagavā^eb^? Samāsato tāva katapuññehi payogasampannehi yathāvibhavaṃ bhajīyantīti bhagā, lokiyalokuttarā sampattiyo. Tattha lokiye tāva tathāgato sambodhito pubbe bodhisattabhūto paramukkaṃsagate vani bhaji sevi, yattha patiṭṭhāya niravasesato buddhakaradhamme samannānento buddhadhamme paripācesi, buddhabhūto pana te niravajjasukhūpasaṃhite anaññasādhāraṇe lokuttarepi vani bhaji sevi, vitthārato pana padesarajjaissariyacakkavattisampatti-devarajjasampattiādivasena- jhānavimokkhasamādhisamāpattiñāṇadassana-maggabhāvanāphalasacchi- kiriyādi-uttarimanussadhammavasena ca anekavihite anaññasādhāraṇe bhage vani bhaji sevi. Evampi ^b^bhage vanīti bhagavā^eb^.<br/><br/>[21]Yā tā sampattiyo loke, yā ca lokuttarā puthu;<br/><br/>[22]Sabbā tā bhaji sambuddho, tasmāpi ^b^bhagavā^eb^ matoti.<br/><br/>[03]Kathaṃ ^b^bhattavāti bhagavā^eb^? Bhattā daḷhabhattikā assa bahū atthīti bhattavā. Tathāgato hi mahākaruṇāsabbaññutaññāṇādiaparimitanirupamapabhāvaguṇavisesasamaṅgibhāvato sabbasattuttamo, sabbānatthaparihārapubbaṅgamāya niravasesahitasukhavidhānatapparāya niratisayāya payogasampattiyā sadevamanussāya pajāya accantūpakāritāya dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇa-asītianubyañjana-byāmappabhādianaññasādhāraṇa- visesapaṭimaṇḍita-rūpakāyatāya yathābhucca-guṇādhigatena ‘‘itipi so bhagavā’’tiādinayappavattena lokattayabyāpinā suvipulena suvisuddhena ca thutighosena samannāgatattā ukkaṃsapāramippattāsu appicchatāsantuṭṭhiādīsu suppatiṭṭhitabhāvato dasabalacatuvesārajjādiniratisayaguṇavisesa-samaṅgibhāvato ca rūpappamāṇo rūpappasanno, ghosappamāṇo ghosappasanno, lūkhappamāṇo lūkhappasanno, dhammappamāṇo dhammappasannoti evaṃ catuppamāṇike lokasannivāse sabbathāpi pasādāvahabhāvena samantapāsādikattā aparimāṇānaṃ sattānaṃ sadevamanussānaṃ ādarabahumānagāravāyatanatāya paramapemasambhattiṭṭhānaṃ. Ye tassa ovāde patiṭṭhitā aveccappasādena samannāgatā honti, kenaci asaṃhāriyā tesaṃ pasādabhatti samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā. Tathā hi te attano jīvitapariccāgepi tattha pasādaṃ na pariccajanti, tassa vā āṇaṃ daḷhabhattibhāvato. Tenevāha –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Yo ^a^V1.0037^ea^^a^M1.0041^ea^ ve ^b^kataññū^eb^ katavedi dhīro;<br/><br/>[22]Kalyāṇamitto daḷhabhatti ca hotī’’ti. (jā. 2.17.78);<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo ṭhitadhammo velaṃ nātivattati, evameva kho, bhikkhave, yaṃ mayā sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ, taṃ mama sāvakā jīvitahetupi nātikkamantī’’ti (a. ni. 8.20; udā. 45; cūḷava. 385) ca.<br/><br/>[03]Evaṃ bhattavāti ^b^bhagavā^eb^ niruttinayena ekassa ta-kārassa lopaṃ katvā itarassa ga-kāraṃ katvā.<br/><br/>[21]Guṇātisayayuttassa, yasmā lokahitesino;<br/><br/>[22]Sambhattā bahavo satthu, bhagavā tena vuccatīti.<br/><br/>[03]Kathaṃ ^b^bhage vamīti bhagavā^eb^? Yasmā tathāgato bodhisattabhūtopi purimāsu jātīsu pāramiyo pūrento bhagasaṅkhātaṃ siriṃ issariyaṃ yasañca vami, uggiri, kheḷapiṇḍaṃ viya anapekkho chaḍḍayi; pacchimattabhāvepi hatthāgataṃ cakkavattisiriṃ devalokādhipaccasadisaṃ catudīpissariyaṃ cakkavattisampattisannissayaṃ sattaratanasamujjalaṃ yasañca tiṇāyapi amaññamāno nirapekkho pahāya abhinikkhamitvā sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho, tasmā ime siriādike bhage vamīti ^b^bhagavā^eb^. Atha vā bhāni nāma nakkhattāni, tehi samaṃ gacchanti pavattantīti bhagā, sineruyugandharauttarakuruhimavantādibhājanalokavisesasannissayā sobhā kappaṭṭhiyabhāvato, tepi bhage vami tannivāsisattāvāsasamatikkamanato, tappaṭibaddhachandarāgapahānena pajahīti. Evampi bhage vamīti bhagavā.<br/><br/>[21]Cakkavattisiriṃ yasmā, yasaṃ issariyaṃ sukhaṃ;<br/><br/>[22]Pahāsi lokacittañca, sugato bhagavā tatoti.<br/><br/>[03]Kathaṃ ^b^bhāge vamīti bhagavā^eb^? Bhāgā nāma sabhāgadhammakoṭṭhāsā, te khandhāyatanadhātādivasena, tatthāpi rūpavedanādivasena, pathaviyādiatītādivasena ca anekavidhā. Te bhagavā sabbaṃ papañcaṃ sabbaṃ yogaṃ ^b^sabbaṃ^eb^ ganthaṃ sabbaṃ saṃyojanaṃ samucchinditvā amataṃ dhātuṃ samadhigacchanto vami uggiri, anapekkho chaḍḍayi na paccāgami. Tathā hesa ‘‘sabbatthameva pathaviṃ ^a^V1.0038^ea^ āpaṃ ^a^M1.0042^ea^ tejaṃ vāyaṃ, cakkhuṃ sotaṃ ghānaṃ jivhaṃ kāyaṃ manaṃ, rūpe sadde gandhe rase phoṭṭhabbe dhamme, cakkhuviññāṇaṃ…pe… manoviññāṇaṃ, cakkhusamphassaṃ…pe… manosamphassaṃ, cakkhusamphassajaṃ vedanaṃ…pe… manosamphassajaṃ vedanaṃ, cakkhusamphassajaṃ saññaṃ…pe… manosamphassajaṃ saññaṃ, cakkhusamphassajaṃ cetanaṃ…pe… manosamphassajaṃ cetanaṃ, rūpataṇhaṃ…pe… dhammataṇhaṃ, rūpavitakkaṃ…pe… dhammavitakkaṃ, rūpavicāraṃ…pe… dhammavicāra’’ntiādinā anupadadhammavibhāgavasenapi sabbeva dhammakoṭṭhāse anavasesato vami uggiri, anapekkhapariccāgena chaḍḍayi. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ ‘‘yaṃ taṃ, ānanda, cattaṃ vantaṃ muttaṃ pahīnaṃ paṭinissaṭṭhaṃ, taṃ tathāgato puna paccāgamissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatī’’ti (dī. ni. 2.183). Evampi bhāge vamīti ^b^bhagavā^eb^. Atha vā ^b^bhāge vamī^eb^ti sabbepi kusalākusale sāvajjānavajje hīnapaṇīte kaṇhasukkasappaṭibhāge dhamme ariyamaggañāṇamukhena vami uggiri anapekkho pariccaji pajahi, paresañca tathattāya dhammaṃ desesi. Vuttampi cetaṃ ‘‘dhammāpi vo, bhikkhave, pahātabbā, pageva adhammā (ma. ni. 1.240), kullūpamaṃ vo, bhikkhave, dhammaṃ desessāmi nittharaṇatthāya, no gahaṇatthāyā’’tiādi (ma. ni. 1.240). Evampi bhāge vamīti bhagavā.<br/><br/>[21]Khandhāyatanadhātādi-dhammabhāgāmahesinā;<br/><br/>[22]Kaṇhasukkā yato vantā, tatopi bhagavā matoti.<br/><br/>[03]Tena vuttaṃ –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Bhāgavā bhatavā bhāge, bhage ca vani bhattavā;<br/><br/>[22]Bhage vami tathā bhāge, vamīti bhagavā jino’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dhammasarīraṃ paccakkhaṃ karotī^eb^ti ‘‘yo vo, ānanda, mayā dhammo ca vinayo ca desito paññatto, so vo mamaccayena satthā’’ti (dī. ni. 2.216) vacanato dhammassa satthubhāvapariyāyo vijjatīti katvā vuttaṃ. ^b^Vajirasaṅghātasamānakāyo^eb^ parehi abhejjasarīrattā. Na hi bhagavato rūpakāye kenaci sakkā antarāyo kātunti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Desanāsampattiṃ niddisati^eb^ vakkhamānassa sakalassa suttassa ‘‘eva’’nti nidassanato. ^b^Sāvakasampattiṃ niddisati^eb^ paṭisambhidāppattena pañcasu ṭhānesu bhagavatā etadagge ṭhapitena mayā mahāsāvakena ^a^V1.0039^ea^ sutaṃ, tañca kho mayāva ^a^M1.0043^ea^ sutaṃ, na anussutikaṃ, na paramparābhatanti imassa atthassa dīpanato. ^b^Kālasampattiṃ niddisati^eb^ bhagavā-saddasannidhāne payuttassa samaya-saddassa kālassa buddhuppādapaṭimaṇḍitabhāvadīpanato. Buddhuppādaparamā hi kālasampadā. Tenetaṃ vuccati –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Kappakasāye kaliyuge, buddhuppādo aho mahacchariyaṃ;<br/><br/>[22]Hutāvahamajjhe jātaṃ, samuditamakarandamaravinda’’nti. (dī. ni. ṭī. 1.1; saṃ. ni. ṭī. 1.1.1; a. ni. ṭī. 1.1.1 rūpādivaggavaṇṇanā);<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bhagavāti desakasampattiṃ niddisati^eb^ guṇavisiṭṭhasattuttamagarugāravādhivacanabhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Maṅgaladivaso sukhaṇo sunakkhatta^eb^nti ajja maṅgaladivaso, tasmā sunakkhattaṃ, tatthāpi ayaṃ sukhaṇo. ^b^Mā atikkamī^eb^ti mā rattivibhāyanaṃ anudikkhantānaṃ ratti atikkamīti evaṃ sambandho veditabbo. Ukkāsu ṭhitāsu ṭhitāti ^b^ukkaṭṭhā^eb^ (dī. ni. ṭī. 1.255; a. ni. ṭī. 2.4.36). Ukkāsu vijjotalantīsu ṭhitā patiṭṭhitāti mūlavibhūjādipakkhepena (pāṇini 3.2.5) saddasiddhi veditabbā. Niruttinayena vā ukkāsu ṭhitāsu ṭhitā āsīti ^b^ukkaṭṭhā^eb^. Apare pana bhaṇanti ‘‘bhūmibhāgasampattiyā manussasampattiyā upakaraṇasampattiyā ca sā nagarī ukkaṭṭhaguṇayogato ‘ukkaṭṭhā’ti nāmaṃ labhī’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Avisesenā^eb^ti na visesena, vihārabhāvasāmaññenāti attho. ^b^Iriyāpatha…pe… vihāresū^eb^ti iriyāpathavihāro dibbavihāro brahmavihāro ariyavihāroti etesu catūsu vihāresu. ^b^Samaṅgiparidīpana^eb^nti samaṅgībhāvaparidīpanaṃ. ^b^Eta^eb^nti ‘‘viharatī’’ti etaṃ padaṃ. Tathā hi taṃ ‘‘idhekacco gihīhi saṃsaṭṭho viharati sahanandī sahasokī’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 4.241) iriyāpathavihāre āgataṃ; ‘‘yasmiṃ samaye, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi…pe… paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharatī’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. 160; vibha. 624) dibbavihāre; ‘‘so mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharatī’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.556; 3.308; ma. ni. 1.77; 2.309; 3.230) brahmavihāre; ‘‘so kho ahaṃ aggivessana tassāyeva kathāya pariyosāne tasmiṃ eva purimasmiṃ samādhinimitte ajjhattameva ^a^V1.0040^ea^^a^M1.0044^ea^ cittaṃ saṇṭhapemi sannisādemi ekodiṃ karomi samādahāmi, yena sudaṃ niccakappaṃ viharāmī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.387) ariyavihāre.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha iriyanaṃ vattanaṃ iriyā, kāyappayogo. Tassā pavattanupāyabhāvato ṭhānādi iriyāpatho. Ṭhānasamaṅgī vā hi kāyena kiñci kareyya gamanādīsu aññatarasamaṅgī vā. Atha vā iriyati pavattati etena attabhāvo, kāyakiccaṃ vāti iriyā, tassā pavattiyā upāyabhāvato pathoti iriyāpatho, ṭhānādi eva. So ca atthato gatinivattiādiākārena pavatto catusantatirūpapabandho eva. Viharaṇaṃ, viharati etenāti vā vihāro, iriyāpatho eva vihāro ^b^iriyāpathavihāro^eb^. Divi bhavoti dibbo. Tattha bahulappavattiyā brahmapārisajjādidevaloke bhavoti attho. Tattha yo dibbānubhāvo, tadatthāya saṃvattatīti vā dibbo, abhiññābhinīhāravasena mahāgatikattā vā dibbo, dibbo ca so vihāro cāti ^b^dibbavihāro,^eb^ catasso rūpāvacarasamāpattiyo. Āruppasamāpattiyopi ettheva saṅgahaṃ gacchanti. Brahmūnaṃ, brahmāno vā vihārā ^b^brahmavihārā^eb^, catasso appamaññāyo. Ariyānaṃ, ariyā vā vihārā ^b^ariyavihārā,^eb^ cattāri sāmaññaphalāni. ^b^So hi bhagavā ekaṃ iriyāpathabādhana^eb^ntiādi yadipi bhagavā ekenapi iriyāpathena cirataraṃ kālaṃ attabhāvaṃ pavattetuṃ sakkoti, tathāpi ‘‘upādinnakasarīrassa nāma ayaṃ sabhāvo’’ti dassetuṃ vuttaṃ. Yasmā vā bhagavā yattha katthaci vasanto veneyyānaṃ dhammaṃ desento, nānāsamāpattīhi ca kālaṃ vītināmento vasatīti veneyyasattānaṃ attano ca vividhaṃ hitasukhaṃ harati upaneti uppādeti, tasmā vividhaṃ haratīti evamettha attho veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Subhagattā^eb^ti sirīkāmānavasena sobhanattā. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘sundarasirikattā sundarakāmattā cā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Chaṇasamajjaussave^eb^ti ettha ^b^chaṇaṃ^eb^ nāma phaggunamāsādīsu uttaraphaggunādi-abhilakkhitadivasesu saparijanānaṃ manussānaṃ maṅgalakaraṇaṃ. ^b^Samajjaṃ^eb^ nāma naṭasamajjādi. ^b^Ussavo^eb^ nakkhattaṃ. Yattha gāmanigamavāsino tayo satta vā divase nakkhattaghosanaṃ katvā yathāvibhavaṃ alaṅkatapaṭiyattā bhoge paribhuñjantā nakkhattakīḷanaṃ ^a^M1.0045^ea^ kīḷanti. ^b^Tesaṃ taṃ tatheva hotī^eb^ti tesaṃ manussānaṃ taṃ patthanaṃ tannivāsidevatānubhāvena yebhuyyena tatheva hoti, patthanā samijjhatīti attho. ^b^Bahujanakantatāyā^eb^ti iminā ‘‘sundarakāmattā’’ti etasseva padassa pakārantarena atthaṃ vibhāveti. Tatrāyaṃ vacanattho – kamanīyaṭṭhena suṭṭhu bhajīyatīti ^b^subhagaṃ,^eb^ subhā agā rukkhā etthāti vā ^b^subhagaṃ,^eb^ sundarakittiyogato vā ^b^‘‘subhaga’’^eb^nti evampettha atthaṃ vaṇṇenti. Keci pana ‘‘subhāgavane’’ti paṭhanti, ‘‘sundarabhūmibhāge ^a^V1.0041^ea^ vane’’ti cassa atthaṃ vadanti. Subhagassa nāma yakkhassa vanaṃ tena pariggahitattāti ‘‘subhagavana’’nti aññe. Vananaṃ bhattītiatthe taṃ vananaṃ kāretīti etasmiṃ atthe vanayatīti padasiddhi veditabbā. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘attani sinehaṃ uppādetī’’^eb^ti. Yācanatthe ^b^vanute iti vana^eb^nti upacārakappanāvasena vana-saddo veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ujuvaṃsā^eb^ti ujubhūtaviṭapā. ^b^Mahāsālā^eb^ti mahārukkhā. ^b^Aññatarasmiṃ sālamūle^eb^ti aññatarassa rukkhassa mūle. ^b^Vanappatijeṭṭhakarukkho^eb^ti vanappatibhūto jeṭṭhakarukkho. ^b^Tameva jeṭṭhakabhāva^eb^nti vanappatibhāvenāgataṃ seṭṭhabhāvaṃ padhānabhāvaṃ. Tena hi so ‘‘sālarājā’’ti vutto. Upagatānaṃ rañjanaṭṭhena rājā, aññasmimpi tādise rukkhe rājavohāraṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘supatiṭṭhitassā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^brāhmaṇa dhammikā^eb^ti ālapanaṃ. Nippariyāyena sākhādimato saṅghātassa suppatiṭṭhitabhāvasādhane avayavavisese pavattamāno mūla-saddo. Yasmā taṃsadisesu tannissaye padese ca ruḷhīvasena pariyāyato pavattati, tasmā ‘‘mūlāni uddhareyyā’’ti ettha nippariyāyamūlaṃ adhippetanti ekena mūla-saddena visesetvā āha ^b^‘‘mūlamūle dissatī’’^eb^ti yathā ‘‘dukkhadukkhaṃ (saṃ. ni. 4.327), rūparūpa’’nti (visuddhi. 2.449) ca. ^b^Asādhāraṇahetumhī^eb^ti asādhāraṇakāraṇe. Lobhasahagatacittuppādānaṃ eva āveṇike nesaṃ suppatiṭṭhitabhāvasādhanato mūlaṭṭhena upakārake paccayadhamme dissatīti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tatthā^eb^ti ‘‘ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā ukkaṭṭhāyaṃ viharati subhagavane sālarājamūle’’ti yaṃ vuttaṃ vākyaṃ, tatta. ^b^Siyā^eb^ti kassaci evaṃ parivitakko siyā, vakkhamānākārena kadāci codeyya vāti attho. ^b^Atha tattha viharatī^eb^ti yadi subhagavane sālarājamūle viharati. ^b^Na vattabba^eb^nti nānāṭhānabhūtattā ^a^M1.0046^ea^ ukkaṭṭhāsubhagavanānaṃ, ekaṃ samayanti ca vuttattāti adhippāyo. Idāni codako tameva attano adhippāyaṃ ^b^‘‘na hi sakkā’’^eb^tiādinā vivarati. Itaro sabbametaṃ aviparītaṃ atthaṃ ajānantena vuttanti dassento ^b^‘‘na kho panetaṃ evaṃ daṭṭhabba’’^eb^nti āha. Tattha ^b^eta^eb^nti ‘‘ukkaṭṭhāyaṃ viharati subhagavane sālarājamūle’’ti etaṃ vacanaṃ. Evanti ‘‘yadi tāva bhagavā’’tiādinā yaṃ taṃ bhavatā coditaṃ, taṃ atthato evaṃ na kho pana daṭṭhabbaṃ, na ubhayattha apubbācarimaṃ vihāradassanatthanti attho.<br/><br/>[03]Idāni attano yathādhippetaṃ aviparītaṃ atthaṃ, tassa ca paṭikacceva vuttabhāvaṃ, tena ca appaṭividdhattaṃ pakāsento ^b^‘‘nanu avocumha…pe… sālarājamūle’’^eb^ti āha. Evampi ‘‘subhagavane ^a^V1.0042^ea^ sālarājamūle viharatī’’cceva vattabbaṃ, na ‘‘ukkaṭṭhāya’’nti codanaṃ manasi katvā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘gocaragāmanidassanattha’’^eb^ntiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Avassaṃ cettha gocaragāmakittanaṃ kātabbaṃ. Tathā hi taṃ yathā subhagavanādikittanaṃ pabbajitānuggahakaraṇādianekappayojanaṃ, evaṃ gahaṭṭhānuggahakaraṇādivividhappayojananti dassento ^b^‘‘ukkaṭṭhākittanenā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha paccayaggahaṇena upasaṅkamanapayirupāsanānaṃ okāsadānena dhammadesanāya saraṇesu sīlesu ca patiṭṭhāpanena yathūpanissayaṃ uparivisesādhigamāvahanena ca ^b^gahaṭṭhānaggahakaraṇaṃ,^eb^ uggahaparipucchānaṃ kammaṭṭhānānuyogassa ca anurūpavasanaṭṭhānapariggahenettha ^b^pabbajitānuggahakaraṇaṃ^eb^ veditabbaṃ. ^b^Karuṇāya upagamanaṃ,^eb^ na lābhādinimittaṃ, ^b^paññāya apagamanaṃ,^eb^ na virodhādinimittanti upagamanāpagamanānaṃ nirupakkilesataṃ vibhāveti. ^b^Dhammikasukhaṃ^eb^ nāma anavajjasukhaṃ. ^b^Devānaṃ upakārabahulatā^eb^ janavivittatāya. Pacurajanavivittaṃ hi ṭhānaṃ devā upasaṅkamitabbaṃ maññanti. ^b^Tadatthaparinipphādana^eb^nti lokatthanipphādanaṃ, buddhakiccasampādananti attho. ^b^Evamādinā^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena ukkaṭṭhākittanato rūpakāyassa anuggaṇhanaṃ dasseti, subhagavanādikittanato dhammakāyassa. Tathā purimena parādhīnakiriyākaraṇaṃ, dutiyena attādhīnakiriyākaraṇaṃ. Purimena vā karuṇākiccaṃ, itarena paññākiccaṃ. Purimena cassa paramāya anukampāya samannāgamaṃ, pacchimena paramāya upekkhāya samannāgamaṃ ^a^M1.0047^ea^ dīpeti. Bhagavā hi sabbasatte paramāya anukampāya anukampati, na ca tattha sinehadosānupatito paramupekkhakabhāvato, upekkhako ca na ca parahitasukhakaraṇe apposukko mahākāruṇikabhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]Tassa mahākāruṇikatāya lokanāthatā, upekkhakatāya attanāthatā. Tathā hesa bodhisattabhūto mahākaruṇāya sañcoditamānaso sakalalokahitāya ussukkamāpanno mahābhinīhārato paṭṭhāya tadatthanipphādanatthaṃ puññañāṇasambhāre sampādento aparimitaṃ kālaṃ anappakaṃ dukkhamanubhosi, upekkhakatāya sammā patitehi dukkhehi na vikampi. Tathā mahākāruṇikatāya saṃsārābhimukhatā, upekkhakatāya tato nibbindanā. Tathā upekkhakatāya nibbānābhimukhatā, mahākāruṇikatāya tadadhigamo. Tathā mahākāruṇikatāya paresaṃ abhiṃsāpanaṃ, upekkhakatāya sayaṃ parehi abhāyanaṃ. Mahākāruṇikatāya paraṃ rakkhato attano rakkhaṇaṃ, upekkhakatāya attānaṃ rakkhato paresaṃ rakkhaṇaṃ. Tenassa attahitāya paṭipannādīsu catutthapuggalabhāvo siddho hoti. Tathā mahākāruṇikatāya saccādhiṭṭhānassa cāgādhiṭṭhānassa ca pāripūri, upekkhakatāya upasamādhiṭṭhānassa paññādhiṭṭhānassa ca pāripūri. Evaṃ parisuddhāsayapayogassa ^a^V1.0043^ea^ mahākāruṇikatāya lokahitatthameva rajjasampadādibhavasampattiyā upagamanaṃ, upekkhakatāya tiṇāyapi amaññamānassa tato apagamanaṃ. Iti suvisuddhaupagamāpagamassa mahākāruṇikatāya lokahitatthameva dānavasena sampattīnaṃ pariccajanā, upekkhakatāya cassa phalassa attano apaccāsīsanā. Evaṃ samudāgamanato paṭṭhāya acchariyabbhutaguṇasamannāgatassa mahākāruṇikatāya paresaṃ hitasukhatthaṃ atidukkarakāritā, upekkhakatāya kāyampi analaṃkāritā.<br/><br/>[03]Tathā mahākāruṇikatāya carimattabhāve jiṇṇāturamatadassanena sañjātasaṃvego, upekkhakatāya uḷāresu devabhogasadisesu bhogesu nirapekkho mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhami. Tathā mahākāruṇikatāya ‘‘kicchaṃ vatāyaṃ loko āpanno’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 2.57; saṃ. ni. 2.4, 10) karuṇāmukheneva vipassanārambho ^a^M1.0048^ea^, upekkhakatāya buddhabhūtassa satta sattāhāni vivekasukheneva vītināmanaṃ. Mahākāruṇikatāya dhammagambhīrataṃ paccavekkhitvā dhammadesanāya apposukkataṃ āpajjitvāpi mahābrahmuno ajjhesanāpadesena okāsakaraṇaṃ, upekkhakatāya pañcavaggiyādi veneyyānaṃ ananurūpasamudācārepi anaññathābhāvo. Mahākāruṇikatāya katthaci paṭighātābhāvenassa sabbattha amittasaññāya abhāvo, upekkhakatāya katthacipi anurodhābhāvena sabbattha sinehasanthavābhāvo. Mahākāruṇikatāya gāmādīnaṃ āsannaṭṭhāne vasantassapi upekkhakatāya araññaṭṭhāne eva viharaṇaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘purimena cassa paramāya annukampāya samannāgamaṃ, pacchimena paramāya upekkhāya samannāgamaṃ dīpetī’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ta^eb^nti ‘‘tatrā’’ti padaṃ. ^b^Desakālaparidīpana^eb^nti ye desakālā idha viharaṇakiriyāvisesanabhāvena vuttā, tesaṃ paridīpananti dassento ^b^‘‘yaṃ samayaṃ…pe… dīpetī’’^eb^ti āha. Taṃ-saddo hi vuttassa atthassa paṭiniddeso, tasmā idha kālassa, desassa vā paṭiniddeso bhavituṃ arahati, na aññassa. Ayaṃ tāva tatra-saddassa paṭiniddesabhāve atthavibhāvanā. Yasmā pana īdisesu ṭhānesu tatra-saddo dhammadesanāvisiṭṭhaṃ desaṃ kālañca vibhāveti, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘bhāsitabbayutte vā desakāle dīpetī’’^eb^ti. Tena ^b^tatrā^eb^ti yattha bhagavā dhammadesanatthaṃ bhikkhū ālapi abhāsi, tādise dese, kāle vāti attho. ^b^Na hī^eb^tiādinā tamevatthaṃ samattheti. Nanu ca yattha ṭhito bhagavā ‘‘akālo kho tāvā’’tiādinā bāhiyassa dhammadesanaṃ paṭikkhipi, tattheva antaravīthiyaṃ ṭhito tassa dhammaṃ desetīti? Saccametaṃ, adesetabbakāle adesanāya idaṃ udāharaṇaṃ. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘akālo kho tāvā’’^eb^ti. Yaṃ pana tattha vuttaṃ ^a^V1.0044^ea^ ‘‘antaragharaṃ paviṭṭhamhā’’ti (udā. 10), tampi tassa akālabhāvasseva pariyāyena dassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Tassa hi tadā addhānaparissamena rūpakāye akammaññatā ahosi, balavapītivegena nāmakāye, tadubhayassa vūpasamaṃ āgamento papañcaparihāratthaṃ bhagavā ‘‘akālo kho’’ti pariyāyena paṭikkhipi. Adesetabbadese adesanāya pana udāharaṇaṃ ‘‘atha kho bhagavā maggā okkamma aññatarasmiṃ ^a^M1.0049^ea^ rukkhamūle nisīdi (saṃ. ni. 2.154), vihārato nikkhamitvā vihārapacchāyāyaṃ paññatte āsane nisīdī’’ti (dī. ni. 1.363) ca evamādikaṃ idha ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena saṅgahitaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Atha kho so, bhikkhave, bālo idha pubbe rasādo idha pāpāni kammāni karitvā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.251) ^b^padapūraṇamatte kho-saddo,^eb^ ‘‘dukkhaṃ kho agāravo viharati appatisso’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 4.21) ^b^avadhāraṇe,^eb^ ‘‘kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, satthu pavivittassa viharato sāvakā vivekaṃ nānusikkhantī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.31) ^b^ādikālatthe^eb^. Vākyārambheti attho. Tattha padapūraṇena vacanālaṅkāramattaṃ kataṃ hoti, ādikālatthena vākyassa upaññāsamattaṃ, avadhāratthena pana niyamadassanaṃ, tasmā āmantesi evāti āmantane niyamo dassito hotīti.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Bhagavāti lokagarudīpana’’nti kasmā vuttaṃ, nanu pubbepi bhagavā-saddassa attho vuttoti? Yadipi pubbe vutto, taṃ panassa yathāvutte ṭhāne viharaṇakiriyāya kattuvisesadassanatthaṃ kataṃ, na āmantanakiriyāya, idha pana āmantanakiriyāya, tasmā tadatthaṃ puna ‘‘bhagavā’’ti pāḷiyaṃ vuttanti tassatthaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘bhagavāti lokagarudīpana’’^eb^nti āha. ^b^Kathāsavanayuttapuggalavacana^eb^nti vakkhamānāya mūlapariyāyadesanāya savanayogyapuggalavacanaṃ. Catūsupi parisāsu bhikkhū eva edisānaṃ desanānaṃ visesena bhājanabhūtā, iti sātisayasāsanasampaṭiggāhakabhāvadassanatthaṃ idha bhikkhugahaṇanti dassetvā idāni saddatthaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘apicā’’^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha ^b^bhikkhakoti bhikkhū^eb^ti bhikkhanadhammatāya bhikkhūti attho. ^b^Bhikkhācariyaṃ ajjhupagato^eb^ti buddhādīhipi ajjhupagataṃ bhikkhācariyaṃ uñchācariyaṃ ajjhupagatattā anuṭṭhitattā ^b^bhikkhū^eb^. Yo hi koci appaṃ vā mahantaṃ vā bhogakkhandhaṃ pahāya agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito, so kasigorakkhādīhi jīvikākappanaṃ hitvā liṅgasampaṭicchaneneva bhikkhācariyaṃ ajjhupagatattā ^b^bhikkhu,^eb^ parapaṭibaddhajīvikattā vā vihāramajjhe kājabhattaṃ bhuñjamānopi bhikkhācariyaṃ ^a^V1.0045^ea^ ajjhupagatoti ^b^bhikkhu,^eb^ piṇḍiyālopabhojanaṃ nissāya pabbajjāya ussāhajātattā vā bhikkhācariyaṃ ajjhupagatoti ^b^bhikkhū^eb^ti evampettha attho daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Ādinā nayenā^eb^ti ‘‘bhinnapaṭadharoti bhikkhu, bhindati pāpake akusale dhammeti bhikkhu, bhinnattā ^a^M1.0050^ea^ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ bhikkhū’’tiādinā ^b^vibhaṅge^eb^ (vibha. 510) āgatanayena. ^b^Ñāpane^eb^ti avabodhane, paṭivedaneti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bhikkhanasīlatā^eb^tiādīsu ^b^bhikkhanasīlatā^eb^ bhikkhanena ājīvanasīlatā, na kasivaṇijjādīhi ājīvanasīlatā. ^b^Bhikkhanadhammatā^eb^ ‘‘uddissa ariyā tiṭṭhantī’’ti (paṭi. ma. 153; mi. pa. 4.5.9) evaṃ vuttabhikkhanasabhāvatā, na sambhāvanākohaññasabhāvatā. ^b^Bhikkhane sādhukāritā^eb^ ‘‘uttiṭṭhe nappamajjeyyā’’ti (dha. pa. 168) vacanaṃ anussaritvā tattha appamajjanā. Atha vā ^b^sīlaṃ^eb^ nāma pakatisabhāvo, idha pana tadadhiṭṭhānaṃ. ^b^Dhammo^eb^ti vataṃ. Apare pana ^b^‘‘sīlaṃ^eb^ nāma vatasamādānaṃ, ^b^dhammo^eb^ nāma paveṇīāgataṃ cārittaṃ, ^b^sādhukāritā^eb^ti sakkaccakāritā ādarakiriyā’’ti vaṇṇenti. ^b^Hīnādhikajanasevita^eb^nti ye bhikkhubhāve ṭhitāpi jātimadādivasena uddhatā unnaḷā. Ye ca gihibhāve paresu atthikabhāvampi anupagatatāya bhikkhācariyaṃ paramakāpaññataṃ maññanti, tesaṃ ubhayesampi yathākkamaṃ ‘‘bhikkhavo’’ti vacanena hīnajanehi daliddehi paramakāpaññataṃ pattehi parakulesu bhikkhācariyāya jīvikaṃ kappentehi sevitaṃ vuttiṃ pakāsento uddhatabhāvaniggahaṃ karoti, adhikajanehi uḷārabhogakhattiyakulādito pabbajitehi buddhādīhi ājīvavisodhanatthaṃ sevitaṃ vuttiṃ pakāsento dīnabhāvaniggahaṃ karotīti yojetabbaṃ. Yasmā ‘‘bhikkhavo’’ti vacanaṃ āmantanabhāvato abhimukhīkaraṇaṃ, pakaraṇato sāmatthiyato ca sussūsājananaṃ sakkaccasavanamanasikāraniyojanañca hoti. Tasmā tamatthaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘bhikkhavoti iminā’’^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha ^b^sādhukasavanamanasikāre^eb^ti sādhukasavane sādhukamanasikāre ca. Kathaṃ pana pavattitā savanādayo sādhukaṃ pavattitā hontīti? ‘‘Addhā imāya sammāpaṭipattiyā sakalasāsanasampatti hatthagatā bhavissatī’’ti ādaragāravayogena, kathādīsu aparibhavanādinā ca. Vuttaṃ hi ‘‘pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato suṇanto saddhammaṃ bhabbo niyāmaṃ okkamituṃ kusalesu dhammesu sammattaṃ. Katamehi pañcahi? Na kathaṃ paribhoti, na kathikaṃ paribhoti, na attānaṃ paribhoti, avikkhittacitto dhammaṃ suṇāti ekaggacitto, yoniso ca manasi karoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave ^a^M1.0051^ea^, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato suṇanto saddhammaṃ bhabbo niyāmaṃ okkamituṃ ^a^V1.0046^ea^ kusalesu dhammesu sammatta’’nti (a. ni. 5.151). Tenevāha ^b^‘‘sādhukasavanamanasikārāyattā hi sāsanasampattī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sāsanasampatti^eb^ nāma sīlādinipphatti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paṭhamaṃ uppannattā^eb^ adhigamavasena. ^b^Satthucariyānuvidhāyakattā^eb^ sīlādiguṇānuṭṭhānena. Tiṇṇaṃ yānānaṃ vasena anudhammapaṭipattisabbhāvato ^b^sakalasāsanapaṭiggāhakattā. Santikattā^eb^ti samīpabhāvato. ^b^Santikāvacarattā^eb^ti sabbakālaṃ sampayuttabhāvato. ^b^Yathānusiṭṭha^eb^nti anusāsanianurūpaṃ, anusāsaniṃ anavasesato paṭiggahetvāti attho. ^b^Ekacce bhikkhūyeva sandhāyā^eb^ti ye suttapariyosāne ‘‘te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandu’’nti vuttā pañcasatā brāhmaṇapabbajitā, te sandhāya.<br/><br/>[03]Pubbe sabbaparisasādhāraṇattepi bhagavato dhammadesanāya ‘‘jeṭṭhaseṭṭhā’’tiādinā bhikkhūnaṃ eva āmantane kāraṇaṃ dassetvā idāni bhikkhū āmantetvāva dhammadesanāya payojanaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘kimatthaṃ pana bhagavā’’^eb^ti codanaṃ samuṭṭhāpesi. Tattha ^b^aññaṃ cintentā^eb^ti aññavihitā. ^b^Vikkhittacittā^eb^ti asamāhitacittā. ^b^Dhammaṃ paccavekkhantā^eb^ti tadā hiyyo tato paradivasesu vā sutadhammaṃ pati pati manasā avekkhantā. Bhikkhū āmantetvā dhamme desiyamāne ādito paṭṭhāya desanaṃ sallakkhetuṃ sakkontīti imamevatthaṃ byatirekamukhena dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘te anāmantetvā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bhikkhavotī^eb^ti ca sandhivasena i-kāralopo daṭṭhabbo ‘‘bhikkhavo itī’’ti. Ayaṃ hi iti-saddo hetu-parisamāpanādipadatthavipariyāya-pakārāvadhāraṇanidassanādianekatthappabhedo. Tathā hesa ‘‘ruppatīti kho, bhikkhave, tasmā ‘rūpa’nti vuccatī’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 3.79) hetuatthe dissati; ‘‘tasmā tiha me, bhikkhave, dhammadāyādā bhavatha, mā āmisadāyādā, atthi me tumhesu anukampā ‘kinti me sāvakā dhammadāyādā bhaveyyuṃ, no āmisadāyādā’ti’’ādīsu parisamāpane; ‘‘iti vā, iti evarūpā naccagītavāditavisūkadassanā ^a^M1.0052^ea^ paṭivirato’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.13) ādiatthe; ‘‘māgaṇṭhiyoti tassa brāhmaṇassa saṅkhā samaññā paññatti vohāro nāmaṃ nāmakammaṃ nāmadheyyaṃ nirutti byañjanamabhilāpo’’tiādīsu (mahāni. 73) padatthavipariyāye; ‘‘iti kho, bhikkhave, sappaṭibhayo bālo, appaṭibhayo paṇḍito, saupaddavo bālo, anupaddavo paṇḍito, saupasaggo bālo, anupasaggo paṇḍito’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.124) pakāre; ‘‘atthi idappaccayā jarāmaraṇanti iti puṭṭhena satā, ānanda, atthītissa vacanīyaṃ, kiṃ paccayā jarāmaraṇanti ^a^V1.0047^ea^ iti ce vadeyya, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇanti iccassa vacanīya’’ntiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.96) avadhāraṇe; ‘‘sabbamatthīti kho, kaccāna, ayameko anto, sabbaṃ natthīti kho, kaccāna, ayaṃ dutiyo anto’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 2.15) nidassane. Idhāpi nidassaneva daṭṭhabbo. Bhikkhavoti hi āmantitākāro, tamesa iti-saddo nidasseti ‘‘bhikkhavoti āmantesī’’ti. Iminā nayena ^b^‘‘bhaddante’’^eb^tiādīsupi yathārahaṃ iti-saddassa attho veditabbo. Pubbe ‘‘bhagavā āmantesī’’ti vuttattā ‘‘bhagavato paccassosu’’nti idha ‘‘bhagavato’’ti sāmivacanaṃ āmantanameva sambandhīantaraṃ apekkhatīti iminā adhippāyena ^b^‘‘bhagavato āmantanaṃ paṭiassosu’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Bhagavato’’ti pana idaṃ paṭissavasambandhanena sampadānavacanaṃ yathā ‘‘devadattassa paṭissuṇotī’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]Yaṃ nidānaṃ bhāsitanti sambandho. Etthāha – kimatthaṃ pana dhammavinayasaṅgahe kariyamāne nidānavacanaṃ, nanu bhagavatā bhāsitavacanasseva saṅgaho kātabboti? Vuccate – desanāya ṭhitiasammosasaddheyyabhāvasampādanatthaṃ. Kāladesadesakanimittaparisāpadesehi upanibandhitvā ṭhapitā hi desanā ciraṭṭhitikā hoti asammosadhammā saddheyyā ca, desakālakattusotunimittehi upanibaddho viya vohāravinicchayo. Teneva ca āyasmatā mahākassapena ‘‘mūlapariyāyasuttaṃ āvuso, ānanda, kattha bhāsita’’ntiādinā desādipucchāsu katāsu tāsaṃ vissajjanaṃ karontena dhammabhaṇḍāgārikena ‘‘evaṃ me suta’’ntiādinā imassa suttassa nidānaṃ bhāsitaṃ. Apica satthusampattipakāsanatthaṃ nidānavacanaṃ. Tathāgatassa hi bhagavato pubbaracanānumānāgamatakkābhāvato sammāsambuddhabhāvasiddhi ^a^M1.0053^ea^. Na hi sammāsambuddhassa pubbaracanādīhi attho atthi sabbattha appaṭihatañāṇacāratāya ekappamāṇattā ca ñeyyadhammesu. Tathā ācariyamuṭṭhidhammamacchariyasāsanasāvakānurodhābhāvato khīṇāsavabhāvasiddhi. Na hi sabbaso khīṇāsavassa te sambhavantīti suvisuddhassa parānuggahappavatti. Evaṃ desakasaṃkilesabhūtānaṃ diṭṭhisīlasampadādūsakānaṃ avijjātaṇhānaṃ accantābhāvasaṃsūcakehi ñāṇasampadāpahānasampadābhibyañjakehi ca sambuddhavisuddhabhāvehi purimavesārajjadvayasiddhi, tato eva ca antarāyikaniyyānikadhammesu sammohābhāvasiddhito pacchimavesārajjadvayasiddhīti bhagavato catuvesārajjasamannāgamo attahitaparahitapaṭipatti ca nidānavacanena pakāsitā hoti tattha tattha sampattapariyāya ajjhāsayānurūpaṃ ṭhānuppattikapaṭibhānena dhammadesanādīpanato, idha pana pathavīādīsu vatthūsu puthujjanānaṃ paṭipattivibhāgavavatthāpakadesanādīpanatoti yojetabbaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘satthusampattipakāsanatthaṃ nidānavacana’’nti.<br/><br/>[03]Tathā ^a^V1.0048^ea^ sāsanasampattipakāsanatthaṃ nidānavacanaṃ. Ñāṇakaruṇāpariggahitasabbakiriyassa hi bhagavato natthi niratthikā paṭipatti, attahitatthā vā. Tasmā paresaṃ eva atthāya pavattasabbakiriyassa sammāsambuddhassa sakalampi kāyavacīmanokammaṃ yathāpavattaṃ vuccamānaṃ diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikaparamatthehi yathārahaṃ sattānaṃ anusāsanaṭṭhena sāsanaṃ, na kabyaracanā, tayidaṃ satthucaritaṃ kāladesadesakaparisāpadesehi saddhiṃ tattha tattha nidānavacanehi yathārahaṃ pakāsīyati, idha pana ‘‘pathaviyādīsu vatthūsū’’ti sabbaṃ purimasadisameva. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘sāsanasampattipakāsanatthaṃ nidānavacana’’nti. Apica satthuno pamāṇabhāvappakāsanena sāsanassa pamāṇabhāvadassanatthaṃ nidānavacanaṃ, tañca desakappamāṇabhāvadassanaṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayānusārena ‘‘bhagavā’’ti ca iminā padena vibhāvitanti veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Bhagavā’’ti iminā tathāgatassa rāgadosamohādisabbakilesamaladuccaritādidosappahānadīpanena vacanena anaññasādhāraṇasuparisuddhañāṇakaruṇādiguṇavisesayogaparidīpanena tato eva sabbasattuttamabhāvadīpanena ayamattho sabbathā pakāsito hotīti idamettha nidānavacanappayojanassa mukhamattadassanaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Abbhantaranidānavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 3
title: mūlapariyāyasuttavaṇṇanā^abbhantaranidānavaṇṇanā^suttanikkhepavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^Nikkhittassā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0054^ea^ desitassa. Desanāpi hi desetabbassa sīlādiatthassa vineyyasantānesu nikkhipanato ‘‘nikkhepo’’ti vuccati. ^b^Suttanikkhepaṃ vicāretvā vuccamānā pākaṭā hotī^eb^ti sāmaññato bhagavato desanāsamuṭṭhānassa vibhāgaṃ dassetvā ‘‘etthāyaṃ desanā evaṃsamuṭṭhānā’’ti desanāya samuṭṭhāne dassite suttassa sammadeva nidānaparijānanena vaṇṇanāya suviññeyyattā vuttaṃ. Evañhi ‘‘assutavā bhikkhave puthujjano’’tiādinā, ‘‘yopi so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu arahaṃ khīṇāsavo’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.8), ‘‘tathāgatopi kho, bhikkhave, arahaṃ sammāsambuddho’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.12) ca pavattadesanā anusandhidassanasukhatāya suviññeyyā hoti. Tattha yathā anekasatānekasahassabhedānipi suttantāni saṃkilesabhāgiyādipadhānanayavasena soḷasavidhataṃ nātivattanti, evaṃ attajjhāsayādisuttanikkhepavasena catubbidhabhāvanti āha ^b^‘‘cattāro hi suttanikkhepā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Ettha ca yathā attajjhāsayassa aṭṭhuppattiyā ca parajjhāsayapucchāhi saddhiṃ saṃsaggabhedo sambhavati ^a^V1.0049^ea^ ‘‘attajjhāsayo ca parajjhāsayo ca, attajjhāsayo ca pucchāvasiko ca, aṭṭhuppattiko ca parajjhāsayo ca, aṭṭhuppattiko ca pucchāvasiko cā’’ti ajjhāsayapucchānusandhisabbhāvato, evaṃ yadipi aṭṭhuppattiyā attajjhāsayenapi saṃsaggabhedo sambhavati, attajjhāsayādīhi pana purato ṭhitehi aṭṭhuppattiyā saṃsaggo natthīti nayidha niravaseso vitthāranayo sambhavatīti ‘‘cattāro suttanikkhepā’’ti vuttaṃ, tadantogadhattā vā sambhavantānaṃ sesanikkhepānaṃ mūlanikkhepavasena cattārova dassitā. Tathādassanañcettha ayaṃ saṃsaggabhedo gahetabboti.<br/><br/>[03]Tatrāyaṃ vacanattho – nikkhipīyatīti nikkhepo, suttaṃ eva nikkhepo ^b^suttanikkhepo^eb^. Atha vā nikkhipanaṃ nikkhepo, suttassa nikkhepo ^b^suttanikkhepo,^eb^ suttadesanāti attho. Attano ajjhāsayo attajjhāsayo, so assa atthi kāraṇabhūtoti ^b^attajjhāsayo^eb^. Attano ajjhāsayo etassāti vā ^b^attajjhāsayo^eb^. ^b^Parajjhāsaye^eb^pi eseva nayo. Pucchāya vaso pucchāvaso, so etassa atthīti ^a^M1.0055^ea^^b^pucchāvasiko^eb^. Suttadesanāvatthubhūtassa atthassa uppatti atthuppatti, atthuppattiyeva aṭṭhuppatti ttha-kārassa ṭṭha-kāraṃ katvā. Sā etassa atthīti ^b^aṭṭhuppattiko^eb^. Atha vā nikkhipīyati suttaṃ etenāti ^b^suttanikkhepo,^eb^ attajjhāsayādi eva. Etasmiṃ pana attavikappe attano ajjhāsayo ^b^attajjhāsayo^eb^. Paresaṃ ajjhāsayo ^b^parajjhāsayo^eb^. Pucchīyatīti pucchā, pucchitabbo attho. Pucchanavasena pavattaṃ dhammapaṭiggāhakānaṃ vacanaṃ pucchāvasikaṃ, tadeva nikkhepa-saddāpekkhāya pulliṅgavasena ^b^‘‘pucchāvasiko’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Tathā aṭṭhuppatti eva ^b^aṭṭhuppattiko^eb^ti evampettha attho veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]Apicettha paresaṃ indriyaparipākādikāraṇanirapekkhattā attajjhāsayassa visuṃ suttanikkhepabhāvo yutto kevalaṃ attano ajjhāsayeneva dhammatantiṭhapanatthaṃ pavattitadesanattā. Parajjhāsayapucchāvasikānaṃ pana paresaṃ ajjhāsayapucchānaṃ desanāpavattihetubhūtānaṃ uppattiyaṃ pavattitānaṃ kathamaṭṭhuppattiyaṃ anavarodho, pucchāvasikāṭṭhuppattikānaṃ vā parajjhāsayānurodhena pavattikānaṃ kathaṃ parajjhāsaye anavarodhoti? Na codetabbametaṃ. Paresañhi abhinīhāraparipucchādivinimuttasseva suttadesanākāraṇuppādassa aṭṭhuppattibhāvena gahitattā parajjhāsayapucchāvasikānaṃ visuṃ gahaṇaṃ. Tathā hi ^b^brahmajāla^eb^ (dī. ni. 1.1) ^b^dhammadāyādasuttā^eb^dīnaṃ (ma. ni. 1.29) vaṇṇāvaṇṇāamisuppādādidesanānimittaṃ ‘‘aṭṭhuppattī’’ti vuccati. Paresaṃ pucchaṃ vinā ajjhāsayaṃ eva nimittaṃ katvā desito parajjhāsayo, pucchāvasena desito pucchāvasikoti pākaṭoyamatthoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Attano^eb^^a^V1.0050^ea^^b^ajjhāsayeneva kathesi^eb^ dhammatantiṭhapanatthanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Sammappadhānasuttantahārako^eb^ti anupubbena nikkhittānaṃ saṃyuttake sammappadhānapaṭisaṃyuttānaṃ suttānaṃ āvaḷi. Tathā ^b^iddhipādahārakā^eb^dayo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vimuttiparipācanīyā dhammā^eb^ saddhindriyādayo. ^b^Ajjhāsaya^eb^nti adhimuttiṃ. ^b^Khanti^eb^nti diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiṃ. ^b^Mana^eb^nti cittaṃ. ^b^Abhinihāra^eb^nti paṇidhānaṃ. ^b^Bujjhanabhāva^eb^nti bujjhanasabhāvaṃ, paṭivijjhanākāraṃ vā.<br/><br/>[03]Uppanne māne nikkhittanti sambandho. Itthiliṅgādīni ^b^tīṇi liṅgāni^eb^. Nāmādīni ^b^cattāri padāni^eb^. Paṭhamādayo ^b^satta vibhattiyo^eb^. ^b^Muñcitvā na kiñci katheti^eb^ sabhāvaniruttiyā ^a^M1.0056^ea^ tatheva pavattanato. Gaṇṭhibhūtaṃ padaṃ. Yathā hi rukkhassa gaṇṭhiṭṭhānaṃ dubbinibbedhaṃ duttacchitañca hoti, evamevaṃ yaṃ padaṃ atthato vivarituṃ na sakkā, taṃ ‘‘gaṇṭhipada’’nti vuccati. ^b^Anupahaccā^eb^ti anuddharitvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yena yena sambandhaṃ gacchati, tassa tassa anavasesataṃ dīpetī^eb^ti iminā imassa sabba-saddassa sappadesataṃ dasseti. Sabba-saddo hi sabbasabbaṃ padesasabbaṃ āyatanasabbaṃ sakkāyasabbanti catūsu visayesu diṭṭhappayogo. Tathā hesa ‘‘sabbe dhammā sabbākārena buddhassa bhagavato ñāṇamukhe āpāthamāgacchantī’’tiādīsu (mahāni. 156; cūḷani. 85; paṭi. ma. 3.6) sabbasabbasmiṃ āgato. ‘‘Sabbesaṃ vo, sāriputta, subhāsitaṃ pariyāyenā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.345) padesasabbasmiṃ. ‘‘Sabbaṃ vo, bhikkhave, desessāmi…pe… cakkhuñceva rūpā ca…pe… mano ceva dhammā cā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 4.23) ettha āyatanasabbasmiṃ. ‘‘Sabbaṃ sabbato sañjānātī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.5) sakkāyasabbasmiṃ. Tattha sabbasabbasmiṃ āgato nippadeso, itaresu tīsupi āgato sappadeso, idha pana sakkāyasabbasmiṃ veditabbo. Tathā hi vakkhati ‘‘sakkāyapariyāpannā pana tebhūmakadhammāva anavasesato veditabbā’’ti (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1 suttanikkhepavaṇṇanā).<br/><br/>[03]^b^Saccesū^eb^ti ariyasaccesu. ^b^Ete caturo dhammā^eb^ti idāni vuccamāne saccādike cattāro dhamme sandhāya vadati. Tattha ^b^sacca^eb^nti vacīsaccaṃ. ^b^Ṭhitī^eb^ti vīriyaṃ, ‘‘dhitī’’ti vā pāṭho, so evattho. ^b^Cāgo^eb^ti alobho. ^b^Diṭṭhaṃ so ativattatī^eb^ti yasmiṃ ete saccādayo dhammā upalabbhanti, so diṭṭhaṃ attano amittaṃ atikkamati, na tassa hatthataṃ gacchati, atha kho naṃ ^a^V1.0051^ea^ abhibhavati evāti attho. ^b^Sabhāve vattati^eb^ asabhāvadhammassa kāraṇāsambhavato. Na hi nissabhāvā dhammā kenaci nibbattīyanti. ^b^Attano lakkhaṇaṃ dhārentī^eb^ti yadipi lakkhaṇavinimuttā dhammā nāma natthi, tathāpi yathā diṭṭhitaṇhāparikappitākāramattā attasubhasukhasassatādayo, pakatiyādayo, dabbādayo, jīvādayo, kāyādayo lokavohāramattasiddhā gagaṇakusumādayova saccikaṭṭhaparamatthato na upalabbhanti, na evamete, ete pana saccikaṭṭhaparamatthabhūtā upalabbhanti, tato eva sattādivisesavirahato dhammamattā sabhāvavantoti dassanatthaṃ ‘‘attano lakkhaṇaṃ dhārentī’’ti vuttaṃ ^a^M1.0057^ea^. Bhavati hi bhedābhāvepi sukhāvabodhanatthaṃ upacāramattasiddhena bhedena niddeso yathā ‘‘silāputtakassa sarīra’’nti. Dhārīyanti vā yathāsabhāvato avadhārīyanti ñāyantīti ^b^dhammā,^eb^ kakkhaḷaphusanādayo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Asādhāraṇahetumhī^eb^ti asādhāraṇakāraṇe, sakkāyadhammesu tassa tassa āveṇikapaccayeti attho. Kiṃ pana tanti? Taṇhāmānadiṭṭhiyo, avijjādayopi vā. Yatheva hi pathavīādīsu maññanāvatthūsu uppajjamānā taṇhādayo maññanā tesaṃ pavattiyā mūlakāraṇaṃ, evaṃ avijjādayopi. Tathā hi ‘‘assutavā puthujjano’’tiādinā ‘‘apariññātaṃ tassāti vadāmī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.2) ‘‘nandī dukkhassa mūla’’nti (ma. ni. 1.13) ca anvayato, ‘‘khayā rāgassa…pe… vītamohattā’’ti byatirekato ca tesaṃ mūlakāraṇabhāvo vibhāvito.<br/><br/>[03]Pariyāyeti desetabbamatthaṃ avagameti bodhayatīti ^b^pariyāyo,^eb^ desanā. Pariyāyati attano phalaṃ pariggahetvā vattati tassa vā kāraṇabhāvaṃ gacchatīti ^b^pariyāyo,^eb^ kāraṇaṃ. Pariyāyati aparāparaṃ parivattatīti ^b^pariyāyo,^eb^ vāro. Evaṃ pariyāyasaddassa desanākāraṇavāresu pavatti veditabbā. Yathārutavasena aggahetvā niddhāretvā gahetabbatthaṃ ^b^neyyatthaṃ. Tebhūmakā dhammāva anavasesato veditabbā^eb^ maññanāvatthubhūtānaṃ sabbesaṃ pathavīādidhammānaṃ adhippetattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kāraṇadesana^eb^nti kāraṇañāpanaṃ desanaṃ. ^b^Taṃ attha^eb^nti taṃ sabbadhammānaṃ mūlakāraṇasaṅkhātaṃ, kāraṇadesanāsaṅkhātaṃ vā atthaṃ. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘taṃ kāraṇaṃ taṃ desana’’nti. Ekatthameta^eb^nti etaṃ padadvayaṃ ekatthaṃ. Sādhu-saddo eva hi ka-kārena vaḍḍhetvā ‘‘sādhuka’’nti vutto. Teneva hi sādhusaddassa atthaṃ vadantena atthuddhāravasena sādhukasaddo udāhaṭo. ^b^Dhammarucī^eb^ti puññakāmo. ^b^Paññāṇavā^eb^ti paññavā. ^b^Addubbho^eb^ti adūsako, anupaghātakoti attho. ^b^Idhāpī^eb^ti imasmiṃ mūlapariyāyasuttepi. ^b^Aya^eb^nti sādhukasaddo. ^b^Ettheva daḷhīkamme^eb^ti sakkaccakiriyāyaṃ. ^b^Āṇattiya^eb^nti ^a^V1.0052^ea^ āṇāpane. ‘‘Suṇātha sādhukaṃ manasi karothā’’ti hi vutte sādhukasaddena savanamanasikārānaṃ sakkaccakiriyā viya tadāṇāpanampi vuttaṃ hoti. Āyācanatthatā viya cassa āṇāpanatthatā veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03]Idānettha ^a^M1.0058^ea^ evaṃ yojanā veditabbāti sambandho. ^b^Sotindriyavikkhepavāraṇaṃ^eb^ savane niyojanavasena kiriyantarapaṭisedhanabhāvato, sotaṃ odahathāti attho. ^b^Manindriyavikkhepanivāraṇaṃ^eb^ aññacintāpaṭisedhanato. ^b^Purima^eb^nti ‘‘suṇāthā’’ti padaṃ. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti suṇātha, manasi karothā’’ti padadvaye, etasmiṃ vā adhikāre. ^b^Byañjanavipallāsaggāhavāraṇaṃ^eb^ sotadvāre vikkhepapaṭibāhakattā. Na hi yāthāvato suṇantassa saddato vipallāsaggāho hoti. ^b^Atthavipallāsaggāhavāraṇaṃ^eb^ manindriyavikkhepapaṭibāhakattā. Na hi sakkaccaṃ dhammaṃ upadhārentassa atthato vipallāsaggāho hoti. ^b^Dhammassavane niyojeti^eb^ suṇāthāti vidahanato. ^b^Dhāraṇūpaparikkhāsū^eb^ti upaparikkhaggahaṇena tulanatīraṇādike diṭṭhiyā ca suppaṭivedhaṃ saṅgaṇhāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sabyañjano^eb^ti ettha yathādhippetamatthaṃ byañjayatīti byañjanaṃ, sabhāvanirutti. Saha byañjanenāti sabyañjano, byañjanasampannoti attho. Araṇīyato upagandhabbato anuṭṭhātabbato attho, catupārisuddhisīlādiko. Saha atthenāti ^b^sāttho,^eb^ atthasampannoti attho. ^b^Dhammagambhīro^eb^tiādīsu ^b^dhammo^eb^ nāma tanti. ^b^Desanā^eb^ nāma tassā manasā vavatthāpitāya tantiyā desanā. ^b^Attho^eb^ nāma tantiyā attho. ^b^Paṭivedho^eb^ nāma tantiyā tantiatthassa ca yathābhūtāvabodho. Yasmā cete dhammadesanāatthapaṭivedhā sasādīhi viya mahāsamuddo mandabuddhīhi dukkhogāḷhā alabbhaneyyapatiṭṭhā ca, tasmā gambhīrā. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘yasmā ayaṃ dhammo…pe… sādhukaṃ manasi karothā’’^eb^ti. Ettha ca paṭivedhassa dukkarabhāvato dhammatthānaṃ desanāñāṇassa dukkarabhāvato desanāya dukkhogāhatā, paṭivedhassa pana uppādetuṃ asakkuṇeyyattā tabbisayañāṇuppattiyā ca dukkarabhāvato dukkhogāhatā veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Desanaṃ^eb^ nāma uddisanaṃ. Tassa niddisanaṃ bhāsananti idhādhippetanti āha ^b^‘‘vitthāratopi naṃ bhāsissāmīti vuttaṃ hotī’’^eb^ti. Paribyattaṃ kathanaṃ vā bhāsanaṃ. ^b^Sāḷikāyiva nigghoso^eb^ti sāḷikāya ālāpo viya madhuro kaṇṇasukho pemanīyo. ^b^Paṭibhāna^eb^nti saddo. ^b^Udīrayī^eb^ti uccārīyati, vuccati vā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Evaṃ^eb^^a^M1.0059^ea^^b^vutte ussāhajātā^eb^ti evaṃ ‘‘suṇātha sādhukaṃ manasi karotha bhāsissāmī’’ti vutte na ^a^V1.0053^ea^ kira satthā saṅkhepeneva desessati, vitthārenapi bhāsissatīti sañjātussāhā haṭṭhatuṭṭhā hutvā. ^b^Idhā^eb^ti iminā vuccamānādhikaraṇaṃ tassa puggalassa uppattiṭṭhānabhūtaṃ adhippetanti āha ^b^‘‘desāpadese nipāto’’^eb^ti. ^b^Loka^eb^nti okāsalokaṃ. ^b^Idha tathāgato loke^eb^ti hi jātikhettaṃ, tatthāpi ayaṃ cakkavāḷo adhippeto. ^b^Samaṇo^eb^ti sotāpanno. ^b^Dutiyo samaṇo^eb^ti sakadāgāmī. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘katamo ca, bhikkhave, samaṇo? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpanno hotī’’ti (a. ni. 4.241) ‘‘katamo ca, bhikkhave, dutiyo samaṇo? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmī hotī’’ti ca (a. ni. 4.241). ^b^Idheva tiṭṭhamānassā^eb^ti imissā eva indasālaguhāyaṃ tiṭṭhamānassa.<br/><br/>[03]^b^2^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Assutavā^eb^ti ettha (a. ni. ṭī. 1.1.51) ^b^suta^eb^nti sotadvārānusārena upadhāritaṃ, upadhāraṇaṃ vā, sutaṃ assatthīti sutavā. Vā-saddassa hi attho atthitāmattādivasena anekavidho. Tathā hi ‘‘antavā ayaṃ loko parivaṭumo’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.54; paṭi. ma. 1.140) atthitāmattaṃ attho. ‘‘Dhanavā bhogavā, lābhī annassā’’ti ca ādīsu bahubhāvo. ‘‘Rogavā hoti rogābhibhūto’’tiādīsu kāyābādho. ‘‘Kuṭṭhī kuṭṭhacīvarenā’’tiādīsu nindā, ‘‘issukī maccharī saṭho māyāvino keṭubhino’’tiādīsu abhiṇhayogo. ‘‘Daṇḍī chattī alambarī’’tiādīsu (visuddhi. 1.142) saṃsaggo. ‘‘Paṇḍito vāpi tena so’’tiādīsu (dha. pa. 63) upamānaṃ, sadisabhāvoti attho. ‘‘Taṃ vāpi dhīrā muniṃ vedayantī’’tiādīsu (su. ni. 213) samuccayo. ‘‘Ke vā ime kassa vā’’tiādīsu (pārā. 296) saṃsayo. ‘‘Ayaṃ vā imesaṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ sabbabālo sabbamūḷho’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.181) vibhāvano. ‘‘Na vāyaṃ kumāro mattamaññāsī’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 2.154) padapūraṇaṃ. ‘‘Ye hi keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.170) vikappo. ‘‘Sakyaputtassa sirīmato ^a^M1.0060^ea^ (dī. ni. 3.277), sīlavato sīlasampattiyā kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchatī’’ti (dī. ni. 2.150; 3.316; a. ni. 5.213; mahāva. 285) ca ādīsu pasaṃsā. ‘‘Paññavā hoti udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 3.317, 355) atisayo. Idhāpi atisayo, pasaṃsā vā attho, tasmā yassa pasaṃsitaṃ, atisayena vā sutaṃ atthi, so sutavāti saṃkilesaviddhaṃsanasamatthaṃ pariyattidhammassavanaṃ, taṃ sutvā ^a^V1.0054^ea^ tathattāya paṭipatti ca ‘‘sutavā’’ti iminā saddena pakāsitā. Atha vā sotabbayuttaṃ sutvā kattabbanipphattivasena suṇīti sutavā, tappaṭikkhepena na sutavāti assutavā.<br/><br/>[03]Ayañhi a-kāro ‘‘ahetukā dhammā (dha. sa. 2ḍukamātikā), abhikkhuko āvāso’’tiādīsu (pāci. 1046, 1047) taṃsahayoganivattiyaṃ icchito. ‘‘Apaccayā dhammā’’ti (dha. sa. 7ḍukamātikā) taṃsambandhībhāvanivattiyaṃ. Paccayuppannañhi paccayasambandhīti appaccayuppannattā ataṃsambandhitā ettha jotitā. ‘‘Anidassanā dhammā’’ti (dha. sa. 9ḍukamātikā) taṃsabhāvanivattiyaṃ. Nidassanañhi daṭṭhabbatā. Atha vā passatīti nidassanaṃ, cakkhuviññāṇaṃ, taggahetabbabhāvanivattiyaṃ yathā ‘‘anāsavā dhammā’’ti (dha. sa. 15ḍukamātikā), ‘‘appaṭighā dhammā (dha. sa. 10ḍukamātikā), anārammaṇā dhammā’’ti (dha. sa. 55ḍukamātikā) taṃkiccanivattiyaṃ, ‘‘arūpino dhammā (dha. sa. 11ḍukamātikā) acetasikā dhammā’’ti (dha. sa. 57ḍukamātikā) tabbhāvanivattiyaṃ. Tadaññathā hi ettha pakāsitā. ‘‘Amanusso’’ti tabbhāvamattanivattiyaṃ. Manussamattaṃ natthi, aññaṃ samānanti. Sadisatā hi ettha sūcitā. ‘‘Assamaṇo samaṇapaṭiñño, anariyo’’ti (a. ni. 3.13) ca taṃsambhāvanīyaguṇanivattiyaṃ. Garahā hi idha ñāyati. ‘‘Kacci bhoto anāmayaṃ, anudarā kaññā’’ti (jā. 2.20.129) tadanappabhāvanivattiyaṃ, ‘‘anuppannā dhammā’’ti (dha. sa. 17ṭikamātikā) taṃsadisabhāvanivattiyaṃ. Atītānañhi uppannapubbattā uppādidhammānañca paccayekadesanipphattiyā āraddhuppādibhāvato kālavimuttassa ca vijjamānattā uppannānukūlatā pageva paccuppannānanti tabbidūratāva ettha viññāyati ‘‘asekkhā dhammā’’ti (dha. sa. 11ṭikamātikā) tadapariyosānanivattiyaṃ. Tanniṭṭhānañhi ettha pakāsitanti. Evamanekesaṃ atthānaṃ jotako. Idha pana ‘‘arūpino dhammā acetasikā dhammā’’tiādīsu viya tabbhāvanivattiyaṃ ^a^M1.0061^ea^ daṭṭhabbo, aññattheti attho. Etenassa sutādiñāṇavirahataṃ dasseti. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘āgamādhigamābhāvā ñeyyo assutavā itī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Idāni tassa atthaṃ vivaranto yasmā khandhadhātvādikosallenapi maññanāpaṭisedhanasamatthaṃ bāhusaccaṃ hoti. Yathāha ‘‘kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, bahussuto hoti? Yato kho bhikkhu khandhakusalo hoti dhātu, āyatana, paṭiccasamuppādakusalo hoti, ettāvatā kho bhikkhu bahussuto hotī’’ti, tasmā ^b^‘‘yassa hi khandhadhātuāyatanasaccapaccayākārasatipaṭṭhānādīsū^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha vācuggatakaraṇaṃ ^b^uggaho^eb^. Atthaparipucchanaṃ ^b^paripucchā^eb^. Kusalehi saha codanāpariharaṇavasena vinicchayakaraṇaṃ ^b^vinicchayo^eb^. Maggaphalanibbānāni ^b^adhigamo^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Bahūnaṃ ^a^V1.0055^ea^ (dha. sa. mūlaṭī. 1007) nānappakārānaṃ kilesasakkāyadiṭṭhīnaṃ avihatattā tā janenti, tāhi vā janitāti puthujjanā. Avighātameva vā jana-saddo vadati. ^b^Puthu satthārānaṃ mukhamullokikā^eb^ti ettha puthu janā satthupaṭiññā etesanti ^b^puthujjanā^eb^ti vacanattho. ^b^Puthu sabbagatīhi avuṭṭhitā^eb^ti ettha janetabbā, jāyanti vā ettha sattāti janā, nānāgatiyo, tā puthū etesanti ^b^puthujjanā^eb^. Ito pare jāyanti etehīti janā, abhisaṅkhārādayo, te etesaṃ puthū vijjantīti ^b^puthujjanā^eb^. Abhisaṅkharaṇādiattho eva vā jana-saddo daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Oghā^eb^ kāmoghādayo. Rāgaggiādayo ^b^santāpā^eb^. Te eva, sabbepi vā kilesā ^b^pariḷāhā^eb^. ^b^Puthu pañcasu kāmaguṇesu rattā^eb^ti ettha jāyatīti jano, rāgo gedhoti evamādiko, puthu jano etesanti ^b^puthujjanā^eb^. Puthūsu vā janā jātā rattāti evaṃ rāgādiattho eva vā janasaddo daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Rattā^eb^ti vatthaṃ viya raṅgajātena cittassa vipariṇāmakarena chandarāgena rattā sārattā. ^b^Giddhā^eb^ti abhikaṅkhanasabhāvena abhijjhānena giddhā gedhaṃ āpannā. ^b^Gadhitā^eb^ti ganthitā viya dummocanīyabhāvena tattha paṭibaddhā. ^b^Mucchitā^eb^ti kilesavasena visaññībhūtā viya anaññakiccā mucchaṃ mohamāpannā. ^b^Ajjhosannā^eb^ti anaññasādhāraṇe viya katvā gilitvā pariniṭṭhapetvā ṭhitā. ^b^Laggā^eb^ti vaṅkadaṇḍake viya āsattā mahāpalipe vā yāva nāsikaggā palipannapuriso viya uddharituṃ asakkuṇeyyabhāvena nimuggā ^a^M1.0062^ea^, ^b^lagitā^eb^ti makkaṭālepe ālaggabhāvena paccuḍḍito viya makkaṭo pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ vasena ālaggitā. ^b^Palibuddhā^eb^ti baddhā, upaddutā vā. ^b^Āvuṭā^eb^ti āvunitā, ^b^nivutā^eb^ti nivāritā. ^b^Ovutā^eb^ti paliguṇṭhitā, pariyonaddhā vā. ^b^Pihitā^eb^ti pidahitā, ^b^paṭicchannā^eb^ti paṭicchāditā. ^b^Paṭikujjitā^eb^ti heṭṭhāmukhajātā. ^b^Puthūnaṃ vā gaṇanapathamatītāna^eb^ntiādinā puthu jano puthujjanoti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Assutavā’’ti etena avijjandhatā vuttāti āha ^b^‘‘andhaputhujjano vutto hotī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ārakattā^eb^ (saṃ. ni. ṭī. 2.3.1) ^b^kilesehi^eb^ maggena samucchinnattā. ^b^Anaye^eb^ti avaḍḍhiyaṃ, anattheti attho. ^b^Anaye^eb^ vā anupāye. ^b^Nairiyanato^eb^ avattanato. ^b^Aye^eb^ti vaḍḍhiyaṃ, atthe, upāye vā. ^b^Araṇīyato^eb^ti payirupāsitabbato. Niruttinayena padasiddhi veditabbā purimesu atthavikappesu. Pacchime pana saddasatthavasenapi. Yadipi ariya-saddo ‘‘ye hi vo ariyā parisuddhakāyakammantā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.35) visuddhāsayapayogesu puthujjanesupi vattati. Idha pana ariyamaggādhigamena sabbalokuttarabhāvena ca ariyabhāvo adhippetoti dassento āha ^b^‘‘buddhā’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha ^b^‘‘paccekabuddhā tathāgatasāvakā ca sappurisā’’^eb^ti idaṃ ariyā sappurisāti idha vuttapadānaṃ atthaṃ asaṅkarato dassetuṃ vuttaṃ. Yasmā pana nippariyāyato ariyasappurisabhāvā abhinnasabhāvā. Tasmā ^b^‘‘sabbeva vā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ettāvatā^eb^^a^V1.0056^ea^^b^hi buddhasāvako vutto^eb^. Tassa hi ekantena kalyāṇamitto icchitabbo paratoghosamantarena paṭhamamaggassa anuppajjanato. Visesato cassa bhagavāva ^b^kalyāṇamitto^eb^ adhippeto. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘mamañhi, ānanda, kalyāṇamittaṃ āgamma jātidhammā sattā jātiyā parimuccantī’’tiādi (saṃ. ni. 5.2). So eva ca aveccapasādādhigamena ^b^daḷhabhatti^eb^ nāma. Vuttampi cetaṃ ‘‘yaṃ mayā sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ, taṃ mama sāvakā jīvitahetupi nātikkamantī’’ti (udā. 45). ^b^Kataññutādīhi paccekabuddhā buddhā^eb^ti ettha kataṃ jānātīti ^b^kataññū^eb^. Kataṃ viditaṃ pākaṭaṃ karotīti ^b^katavedī^eb^. Anekesupi hi kappasatasahassesu kataṃ upakāraṃ jānanti paccekabuddhā pākaṭañca karonti satijananāamisapaṭiggahaṇādinā ^a^M1.0063^ea^, tathā saṃsāradukkhadukkhitassa sakkaccaṃ karonti kiccaṃ, yaṃ attanā kātuṃ sakkā. Sammāsambuddho pana kappānaṃ asaṅkhyeyyasahassesupi kataṃ upakāraṃ maggaphalānaṃ upanissayañca jānāti, pākaṭañca karoti, sīho viya ca evaṃ sabbattha sakkaccameva dhammadesanaṃ karonto buddhakiccaṃ karoti. Yāya paṭipattiyā diṭṭhā nāma honti, tassā appaṭipajjanabhāvo, tattha ca ādarābhāvo ariyānaṃ adassanasīlatā ca, na ca dassane sādhukāritā ca veditabbā. ^b^Cakkhunā adassāvī^eb^ti etta ^b^cakkhu^eb^ nāma na maṃsacakkhu eva, atha kho dibbacakkhupīti āha ^b^‘‘dibbacakkhunā vā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ariyabhāvo^eb^ti yehi yogato ‘‘ariyā’’ti vuccanti. Te maggaphaladhammā daṭṭhabbā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tatrā^eb^ti ñāṇadassanasseva dassanabhāve. ^b^Vatthū^eb^ti adhippetatthañāpanakāraṇaṃ. ^b^Evaṃ vuttepī^eb^ti evaṃ aññāpadesena attūpanāyikaṃ katvā vuttepi. ^b^Dhamma^eb^nti lokuttaradhammaṃ, catusaccadhammaṃ vā. ^b^Ariyakaradhammā^eb^ aniccānupassanādayo vipassiyamānā aniccādayo, cattāri vā ariyasaccāni.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Avinīto^eb^ti na vinīto, adhisīlasikkhādivasena na sikkhito. Yesaṃ saṃvaravinayādīnaṃ abhāvena ayaṃ avinītoti vuccati, te tāva dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘duvidho vinayo nāmā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^sīlasaṃvaro^eb^ti pātimokkhasaṃvaro veditabbo, so ca atthato kāyikavācasiko avītikkamo. ^b^Satisaṃvaro^eb^ti indriyarakkhā, sā ca tathāpavattā sati eva. ^b^Ñāṇasaṃvaro^eb^ti ‘‘sotānaṃ saṃvaraṃ brūmī’’ti (su. ni. 1040) vatvā ‘‘paññāyete pidhīyare’’ti vacanato sotasaṅkhātānaṃ taṇhādiṭṭhiduccaritāvijjāavasiṭṭhakilesānaṃ saṃvaro pidahanaṃ samucchedañāṇanti veditabbaṃ. ^b^Khantisaṃvaro^eb^ti adhivāsanā, sā ca tathāpavattā khandhā, adoso vā. Paññāti eke, taṃ aṭṭhakathāya virujjhati. ^b^Vīriyasaṃvaro^eb^ kāmavitakkādīnaṃ vinodanavasena ^a^V1.0057^ea^ pavattaṃ vīriyameva. Tena tena guṇaṅgena tassa tassa aguṇaṅgassa pahānaṃ ^b^tadaṅgapahānaṃ^eb^. Vikkhambhanena pahānaṃ ^b^vikkhambhanapahānaṃ^eb^. Sesapadatthayepi eseva nayo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Iminā pātimokkhasaṃvarenā^eb^tiādi sīlasaṃvarādīnaṃ vivaraṇaṃ. Tattha ^b^samupeto^eb^ti ettha ^b^iti^eb^-saddo ādisattho. Tena ‘‘sahagato samupagato’’tiādinā ^a^M1.0064^ea^^b^vibhaṅge^eb^ (vibha. 511) āgataṃ saṃvaravibhaṅgaṃ dasseti. Esa nayo sesesupi. Yaṃ panettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ anantarasutte āvi bhavissati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kāyaduccaritādīna^eb^nti dussīlyasaṅkhātānaṃ kāyavacīduccaritādīnaṃ muṭṭhassaccasaṅkhātassa pamādassa abhijjhādīnaṃ vā akkhantiaññāṇakosajjānañca. ^b^Saṃvaraṇato^eb^ti pidahanato thakanato. ^b^Vinayanato^eb^ti kāyavācācittānaṃ virūpappavattiyā vinayanato apanayanato, kāyaduccaritādīnaṃ vā ^b^vinayanato,^eb^ kāyādīnaṃ vā jimhappavattiṃ vicchinditvā ujukaṃ nayanatoti attho. Paccayasamavāye uppajjanārahānaṃ kāyaduccaritādīnaṃ tathā tathā anuppādanameva ^b^saṃvaraṇaṃ vinayanañca^eb^ veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Yaṃ pahānanti sambandho. ^b^‘‘Nāmarūpaparicchedādīsu vipassanāñāṇesū’’^eb^ti kasmā vuttaṃ, nanu nāmarūpaparicchedapaccayapariggahakaṅkhāvitaraṇāni na vipassanāñāṇāni sammasanākārena appavattanato? Saccametaṃ. Vipassanāñāṇassa pana adhiṭṭhānabhāvato evaṃ vuttaṃ. ‘‘Nāmarūpamattamidaṃ, natthi ettha attā vā attaniyaṃ vā’’ti evaṃ pavattañāṇaṃ ^b^nāmarūpavavatthānaṃ^eb^. Sati vijjamāne khandhapañcakasaṅkhāte kāye, sayaṃ vā satī tasmiṃ kāye diṭṭhīti ^b^sakkāyadiṭṭhi^eb^. ‘‘Rūpaṃ attato samanupassatī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 3.81; 4.345) evaṃ pavattā micchādiṭṭhi. Tasseva rūpārūpassa kammāvijjādipaccayapariggaṇhanañāṇaṃ ^b^paccayapariggaho^eb^. ‘‘Natthi hetu natthi paccayo sattānaṃ saṃkilesāyā’’ti (dī. ni. 1.168) ādinayappavattā ^b^ahetukadiṭṭhi^eb^. ‘‘Issarapurisapajāpatipakatiaṇukālādīhi loko pavattati nivattati cā’’ti pavattā ^b^visamahetudiṭṭhi^eb^. ^b^Tassevā^eb^ti paccayapariggahasseva. ^b^Kaṅkhāvitaraṇenā^eb^ti yathā etarahi nāmarūpassa kammādipaccayato uppatti, evaṃ atītānāgatesupīti tīsupi kālesu vicikicchāpanayanañāṇena. ^b^Kathaṃkathībhāvassā^eb^ti ‘‘ahosiṃ nu kho ahamatītamaddhāna’’nti (ma. ni. 1.18; saṃ. ni. 2.20) ādinayappavattāya saṃsayappavattiyā. ^b^Kalāpasammasanenā^eb^ti ‘‘yaṃ kiñci rūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppanna’’ntiādinā (ma. ni. 1.361; 2.113; 3.86, 89) khandhapañcakaṃ ekādasasu okāsesu pakkhipitvā sammasanavasena pavattena nayavipassanāñāṇena ^a^V1.0058^ea^. ^b^Ahaṃ mamāti gāhassā^eb^ti attattaniyagahaṇassa. ^b^Maggāmaggavavatthānenā^eb^ti maggāmaggañāṇavisuddhiyā. ^b^Amagge maggasaññāyā^eb^ti obhāsādike amagge ‘‘maggo’’ti uppannasaññāya.<br/><br/>[03]Yasmā ^a^M1.0065^ea^ sammadeva saṅkhārānaṃ udayaṃ passanto ‘‘evameva saṅkhārā anurūpakāraṇato uppajjanti, na pana ucchijjantī’’ti gaṇhāti, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘udayadassanena ucchedadiṭṭhiyā’’^eb^ti. Yasmā pana saṅkhārānaṃ vayaṃ passanto ‘‘yadipime saṅkhārā avicchinnā vattanti, uppannuppannā pana appaṭisandhikā nirujjhante vā’’ti passati, tassevaṃ passato kuto sassataggāho, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘vayadassanena sassatadiṭṭhiyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Bhayadassanenā^eb^ti bhayatupaṭṭhānañāṇena. ^b^Sabhaye^eb^ti sabbabhayānaṃ ākarabhāvato sakaladukkhavūpasamasaṅkhātassa paramassāsassa paṭipakkhabhāvato ca sabhaye khandhapañcake. ^b^Abhayasaññāyā^eb^ti ‘‘abhayaṃ khema’’nti uppannasaññāya. ^b^Assādasaññā^eb^ nāma pañcupādānakkhandhesu assādavasena pavattasaññā, yā ‘‘ālayābhiniveso’’tipi vuccati. ^b^Abhiratisaññā^eb^ tattheva abhirativasena pavattasaññā, yā ‘‘nandī’’tipi vuccati. ^b^Amuccitukamyatā^eb^ ādānaṃ. ^b^Anupekkhā^eb^ saṅkhārehi anibbindanaṃ, sālayatāti attho. ^b^Dhammaṭṭhitiyaṃ^eb^ paṭiccasamuppāde ^b^paṭilomabhāvo^eb^ sassatucchedaggāho, paccayākārapaṭicchādakamoho vā, ^b^nibbāne paṭilomabhāvo^eb^ saṅkhāresu rati, nibbānapaṭicchādakamoho vā. ^b^Saṅkhāranimittaggāho^eb^ti yādisassa kilesassa appahīnattā vipassanā saṅkhāranimittaṃ na muñcati, so kileso, yo ‘‘saṃyogābhiniveso’’tipi vuccati. Saṅkhāranimittaggahaṇassa atikkamanameva vā ^b^pahānaṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Pavatti ^b^eva pavattibhāvo,^eb^ pariyuṭṭhānanti attho. ^b^Nīvaraṇādidhammāna^eb^nti ettha ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena nīvaraṇapakkhiyā kilesā vitakkavicārādayo ca gayhanti.<br/><br/>[03]Catunnaṃ ariyamaggānaṃ bhāvitattā accantaṃ appavattibhāvena yaṃ pahānanti sambandho. Kena pahānanti? Ariyamaggehevāti viññāyamānoyamattho tesaṃ bhāvitattā appavattivacanato. ^b^Samudayapakkhikassā^eb^ti ettha cattāropi maggā catusaccābhisamayāti katvā tehi pahātabbena tena tena samudayena saha pahātabbattā samudayasabhāgattā, saccavibhaṅge ca sabbakilesānaṃ samudayabhāvassa vuttattā ‘‘samudayapakkhikā’’ti diṭṭhiādayo vuccanti. ^b^Paṭippassaddhattaṃ^eb^ vupasantatā. ^b^Saṅkhatanissaṭatā^eb^ saṅkhārasabhāvābhāvo. ^b^Pahīnasabbasaṅkhata^eb^nti virahitasabbasaṅkhataṃ, visaṅkhāranti ^a^V1.0059^ea^ attho. Pahānañca taṃ vinayo cāti ^b^pahānavinayo^eb^ purimena atthena, dutiyena pana pahīyatīti pahānaṃ, tassa vinayoti yojetabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Bhinnasaṃvarattāti ^a^M1.0066^ea^ naṭṭhasaṃvarattā, saṃvarābhāvatoti attho. Tena asamādinnasaṃvaropi saṅgahito hoti. Samādānena hi sampādetabbo saṃvaro tadabhāve na hotīti. Evañhi loke vattāro honti ‘‘mahā vata no bhogo, so naṭṭho tathā akatattā’’ti. ^b^Ariye^eb^ti ariyo. Paccattavacanañhetaṃ. ^b^Esese^eb^ti eso so eva, atthato anaññoti attho. ^b^Tajjāte^eb^ti atthato taṃsabhāvo, sappuriso ariyasabhāvo, ariyo ca sappurisasabhāvoti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Taṃ attha^eb^nti ‘‘sabbadhammamūlapariyāya’’nti evaṃ vuttamatthaṃ. Kasmā panettha puggalādhiṭṭhānā desanā katāti? Yadettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ ‘‘yasmā puthujjano apariññātavatthuko’’tiādinā (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.2) sayameva vakkhati. Dhammo adhiṭṭhānaṃ etissāti ^b^dhammādhiṭṭhānā,^eb^ sabhāvadhamme nissāya pavattitadesanā. Dhammavaseneva pavattā paṭhamā, puggalavasena uṭṭhahitvā puggalavaseneva gatā tatiyā, itarā dhammapuggalānaṃ vomissakavasena. Kasmā pana bhagavā evaṃ vibhāgena dhammaṃ desetīti? Veneyyajjhāsayena desanāvilāsena ca. Ye hi veneyyā dhammādhiṭṭhānāya dhammadesanāya sukhena atthaṃ paṭivijjhanti, tesaṃ tathā dhammaṃ deseti. Esa nayo sabbattha. Yassā ca dhammadhātuyā suppaṭividdhattā desanāvilāsappatto hoti, sāyaṃ suppaṭividdhā, tasmā desanāvilāsappatto dhammissaro dhammarājā yathā yathā icchati, tathā tathā dhammaṃ desetīti evaṃ iminā veneyyajjhāsayena desanāvilāsena ca evaṃ vibhāgena dhammaṃ desetīti veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Chadhāturo^eb^ti pathavidhātu āpo-tejo-vāyo-ākāsadhātu viññāṇadhātūti imesaṃ channaṃ dhātūnaṃ vasena chadhāturo. ‘‘Cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā somanassaṭṭhāniyaṃ rūpaṃ upavicaratī’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 3.324) vuttānaṃ channaṃ somanassūpavicārānaṃ, channaṃ domanassaupekkhūpavicārānañca vasena ^b^aṭṭhārasamanopavicāro^eb^. Saccādhiṭṭhānādivasena ^b^caturādhiṭṭhāno^eb^. Paññācakkhunā diṭṭhadhammikassa samparāyikassa ca atthassa adassanato ^b^andho,^eb^ diṭṭhadhammikasseva dassanato ^b^ekacakkhu,^eb^ dvinnampi dassanato ^b^dvicakkhu,^eb^ veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]Svāyaṃ ^a^M1.0067^ea^ niddisīti sambandho. ^b^Svāya^eb^nti ca so ayaṃ, yathāvuttadesanāvibhāgakusalo bhagavāti attho. ^b^Apariññātavatthuko^eb^ti tīhi pariññāhi apariññātakkhandho. Khandhā hi pariññātavatthu. ^b^Apariññāmūlikā^eb^ti parijānanābhāvanimittā tasmiṃ sati bhāvato. Pariññānañhi ^a^V1.0060^ea^ avijjādayo kilesā paṭipakkhā tammūlikā ca sabbamaññanāti. ^b^Ariyānaṃ adassāvī^eb^ti ettha iti-saddo ādiattho. Tena ‘‘ariyadhammassa akovido’’tiādikaṃ puthujanassa visesanabhāvena pavattaṃ pāḷisesaṃ gaṇhāti puthujjananiddesabhāvato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘evaṃ puthujjanaṃ niddisī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Suttanikkhepavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 4
title: abbhantaranidānavaṇṇanā^suttanikkhepavaṇṇanā^pathavīvāravaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^Tassā^eb^ti puthujjanassa. Vasati ettha ārammaṇakaraṇavasenāti ārammaṇampi ^b^vatthū^eb^ti vuccati pavattiṭṭhānabhāvatoti āha ^b^‘‘pathavīādīsu vatthūsū’’^eb^ti. Sakkāyadhammānampi ārammaṇādinā satipi maññanāhetubhāve maññanāhetukatteneva tesaṃ nibbattitoti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘sabbasakkāyadhammajanitaṃ maññana’’^eb^nti. Ettha ca pathavīdhātu sesadhātūnaṃ sasambhārāsambhārabhāvā satipi pamāṇato samabhāve sāmatthiyato adhikānadhikabhāvena veditabbā. Sambhārantīti ^b^sambhārā,^eb^ parivārā. Taṃtaṃkalāpehi lakkhaṇapathaviyā sesadhammā yathārahaṃ paccayabhāvena parivārabhāvena ca pavattanti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sā hi vaṇṇādīhi sambhārehi saddhiṃ pathavīti sasambhārapathavī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pathavito^eb^ti ettha puthulaṭṭhena puthuvī, puthuvī eva pathavī. Sā hi satipi paricchinnavuttiyaṃ sabbesaṃ sakalāpabhāvānaṃ ādhārabhāvena pavattamānā puthulā patthaṭā vitthiṇṇāti vattabbataṃ arahati, na pana taṃ anupavisitvā pavattamānā āpādayo. Sasambhārapathaviyā pana puthulabhāve vattabbameva natthi. Ārammaṇapathaviyaṃ vaḍḍhanapharaṇaṭṭhehi puthulaṭṭho, itarasmiṃ ruḷhiyāva daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Ārammaṇapathavī^eb^ti jhānassa ārammaṇabhūtaṃ pathavīsaṅkhātaṃ paṭibhāganimittaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘nimittapathavītipi vuccatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Āgamanavasenā^eb^ti pathavīkasiṇabhāvanāgamanavasena. Tathā hi vuttaṃ ‘‘āpo ca devā pathavī, tejo vāyo tadāgamu’’nti (dī. ni. 2.340).<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sabbāpī^eb^ti catubbidhā pathavīpi. Anussavādimattaladdhā maññanā vatthu hotiyeva. Tathā hi ‘‘kakkhaḷaṃ kharigata’’ntiādinā (vibha. 173) lakkhaṇapathavīpi uddharīyati. Yaṃ ^a^M1.0068^ea^ paneke vadanti ‘‘lakkhaṇe diṭṭhe maññanā natthi, sañjānātīti vuttasaññā ca diṭṭhiggāhassa mūlabhūtā piṇḍaggāhitā, sā lakkhaṇe nakkhamati, tasmā lakkhaṇapathavī na gahetabbā’’ti, tadayuttaṃ lakkhaṇapaṭivedhassa idha anadhippetattā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘lokavohāraṃ gahetvā’’^eb^ti. Na ca sabbasaññā piṇḍaggāhikā ^a^V1.0061^ea^, nāpi diṭṭhiggāhasseva mūlabhūtā, tasmā lakkhaṇapathaviyāpi kāyadvārānusārena aññathā ca upaṭṭhitāya maññanā pavattateva. Teneva ca ‘‘anussavādimattaladdhā’’ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Pathavito^eb^ti paccate nissakkavacananti dassento ^b^‘‘pathavīti sañjānātī’’^eb^ti āha. Yasmā catubbidhampi pathaviṃ ‘‘pathavī’ti sañjānanto tena tena nayena pathavīkoṭṭhāseneva sañjānātīti vuccati, na āpādikoṭṭhāsena, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘pathavibhāgena sañjānātī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Lokavohāraṃ gahetvā^eb^ti lokasamaññaṃ avijahitvā. Etena lakkhaṇapathaviyampi vohāramukhenevassā pavattīti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]Yadi lokavohārena tattha pavatti, ko ettha doso, nanu ariyāpi ‘‘ayañhi bhante mahāpathavī’’tiādinā lokavohārena pavattantīti? Na ettha vohāramatte avaṭṭhānaṃ adhippetaṃ, atha kho vohāramukhena micchābhinivesoti dassento ^b^‘‘saññāvipallāsena sañjānātī’’^eb^ti āha. Tassattho – ayonisomanasikārasambhūtāya ‘‘subha’’ntiādinayappavattāya viparītasaññāya sañjānātīti. Etena dubbalā taṇhāmānadiṭṭhimaññanā dassitāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yadi evaṃ kasmā saññā gahitāti? Pākaṭabhāvato. Yathā nāma aggimhi mathiyamāne yadā dhūmo upalabbhati, kiñcāpi tadā vijjateva pāvako avinābhāvato, pākaṭabhāvato pana dhūmo jātoti vuccati, na aggi jātoti, evaṃsampadamidaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yadipi tattha maññanākiccaṃ atthi, na pana vibhūtaṃ apākaṭabhāvato saññākiccameva vibhūtaṃ, taṃ pana maññanānukūlaṃ maññanāsahitaṃ cāti āha ^b^‘‘saññāvipallāsena sañjānātī’’^eb^ti. Evaṃ pathavībhāgaṃ amuñcantoyeva vā sañjānātīti sambandho. Yo hi vuttappabhedāya pathaviyā pathavibhāgaṃ amuñcantoyeva avijahantoyeva sīsapiṇḍe suvaṇṇasaññī viya anattādisabhāvaṃyeva taṃ attādivasena sañjānāti, tassa vasena vuttaṃ ‘‘pathavī’’tiādi. ^b^Na vattabbaṃ^eb^ puthujjanaggāhassa yuttimaggananivāraṇatoti dassento āha ^b^‘‘ummattako viya…pe… gaṇhātī’’^eb^ti ^a^M1.0069^ea^. ^b^Ariyānaṃ adassāvitādibheda^eb^nti ariyānaṃ adassāvitādivisesaṃ vadantena bhagavatāva ettha yathāvuttasañjānane kāraṇaṃ vuttanti yojanā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Eva^eb^nti ‘‘pathavibhāgena sañjānātī’’tiādinā vuttappakārena. ^b^Sañjānitvā^eb^ti pubbakālakiriyāniddesoti āha ^b^‘‘aparabhāge…pe… gaṇhātī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Papañcasaṅkhā^eb^ti papañcakoṭṭhāsā. Papañcanti sattā saṃsāre cirāyanti etehīti ^b^papañcā,^eb^ maññanti ‘‘etaṃ mamā’’tiādinā parikappenti etāhīti ^b^maññanā^eb^ti dvīhipi pariyāyehi taṇhādayova vuttāti āha ^b^‘‘taṇhāmānadiṭṭhipapañcehi idha maññanānāmena vuttehī’’^eb^ti. Ajaññassa jaññato, aseyyādikassa ^a^V1.0062^ea^ seyyādito gahaṇato diṭṭhimaññanā viya taṇhāmānamaññanāpi aññathā gāho evāti āha ^b^‘‘aññathā gaṇhātī’’^eb^ti. Ārammaṇābhiniropanādinā bhinnasabhāvānampi vitakkādīnaṃ sādhāraṇo upanijjhāyanasabhāvo viya anugijjhanuṇṇatiparāmasanasabhāvānampi taṇhādīnaṃ sādhāraṇena ārammaṇaparikappanākārena pavatti ^b^maññanā^eb^ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tīhi maññanāhi maññatī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Assā^eb^ti puthujjanassa, udayabbayānupassanādīsu viya sukhumanayenapi maññanāpavatti atthīti vibhāvanasukhatāya thūlaṃyeva taṃ dassetukāmo ^b^‘‘oḷārikanayenā’’^eb^tiāha. Oḷārike hi vibhāge dassite sukhumavibhāvanā sukarāti dassetuṃ ayamatthayojanā vuccatīti sambandho. ^b^Ajjhattikā^eb^ti indriyabaddhā sattasantānapariyāpannā niyakajjhattā ^b^vuttā^eb^ vibhaṅge paṭisambhidāmagge ca.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vibhaṅge^eb^ti dhātuvibhaṅge (vibha. 173). ^b^Bāhirā^eb^ti anindriyabaddhā saṅkhārasantānapariyāpannā. ^b^Kakkhaḷa^eb^nti thaddhaṃ. ^b^Kharigata^eb^nti pharusaṃ. Kakkhaḷabhāvo ^b^kakkhaḷattaṃ^eb^. ^b^Kakkhaḷabhāvo^eb^ti kakkhaḷasabhāvo. ^b^Bahiddhā^eb^ti indriyabaddhato bahiddhābhūtaṃ. ^b^Anupādinna^eb^nti na upādinnaṃ. ^b^Ayo^eb^ti kāḷalohaṃ. ^b^Loha^eb^nti jātilohaṃ vijātilohaṃ kittimalohaṃ pisācalohanti catubbidhaṃ. Tattha ayo sajjhu suvaṇṇaṃ tipu sīsaṃ tambalohaṃ vekantakalohanti imāni satta ^b^jātilohāni^eb^ nāma. Nāganāsikālohaṃ ^b^vijātilohaṃ^eb^ nāma. Kaṃsalohaṃ vaṭṭalohaṃ ārakuṭanti tīṇi ^b^kittimalohāni^eb^ nāma. Morakkhakaṃ puthukaṃ malinakaṃ capalakaṃ salakaṃ āṭalaṃ bhattakaṃ ^a^M1.0070^ea^ dusilohanti aṭṭha ^b^pisācalohāni^eb^ nāma. Tesu ^b^vekantakalohaṃ^eb^ nāma sabbalohacchedanasamatthā ekā lohajāti. Tathā hi taṃ vikantati chindatīti vikantakanti vuccati. Vikantakameva vekantakaṃ. ^b^Nāganāsikālohaṃ^eb^ lohasadisaṃ lohavijāti haliddādivijāti viya. Tathā hi taṃ lohākāraṃ lohamalaṃ viya ghanasaṃhataṃ hutvā tiṭṭhati, tāpetvā tāḷitaṃ pana bhinnaṃ bhinnaṃ hutvā visarati mudu maṭṭhaṃ kammaniyaṃ vā na hoti. Tiputambe missetvā kataṃ ^b^kaṃsalohaṃ^eb^. Sīsatambe missetvā kataṃ ^b^vaṭṭalohaṃ^eb^. Jasatambe missetvā kataṃ ^b^ārakuṭaṃ^eb^. Teneva taṃ karaṇena nibbattattā ^b^kittimaloha^eb^nti vuccati. Yaṃ pana kevalaṃ rasakadhātu viniggataṃ, taṃ ‘‘pittala’’ntipi vadanti. Taṃ idha nādhippetaṃ, yathāvuttaṃ missakameva katvā yojitaṃ ^b^kittima^eb^nti vuttaṃ. ^b^Morakkhakā^eb^dīni evaṃnāmānevetāni. Tesu yasmā pañca jātilohāni pāḷiyaṃ visuṃ vuttāneva, tasmā vekantakalohena saddhiṃ vuttāvasesaṃ sabbaṃ idha lohanti veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tipū^eb^ti setatipu. ^b^Sīsa^eb^nti kāḷatipu. ^b^Sajjha^eb^nti rajataṃ. ^b^Muttā^eb^ti hatthikumbhajādikā aṭṭhavidhāpi muttā. Tathā hi hatthikumbhaṃ varāhadāṭhā bhūjaṅgasīsaṃ valāhakūṭaṃ veḷū macchasīro saṅkho ^a^V1.0063^ea^ sippīti aṭṭha muttāyoniyo. Tattha ^b^hatthikumbhajā^eb^ pītavaṇṇā pabhāhīnā. ^b^Varāhadāṭhā^eb^ varāhadāṭhavaṇṇāva. ^b^Bhujaṅgasīsajā^eb^ nīlādivaṇṇā suvisuddhā vaṭṭalā ca. ^b^Valāhakajā^eb^ bhāsurā dubbibhāgarūpā rattibhāge andhakāraṃ vidhamantiyo tiṭṭhanti, devūpabhogā eva ca honti. ^b^Veḷujā^eb^ karakupalasamānavaṇṇā na bhāsurā, te ca veḷū amanussagocare eva padese jāyanti. ^b^Macchasīrajā^eb^ pāṭhīnapiṭṭhisamānavaṇṇā vaṭṭalā laghavo ca honti pabhāvihīnā, te ca macchā samuddamajjhe eva jāyanti. ^b^Saṅkhajā^eb^ saṅkhodaracchavivaṇṇā kolappamāṇāpi honti pabhāvihīnāva. ^b^Sippijā^eb^ pabhāvisesayuttā honti nānāsaṇṭhānā. Evaṃ jātito aṭṭhavidhāsupi muttāsu yā macchasaṅkhasippijā, tā sāmuddikā honti, bhujaṅgajāpi kāci sāmuddikā honti, itarā asāmuddikā. Yasmā bahulaṃ sāmuddikāva muttā loke dissanti, tatthāpi sippijāva, itarā kādācikā. Tasmā ^b^sammohavinodaniyaṃ^eb^ (vibha. aṭṭha. 173) ‘‘muttāti sāmuddikā muttā’’ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Maṇī^eb^ti ^a^M1.0071^ea^ ṭhapetvā pāḷiāgate veḷuriyādike seso jotirasādibhedo sabbopi maṇi. ^b^Veḷuriya^eb^nti vaṃsavaṇṇamaṇi. ^b^Saṅkho^eb^ti sāmuddikasaṅkho. ^b^Silā^eb^ti kāḷasilā paṇḍusilā setasilādibhedā aṭṭhapi silā. ^b^Rajata^eb^nti kahāpaṇādikaṃ vuttāvasesaṃ rajatasammataṃ. ^b^Jātarūpa^eb^nti suvaṇṇaṃ. ^b^Lohitaṅgo^eb^ti rattamaṇi. ^b^Masāragalla^eb^nti kabaramaṇi ^b^tiṇā^eb^dīsu bahibhārā tālanāḷikerādayopi ^b^tiṇaṃ^eb^ nāma. Antosāraṃ khadirādi antamaso dārukhaṇḍampi ^b^kaṭṭhaṃ^eb^ nāma. Muggamattato yāva muṭṭhippamāṇā marumbā ^b^sakkharā^eb^ nāma. Muggamattato paṭṭhāya heṭṭhā vālikā nāma. ^b^Kaṭhala^eb^nti kapālakhaṇḍaṃ. ^b^Bhūmī^eb^ti sasambhārapathavī. ^b^Pāsāṇo^eb^ti antomuṭṭhiyaṃ asaṇṭhahanato paṭṭhāya yāva hatthippamāṇaṃ pāsāṇaṃ, hatthippamāṇato pana paṭṭhāya upari ^b^pabbato^eb^ti. Ayaṃ ayoādīsu vibhāganiddeso. ^b^Nimittapathavī^eb^ti paṭibhāganimittabhūtaṃ pathavikasiṇaṃ. Tampi hi ‘‘rūpāvacaratikacatukkajjhānaṃ kusalato ca vipākato ca kiriyato ca catutthassa jhānassa vipāko ime dhammā bahiddhārammaṇā’’ti vacanato ‘‘bāhirā pathavī’’ti vuccati. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘yā ca ajjhattārammaṇattike nimittapathavī, taṃ gahetvā’’^eb^ti. Uggahanimittañcettha taṃgatikameva daṭṭhabbaṃ, nimittuppattito pana pubbe bhūmiggahaṇeneva gahitanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tīhi maññanāhī^eb^ti vuttaṃ maññanāttayaṃ saparasantānesu saṅkhepato yojetvā dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘ahaṃ pathavī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^ahaṃ pathavī^eb^tiādīnā ajjhattavisayaṃ diṭṭhimaññanaṃ mānamaññanañca dasseti attābhinivesāhaṃkāradīpanato. ^b^Mama pathavī^eb^ti iminā taṇhāmaññanaṃ mānamaññanampi vā pariggahabhūtāyapi pathaviyā seyyādito mānajappanato. Sesapadadvayepi iminānayena maññanāvibhāgo ^a^V1.0064^ea^ veditabbo. Tattha pathavikasiṇajjhānalābhī jhānacakkhunā gahitajhānārammaṇaṃ ‘‘attā’’ti abhinivisanto tañca seyyādito dahanto atthato ^b^‘‘ahaṃ pathavī’’ti maññati^eb^ nāma, tameva ‘‘ayaṃ mayhaṃ attā’’ti gahaṇe pana ^b^‘‘mama pathavī’’ti maññati^eb^ nāma. Tathā taṃ ‘‘parapuriso’’ti vā ‘‘devo’’ti vā vādavasena ‘‘ayameva paresaṃ attā’’ti vā abhinivisanto ^b^‘‘paro pathavī, parassa pathavī’’ti maññati^eb^ nāma. Iminā nayena sesapathavīsupi yathārahaṃ catukkaṃ niddhāretabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Evaṃ ‘‘pathaviṃ maññatī’’ti ettha catukkavasena maññanaṃ dassetvā idāni maññanāvatthuṃ maññanāyo ca vibhajitvā anekavihitaṃ tassa maññanākāraṃ ^a^M1.0072^ea^ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘atha vā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^aya^eb^nti yathāvutto puthujjano. ^b^Chandarāga^eb^nti bahalarāgaṃ. ^b^Assādetī^eb^ti nikāmeti, ‘‘ime kesā mudusiniddhakuñcitanīlobhāsā’’tiādinā tattha rasaṃ vindati. ^b^Abhinandatī^eb^ti sappītikāya taṇhāya abhimukho nandati pamodati. ^b^Abhivadatī^eb^ti uppannaṃ taṇhābhinandanāvegaṃ hadayena sandhāretuṃ asakkonto ‘‘aho me kesā’’ti vācaṃ nicchāreti. ^b^Ajjhosāya tiṭṭhatī^eb^ti balavataṇhābhinivesena gilitvā pariniṭṭhāpetvā tiṭṭhati. ^b^Aññataraṃ vā pana rajjanīyavatthu^eb^nti kesādito aññataraṃ vā karacaraṇādippabhedaṃ niyakajjhattapariyāpannaṃ rāguppattihetubhūtaṃ vatthuṃ. ^b^Itī^eb^ti iminā siniddhādippakārenāti patthayitabbākāraṃ parāmasati. Tattha ^b^nandiṃ samannānetī^eb^ti tesu bhāvīsu kesādīsu siddhaṃ viya katvā nandiṃ taṇhaṃ samannāharati samupacāreti. ^b^Paṇidahatī^eb^ti patthanaṃ ṭhapeti.<br/><br/>[03]Sampattiṃ nissāya ‘‘seyyohamasmī’’ti, vipattiṃ nissāya ‘‘hīnohamasmī’’ti mānaṃ janetīti yojanā. Pathavīkoṭṭhāsabhūtānaṃ kesādīnaṃ sampattivipattīhi mānajappanā pathaviyā maññanā hotīti āha ^b^‘‘evaṃ ajjhattikaṃ pathaviṃ mānamaññanāya maññatī’’^eb^ti. Avayavabyatirekena samudāyassa abhāvato samudāyo jīvābhiniveso avayavepi hotīti dassento ^b^‘‘taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīranti āgatanayena pana kesaṃ ‘jīvo’ti abhinivisatī’’^eb^ti āha. ‘‘Kesā nāmete issaravihitā pajāpatinissitā aṇusañcayo pakatipariṇāmo’’tiādinā nayenapettha ^b^diṭṭhimaññanā^eb^ veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Imissā pavattiyā^eb^ti nikantimānadiṭṭhīnaṃ pariyādānasamugghāṭappavattiyā. ‘‘Etaṃ mamā’’tiādinā yadipi tissannampi maññanānaṃ sambhavo dassito. Taṇhāmānamaññanānaṃ pana heṭṭhā ^a^V1.0065^ea^ dassitattā diṭṭhimaññanā evettha visesato uddhaṭāti veditabbaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘evampi ajjhattikaṃ pathaviṃ diṭṭhimaññanāya maññatī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Bāhirampi pathaviṃ tīhi maññanāhi maññatīti yojanā. Taṃ pana maññanāvidhiṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘katha’’^eb^nti āha. Tassattho heṭṭhā vuttanayena veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ayaṃ^eb^^a^M1.0073^ea^^b^jīvo^eb^ti ayaṃ kāḷalohaṃ ‘‘jīvo attā’’ti ^b^abhinivisati^eb^ ekacce nigaṇṭhā viya. ^b^Evaṃ bāhiraṃ pathaviṃ diṭṭhimaññanāya maññatī^eb^ti etthāpi ‘‘yā ceva kho pana ajjhattikā pathavīdhātu, yā ca bāhirā pathavīdhātū’’tiādinā nayena ānetvā vattabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pathavīkasiṇaṃ attato samanupassatī^eb^tiādīsu yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ heṭṭhā vuttameva. Ayampi ca nayo ‘‘rūpaṃ attato samanupassatī’’ti ettheva antogadhoti daṭṭhabbo kasiṇānampi rūpasamaññāsambhāvato. ^b^Pathaviṃ maññatī^eb^ti ettha yādiso maññanāvatthumaññanānaṃ vitthāranayo vutto, tādiso ito paraṃ vuttanayovāti āha ^b^‘‘ito paraṃ saṅkhepeneva kathayissāmā’’^eb^ti, atādiso pana vitthāratopi kathayissatīti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tasmā^eb^ti yasmā ‘‘pathaviyā’’ti idaṃ bhummavacanaṃ, tasmā, so attaparattadupakaraṇānaṃ ādhārabhāvena taṃ maññanāvatthuṃ kappetīti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ahaṃ pathaviyā’’^eb^tiādi. Nanu ca indriyabaddhānindriyabaddhapabhedassa dhammappabandhassa sasambhārapathavī ca ādhāranissayo, itarā ārammaṇanissayo tadārammaṇassāti ettha nibbirodhoti? Na, maññanāvatthuṃ nissayabhāvena parikappanato. Ayañhi ‘‘aha’’nti diṭṭhimaññanāya mānamaññanāya ca vatthubhūtassa attano pathavisannissayaṃ katvā ^b^‘‘ahaṃ pathaviyā’’ti maññati,^eb^ taṇhāmaññanāya vatthubhūtassa upakaraṇassa pathaviṃ sannissayaṃ katvā ^b^‘‘mayhaṃ kiñcanaṃ palibodho pathaviyā’’^eb^ti maññati. ^b^Paro^eb^tiādīsupi iminā nayena attho veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]Yvāyaṃ atthanayoti sambandho. ^b^Vutto^eb^ paṭisambhidāmagge. ^b^Eteneva nayenā^eb^ti yvāyaṃ ‘‘so kho pana me attā imasmiṃ rūpe’’ti samudāyassa ādhārabhāvadīpano atthanayo vutto, eteneva nayena. Na hi avayavabyatirekena samudāyo labbhati, tasmā samudāye vuttavidhi avayavepi labbhatīti adhippāyo. Tenāha ^b^so kho pana me ayaṃ attā imissā pathaviyāti maññanto^eb^ti. ^b^Tasmiṃyeva panassa attanī^eb^ti ettha ^b^assā^eb^ti puthujjanassa. ^b^Tasmiṃyeva attanī^eb^ti ajjhattikabāhirapathavīsannissaye ^a^V1.0066^ea^ attani. ‘‘Pathaviyā maññatī’’ti padassāyaṃ vaṇṇanā. Evaṃ ‘‘pathaviyā maññatī’’ti ettha attavasena diṭṭhimānataṇhāmaññanaṃ dassetvā idāni paravasena dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yadā panā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^assā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0074^ea^ parassa. ^b^Tadā^eb^ti paravasena maññanāyaṃ. ^b^Diṭṭhimaññanā eva yujjati^eb^ tattha niccābhinivesādayo sambhavantīti katvā. Avadhāraṇena mānataṇhāmaññanā nivatteti. Na hi ‘‘seyyohamasmī’’tiādinā, ‘‘mayha’’nti ca pavattalakkhaṇā mānataṇhā parasmiṃ parassa santakabhāvena gahite ca pavattantīti adhippāyo. ^b^Itarāyopī^eb^ti mānataṇhāmaññanāyopi. ^b^Icchanti^eb^ aṭṭhakathācariyā. Parassapi hi pathavīsannissayena sampattīssariyādikassa vasena attani seyyādibhāvaṃ dahato paṇidahato ca cittaṃ tathābhāvāya mānataṇhāmaññanā sambhavantīti ācariyānaṃ adhippāyo. ‘‘Paro pathavī parassa pathavī’’ti etthāpi ime dve pakārā sādhippāyā niddhāretabbā.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Pathavito sañjānātī’’ti, ‘‘ādito’’ti ca ādīsu anissakkavacanepi to-saddo diṭṭhoti āha ^b^‘‘pathavitoti nissakkavacana’’^eb^nti. ^b^Saupakaraṇassā^eb^ti hiraññasuvaṇṇagatassa dāsaporisādinā vittupakaraṇena saupakaraṇassa, attano vā parassa vā tesaṃ upakaraṇassa vāti attho. ^b^Yathāvuttappabhedato^eb^ti lakkhaṇādiajjhattikādivuttappakāravibhāgato. ^b^Uppattiṃ vā niggamanaṃ vā^eb^ti ‘‘taṃ aṇḍaṃ ahosi hemamayaṃ, tasmiṃ sayaṃ brahmā uppanno’’ti brahmaṇḍavādavasena vā ‘‘dvīhi aṇūhi dviaṇuka’’nti evaṃ pavattāṇukavādavasena vā pathavito uppattiṃ vā ‘‘sabboyaṃ loko issarato viniggato’’ti issaravādavasena issarakuttato pathavito niggamanaṃ vā maññamānoti yojanā. ^b^Pathavito vā añño^eb^ āpādiko attāti adhippāyo. Ettha ca purimasmiṃ atthavikappe kārakalakkhaṇaṃ nissakkavacanaṃ, dutiyasmiṃ upapadalakkhaṇanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Attano pariggahabhūtapathavito sukhappattiṃ tato eva ca parehi seyyādibhāvaṃ kappentassa vasenapettha ^b^taṇhāmānamaññanā^eb^ veditabbā. ^b^Apare^eb^ti sārasamāsācariyā. ^b^Tato aññaṃ appamāṇaṃ attānaṃ gahetvā^eb^ti pubbe bhāvitāapādiappamāṇakasiṇavasena vā kāpilakāṇādadiṭṭhivasena vā appamāṇaṃ byāpinaṃ attānaṃ gahetvā. ^b^Pathavito^eb^ti pacchā abhāvitāvaḍḍhitapathavīkasiṇasaṅkhātapathavito. ^b^Bahiddhāpi me attā^eb^ti ito pathavito bahipi me attāti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kevala^eb^nti ^a^M1.0075^ea^ anavasesaṃ. ^b^Mahāpathaviṃ taṇhāvasena mamāyati,^eb^ ayañca nayo catudīpissariye ṭhitassa dīpacakkavattino ca labbheyya, maṇḍalikarājamahāmattakuṭumbikānampi vasena labbhateva tesampi yathāpariggahaṃ anavasesetvā maññanāya sambhavato. ‘‘Evaṃ mamā’’ti gāhassa ‘‘esohamasmiṃ, eso me attā’’ti gāhavidhūratāya vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘ekā taṇhāmaññanā eva labbhatī’’^eb^ti ^a^V1.0067^ea^. ^b^Iminā nayenā^eb^ti vuttamatidesaṃ vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘sā cāya’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^sā cāya^eb^nti sā ca ayaṃ taṇhāmaññanā yojetabbāti sambandho. Yathā pana diṭṭhimaññanāmaññite vatthusmiṃ sinehaṃ mānañca uppādayato taṇhāmānamaññanā sambhavanti, evaṃ taṇhāmaññanāmaññitena vatthunā attānaṃ seyyādito dahato tañca attaniyaṃ niccaṃ tathā taṃsāmibhūtaṃ attānañca parikappentassa itaramaññanāpi sambhavantīti sakkā viññātuṃ. ‘‘Me’’ti hi iminā atthaggahaṇamukheneva attaniyasambandho pakāsīyatīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Abhinandatī^eb^ti iminā taṇhādiṭṭhābhinivesānaṃ saṅgahitattā te dassento ^b^‘‘assādeti parāmasati cā’’^eb^ti āha. Diṭṭhivippayuttacittuppādavasena cetassa dvayassa asaṅkarato pavatti veditabbā, ekacittuppādepi vā adhipatidhammānaṃ viya pubbābhisaṅkhāravasena tassa tassa balavabhāvena pavatti. ^b^Etasmiṃ atthe^eb^ti taṇhādiṭṭhivasena abhinandanatthe. ^b^Eta^eb^nti ‘‘pathaviṃ abhinandatī’’ti etaṃ padaṃ. Yesaṃ vineyyānaṃ yehi pakāravisesehi dhammānaṃ vibhāvane kate visesādhigamo hoti, tesaṃ tehi pakāravisesehi dhammavibhāvanaṃ. Yesaṃ pana yena ekeneva pakārena dhammavibhāvane kate visesādhigamo hoti, tesampi taṃ vatvā dhammissaratāya tadaññaniravasesappakāravibhāvanañca ^b^desanāvilāso^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘pubbe maññanāvasena kilesuppattiṃ dassetvā idāni abhinandanāvasena dassento’’^eb^ti. ^b^Dhammadhātuyā^eb^ti sammāsambodhiyā. Sā hi sabbañeyyadhammaṃ yathāsabhāvato dhāreti upadhāreti, sakalañca vineyyasattasaṅkhātadhammappabandhaṃ apāyadukkhasaṃsāradukkhapatanato dhāreti, sayañca aviparītapavattiākārā dhātūti dhammadhātūti idhādhippetā. Sabbaññutaññāṇapadaṭṭhānañhi maggañāṇaṃ, maggañāṇapadaṭṭhānañca sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ sammāsambodhīti. ^b^Suppaṭividdhattā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0076^ea^ suṭṭhu paṭividdhabhāvato, sammā adhigatattāti attho. Abhikaṅkhanasampaggahaparāmasanānaṃ vasena ārammaṇe parikappanāpavatti maññanā. Tattha ‘‘mamaṃ, aha’’nti ca abhinivesanaṃ ^b^parikappanaṃ^eb^. Yena ajjhosānaṃ hoti, ayaṃ ^b^abhinandanā^eb^ti ayametesaṃ viseso. Suttādiaviruddhāyeva attanomati icchitabbā, na itarāti suttena tassā saṅgahaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘vuttañceta’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. Desanāvilāsavibhāvanassa pana sahetukahetusampayuttadukādidesanāya nibaddhatā niddhāretabbā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tassā^eb^ti tena. Ñātasaddasambandhena hetaṃ kattari sāmivacanaṃ. ^b^Tasmā^eb^ti apariññātattā. ‘‘Apariññāta’’nti paṭikkhepamukhena yaṃ parijānanaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ atthato tividhā pariññā hotīti taṃ sarūpato pavattiākārato ca vibhāvento ^b^‘‘yo hī’’^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha ^a^V1.0068^ea^ yāya paññāya vipassanābhūmiṃ parijānāti paricchindati, sā parijānanapaññā ^b^ñātapariññā^eb^. Sā hi tebhūmakadhammajātaṃ ‘‘ayaṃ vipassanābhūmī’’ti ñātaṃ viditaṃ pākaṭaṃ karontīyeva lakkhaṇarasādito ajjhattikādivibhāgato ca paricchijja jānāti. Idha pana pathavīdhātuvasena veditabbāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘pathavīdhātuṃ parijānātī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Tīraṇapariññā^eb^ti kīraṇavasena parijānanakapaññā. Sā hi parivārehi aniccatādiākārehi aniccatādisabhāvassa upādānakkhandhapañcakassa tīraṇavasena sammasanavasena taṃ paricchijja jānāti. ^b^Aggamaggenā^eb^ti arahattamaggena. So hi anavasesato chandarāgaṃ pajahati. ^b^Aggamaggenā^eb^ti vā aggabhūtena maggena, lokuttaramaggenāti attho. Ubhayathāpi hi samucchedapahānakārī eva paññā nippariyāyena pahānapariññāti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nāmarūpavavatthāna^eb^nti etena paccayapariggahopi saṅgahitoti daṭṭhabbo nāmarūpassa hetuvavatthānabhāvato. Sopi hi hetupaccayamukhena nāmarūpassa vavatthānamevāti. Kalāpasammasanādivasena ^b^tīraṇapariññā^eb^ aniccādivasena sammasanabhāvato. ^b^Tasmā^eb^ti yasmā tā pariññāyo natthi, tasmā. Atha vā ^b^tasmā apariññātattā^eb^ti yasmā apariññātā pathavī, tasmā apariññātattā pathaviyā taṃ pathaviṃ maññati ca abhinandati cāti.<br/><br/>[06]Pathavīvāravaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 5
title: suttanikkhepavaṇṇanā^pathavīvāravaṇṇanā^āpovārādivaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^Āpaṃ^eb^^a^M1.0077^ea^^b^āpato^eb^ti ettha appoti, appāyatīti vā ^b^āpo,^eb^ yasmiṃ saṅghāte sayaṃ atthi, taṃ ābandhanavasena byāpetvā tiṭṭhati, paribrūhetīti vā attho. Atthānaṃ adhi ^b^ajjhattaṃ^eb^. Pati pati attānanti ^b^paccattaṃ^eb^. Ubhayenapi sattasantānapariyāpannameva vadati. ^b^Āpo āpogata^eb^ntiādīsu ābandhanameva ^b^āpo,^eb^ tadeva āposabhāvaṃ gatattā ^b^āpogataṃ,^eb^ sabhāveneva āpabhāvaṃ pattanti attho. Sinehanavasena ^b^sineho,^eb^ soyeva sinehanasabhāvaṃ gatattā ^b^sinehagataṃ^eb^. ^b^Bandhanattaṃ rūpassā^eb^ti avinibbhogarūpassa bandhanabhāvo, avippakiraṇavasena sampiṇḍananti attho. ^b^Uggaṇhanto^eb^ti yathāparicchinne āpomaṇḍale yathā uggahanimittaṃ upalabbhati, tathā nimittaṃ gaṇhanto. ^b^Vutto^eb^ti ‘‘āpasmi’’nti ettha vuttāapo. So hi sasambhārāapo, na ‘‘āpokasiṇa’’nti ettha vuttāapo. ^b^Sesa^eb^nti ārammaṇasammutiāpānaṃ sarūpavibhāvanaṃ. ‘‘Āpaṃ ^a^V1.0069^ea^ āpato pajānātī’’tiādipāḷiyā atthavibhāvanañceva tattha tattha maññanāvibhāgadassanañca ^b^pathaviyaṃ vuttasadisamevā^eb^ti. Tattha ‘‘pathavīkasiṇameko sañjānātī’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 3.360; a. ni. 10.25) vuttaṃ, idha ‘‘āpokasiṇameko sañjānātī’’tiādinā vattabbaṃ. Tattha ca ‘‘pathavīti sañjānātī’’ti vuttaṃ, idha pana ‘‘āpoti sañjānātī’’tiādinā vattabbanti evamādi eva viseso. Sesaṃ tādisameva. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘pathaviyaṃ vuttasadisamevā’’ti. Yo panettha viseso, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘kevala’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^mūlaraso^eb^ti mūlaṃ paṭicca nibbattaraso. ^b^Khandharasā^eb^dīsupi eseva nayo. ^b^Khīrādīni^eb^ pākaṭāneva. Yathā pana bhesajjasikkhāpade (pārā. 618-625), na evamidha niyamo atthi. Yaṃ kiñci khīraṃ ^b^khīra^eb^meva. Sesesupi eseva nayo. ^b^Bhummānī^eb^ti āvāṭādīsu ṭhitaudakāni. ^b^Antalikkhānī^eb^ti pathaviṃ appattāni vassodakāni, pattāni pana bhummāneva. ^b^Evaṃ vuttā cā^eb^ti ^b^ca^eb^-saddena himodakakappavināsakaudakapathaviyāantoudakapathavīsandhārakaudakādiṃ pubbe avuttampi samuccinoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tejaṃ tejatoti^eb^ ettha tejanaṭṭhena ^b^tejo,^eb^ tejanaṃ nāma dahanapacanādisamatthaṃ nisānaṃ, yaṃ uṇhattanti vuccati. ^b^Yena cā^eb^ti yena tejogatena ^a^M1.0078^ea^ kupitena. ^b^Santappatī^eb^ti ayaṃ kāyo samantato tappati ekāhikajarādibhāvena usumajāto hoti. ^b^Yena ca jīrīyatī^eb^ti yena ayaṃ kāyo jīrīyati, indriyavekallataṃ balaparikkhayaṃ valitādibhāvañca pāpuṇāti. ^b^Yena ca pariḍayhatī^eb^ti yena kupitena ayaṃ kāyo parito ḍayhati, so ca puggalo ḍayhāmīti satadhotasappigosītacandanādilepañceva tālavaṇṭavātañca paccāsīsati. ^b^Yena ca asitapītakhāyitasāyitaṃ sammā pariṇāmaṃ gacchatī^eb^ti yena asitaṃ vā odanādi, pītaṃ vā pānakādi, khāyitaṃ vā piṭhakhajjakādi, sāyitaṃ vā ambapakkamadhuphāṇitādi sammadeva paripākaṃ gacchati, rasādibhāvena vivekaṃ gacchatīti attho. Ettha ca sarīrassa pakatiusumaṃ atikkamitvā uṇhabhāvo ^b^santāpo,^eb^ sarīradahanavasena pavatto mahādāho ^b^paridāho,^eb^ satavāraṃ tāpetvā udake pakkhipitvā uddhaṭasappi ^b^satadhotasappi,^eb^ rasarudhiramaṃsamedāṭṭhiaṭṭhimiñjasukkā ^b^rasādayo^eb^. Tattha purimā tayo tejā catusamuṭṭhānā, pacchimo kammasamuṭṭhānova.<br/><br/>[03]Tejobhāvaṃ gatattā ^b^tejogataṃ^eb^. ^b^Usmā^eb^ti uṇhākāro. Usmāva usmābhāvaṃ gatattā ^b^usmāgataṃ. Usuma^eb^nti caṇḍausumaṃ. Tadeva ^b^usumagataṃ,^eb^ sabhāveneva usumabhāvaṃ pattanti attho. ^b^Kaṭṭhaggī^eb^ti kaṭṭhupādāno aggi. ^b^Sakalikaggī^eb^ādīsupi eseva nayo. ^b^Saṅkāraggī^eb^ti kacavaraṃ paṭicca uppannāggi. ^b^Indaggī^eb^ti asaniaggi. ^b^Santāpo^eb^ti jālāya vā vītaccitaṅgārānaṃ vā santāpo ^a^V1.0070^ea^. ^b^Sūriyasantāpo^eb^ti ātapo. ^b^Kaṭṭhasannicayasantāpo^eb^ti kaṭṭharāsiṃ paṭicca uppannasantāpo. Sesesupi eseva nayo. ^b^Evaṃ vuttā cāti. Ca^eb^-saddena petaggikappavināsakagginirayaggiādike avuttepi samuccinoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vāyaṃ vāyato^eb^ti ettha vāyanaṭṭhena ^b^vāyo^eb^. Kimidaṃ vāyanaṃ nāma? Vitthambhanaṃ, samudīraṇaṃ vā, vāyanaṃ gamananti eke. ^b^Uddhaṅgamā vātā^eb^ti uggārahikkādipavattakā uddhaṃ ārohanavātā. ^b^Adhogamā vātā^eb^ti uccārapassāvādinīharaṇatā adho orohanavātā. ^b^Kucchisayā vātā^eb^ti antānaṃ bahivātā. ^b^Koṭṭhāsayā vātā^eb^ti antānaṃ antovātā. ^b^Aṅgamaṅgānusārino vātā^eb^ti dhamanījālānusārena sakalasarīre aṅgamaṅgāni anusaṭā samiñjanapasāraṇādinibbattakā vātā ^a^M1.0079^ea^. ^b^Satthakavātā^eb^ti sandhibandhanāni kattariyā chindantā viya pavattavātā. ^b^Khurakavātā^eb^ti khurena viya hadayamaṃsachedanaphālanakavātā. ^b^Uppalakavātā^eb^ti hadayamaṃsassa samuppāṭanakavātā. ^b^Assāso^eb^ti antopavisanakanāsikāvāto. ^b^Passāso^eb^ti bahinikkhamananāsikāvāto. Ettha ca purimā sabbe catusamuṭṭhānā, assāsapassāsā cittasamuṭṭhānāva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vāyogata^eb^nti vāyova vāyogataṃ, sabhāveneva vāyobhāvaṃ pattanti attho. ^b^Thambhitattaṃ rūpassā^eb^ti avinibbhogarūpassa thambhitabhāvo. ^b^Puratthimā vātā^eb^ti puratthimadisato āgatā vātā. ^b^Pacchimā^eb^dīsupi eseva nayo. ^b^Sarajā^eb^dīsu saha rajena ^b^sarajā,^eb^ rajavirahitā suddhā ^b^arajā^eb^. Sītautusamuṭṭhānā, sītavalāhakantare vā jātā ^b^sītā^eb^. Uṇhautusamuṭṭhānā, uṇhavalāhakantare vā jātā ^b^uṇhā^eb^. ^b^Parittā^eb^ti mandā tanukavātā. ^b^Adhimattā^eb^ti balavavātā. ^b^Kāḷāti^eb^ kāḷavalāhakantare samuṭṭhitā. Yehi abbhāhato chavivaṇṇo kāḷako hoti, tesaṃ etaṃ adhivacanantipi eke. ^b^Verambhavātā^eb^ti yojanato upari vāyanavātā. ^b^Pakkhavātā^eb^ti antamaso makkhikāyapi pakkhāyūhanavātā. ^b^Supaṇṇavātā^eb^ti garuḷavātā. Kāmaṃ cetepi pakkhavātāva, ussadavasena pana visuṃ gahitā. ^b^Tālavaṇṭavātā^eb^ti tālavaṇṇehi katena, aññehi vā katena kenaci maṇḍalasaṇṭhānena samuṭṭhāpitavātā. ^b^Vidhūpanavātā^eb^ti bījanapattakena samuṭṭhāpitavātā. Imāni ca tālavaṇṭavidhūpanāni anuppannampi vātaṃ uppādenti, uppannampi parivattenti. Idhāpi ^b^ca^eb^-saddo udakasandhārakavātakappavināsakavātajālāpellanakavātādike avuttepi samuccinoti. Ettha ca ‘‘āpaṃ maññatī’’tiādīsu yasmā tīhi maññanāhi – ‘‘ahaṃ āpoti maññati, mama āpoti maññatī’’tiādinā pathavīvāre vuttanayena sakkā maññanāvibhāgo vibhāvetunti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘sesaṃ vuttanayamevā’’^eb^ti. Tasmā tattha vuttanayānusārena imesu tīsu vāresu yathārahaṃ maññanāvibhāgo vibhāvetabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ettāvatā^eb^ti ^a^V1.0071^ea^ ettakena iminā catuvāraparimāṇena desanāvisesena. ^b^Ca^eb^-saddo byatireko. Tena vakkhamānaṃyeva visesaṃ joteti. ^b^Yvāya^eb^nti yo ayaṃ lakkhaṇo nāma hāro vuttoti sambandho. So pana lakkhaṇahāro yaṃlakkhaṇo tattha vutto, taṃ dassetuṃ ^a^M1.0080^ea^^b^‘‘vuttamhī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^vuttamhi ekadhamme^eb^ti kusalādīsu khandhādīsu vā yasmiṃ kasmiñci ekadhamme sutte sarūpato niddhāraṇavasena vā kathite. ^b^Ye dhammā ekalakkhaṇā tenā^eb^ti ye keci dhammā kusalādibhāvena, rūpakkhandhādibhāvena vā tena vuttadhammena samānalakkhaṇā. ^b^Vuttā bhavanti sabbe^eb^ti sabbepi kusalādisabhāvā, khandhādisabhāvā vā dhammā sutte avuttāpi tāya samānalakkhaṇatāya vuttā bhavanti, ānetvā saṃvaṇṇanavasenāti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ettha ca ekalakkhaṇā^eb^ti samānalakkhaṇā vuttā. Tena sahacaritā samānakiccatā samānahetutā samānaphalatā samānārammaṇatāti evamādīhipi avuttānaṃ vuttānaṃ viya niddhāraṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. ^b^Itī^eb^ti iminā pakārena. Tenāha ^b^‘‘evaṃ nettiyaṃ lakkhaṇo nāma hāro vutto’’^eb^ti, ^b^nettipāḷiyaṃ^eb^ (netti. 23) pana ‘‘ye dhammā ekalakkhaṇā keci so hāro lakkhaṇo nāmā’’ti pāṭho āgato. ^b^Tassa vasenā^eb^ti tassa lakkhaṇahārassa vasena. ^b^Rūpalakkhaṇaṃ anatītattā^eb^ti ruppanasabhāvena samānasabhāvattā. ^b^Vadantena^eb^ bhagavatā. ^b^Etā^eb^ti ‘‘rūpaṃ attato samanupassatī’’ti evaṃ vuttadiṭṭhī. Ettha ca ^b^sakkāyadiṭṭhimaññanā^eb^dassaneneva sakalarūpavatthukā taṇhāmānamaññanāpi dassitā evāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tathā hi vuttaṃ ‘‘tasmiṃyeva panassa diṭṭhimaññanāya maññite vatthusmiṃ sinehaṃ mānañca uppādayato taṇhāmānamaññanāpi veditabbā’’ti. Atha vā pathaviṃ āpaṃ tejaṃ vāyaṃ meti maññati abhinandatīti ca vadantena vuttanayeneva sakalarūpavatthukā taṇhāmaññanā tadanusārena mānamaññanāpi vuttāva hotīti evampettha itaramaññanāpi niddhāretabbā.<br/><br/>[06]Āpovārādivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 6
title: pathavīvāravaṇṇanā^āpovārādivaṇṇanā^bhūtavārādivaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^3^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Pathaviṃ maññati, pathaviyā maññatī’’tiādīhi padehi ‘‘rūpaṃ attato samanupassati, rūpasmiṃ attānaṃ samanupassatī’’tiādīnaṃ sakkāyadiṭṭhīnaṃ niddhāritattā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘evaṃ rūpamukhena saṅkhāravatthukaṃ maññanaṃ vatvā’’^eb^ti ^a^M1.0081^ea^. ^b^Tesu saṅkhāresu sattesupī^eb^ti tadupādānesupi sattesu ^a^V1.0072^ea^. ^b^Dhātūsū^eb^ti pathavīādīsu catūsu dhātūsu. ‘‘Jātaṃ bhūtaṃ saṅkhata’’ntiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.207; saṃ. ni. 5.379) bhūta-saddo uppāde dissati, saupasaggo pana ‘‘pabhūtamariyo pakaroti puñña’’ntiādīsu vipule, ‘‘yebhuyyena bhikkhūnaṃ paribhūtarūpo’’tiādīsu hiṃsane, ‘‘sambhūto sāṇavāsī’’tiādīsu (cūḷava. 450) paññattiyaṃ, ‘‘abhibhūto māro vijito saṅgāmo’’tiādīsu vimathane, ‘‘parābhūtarūpo kho ayaṃ acelo pāthikaputto’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 3.23, 25, 31, 32) parājaye, ‘‘anubhūtaṃ sukhadukkha’’ntiādīsu vediyane, ‘‘vibhūtaṃ vibhāvitaṃ paññāyā’’tiādīsu pākaṭīkaraṇe dissati. Te sabbe ^b^rukkhādīsū^eb^ti. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena saṅgahitāti daṭṭhabbā. ‘‘Kālo ghasati bhūtānīti (jā. 1.2.190), bhūtā loke samussaya’’nti (dī. ni. 2.220; saṃ. ni. 1.186) ca ādīsu avisesena sattavācakopi bhūtasaddo, upari devādipadehi sattavisesānaṃ gahitattā idha tadavasiṭṭhā bhūtasaddena gayhantīti āha ^b^‘‘no ca kho avisesenā’’^eb^ti. Tenevāha – ^b^‘‘cātumahārājikānañhi heṭṭhā sattā idha bhūtāti adhippetā’’^eb^ti. Yo hi sattanikāyo paripuṇṇayoniko catūhipi yonīhi nibbattanāraho, tatthāyaṃ bhūtasamaññā aṇḍajādivasena bhavanato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bhūte^eb^ti vuttadesāadesite bhūte. ^b^Bhūtato sañjānātī^eb^ti iminā ‘‘bhūtā’’ti lokavohāraṃ gahetvā yathā tattha taṇhādimaññanā sambhavanti, evaṃ viparītasaññāya sañjānanaṃ pakāsīyati. Svāyamattho heṭṭhā ‘‘pathavito sañjānātī’’ti ettha vuttanayānusārena sakkā jānitunti āha ^b^‘‘vuttanayamevā’’^eb^ti. Yathā suddhāvāsā sabbadā abhāvato imaṃ desanaṃ nāruḷhā, evaṃ nerayikāpi sabbamaññanānadhiṭṭhānato. Eteneva ekaccapetānampettha asaṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. Apare pana ‘‘diṭṭhimaññanādhiṭṭhānato tesampettha saṅgaho icchitoyevā’’ti vadanti. ‘‘Samaṅgibhūtaṃ paricārenta’’ntiādinā sutte ^b^vuttanayena^eb^. ^b^Rajjatī^eb^ti ‘‘subhā sukhitā’’ti vipallāsaggāhena tattha rāgaṃ janeti. Evamettha rajjanto ca na kevalaṃ dassanavaseneva, savanādivasenapi rajjatevāti dassento ^b^‘‘disvāpi…pe… utvāpī’’^eb^ti āha. Tattha ghāyanādivasena rajjanaṃ tehi anubhūtagandhamālādivasena ceva visabhāgavatthubhūtānaṃ tesaṃ ^a^M1.0082^ea^ paribhogavasena ca yathānubhavaṃ anussaraṇavasena ca veditabbaṃ. ^b^Evaṃ bhūte taṇhāmaññanāya maññatī^eb^ti vuttanayena bhūte paṭicca chandarāgaṃ janento tesaṃ paṭipattiṃ assādento abhinandanto abhivadanto ajjhosāya tiṭṭhanto ‘‘īdisī avatthā mama anāgatamaddhānaṃ siyā’’tiādinā vā pana nayena tattha nandiṃ samannānento bhūte taṇhāmaññanāya maññatīti attho. ^b^Appaṭiladdhassa^eb^ khattiyamahāsālādibhāvassa, ^b^sampattiṃ vipatti^eb^nti jātivasena ukkaṭṭanihīnataṃ. ^b^Dahatī^eb^ti ṭhapeti. ^b^Yo^eb^^a^V1.0073^ea^^b^evarūpo māno^eb^ti yo eso ‘‘ayaṃ pubbe mayā sadiso, idāni ayaṃ seṭṭho ayaṃ hīnataro’’ti uppanno māno. ^b^Ayaṃ vuccati mānātimāno^eb^ti ayaṃ bhārātibhāro viya purimaṃ sadisamānaṃ upādāya mānātimāno nāmāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Niccā^eb^tiādīsu uppādābhāvato ^b^niccā,^eb^ maraṇābhāvato ^b^dhuvā,^eb^ sabbadā bhāvato ^b^sassatā^eb^. Aniccapaṭipakkhato vā ^b^niccā,^eb^ thirabhāvato ^b^dhuvā,^eb^ sassatisamatāya ^b^sassatā,^eb^ jarādivasena vipariṇāmassa abhāvato ^b^avipariṇāmadhammā^eb^ti maññati. ^b^Sabbe sattā^eb^ti oṭṭhagoṇagadrabhādayo anavasesā sañjanaṭṭhena sattā. ^b^Sabbe pāṇā^eb^ti ‘‘ekindriyo pāṇo dvindriyo pāṇo’’tiādivasena vuttā anavasesā pāṇanaṭṭhena ^b^pāṇā. Sabbe bhūtā^eb^ti anavasesā aṇḍakosādīsu bhūtā sañjātāti ^b^bhūtā. Sabbe jīvā^eb^ti sāliyavagodhūmādayo anavasesā jīvanaṭṭhena ^b^jīvā^eb^. Tesu hi so virūhabhāvena jīvasaññī. ^b^Avasā abalā avīriyā^eb^ti tesaṃ attano vaso vā balaṃ vā vīriyaṃ vā natthīti dasseti. ^b^Niyatisaṅgatibhāvapariṇatāti^eb^ ettha ^b^niyatī^eb^ti. ^b^Niyatatā,^eb^ acchejjasuttāvutābhejjamaṇi viya avijahitapakatitā. ^b^Saṅgatī^eb^ti channaṃ abhijātīnaṃ tattha saṅgamo. ^b^Bhāvo^eb^ti sabhāvoyeva, kaṇḍakānaṃ tikhiṇatā, kapiṭṭhaphalādīnaṃ parimaṇḍalāditā, migapakkhīnaṃ vicittavaṇṇāditāti evamādiko. Evaṃ niyatiyā ca saṅgatiyā ca bhāve ca pariṇatā nānappakārataṃ pattā. Yena hi yathā bhavitabbaṃ, so tatheva bhavati. Yena na bhavitabbaṃ, so na bhavatīti dasseti. ^b^Chasvevābhijātīsū^eb^ti kaṇhābhijātiādīsu chasu eva abhijātīsu ṭhatvā sukhañca dukkhañca paṭisaṃvedenti, aññā sukhadukkhabhūmi natthīti dasseti. ^b^Vā^eb^-saddena antādibhede diṭṭhābhinivese saṅgaṇhāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Upapatti^eb^nti ^a^M1.0083^ea^ iminā tasmiṃ tasmiṃ sattanikāye bhūtānaṃ sahabyataṃ ākaṅkhatīti dasseti. ^b^Sukhuppatti^eb^nti iminā pana tattha tattha uppannassa sukhuppattiṃ. ^b^Ekacce bhūte niccā^eb^tiādinā ekaccasassatikadiṭṭhiṃ dasseti. ^b^Ahampi bhūtesu aññatarosmī^eb^ti iminā pana catutthaṃ ekaccasassatikavādaṃ dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yato kutocī^eb^ti issarapurisādibhedato yato kutoci. ^b^Ekā taṇhāmaññanāva labbhatī^eb^ti idhāpi heṭṭhā vuttanayena itaramaññanānampi sambhavo niddhāretabbo. Vuttappakāreyeva bhūte taṇhādiṭṭhīhi abhinandatītiādinā vattabbattā āha ‘‘vuttanayamevā’’ti. ^b^Yojanā kātabbā^eb^ti ‘‘yo bhūtapaññattiyā upādānabhūte khandhe parijānāti, so tīhi pariññāhi parijānātī’’tiādinā yojanā kātabbā. Apare panettha bhūtagāmopi bhūta-saddena saṅgahitoti rukkhādivasenapi ^a^V1.0074^ea^ maññanāvibhāgaṃ yojetvā dassenti, tathā mahābhūtavasenapi, taṃ ^b^aṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ natthi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bhūmivisesādinā bhedenā^eb^ti bhūmivisesaupapattivisesādivibhāgena. ^b^Iddhiyā^eb^ti puññavisesanibbattena ānubhāvena. Kiñcāpi deva-saddo ‘‘viddhe vigatavalāhake deve’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 1.110; 3.102; 5.146-148; ma. ni. 1.486; a. ni. 10.15; itivu. 27) ajaṭākāse āgato, ‘‘devo ca thokaṃ thokaṃ phusāyatī’’tiādīsu meghe, ‘‘ayañhi deva kumāro’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.34, 35, 36) khattiye āgato, ‘‘pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappito samaṅgibhūto paricāreti devo maññe’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.183; ma. ni. 2.211) viya idha upapattidevesu āgato, deva-saddena pana vattabbasatte anavasesato uddharitvā tato idhādhippete dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘te tividhā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Sesā cha kāmāvacarā idha devāti adhippetā^eb^ itaresaṃ padantarehi nivattitattāti adhippāyo. Bhūtā devāti gahitesu sattesu taṇhādimaññanānaṃ pavattākārenapi tividhalakkhaṇanti āha ^b^‘‘bhūtavāre vuttanayena veditabbā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Aññatarassa upāsakassa pajāpati abhirūpā hotī’’tiādīsu (pārā. 168) ^b^pajāpati^eb^-saddo gharaṇiyaṃ āgato, ‘‘pajāpati kāmadāyī suvaṇṇavaṇṇā me pajā hotū’’tiādīsu diṭṭhigatikaparikappite, ‘‘pajāpatissa devarājassa ^a^M1.0084^ea^ dhajaggaṃ ullokeyyāthā’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 1.249) devajeṭṭhake, idha pana adhipatīti vadanti, taṃ upari brahmuno gayhamānattā tesaṃ matimattaṃ. ^b^Devāna^eb^nti cātumahārājikādidevānaṃ. ^b^Mahārājādīna^eb^nti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena sakkasuyāmasantussitasunimmitavasavattino gahitā. ^b^Tesa^eb^nti mahārājādīnaṃ. ^b^Sattasaṅkhātāyā^eb^ti kāmabhūmiyaṃ sattasaṅkhātāya. ^b^Pajāpati^eb^nti pajāpatibhāvaṃ. Pajāpatibhāvena hi mānaṃ jappento pajāpatiṃ mānamaññanāya maññatīti vutto.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ekā diṭṭhimaññanāva yujjatī^eb^ti vuttaṃ, pajāpatino pana samipataṃ salokataṃ vā ākaṅkhato, tathābhāvāya cittaṃ paṇidahato, tathāladdhabbāya sampattiyā attano seyyādibhāvaṃ dahato ca taṇhāmānamaññanāpi sambhavantīti sakkā viññātuṃ. ^b^Ye ca dhammā^eb^ti āyuvaṇṇādike vadati. ^b^Pajāpati^eb^nti etthāpi heṭṭhā vuttanayena itaramaññanānampi sambhavo veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Brūhito^eb^ti ^a^V1.0075^ea^ parivuddho. ^b^Guṇavisesehī^eb^ti jhānādīhi visiṭṭhehi guṇehi uttarimanussadhammatāya. Brahma-saddassa satipi avisesato visiṭṭhavācakatte yattha yattha panassa guṇavisesayuttādirūpā pavatti, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘apicā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Sahasso^eb^ti sahassiyā lokadhātuyā adhipatibhūto. ^b^Paṭhamābhinibbatto^eb^ti paṇītena paṭhamajhānena nibbatto, paṭhamajjhānabhūmiyaṃ vā paṭhamaṃ abhinibbatto. ^b^Gahitāti veditabbā^eb^ padhānaggahaṇena appadhānānampi kenaci sambandhena gahitabhāvasiddhito. Ettha ca ^b^brahmā^eb^ti mahābrahmā adhippeto. So hi vaṇṇavantatāya ceva dīghāyukatāya ca brahmapārisajjādīhi mahanto brahmāti ^b^mahābrahmā,^eb^ tassa pana purohitaṭṭhāne ṭhitāti ^b^brahmapurohitā,^eb^ parisāyaṃ bhavā paricārakāti ^b^brahmapārisajjā^eb^ti veditabbā. Ukkaṭṭhekapuggalabhāvato pajāpatismiṃ viya brahmani maññanā vattatīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘pajāpativāre vuttanayeneva veditabbā’’ti. Tathā hi bahupuggalabhāvasāmaññato ābhassaravārādīnaṃ bhūtavārasadisatā vuttā.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]Yathāvuttapabhāya ābhāsanasīlā vā ^b^ābhassarā. Ekatalavāsino^eb^ti idaṃ jhānantarabhūmīnaṃ viya heṭṭhuparibhāvābhāvato vuttaṃ, ṭhānāni ^a^M1.0085^ea^ pana nesaṃ paricchinnāneva. Ābhassarehi parittā ābhā etesanti ^b^parittābhā. Appamāṇā ābhā etesanti appamāṇābhā. ^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^Subhā^eb^ti sobhanā pabhā. Kañcanapiṇḍo viya sassirikā ^b^kañcanapiṇḍasassirikā^eb^. Tattha sobhanāya pabhāya kiṇṇā subhākiṇṇāti vattabbe bhā-saddassa rassattaṃ, antima-ṇa-kārassa ha-kārañca katvā ^b^‘‘subhakiṇhā’’^eb^ti vuttā. ^b^Subhā^eb^ti ca ekagghanā niccalā pabhā vuccati, parittā subhā etesanti ^b^parittasubhā^eb^. Appamāṇā subhā etesanti ^b^appamāṇasubhā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vipulaphalā^eb^ti vipulasantasukhāyuvaṇṇādiphalā.<br/><br/>[03]Satipi devabrahmādīnaṃ puññaphalena jhānaphalena ca paṭipakkhābhibhave yesaṃ pana puthujjanāsaññasattesu abhibhūvohāro pākaṭo niruḷho ca, tesaṃ vasenāyaṃ desanā pavattāti dassento āha ^b^‘‘asaññabhavassetaṃ adhivacana’’^eb^nti. Yathā pajāpativāre ‘‘idhekacco pajāpatismiṃyevā’’tiādinā maññanāpavatti dassitā, tathā idhāpi taṃ dassetuṃ sakkāti āha ^b^‘‘sesaṃ pajāpativāre vuttanayamevā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Bhūtavārādivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 7
title: āpovārādivaṇṇanā^bhūtavārādivaṇṇanā^ākāsānañcāyatanavārādivaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^4^eb^^b^.^eb^ Evaṃ ^a^V1.0076^ea^ sattavasena bhūmikkamadassane suddhāvāsānaṃ aggahaṇe kāraṇaṃ niddhārento ^b^‘‘evaṃ bhagavā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^anāgāmikhīṇāsavā^eb^ti anāgāmino ca khīṇāsavā ca. Kiñcāpi suddhāvāsā attheva anekakappasahassāyukā, ukkaṃsaparicchedato pana soḷasakappasahassāyukāva, na tato paranti āha ^b^‘‘katipayakappasahassāyukā’’^eb^ti. Kāmarūpabhavesu pavattamānāpi ākāsānañcāyatanādidhammā arūpāvacarabhāvato taṃbhūmikavohāraṃ na labhantīti ^b^‘‘tatrūpapannāyevā’’^eb^ti avadhāretvā vuttaṃ. ^b^Abhibhūvāre vuttanayena veditabbā^eb^ yathārahanti adhippāyo. Na hettha vaṇṇavantatādi sambhavatīti. ^b^Pajāpativāre^eb^^b^vuttanayenā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0086^ea^ ettha ‘‘ahamasmi arūpo pahīnarūpapaṭighasañño’’tiādinā mānamaññanā veditabbā.<br/><br/>[06]Ākāsānañcāyatanavārādivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 8
title: bhūtavārādivaṇṇanā^ākāsānañcāyatanavārādivaṇṇanā^diṭṭhasutavārādivaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^5^eb^^b^.^eb^ Rūpamukhena maññanāvatthudassanaṃ saṅkhepoti katvā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘vitthāratopī’’^eb^ti. Tampi hi ‘‘yattha neva pathavī, na āpo, na tejo, na vāyo, na ākāsānañcāyatana’’ntiādiggahaṇaṃ viya saṅkhepato pañcavokārabhavadassanaṃ hotīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Diṭṭha^eb^nti yaṃ cakkhudvārena katadassanakiriyāsamāpanaṃ, yañca cakkhu dvayaṃ passati passissati sati sambhave passeyya, taṃ sabbakālanti visesavacanicchāya abhāvato diṭṭhanteva vuttaṃ yathā ‘‘duddha’’nti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘rūpāyatanassetaṃ adhivacana’’^eb^nti. Ayañca nayo ^b^sutā^eb^dīsupi yojetabbo. ^b^Sattā^eb^ti rūpādīsu sattā visattāti sattā. Sañjanaṭṭhena sāmaññasaddopi cesa satta-saddo ‘‘itthirūpe’’ti visayavisesitattā idha purisavācako daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Rattā^eb^ti vatthaṃ viya raṅgajātena cittassa vipariṇāmakārakena chandarāgena rattā sārattā. ^b^Giddhā^eb^ti abhikaṅkhanasabhāvena abhigijjhanena giddhā gedhaṃ āpannā. ^b^Gadhitā^eb^ti ganthitā viya lobhena dummocanīyabhāvena ārammaṇe paṭibaddhā. ^b^Mucchitā^eb^ti kilesavasena visaññībhūtā viya anaññakiccā mucchaṃ mohaṃ āpannā. ^b^Ajjhosannā^eb^ti visaye aññasādhāraṇe viya katvā gilitvā pariniṭṭhāpetvā viya ṭhitā. ^b^Iminā^eb^ti suvaṇṇavaṇṇādiākārena. ^b^Maṅgalaṃ amaṅgala^eb^nti īdisaṃ diṭṭhaṃ maṅgalaṃ, īdisaṃ amaṅgalanti ^a^V1.0077^ea^. ^b^Rūpasmiṃ attānaṃ samanupassananayenā^eb^ti idaṃ vedanādiarūpadhamme, rūpāyatanavinimuttasabbadhamme vā attato gahetvā tato ajjhattikaṃ, bāhiraṃ vā rūpāyatanaṃ tassokāsabhāvena parikappetvā ‘‘so kho pana me ayaṃ attā imasmiṃ rūpāyatane’’ti maññanto diṭṭhasmiṃ maññatīti imaṃ nayaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. ‘‘Pathavito maññatī’’tiādīsu yathā ‘‘saupakaraṇassa attano vā parassa ^a^M1.0087^ea^ vā’’tiādimaññanāpavatti dassitā, evaṃ ‘‘diṭṭhato maññatī’’tiādīsu sakkā taṃ dassetunti āha ^b^‘‘tesaṃ pathavīvāre vuttanayeneva veditabba’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Āhaccā^eb^ti visayaṃ anvāya, patvāti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘upagantvā’’ti. Aññamaññasaṃsilese^eb^ti cakkhurūpasotasaddā viya dure ahutvā aññamaññaṃ alliyane.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Manasā viññātaṃ^eb^ kevalanti attho. Itarānipi hi manasā viññāyantīti. Sesehi sattahi āyatanehi paññattiyā asaṅgahitattā tampi saṅgahetvā dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘dhammārammaṇassa vā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Dvīsupi vikappesu lokuttarānampi saṅgaho āpannoti āha ^b^‘‘idha pana sakkāyapariyāpannameva labbhatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vitthāro^eb^ti maññanānaṃ pavattanākāravitthāro. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti etesu sutavārādīsu.<br/><br/>[06]Diṭṭhasutavārādivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 9
title: ākāsānañcāyatanavārādivaṇṇanā^diṭṭhasutavārādivaṇṇanā^ekattavārādivaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^6^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Samāpannakavārenā^eb^ti samāpannakappavattiyā, rūpāvacarārūpāvacarajhānappavattiyāti attho. Sā hi ekasmiṃyeva ārammaṇe ekākārena pavattatīti katvā ‘‘ekatta’’nti vuccati, evañca katvā vipākajjhānappavattipi idha samāpannakavāraggahaṇeneva gahitāti daṭṭhabbā. ^b^Asamāpannakavārenā^eb^ti kāmāvacaradhammappavattiyā. Upacārajjhānenapi hi cittaṃ na sammā ^b^ekattaṃ^eb^ gatanti vuccatīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yojanā^eb^ti maññanāyojanā. ^b^Bhinditvā^eb^ti vibhajitvā. ^b^Sāsananayenā^eb^ti pāḷinayena. Tattha ‘‘ekattaṃ maññatī’’tiādīsu ‘‘vedanaṃ attato samanupassatī’’tiādinā nayena, ‘‘nānattaṃ maññatī’’tiādīsu ^a^V1.0078^ea^ pana ‘‘rūpaṃ attato samanupassatī’’tiādinā nayena vuttavidhiṃ anugantvā maññanā veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pathavīvārādīsu vuttena ca aṭṭhakathānayenā^eb^ti ‘‘ahaṃ vedanāti maññati, mama vedanāti maññatī’’tiādinā, ‘‘ahaṃ rūpanti maññati, mama rūpanti maññatī’’tiādinā cāti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yathānurūpaṃ^eb^^a^M1.0088^ea^^b^vīmaṃsitvā’’^eb^ti, ekattanānattabhāvesu yo yojanānayo sambhavati, tadanurūpaṃ vicāretvāti attho. ^b^Kecī^eb^ti abhayagirivāsino. ^b^Apare^eb^ti sārasamāsācariyā. Diṭṭhābhinivesaṃ vadantīti sambandho. Puthujjanassa maññanā nāma sakkāyaṃ bhinditvāva yathāupaṭṭhitavisayavaseneva pavattatīti na tattha ayamekattanayo ayaṃ nānattanayoti vibhāgavaseneva, ekattasaññī attā hotītiādīsu ca attano ekattanānattasaññitā vuttā, na pana ekattaṃ nānattanti evaṃ pavattassa diṭṭhābhinivesassa ekattanānattabhāvoti evamettha tadubhayassa idha anadhippetabhāvo daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[03]Yaṃ yathāvuttaputhujjano anavasesato gaṇhanto gahetuṃ sakkoti, taṃ tassa anavasesato gahetabbataṃ upādāya ^b^‘‘sabba’’^eb^nti vuccatīti dassento ^b^‘‘tamevā’’^eb^ti āha, sakkāyasabbanti attho. Sabbasmimpi tebhūmakadhamme ādīnavadassane asati nibbidābhāvato assādānupassanāya taṇhā vaḍḍhatevāti āha ^b^‘‘sabbaṃ assādento sabbaṃ taṇhāmaññanāya maññatī’’^eb^ti. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘saṃyojaniyesu, bhikkhave, dhammesu assādānupassino viharato taṇhā pavaḍḍhatī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 2.53, 57). ‘‘Sabbamidaṃ mayā nimmita’’nti tena nimmitamaññanāya attānaṃ seyyādito dahanto tena mānena nimmitaṃ maññatiyeva nāma nimmitamaññanāya vinā tathāmānuppattiyā abhāvatoti āha ^b^‘‘attanā nimmitaṃ maññanto sabbaṃ mānamaññanāya maññatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sabbaṃ natthītiādinā nayenā^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena niyativādādike saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Mahā me attā^eb^ti iminā sabbato attano vibhūtipavattivādaṃ dasseti. ‘‘Sabbaṃ sabbatthaka’’nti diṭṭhivasena – ‘‘ahaṃ sabbasmiṃ mayhaṃ kiñcanaṃ palibodho sabbasmiṃ, paro sabbasmiṃ parassa kiñcanaṃ palibodho sabbasmi’’ntiādinā nayenapettha maññanā sambhavatīti dassento āha ^b^‘‘sesaṃ pathavīvāre vuttanayena veditabba’’^eb^nti. Apica ‘‘sabboyaṃ loko purisamayo’’ti evaṃdiṭṭhiko purisasaṅkhātato sabbato, attano uppattiṃ vā niggamanaṃ vā maññanto diṭṭhimaññanāya sabbato maññati, tasmiṃyeva pana diṭṭhimaññanāya maññite vatthusmiṃ sinehaṃ mānañca uppādayato taṇhāmaññanā mānamaññanā ca veditabbā. Taṃyeva pana sabbaṃ mayhaṃ attā kattā ^a^V1.0079^ea^ sāmīti vā maññanto ‘‘sabbaṃ ^a^M1.0089^ea^ me’’ti maññati, tathāyaṃ diṭṭhitaṇhābhinandanāhi abhinandanto sabbaṃ abhinandatīti evampettha maññanānaṃ pavatti veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ta^eb^nti sakkāyaṃ. Ukkaṃsagatasukhasahitañhi khandhapañcakaṃ diṭṭhadhammanibbānavādī nibbānanti maññati, taṃ panatthato sakkāyoyevāti. ^b^Ekadhā^eb^ti pañcavidhampi nibbānabhāvena ekajjhaṃ katvā vuttaṃ. ^b^Yato^eb^ti yasmā. ^b^Pañcahi kāmaguṇehī^eb^ti manāpiyarūpādīhi pañcahi kāmakoṭṭhāsehi, bandhanehi vā. ^b^Samappito^eb^ suṭṭhu appito allīno hutvā ṭhito. ^b^Samaṅgibhūto^eb^ti samannāgato. ^b^Paricāretī^eb^ti tesu kāmaguṇesu kāmakoṭṭhāsesu yathāsukhaṃ indriyāni cāreti sañcāreti ito cito ca upaneti. Atha vā laḷati ramati kīḷati. Ettha dvidhā kāmaguṇā mānusakā ceva dibbā ca. Mānusakā ca mandhātukāmaguṇasadisā, dibbā paranimmitavasavattidevarājassa kāmaguṇasadisā. Evarūpe kāme upagatānañhi te diṭṭhadhammanibbānasampattiṃ paññapenti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ettāvatā kho…pe… hotī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Diṭṭhadhammo^eb^ti paccakkhadhammo vuccati, tattha tattha paṭiladdhattabhāvassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ, diṭṭhadhamme nibbānaṃ imasmiṃyeva attabhāve dukkhavūpasamanaṃ diṭṭhadhammanibbānaṃ. Paramaṃ uttamaṃ diṭṭhadhammanibbānanti ^b^paramadiṭṭhadhammanibbānaṃ,^eb^ taṃ patto hotīti attho. ^b^Pañcadhā āgata^eb^nti yathāvuttakāmaguṇasukhassa ceva catubbidharūpāvacarajjhānasukhassa ca vasena pāḷiyaṃ pañcappakārena āgataṃ. ^b^Nibbānaṃ assādento^eb^ti paramaṃ sukhaṃ nissaraṇanti maññanāya assādento.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Imasmiṃ nibbāne patte na jāyati, na jīrati, na mīyatī’’ti evampi ^b^nibbānasmiṃ maññati^eb^. ‘‘Ito paraṃ paramassāsabhūtaṃ natthī’’ti gaṇhanto ^b^nibbānato maññati^eb^. Tayidaṃ nibbānaṃ mayā adhigataṃ, tasmā ^b^‘‘nibbānaṃ me’’^eb^ti ^b^maññati^eb^. Tatoyeva taṃ nibbānaṃ diṭṭhābhinandanāya abhinandati. Ayaṃ tāvettha ^b^diṭṭhimaññanā^eb^. Tasmiṃyeva pana diṭṭhimaññanāya maññite vatthusmiṃ sinehaṃ mānañca uppādayato ^b^taṇhāmānamaññanāpi^eb^ niddhāretabbā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yādiso^eb^ti yathārūpo, yehi jegucchādisabhāvehi passitabboti attho. ^b^Esā^eb^ti ayaṃ. Tenassa attano suṇantānañca paccakkhasiddhatamāha. Asubhādisabhāvena saha vijjamānānaṃ rūpādidhammānaṃ kāyo samūhoti ^b^sakkāyo,^eb^ upādānakkhandhā. ^b^Tathā^eb^ti tassa bhāvabhūtena paṭikūlatādippakārena. ^b^Sabbamaññanā^eb^ti pathavīādike sarūpāvadhāraṇādivibhāgabhinne ^a^M1.0090^ea^ visaye pavattiyā anekavihitā sabbā taṇhāmaññanā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Jeguccho^eb^ti ^a^V1.0080^ea^ jigucchanīyo. Tenassa asubhājaññaduggandhapaṭikūlabhāvaṃ dasseti. ^b^Siduro^eb^ti khaṇe khaṇe bhijjanasabhāvo. Tenassa aniccāddhuvakhayavayapabhaṅgurasabhāvaṃ dasseti. ^b^Aya^eb^nti sakkāyo. ^b^Dukkho^eb^ti na sukho. Tenassa kicchakasirābādhadukkhavuttitaṃ dasseti. ^b^Apariṇāyako^eb^ti pariṇāyakarahito. Tenassa attasuññāsāravuttitaṃ dasseti. ^b^Ta^eb^nti sakkāyaṃ. ^b^Paccanīkato^eb^ti sabhāvapaṭipakkhato, subhaniccasukhāttāditoti attho. ^b^Gaṇha^eb^nti gaṇhanto, tattha subhādigāhavasena abhinivisantoti attho.<br/><br/>[03]Idāni tissopi maññanā upamāhi vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘subhato’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha yathā mahāpariḷāhe vipulānatthāvahe ca aggimhi salabhassa patanaṃ subhasukhasaññāya, evaṃ tādise sakkāye salabhassa taṇhāmaññanāti imamatthaṃ dasseti ^b^‘‘subhato…pe… taṇhāya maññanā’’^eb^ti iminā.<br/><br/>[03]Gūthādī kīṭako gūtharāsiṃ laddhā asampannepi tasmiṃ sampannākāraṃ pavattayamāno attānaṃ ukkaṃseti, evamanekādīnave ekantabhedini sakkāye niccasaññaṃ upaṭṭhapetvā sampattimadena tattha bālo mānaṃ jappetīti imamatthamāha ^b^‘‘niccasaññaṃ…pe… mānena maññanā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Yathā bālo muddhadhātuko sammūḷho koci ādāse attano paṭibimbaṃ disvā ‘‘ayaṃ maññe ādāsasāmiko, yadi ahamimaṃ gahetvā tiṭṭheyyaṃ, anatthampi me kareyyā’’ti chaḍḍetvā palāyanto tattha avijjamānameva kiñci vijjamānaṃ katvā gaṇhi, tathūpamo ayaṃ bālo sakkāye attattaniyagāhaṃ gaṇhantoti imamatthaṃ dīpeti ^b^‘‘attā…pe… diṭṭhiyā hoti maññanā’’^eb^ti iminā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sukhumaṃ mārabandhanaṃ^eb^ vepacittibandhanatopi sukhumatarattā. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘aho sukhumataraṃ kho, bhikkhave, mārabandhana’’nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bahu^eb^nti ativiya, anekakkhattuṃ vā. ^b^Vipphandamānopi sakkāyaṃ nātivattati^eb^ saṃsāraṃ nātivattanato. Yathāha ‘‘ye te, bhikkhave, samaṇā sato sattassa ucchedaṃ vināsaṃ vibhavaṃ paññapenti, te, sakkāyaṃyeva anuparidhāvanti seyyathāpi sā gaddulabandhano’’tiādi. Yathā hi sattasupi ^a^M1.0091^ea^ ucchedavikappesu saṃsāranāyikānaṃ taṇhādiṭṭhīnaṃ pahānaṃ sambhavati, evaṃ sassatavikappesupīti ^a^V1.0081^ea^ kathañci pana diṭṭhigatikassa bhavavippamokkho. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘sakkāyaṃ nātivattatī’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Saso^eb^ti so eso puthujjano. ^b^Nicca^eb^nti sabbakālaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ta^eb^nti tasmā sakkāyamalīnassa jātiyādīnamanativattanato. ^b^Asātato^eb^ti dukkhato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Passaṃ evamima^eb^nti asubhāniccadukkhānattasabhāvaṃ taṃ sakkāyaṃ vuttappakārena yathābhūtavipassanāpaññāsahitāya maggapaññāya passanto. ^b^Pahāyā^eb^ti samucchedavasena sabbā maññanāyo pajahitvā. ^b^Sabbadukkhā pamuccatī^eb^ti sakalasmāpi vaṭṭadukkhato pamuccatīti.<br/><br/>[06]Ekattavārādivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Paṭhamanayavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 10
title: diṭṭhasutavārādivaṇṇanā^ekattavārādivaṇṇanā^sekkhavāradutiyanayavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^7^eb^^b^.^eb^ Adhippetassa atthassa aniyametvā vacanaṃ ^b^uddeso,^eb^ niyametvā vacanaṃ ^b^niddeso^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘yoti uddesavacanaṃ, soti niddesavacana’’^eb^nti. ^b^Sampiṇḍanattho^eb^ti samuccayattho. Sampiṇḍanañca sabhāgatāvasena hotīti āha – ^b^‘‘ārammaṇasabhāgenā’’^eb^ti, ārammaṇassa sabhāgatāya sadisatāyāti attho. ^b^Sekkhaṃ dasseti^eb^ sāmaññajotanāya visese avaṭṭhānato, sekkhavisayattā ca tassa vacanassa.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kenaṭṭhenā^eb^ti yasmā ñāṇena araṇīyato attho sabhāvo, tasmā kenaṭṭhena kena sabhāvena kena lakkhaṇena sekkho nāma hotīti attho. Yasmā pana sekkhadhammādhigamena puggale sekkhavohārappavatti, tasmā ^b^‘‘sekkhadhammapaṭilābhato sekkho’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Sekkhadhammā^eb^ nāma catūsu maggesu, heṭṭhimesu ca tīsu phalesu sammādiṭṭhiādayo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sekkhāya sammādiṭṭhiyā…pe… ettāvatā kho bhikkhu sekkho hotī’’^eb^ti. Evaṃ abhidhammapariyāyena sekkhalakkhaṇaṃ dassetvā ^a^M1.0092^ea^ idāni suttantikapariyāyenapi taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘apicā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^sikkhatī^eb^ti iminā sikkhāttayasamaṅgī apariniṭṭhitasikkho sekkhoti dasseti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sikkhatī’’^eb^tiādi ^a^V1.0082^ea^. Sikkhāhi niccasamāyogadīpanatthañcettha ‘‘sikkhati sikkhatī’’ti āmeḍitavacanaṃ. Atha vā sikkhanaṃ sikkhā, sā etassa sīlanti ^b^sekkho^eb^. So hi apariyositasikkhattā tadadhimuttattā ca ekantena sikkhanasīlo, na asekkho viya pariniṭṭhitasikkho tattha paṭippassaddhussukko, nāpi vissaṭṭhasikkho pacurajano viya tattha anadhimutto. Atha vā ariyāya jātiyā tīsu sikkhāsu jāto, tattha vā bhavoti ^b^sekkho^eb^. Atha vā ikkhati etāyāti ikkhā, maggaphalasammādiṭṭhi. Saha ikkhāyāti ^b^sekkho^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Anulomapaṭipadāya paripūrakārī^eb^ti yā sā sīlādikā vipassanantā dukkhanirodhagāminiyā lokuttarāya paṭipadāya anulomanato anulomapaṭipadā, tassā sampādanena paripūrakārīti. Idāni taṃ paṭipadaṃ puggalādhiṭṭhānena dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘sīlasampanno’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^sīlasampanno^eb^ti pātimokkhasaṃvarasīlena samannāgato, paripuṇṇapātimokkhasīlo vā. Pātimokkhasīlañhi idha ‘‘sīla’’nti adhippetaṃ padhānabhāvato. Rūpādiārammaṇesu abhijjhādīnaṃ pavattinivāraṇasaṅkhātena manacchaṭṭhānaṃ indriyānaṃ pidhānena ^b^indriyesu guttadvāro^eb^. Pariyesanādivasena bhojane pamāṇajānanena ^b^bhojane mattaññū^eb^. Vigatathinamiddho hutvā rattindivaṃ kammaṭṭhānamanasikāre yuttatāya ^b^jāgariyānuyogamanuyutto^eb^. Kathaṃ pana jāgariyānuyogo hotīti taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘pubbarattā…pe… viharatī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Yathāha ‘‘kathañca pubbarattāpararattaṃ jāgariyānuyogamanuyutto hoti? Idha bhikkhu divasaṃ caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi cittaṃ parisodheti, rattiyā paṭhamaṃ yāmaṃ caṅkamena…pe… sodheti, evaṃ kho bhikkhu pubbarattāpararattaṃ jāgariyānuyogamanuyutto hotī’’ti (vibha. 519). ^b^Imasmiṃ panatthe^eb^ti ‘‘maññati, na maññatī’’ti ca vattabbabhāvasaṅkhāte atthe. ^b^No puthujjano adhippeto^eb^ ‘‘appattamānaso, anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ patthayamāno’’ti ca vuttattā.<br/><br/>[03]Sampayuttattā manasi bhavoti rāgo mānaso, mano eva mānasanti katvā cittaṃ ^b^mānasaṃ,^eb^ anavasesato mānaṃ sīyati samucchindatīti aggamaggo ^a^M1.0093^ea^^b^mānasaṃ,^eb^ tannibbattattā pana arahattassa mānasatā daṭṭhabbā. ^b^Janesutā^eb^ti jane sakalasattaloke vissutā, patthaṭayasāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]Natthi ito uttaranti ^b^anuttaraṃ^eb^. Taṃ pana sabbaseṭṭhaṃ hontaṃ ekantato sadisarahitameva hoti, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘anuttaranti seṭṭhaṃ,^eb^^b^asadisanti attho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Patthayamānassā^eb^ti taṇhāyantassa. ^b^Pajappitānī^eb^ti mānajappanāni. Yasmiñhi vatthusmiṃ taṇhāyanā patthayamānamaññanā sambhavati, tasmiṃyeva ‘‘seyyohamasmī’’tiādīni pajappitāni sambhavantīti adhippāyo. ^b^Pavedhīta^eb^nti parivāsitaṃ. ^b^Pakappitesū^eb^ti taṇhādiṭṭhikappehi parikappitesu ārammaṇesu. ^b^Sota^eb^nti kilesasotaṃ ^a^V1.0083^ea^. Tasmiñhi chinne itarasotaṃ chinnamevāti. ^b^Viddhasta^eb^nti vināsitaṃ. Tañca kho lomahaṃsamattampi asesetvāti dassento āha ^b^‘‘vinaḷīkata’’^eb^nti, vigatāvasesaṃ katanti attho. Adhimuttiyā idhādhippetapatthanā pākaṭā hotīti ^b^‘‘tanninno’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ, na pana kusalacchandassa adhimuttibhāvato. ^b^Adhimuccanto^eb^ti okappento.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sabbākāraviparītāyā^eb^ti ‘‘subhaṃ sukhaṃ nicca’’ntiādīnaṃ sabbesaṃ attanā gahetabbākārānaṃ vasena tabbiparītatāya, anavasesato dhammasabhāvaviparītākāragāhiniyāti attho. ^b^Abhivisiṭṭhena ñāṇenā^eb^ti asampajānanamicchājānanāni viya na dhammasabhāvaṃ appatvā nāpi atikkamitvā, atha kho avirajjhitvā dhammasabhāvassa abhimukhabhāvappattiyā abhivisiṭṭhena ñāṇena, ñātapariññādhiṭṭhānāya tīraṇapariññāya pahānapariññekadesena cāti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘pathavīti…pe… vuttaṃ hotī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pathavībhāva^eb^nti pathaviyaṃ abhiññeyyabhāvaṃ. Lakkhaṇapathavī hi idhādhippetā, pariññeyyabhāvo panassā ^b^‘‘aniccātipī’’^eb^tiādinā gahitoti. ^b^Abhiññatvā^eb^ti ñātatīraṇapahānapariññāhi heṭṭhimamaggañāṇehi ca abhijānitvā. ^b^Māmaññī^eb^ti appahīnānaṃ maññanānaṃ vasena māti maññatīti mā, pahīnānaṃ pana vasena na maññatīti amaññī, mā ca so amaññī ca māmaññīti evamettha padavibhāgato attho veditabbo. Tattha yena bhāgena amaññī, tena maññīti na vattabbo. Yena pana bhāgena maññī, tena amaññīti na vattabboti. Evaṃ paṭikkhepappadhānaṃ atthaṃ dassetuṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ^b^‘‘maññī ca na maññī ca na vattabbo’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Paṭikkhepappadhānatā cettha ^a^M1.0094^ea^ labbhamānānampi maññanānaṃ dubbalabhāvato veditabbā. Tenevāha – ^b^‘‘itarā pana tanubhāvaṃ gatā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Mā^eb^ti ca nipātapadametaṃ, anekatthā ca nipātāti adhippāyena ^b^‘‘etasmiñhi atthe imaṃ padaṃ nipātetvā vutta’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. ^b^Nipātetvā^eb^ti ca pakatiādivibhāganiddhāraṇe anumānanayaṃ muñcitvā yathāvutte atthe paccakkhatova dassetvāti attho. ^b^Puthujjano viyā^eb^ti etenassa uparimaggavajjhataṇhāmānavasena maññanā na paṭikkhittāti dīpeti.<br/><br/>[03]Atha vā ^b^mā maññī^eb^ti parikappakiriyāpaṭikkhepavacanametaṃ ‘‘mā randhayuṃ, mā jīrī’’tiādīsu viya, na maññeyyāti vuttañhoti. Yathā hi puthujjano sabbaso appahīnamaññanattā ‘‘maññati’’cceva vattabbo, yathā ca khīṇāsavo sabbaso pahīnamaññanattā na maññati eva, na evaṃ sekkho. Tassa hi ekaccā maññanā pahīnā, ekaccā appahīnā, tasmā ubhayabhāvato ubhayathāpi na vattabbo. Nanu ca ubhayabhāvato ubhayathāpi vattabboti? Na. Yā hi appahīnā, tāpissa tanubhāvaṃ gatāti tāhipi so na maññeyya vibhūtatarāya ^a^V1.0084^ea^ maññanāya abhāvato, pageva itarāhi. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘mā maññī’’ti. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘mā maññīti parikappakiriyāpaṭikkhepavacanametaṃ ‘mā randhayuṃ, mā jīrī’tiādīsu viya, na maññeyyāti vuttaṃ hotī’’ti. Ayañcassa amaññanā vatthuno pariññeyyattā, na asekkhassa viya pariññātattā. Yañhi ekantato parijānitabbaṃ parijānituṃ sakkā, na tattha tabbidhure viya puthujjanassa maññanā sambhavanti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘pariññeyyaṃ tassāti vadāmī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Okkantaniyāmattā^eb^ti anupaviṭṭhasammattaniyāmattā, otiṇṇamaggasotattāti attho. ^b^Sambodhiparāyaṇattā^eb^ti uparimaggasambodhipaṭisaraṇattā, tadadhigamāya ninnapoṇapabbhārabhāvatoti attho. Ubhayenapi tassa avassaṃbhāvinī sesapariññāti dasseti. ^b^Pariññeyya^eb^nti parijānitabbabhāvena ṭhitaṃ, pariññātuṃ vā sakkuṇeyyaṃ. Tappaṭipakkhato ^b^apariññeyyaṃ^eb^. ^b^Puthujjanassa viyā^eb^ti etena idhādhippetaputhujjanassa pariññeyyabhāvāsaṅkā eva natthi anadhikāratoti dasseti. ^b^‘‘Mābhinandī’’^eb^ti etthāpi imināva nayena attho veditabbo.<br/><br/>[06]Sekkhavāradutiyanayavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 11
title: ekattavārādivaṇṇanā^sekkhavāradutiyanayavaṇṇanā^khīṇāsavavāratatiyādinayavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^8^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sabhāgo^eb^^a^M1.0095^ea^ diṭṭhasaccatādisāmaññena. Ārakā kilesehi arahanti padassa niruttinayena atthaṃ vatvā taṃ pāḷiyā samānento ^b^‘‘vuttañceta’’^eb^ntiādimāha. Tattha ^b^pāpakā^eb^ti lāmakaṭṭhena duggatisampāpanaṭṭhena ca pāpakā. Sāvajjaṭṭhena akosallasambhūtaṭṭhena ca ^b^akusalā^eb^. Saṃkilesaṃ arahanti, tattha vā niyuttāti ^b^saṃkilesikā^eb^. Punabbhavassa karaṇasīlā, punabbhavaphalaṃ arahantīti vā ^b^ponobhavikā^eb^. Saha darathena pariḷāhena pavattantīti ^b^sadarā^eb^. Dukkho kaṭuko, dukkhamo vā vipāko etesanti ^b^dukkhavipākā^eb^. Anāgate jātiyā ceva jarāmaraṇānañca vaḍḍhanena ^b^jātijarāmaraṇiyā^eb^ti. Evametesaṃ padānaṃ attho veditabbo. Kāmañcāyaṃ suttantavaṇṇanā, abhidhammanayo pana nippariyāyoti tena dassento ^b^‘‘cattāro āsavā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Samucchinnā paṭippassaddhā^eb^ti na kevalaṃ samucchinnā eva, atha kho paṭippassaddhāpīti maggakiccena sadisaṃ phalakiccampi niddhāreti.<br/><br/>[03]Sīlavisodhanādinā ^a^V1.0085^ea^ garūnaṃ paṭipattiyā anukaraṇaṃ ^b^garusaṃvāso^eb^. Ariyamaggapaṭipatti eva ^b^ariyamaggasaṃvāso^eb^. ^b^Dasa ariyāvāsā^eb^ nāma pañcaṅgavippahīnatādayo. Ye sandhāya vuttaṃ –<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Dasayime, bhikkhave, ariyāvāsā, ye ariyā āvasiṃsu vā āvasanti vā āvasissanti vā. Katame dasa? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pañcaṅgavippahīno hoti chaḷaṅgasamannāgato, ekārakkho, caturāpasseno, panuṇṇapaccekasacco, samavayasaṭṭhesano, anāvilasaṅkappo, passaddhakāyasaṅkhāro, suvimuttacitto, suvimuttapañño. Ime kho, bhikkhave, dasa ariyāvāsā’’ti (a. ni. 10.19).<br/><br/>[03]Vussatīti vā vusitaṃ, ariyamaggo, ariyaphalañca, taṃ etassa atthīti atisayavacanicchāvasena arahā ^b^‘‘vusitavā’’^eb^ti vutto. ^b^Karaṇīya^eb^nti pariññāpahānabhāvanāsacchikiriyamāha. Taṃ pana yasmā catūhi maggehi catūsu saccesu kattabbattā soḷasavidhanti veditabbaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘catūhi maggehi^eb^^a^M1.0096^ea^^b^karaṇīya’’^eb^nti. ^b^Sammāvimuttassā^eb^ti aggamaggaphalapaññāhi samucchedapaṭippassaddhīnaṃ vasena suṭṭhu vimuttassa. ^b^Santacittassā^eb^ti tato eva sabbakilesadarathapariḷāhānaṃ vūpasantacittassa. Bhinnakilesassa khīṇāsavassa ^b^bhikkhuno^eb^. ^b^Katassa^eb^ pariññādikiccassa ^b^paṭicayo^eb^ puna karaṇaṃ ^b^natthi,^eb^ tato eva ^b^karaṇīyaṃ na vijjati^eb^ na upalabbhati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bhārā^eb^ti osīdāpanaṭṭhena bhārā viyāti bhārā. Vuttañhi ‘‘bhārā have pañcakkhandhā’’tiādi (saṃ. ni. 3.22). Attano yonisomanasikārāyattanti ^b^attupanibandhaṃ,^eb^ sasantānapariyāpannattā attānaṃ ^b^avijahanaṃ^eb^. Tayidaṃ yadipi sabbasmiṃ anavajjadhamme sambhavati, akuppasabhāvāparihānadhammesu pana aggabhūte arahatte sātisayaṃ, netaresūti dassento āha ^b^‘‘attano paramatthaṭṭhena vā’’^eb^ti, uttamaṭṭhabhāvenāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]Suttantanayo nāma pariyāyanayoti nippariyāyanayena saṃyojanāni dassento ^b^‘‘bhavarāgaissāmacchariyasaṃyojana’’^eb^nti āha, na pana ‘‘rūparāgo’’tiādinā. ^b^Bhavesu saṃyojantī^eb^ti kilesakammavipākavaṭṭānaṃ paccayo hutvā nissarituṃ appadānavasena bandhanti. Satipi hi aññesaṃ tappaccayabhāve na vinā saṃyojanāni tesaṃ tappaccayabhāvo atthi, orambhāgiyauddhambhāgiyasaṅgahitehi ca tehi taṃtaṃbhavanibbattakakammaniyamo bhavaniyamo ca hoti ^a^V1.0086^ea^, na ca upacchinnasaṃyojanassa katānipi kammāni bhavaṃ nibbattentīti tesaṃyeva saṃyojanaṭṭho daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sammā aññāyāti^eb^ ājānanabhūtāya aggamaggapaññāya sammā yathābhūtaṃ dukkhādīsu yo yathā jānitabbo, taṃ tathā jānitvā. ^b^Cittavimutti^eb^ sabbassa cittasaṃkilesassa vissaggo. ^b^Nibbānādhimutti^eb^ nibbāne adhimuccanaṃ tattha ninnapoṇapabbhāratā. ^b^Ta^eb^nti pathavīādikaṃ. ^b^Pariññātaṃ,^eb^ na puthujjanassa viya apariññātaṃ, sekkhassa viya pariññeyyaṃ vā. ^b^Tasmā^eb^ti pariññātattā.<br/><br/>[03]Catutthapañcamachaṭṭhavārā tattha tattha kilesanibbānakittanavasena pavattattā ^b^nibbānavārā^eb^ nāma. Tattha pathavīādīnaṃ pariññātattā amaññanā, sā pana pariññā rāgādīnaṃ khayena siddhāti imassa atthassa dīpanavasena pāḷi pavattāti dassento ^b^‘‘pariññātaṃ tassāti sabbapadehi yojetvā^eb^^b^puna^eb^^a^M1.0097^ea^^b^khayā rāgassa vītarāgattāti yojetabbaṃ^eb^. ^b^Esa nayo itaresū’’^eb^ti āha. Tattha ^b^itaresū^eb^ti pañcamachaṭṭhavāresu. Yadi evaṃ kasmā pāḷi evaṃ na dissatīti āha ^b^‘‘desanā pana ekattha vuttaṃ sabbattha vuttameva hotīti saṃkhittā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Na khayā rāgassa vītarāgo^eb^ sabbaso appahīnarāgattā. Vikkhambhitarāgo hi soti. ^b^Bāhiraka^eb^ggahaṇañcettha tathābhāvasseva tesu labbhanato, na tesu eva tathābhāvassa labbhanato. Idāni yā sā ‘‘pariññātaṃ tassā’’ti sabbapadehi yojanā vuttā, taṃ vināpi nibbānavārātthayojanaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yathā cā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^maññanaṃ na maññatī^eb^ti maññanā nappavattatīti attho. Maññanāya maññitabbattepi tassā vatthuantogadhattāti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[03]Yadipi pariññātapadaṃ aggahetvā nibbānavāradesanā pavattā, evampi ‘‘khayā’’tiādipadehi pariññāsiddhi eva pakāsīyatīti ko tesaṃ visesoti codanaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘ettha cā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Maggabhāvanāpāripūridassanatthaṃ vutto,^eb^ maggakiccantā hi pariññāyoti adhippāyo. ^b^Itare…pe… veditabbā^eb^ vītarāgādikittanatoti. ^b^Dvīhi vā kāraṇehī^eb^ti yathāvuttakāraṇadvayena. ^b^Assā^eb^ti khīṇāsavassa. ^b^Ayaṃ viseso^eb^ti idāni vuccamāno viseso. Yadipi khīṇāsavo ekantena vītarāgo vītadoso vītamoho eva ca hoti, yāya pana pubbabhāgapaṭipadāya vītarāgatādayo savisesāti vattabbataṃ labhanti, taṃ dassento ^b^‘‘tīsu hī’’^eb^tiādimāha ^a^V1.0087^ea^. ‘‘Ratto atthaṃ na jānātī’’tiādinā (netti. 11) rāge ādīnavaṃ passato ‘‘rāgo ca nāma sukhābhisaṅgena uppajjati, sukhañca vipariṇāmato dukkhaṃ. Pageva itara’’nti sahetuke rāge ādīnavadassanaṃ dukkhānupassanāya nimittaṃ, dukkhānupassanā ca paṇidhiyā paṭipakkhabhāvato appaṇihitavimokkhaṃ paripuretīti āha ^b^‘‘rāge…pe… vītarāgo hotī’’^eb^ti. Tathā ‘‘duṭṭho atthaṃ na jānātī’’tiādinā (itivu. 88) dose ādīnavaṃ passato ‘‘doso ca nāma dukkhaṃ paṭicca uppajjati, tañca ubhayaṃ anavaṭṭhitaṃ ittaraṃ pabhaṅgū’’ti sahetuke dose ādīnavadassanaṃ aniccānupassanāya nimittaṃ, aniccānupassanā ca niccanimittādīnaṃ paṭipakkhabhāvato animittavimokkhaṃ paripūretīti āha ^b^‘‘dose…pe… hotī’’^eb^ti. Tathā ‘‘mūḷho ^a^M1.0098^ea^ atthaṃ na jānātī’’tiādinā (itivu. 88) mohe ādīnavaṃ passato ‘‘moho nāma yathāsabhāvaggahaṇassa paribbhamanto’’ti mohassa vikkhambhanaṃ anattānupassanāya nimittaṃ, anattānupassanāya ca attābhinivesassa paṭipakkhabhāvato suññataṃ vimokkhaṃ paripūretīti āha ^b^‘‘mohe…pe… vītamoho hotī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Evaṃ sante^eb^ti yadi vītarāgatādayo vimokkhavibhāgena vuttā, evaṃ sante. ^b^Tasmā^eb^ti yasmā vimokkhamukhavimokkhānaṃ vasena niyametvā na vuttaṃ, tasmā. Yaṃ kiñci arahato sambhavantaṃ vibhajitvā vuccatīti vārattayadesanā katāti imamatthaṃ dasseti ^b^‘‘yaṃ arahato’’^eb^tiādinā.<br/><br/>[03]Evaṃ vimuttivibhāgena khīṇāsavassa vibhāgaṃ vārattayadesanānibandhanaṃ dassetvā idāni avibhāgenapi tattha pariññāvisayassa anusayavisayassa ca vibhāgaṃ tassa nibandhanaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘avisesenā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha upekkhāvedanā visesato saṅkhāradukkhaṃ sammohādhiṭṭhānanti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘saṅkhāra…pe… moho’’^eb^ti. Sesaṃ vuttanayattā suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Khīṇāsavavāratatiyādinayavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 12
title: sekkhavāradutiyanayavaṇṇanā^khīṇāsavavāratatiyādinayavaṇṇanā^tathāgatavārasattamanayavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^12^eb^^b^.^eb^ Yehi (dī. ni. abhi. ṭī. 1.7.cūḷasīlavaṇṇanā; a. ni. ṭī. 1.1.170) guṇavisesehi nimittabhūtehi bhagavati ‘‘tathāgato’’ti ayaṃ samaññā pavattā, taṃ dassanatthaṃ ^a^V1.0088^ea^^b^‘‘aṭṭhahi kāraṇehi bhagavā tathāgato’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Guṇanemittakāneva hi bhagavato sabbāni nāmāni. Yathāha –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Asaṅkhyeyyāni nāmāni, saguṇena mahesino;<br/><br/>[22]Guṇena nāmamuddheyyaṃ, api nāmasahassato’’ti. (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 1313; udā. aṭṭha. 53; paṭi. ma. aṭṭha. 1.76; dī. ni. abhi. ṭī. 1.7.cūḷasīlavaṇṇanā; a. ni. ṭī. 1.1.170) –<br/><br/>[07]^b^Tathā āgato^eb^ti ettha ākāraniyamanavasena opammasampaṭipādanattho ^b^tathā^eb^-saddo. Sāmaññajotanā hi visese avatiṭṭhatīti paṭipādagamanattho ^b^āgata^eb^-saddo, na ñāṇagamanattho ‘‘tathalakkhaṇaṃ āgato’’tiādīsu ^a^M1.0099^ea^ (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.7; ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.12; saṃ. ni. aṭṭha. 2.3.78; a. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.170; udā. aṭṭha. 18; itivu. aṭṭha. 38; theragā. aṭṭha. 1.1.3; bu. vaṃ. aṭṭha. 2.bāhiranidāna; mahāni. aṭṭha. 14) viya, nāpi kāyagamanādiattho ‘‘āgato kho mahāsamaṇo, māgadhānaṃ giribbaja’’ntiādīsu (mahāva. 63) viya. Tattha yadākāraniyamanavasena opammasampaṭipādanattho tathā-saddo, taṃ karuṇāppadhānattā mahākaruṇāmukhena purimabuddhānaṃ āgamanapaṭipadaṃ udāharaṇavasena sāmaññato dassento yaṃtaṃsaddānaṃ ekantasambandhabhāvato ^b^‘‘yathā sabbaloka…pe… āgatā’’^eb^ti sādhāraṇato vatvā puna taṃ paṭipadaṃ ^b^mahāpadānasuttā^eb^dīsu (dī. ni. 2.4) sambahulaniddesena supākaṭānaṃ āsannānañca vipassīādīnaṃ channaṃ sammāsambuddhānaṃ vasena dassento ^b^‘‘yathā vipassī bhagavā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^yena abhinīhārenā^eb^ti manussatta-liṅgasampatti-hetu-satthāradassana-pabbajjā-abhiññādiguṇasampatti-adhikāra-chandānaṃ vasena aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatena kāyapaṇidhānamahāpaṇidhānena. Sabbesañhi sammāsambuddhānaṃ kāyapaṇidhānaṃ imināva nīhārena samijjhatīti.<br/><br/>[03]Evaṃ mahābhinīhāravasena ‘‘tathāgato’’ti padassa atthaṃ vatvā idāni pāramīpūraṇavasena dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘atha vā yathā vipassī bhagavā…pe… yathā kassapo bhagavā dānapāramiṃ pūretvā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Imasmiṃ pana ṭhāne suttantikānaṃ mahābodhiyānapaṭipadāya kosallajananatthaṃ pāramīkathā vattabbā, sā pana sabbākārasampannā ^b^cariyāpiṭakavaṇṇanāya^eb^ (cariyā. pakiṇṇakakathā) vitthārato niddiṭṭhā, tasmā atthikehi tattha vuttanayeneva veditabbā. Yathā ^a^V1.0089^ea^ pana pubbe vipassīādayo sammāsambuddhā abhinīhārasampattiyaṃ patiṭṭhāya suvisuddhāya paṭipadāya anavasesato sammadeva sabbā pāramiyo paripūresuṃ, evaṃ amhākampi bhagavā paripūresīti imamatthaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘samattiṃ sapāramiyo pūretvā’’^eb^ti. Satipi aṅgapariccāgādīnaṃ dānapāramibhāve pariccāgavisesabhāvadassanatthañceva sudukkarabhāvadassanatthañca ^b^‘‘pañca mahāpariccāge’’^eb^ti visuṃ gahaṇaṃ, tatoyeva ca aṅgapariccāgato visuṃ nayanapariccāgaggahaṇampi kataṃ, pariggahapariccāgabhāvasāmaññepi dhanarajjapariccāgato puttadārapariccāgaggahaṇañca kataṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Gatapaccāgatikavattapūraṇādikāya pubbabhāgapaṭipadāya saddhiṃ abhiññāsamāpattinipphādanaṃ ^b^pubbayogo,^eb^ dānādīsuyeva sātisayapaṭipattinipphādanaṃ ^b^pubbacariyā^eb^^a^M1.0100^ea^, sā cariyāpiṭakasaṅgahitā. Abhinīhāro ^b^pubbayogo,^eb^ dānādipaṭipatti, kāyavivekavasena ekacariyā vā ^b^pubbacariyā^eb^ti keci. Dānādīnañceva appicchatādīnañca saṃsāranibbānesu ādīnavānisaṃsānañca vibhāvanavasena sattānaṃ bodhittaye patiṭṭhāpanaparipācanavasena ca pavattā kathā ^b^dhammakkhānaṃ,^eb^ ñātīnaṃ atthacariyā ^b^ñātatthacariyā,^eb^ sāpi karuṇāya vaseneva. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena lokatthacariyādayo saṅgaṇhāti. Kammassakatañāṇavasena, anavajjakammāyatanasippāyatanavijjāṭṭhānaparicayavasena khandhāyatanādiparicayavasena, lakkhaṇattayatīraṇavasena ca ñāṇacāro ^b^buddhicariyā,^eb^ sā pana atthato paññāpāramīyeva, ñāṇasambhāradassanatthaṃ visuṃ gahaṇaṃ. ^b^Koṭī^eb^ti pariyanto, ukkaṃsoti attho.<br/><br/>[03]Cattāro satipaṭṭhāne bhāvetvā brūhetvāti sambandho. Tattha ^b^bhāvetvā^eb^ti uppādetvā. ^b^Brūhetvā^eb^ti vaḍḍhetvā. ^b^Satipaṭṭhānā^eb^diggahaṇena āgamanapaṭipadaṃ matthakaṃ pāpetvā dasseti. Vipassanāsahagatā eva vā ^b^satipaṭṭhānā^eb^dayo daṭṭhabbā. Ettha ca ‘‘yena abhinīhārenā’’tiādinā āgamanapaṭipadāya ādiṃ dasseti, ‘‘dānapāramī’’tiādinā majjhaṃ, ‘‘cattāro satipaṭṭhāne’’tiādinā pariyosānanti veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sampatijāto^eb^ti muhuttajāto manussānaṃ hatthato muttamatto, na mātukucchito nikkhantamatto. Nikkhantamattañhi mahāsattaṃ paṭhamaṃ brahmāno suvaṇṇajālena paṭiggaṇhiṃsu, tesaṃ hatthato cattāro mahārājāno ajinappaveṇiyā, tesaṃ hatthato manussā dukūlacumbaṭakena paṭiggaṇhiṃsu, manussānaṃ hatthato muccitvā pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhitoti. ^b^Yathāha^eb^ bhagavā mahāpadānadesanāyaṃ. ^b^Setamhi chatte^eb^ti dibbasetacchatte. ^b^Anudhārīyamāne^eb^ti dhārīyamāne. Ettha ca chattaggahaṇeneva khaggādīni pañca kakudhabhaṇṭānipi vuttānevāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Khaggatālavaṇṭamorahatthakavālabījanīuṇhīsapaṭṭāpi ^a^V1.0090^ea^ hi chattena saha tadā upaṭṭhitā ahesuṃ, chattādīniyeva ca tadā paññāyiṃsu, na chattādiggāhakā. ^b^Sabbā ca disā^eb^ti dasapi disā. Nayidaṃ sabbadisāvilokanaṃ sattapadavītihāruttarakālaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Mahāsatto hi manussānaṃ hatthato muccitvā puratthimadisaṃ ^a^M1.0101^ea^ olokesi. Tattha devamanussā gandhamālādīhi pūjayamānā ‘‘mahāpurisa idha tumhehi sadisopi natthi, kuto uttaritaro’’ti āhaṃsu. Evaṃ catasso disā, catasso anudisā; heṭṭhā, uparīti sabbā disā anuviloketvā sabbattha attanā sadisaṃ adisvā ‘‘ayaṃ uttarā disā’’ti tattha sattapadavītihārena agamāsi. ^b^Āsabhi^eb^nti uttamaṃ. ^b^Aggo^eb^ti sabbapaṭhamo. ^b^Jeṭṭho seṭṭho^eb^ti ca tasseva vevacanaṃ. ^b^Ayamantimā jāti, natthi dāni punabbhavo^eb^ti imasmiṃ attabhāve pattabbaṃ arahattaṃ byākāsi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Anekesaṃ visesādhigamānaṃ pubbanimittabhāvenā^eb^ti saṃkhittena vuttamatthaṃ ^b^‘‘yañhī’’^eb^tiādinā vitthārato dasseti. Tattha ^b^etthā^eb^ti –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Anekasākhañca sahassamaṇḍalaṃ,<br/><br/>[27]Chattaṃ marū dhārayumantalikkhe;<br/><br/>[26]Suvaṇṇadaṇḍā vītipatanti cāmarā,<br/><br/>[22]Na dissare cāmarachattagāhakā’’ti. (su. ni. 693);<br/><br/>[03]Imissā gāthāya. Sabbaññutaññāṇameva sabbattha appaṭihatacāratāya anāvaraṇañāṇanti āha ^b^‘‘sabbaññutānāvaraṇañāṇapaṭilābhassā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tathā ayaṃ bhagavāpi gato…pe… pubbanimittabhāvenā^eb^ti etena abhijātiyaṃ dhammatāvasena uppajjanakavisesā sabbabodhisattānaṃ sādhāraṇāti dasseti. Pāramitānissandā hi teti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vikkamī^eb^ti agamāsi. ^b^Marū^eb^ti devā. ^b^Samā^eb^ti vilokanasamatāya samā sadisiyo. Mahāpuriso hi yathā ekaṃ disaṃ vilokesi, evaṃ sesadisāpi, na katthaci vilokane vibandho tassa ahosīti. ^b^Samā^eb^ti vā viloketuṃ yuttā, visamarahitāti attho. Na hi tadā bodhisattassa virūpabībhacchavisamarūpāni viloketuṃ ayuttāni disāsu upaṭṭhahantīti.<br/><br/>[03]Evaṃ ‘‘tathā gato’’ti kāyagamanaṭṭhena gata-saddena tathāgata-saddaṃ niddisitvā idāni ñāṇagamanaṭṭhena taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘atha vā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^nekkhammenā^eb^ti alobhappadhānena kusalacittuppādena ^a^V1.0091^ea^. Kusalā hi ^a^M1.0102^ea^ dhammā idha nekkhammaṃ, na pabbajjādayo, ‘‘paṭhamajjhāna’’nti (dī. ni. abhi. ṭī. 1.7.cūḷasīlavaṇṇanā; a. ni. ṭī. 1.1.170) ca vadanti. ^b^Pahāyā^eb^ti pajahitvā. ^b^Gato^eb^ adhigato, paṭipanno uttarivisesanti attho. ^b^Pahāyā^eb^ti vā pahānahetu, pahānalakkhaṇaṃ vā. Hetulakkhaṇattho hi ayaṃ pahāya-saddo. Kāmacchandādippahānahetukaṃ ‘‘gato’’ti hettha vuttaṃ gamanaṃ avabodho, paṭipatti eva vā kāmacchandādippahānena ca lakkhīyatīti. Esa nayo ^b^padāletvā^eb^tiādīsupi. ^b^Abyāpādenā^eb^ti mettāya. ^b^Ālokasaññāyā^eb^ti vibhūtaṃ katvā manasikaraṇena (dī. ni. abhi. ṭī. 1.7.cūḷasīlavaṇṇanā) upaṭṭhitāalokasañcānanena. ^b^Avikkhepenā^eb^ti samādhinā. ^b^Dhammavavatthānenā^eb^ti kusalādidhammānaṃ yāthāvanicchayena. ‘‘Sappaccayanāmarūpavavatthānenā’’tipi vadanti.<br/><br/>[03]Evaṃ kāmacchandādinīvaraṇappahānena ‘‘abhijjhaṃ loke pahāyā’’tiādinā (vibha. 508) vuttāya paṭhamajjhānassa pubbabhāgapaṭipadāya bhagavato tathāgatabhāvaṃ dassetvā idāni saha upāyena aṭṭhahi samāpattīhi aṭṭhārasahi ca mahāvipassanāhi taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘ñāṇenā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Nāmarūpapariggahakaṅkhāvitaraṇānañhi vinibandhabhūtassa mohassa dūrīkaraṇena ñātapariññāyaṃ ṭhitassa aniccasaññādayo sijjhanti, tathā jhānasamāpattīsu abhiratinimittena pāmojjena. Tattha ‘‘anabhiratiyā vinoditāya jhānādīnaṃ samadhigamo’’ti samāpattivipassanānaṃ arativinodanāvijjāpadālanādīni upāyo, uppaṭipāṭiniddeso pana nīvaraṇasabhāvāya avijjāya heṭṭhā nivaraṇesupi saṅgahadassanatthanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Samāpattivihārappavesavibandhanena nīvaraṇāni kavāṭasadisānīti āha ^b^‘‘nīvaraṇakavāṭaṃ ugghāṭetvā’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Rattiṃ anuvitakketvā anuvicāretvā divā kammante payojetī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.251) vuttaṭṭhāne vitakkavicārā dhūmāyanāti adhippetāti āha ^b^‘‘vitakkavicāradhūma’’^eb^nti. Kiñcāpi paṭhamajjhānupacāreyeva dukkhaṃ, catutthajjhānupacāre ca sukhaṃ pahīyati, atisayappahānaṃ pana sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘catutthajjhānena sukhadukkhaṃ pahāyā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Aniccassa, aniccanti ca anupassanā ^b^aniccānupassanā,^eb^ tebhūmakadhammānaṃ aniccataṃ gahetvā pavattāya vipassanāyetaṃ nāmaṃ. ^b^Niccasañña^eb^nti saṅkhatadhammesu ‘‘niccā sassatā’’ti evaṃpavattamicchāsaññaṃ. Saññāsīsena diṭṭhicittānampi ^a^M1.0103^ea^ gahaṇaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Esa nayo ito paresupi. ^b^Nibbidānupassanāyā^eb^ti saṅkhāresu nibbijjanākārena pavattāya anupassanāya. ^b^Nandi^eb^nti sappītikataṇhaṃ. ^b^Virāgānupassanāyā^eb^ti saṅkhāresu virajjanākārena pavattāya anupassanāya. ^b^Nirodhānupassanāyā^eb^ti ^a^V1.0092^ea^ saṅkhārānaṃ nirodhassa anupassanāya. Yathā vā saṅkhārā nirujjhantiyeva, āyatiṃ punabbhavavasena na uppajjanti, evaṃ anupassanā ^b^nirodhānupassanā^eb^. Tenevāha ‘‘nirodhānupassanāya nirodheti, no samudetī’’ti. Muccitukamyatā hi ayaṃ balappattāti. Paṭinissajjanākārena pavattā anupassanā ^b^paṭinissaggānupassanā,^eb^ paṭisaṅkhāsantiṭṭhanā hi ayaṃ. ^b^Ādāna^eb^nti niccādivasena gahaṇaṃ. Santatisamūhakiccārammaṇānaṃ vasena ekattaggahaṇaṃ ^b^ghanasaññā. Āyūhanaṃ^eb^ abhisaṅkharaṇaṃ. Avatthāvisesāpatti ^b^vipariṇāmo. Dhuvasañña^eb^nti thirabhāvaggahaṇaṃ. ^b^Nimitta^eb^nti samūhādighanavasena sakiccaparicchedatāya ca saṅkhārānaṃ saviggahaggahaṇaṃ. ^b^Paṇidhi^eb^nti rāgādipaṇidhiṃ. Sā panatthato taṇhāvasena saṅkhāresu ninnatā. ^b^Abhinivesa^eb^nti attānudiṭṭhiṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Aniccadukkhādivasena sabbadhammatīraṇaṃ ^b^adhipaññādhammavipassanā^eb^. ^b^Sārādānābhinivesa^eb^nti asāresu sāraggahaṇavipallāsaṃ. Issarakuttādivasena loko samuppannoti abhiniveso ^b^sammohābhiniveso^eb^. Keci pana ‘‘ahosiṃ nu kho ahaṃ atītamaddhānantiādinā (ma. ni. 1.18; saṃ. ni. 2.20) pavattasaṃsayāpatti ^b^sammohābhiniveso’’^eb^ti vadanti. Saṅkhāresu leṇatāṇabhāvaggahaṇaṃ ^b^ālayābhiniveso^eb^. ‘‘Ālayaratā ālayasammuditā’’ti (dī. ni. 2.64, 67; ma. ni. 1.281; 2.337; saṃ. ni. 1.172; mahāva. 7, 8) vacanato ālayo taṇhā, sāyeva cakkhādīsu rūpādīsu ca abhinivisanavasena pavattiyā ^b^ālayābhiniveso^eb^ti keci. ‘‘Evaṃvidhā saṅkhārā paṭinissajjīyantī’’ti pavattaṃ ñāṇaṃ ^b^paṭisaṅkhānupassanā^eb^. Vaṭṭato vigatattā vivaṭṭaṃ, ^b^nibbānaṃ,^eb^ tattha ārammaṇakaraṇasaṅkhātena anupassanena pavattiyā ^b^vivaṭṭānupassanā,^eb^ gotrabhū. ^b^Saṃyogābhinivesa^eb^nti saṃyujjanavasena saṅkhāresu nivisanaṃ. ^b^Diṭṭhekaṭṭhe^eb^ti diṭṭhiyā sahajātekaṭṭhe pahānekaṭṭhe ca. ^b^Oḷārike^eb^ti uparimaggavajjhakilese apekkhitvā vuttaṃ, aññathā dassanena pahātabbāpi dutiyamaggavajjhehi oḷārikāti. ^b^Aṇusahagate^eb^ti aṇubhūte. Idaṃ heṭṭhimamaggavajjhe apekkhitvā ^a^M1.0104^ea^ vuttaṃ. ^b^Sabbakilese^eb^ti avasiṭṭhasabbakilese. Na hi paṭhamādimaggehi pahīnā kilesā puna pahīyantīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kakkhaḷattaṃ^eb^ kathinabhāvo. ^b^Paggharaṇaṃ^eb^ dravabhāvo. Lokiyavāyunā bhastassa viya yena vāyunā taṃtaṃkalāpassa uddhumāyanaṃ, thaddhabhāvo vā, taṃ ^b^vitthambhanaṃ^eb^. Vijjamānepi kalāpantarabhūtānaṃ kalāpantarabhūtehi samphuṭṭhabhāve taṃtaṃbhūtavivittatā rūpapariyanto ākāsoti yesaṃ yo paricchedo, tehi so asamphuṭṭhova, aññathā bhūtānaṃ paricchedasabhāvo na siyā byāpībhāvāpattito, abyāpitāva ^a^V1.0093^ea^ asamphuṭṭhatāti yasmiṃ kalāpe bhūtānaṃ paricchedo, tehi asamphuṭṭhabhāvo ^b^asamphuṭṭhalakkhaṇaṃ^eb^. Tenāha bhagavā ^b^ākāsadhātuniddese^eb^ (dha. sa. 637) ‘‘asamphuṭṭhaṃ catūhi mahābhūtehī’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]Virodhipaccayasannipāte visadisuppatti ^b^ruppanaṃ^eb^. Cetanāpadhānattā saṅkhārakkhandhadhammānaṃ cetanāvasenetaṃ vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘saṅkhārānaṃ abhisaṅkharaṇalakkhaṇa’’^eb^nti. Tathā hi ^b^suttantabhājanīye saṅkhārakkhandhavibhaṅge^eb^ (vibha. 92) ‘‘cakkhusamphassajā cetanā’’tiādinā cetanāva vibhattā. Abhisaṅkharaṇalakkhaṇā ca cetanā. Yathāha ‘‘tattha katamo puññābhisaṅkhāro? Kusalā cetanā kāmāvacarā’’tiādi. ^b^Pharaṇaṃ^eb^ savipphārikatā. ^b^Assaddhiye^eb^ti asaddhiyahetu. Nimittatthe bhummaṃ. Esa nayo ^b^kosajje^eb^tiādīsu. ^b^Upasamalakkhaṇa^eb^nti kāyacittapariḷāhūpasamalakkhaṇaṃ. Līnuddhaccarahite adhicitte pavattamāne paggahaniggahasampahaṃsanesu abyāvaṭatāya ajjhupekkhanaṃ ^b^paṭisaṅkhānaṃ^eb^ pakkhapātupacchedato.<br/><br/>[03]Musāvādādīnaṃ visaṃvādanādikiccatāya lūkhānaṃ apariggāhakānaṃ paṭipakkhabhāvato pariggāhakasabhāvā sammāvācā siniddhabhāvato sampayuttadhamme sammāvācāpaccayasubhāsitānaṃ sotārañca puggalaṃ pariggaṇhātīti tassā ^b^pariggāhalakkhaṇaṃ^eb^ vuttaṃ. Kāyikakiriyā kiñci kattabbaṃ samuṭṭhāpeti, sayañca samuṭṭhahanaṃ ghaṭanaṃ hotīti sammākammanta saṅkhātāya viratiyā ^b^samuṭṭhānalakkhaṇaṃ^eb^ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Sampayuttadhammānaṃ vā ukkhipanaṃ ^b^samuṭṭhāpanaṃ^eb^ kāyikakiriyāya bhārukkhipanaṃ viya. Jīvamānassa sattassa, sampayuttadhammānaṃ vā jīvitindriyappavattiyā, ājīvasseva vā suddhi ^b^vodānaṃ^eb^. Sasampayuttadhammassa cittassa saṃkilesapakkhe patituṃ adatvā sammadeva paggaṇhanaṃ ^b^paggaho^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Saṅkhārā’’ti ^a^M1.0105^ea^ idha cetanā adhippetāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘saṅkhārānaṃ cetanālakkhaṇa’’^eb^nti. ^b^Namanaṃ^eb^ ārammaṇābhimukhabhāvo. ^b^Āyatanaṃ^eb^ pavattanaṃ. Āyatanānaṃ vasena hi āyasaṅkhātānaṃ cittacetasikānaṃ pavatti. ^b^Taṇhāya hetulakkhaṇa^eb^nti vaṭṭassa janakahetubhāvo, maggassa pana nibbānasampāpakattanti ayametesaṃ viseso.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tathalakkhaṇaṃ^eb^ aviparītasabhāvo. ^b^Ekaraso^eb^ aññamaññānativattanaṃ anūnānadhikabhāvo. ^b^Yuganaddhā^eb^ samathavipassanāva. Saddhāpaññā paggahāvikkhepātipi vadanti.<br/><br/>[03]Khīṇoti ^a^V1.0094^ea^ kilese khepatīti ^b^khayo,^eb^ maggo. Anuppādapariyosānatāya ^b^anuppādo,^eb^ phalaṃ. ^b^Passaddhi^eb^ kilesavūpasamo. ^b^Chandassā^eb^ti kattukāmatāchandassa. ^b^Mūlalakkhaṇaṃ^eb^ patiṭṭhābhāvo. Samuṭṭhānabhāvo ^b^samuṭṭhānalakkhaṇaṃ^eb^ ārammaṇapaṭipādakatāya sampayuttadhammānaṃ uppattihetutā. ^b^Samodhānaṃ^eb^ visayādisannipātena gahetabbākāro, yā saṅgatīti vuccati. Samaṃ saha odahanti anena sampayuttadhammāti vā ^b^samodhānaṃ,^eb^ phasso. Samosaranti sannipatanti etthāti ^b^samosaraṇaṃ^eb^. Vedanāya vinā appavattamānā sampayuttadhammā vedanānubhavananimittaṃ samosaṭā viya hontīti evaṃ vuttaṃ. Gopānasīnaṃ kūṭaṃ viya sampayuttānaṃ pāmokkhabhāvo ^b^pamukhalakkhaṇaṃ^eb^. Tato, tesaṃ vā sampayuttadhammānaṃ uttari padhānanti ^b^tatuttari,^eb^ paññuttarā hi kusalā dhammā. ^b^Vimuttiyā^eb^ti phalassa. Tañhi sīlādiguṇasārassa paramukkaṃsabhāvena ^b^sāraṃ^eb^. Ayañca lakkhaṇavibhāgo chadhātupañcajhānaṅgādivasena taṃtaṃsuttapadānusārena porāṇaṭṭhakathāyaṃ āgatanayena ca katoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tathā hi pubbe vuttopi koci dhammo pariyāyantarapakāsanatthaṃ puna dassito. Tato eva ca ‘‘chandamūlakā kusalā dhammā manasikārasamuṭṭhānā phassasamodhānā vedanāsamosaraṇā’’ti, ‘‘paññuttarā kusalā dhammā’’ti, ‘‘vimuttisāramidaṃ brahmacariya’’nti, ‘‘nibbānogadhañhi āvuso brahmacariyaṃ nibbānapariyosāna’’nti (ma. ni. 1.466) ca suttapadānaṃ vasena ^b^‘‘chandassa mūlalakkhaṇa’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tathadhammā nāma cattāri ariyasaccāni^eb^ aviparītasabhāvattā. ^b^Tathāni^eb^ taṃsabhāvattā. ^b^Avitathāni^eb^ amusāsabhāvattā. ^b^Anaññathāni^eb^ aññākārarahitattā. ^b^Jātipaccayasambhūtasamudāgataṭṭho^eb^ti jātipaccayā sambhūtaṃ ^a^M1.0106^ea^ hutvā sahitassa attano paccayānurūpassa uddhaṃ āgatabhāvo, anupavattanaṭṭhoti attho. Atha vā sambhūtaṭṭho ca samudāgataṭṭho ca ^b^sambhūtasamudāgataṭṭho,^eb^ na jātito jarāmaraṇaṃ na hoti, na ca jātiṃ vinā aññato hotīti ^b^jātipaccayasambhūtaṭṭho^eb^. Itthañca jātito samudāgacchatīti ^b^jātipaccayasamudāgataṭṭho,^eb^ yā yā jāti yathā yathā paccayo hoti, tadanurūpaṃ pātubhāvoti attho. ^b^Avijjāya saṅkhārānaṃ paccayaṭṭho^eb^ti etthāpi na avijjā saṅkhārānaṃ paccayo na hoti, na ca avijjaṃ vinā saṅkhārā uppajjanti, yā yā avijjā yesaṃ yesaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ yathā yathā paccayo hoti, ayaṃ avijjāya saṅkhārānaṃ paccayaṭṭho paccayabhāvoti attho.<br/><br/>[03]Bhagavā taṃ sabbākārato jānāti passatīti sambandho. ^b^Tenā^eb^ti bhagavatā. Taṃ vibhajjamānanti yojetabbaṃ. ^b^Ta^eb^nti rupāyatanaṃ. ^b^Iṭṭhāniṭṭhādī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena majjhattaṃ saṅgaṇhāti, tathā atītānāgatapaccuppannaparittājjhattabahiddhātadubhayādibhedaṃ. ^b^Labbhamānakapadavasenā^eb^ti ‘‘rūpāyatanaṃ ^a^V1.0095^ea^ diṭṭhaṃ, saddāyatanaṃ sutaṃ, gandhāyatanaṃ rasāyatanaṃ phoṭṭhabbāyatanaṃ mutaṃ, sabbaṃ rūpaṃ manasā viññāta’’nti (dha. sa. 966) vacanato diṭṭhapadañca viññātapadañca rūpārammaṇe labbhati, rūpārammaṇaṃ iṭṭhaṃ aniṭṭhaṃ majjhattaṃ parittaṃ atītaṃ anāgataṃ paccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ bahiddhā diṭṭhaṃ viññātaṃ rūpaṃ rūpāyatanaṃ rūpadhātu vaṇṇanibhā sanidassanaṃ sappaṭighaṃ nīlaṃ pītakanti evamādīhi ^b^anekehi nāmehi^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Terasahi vārehī^eb^ti rūpakaṇḍe (dha. sa. 616) āgate terasa niddesavāre sandhāyāha. Ekekasmiñca vāre catunnaṃ catunnaṃ vavatthāpananayānaṃ vasena ^b^‘‘dvepaññāsāya nayehī’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Tathameva^eb^ aviparītadassitāya appaṭivattiyadesanatāya ca. ^b^‘‘Jānāmi abhiññāsi’’^eb^nti vattamānātītakālesu ñāṇappavattidassanena anāgatepi ñāṇappavatti vuttāyevāti daṭṭhabbā. ^b^Vidita^eb^-saddo anāmaṭṭhakālaviseso veditabbo ‘‘diṭṭhaṃ sutaṃ muta’’ntiādīsu (dha. sa. 966) viya. ^b^Na upaṭṭhāsī^eb^ti attattaniyavasena na upagacchi. Yathā rūpārammaṇādayo dhammā yaṃsabhāvā yaṃpakārā ca, tathā ne passati jānāti gacchatīti ^b^tathāgato^eb^ti evaṃ padasambhavo veditabbo. Keci pana ‘‘niruttinayena pisodarādipakkhepena (pāṇini 6.3.109) vā dassi-saddassa lopaṃ, āgata-saddassa cāgamaṃ katvā ^b^tathāgato’’^eb^ti vaṇṇenti.<br/><br/>[03]Niddosatāya ^a^M1.0107^ea^^b^anupavajjaṃ^eb^. Pakkhipitabbābhāvena ^b^anūnaṃ^eb^. Apanetabbābhāvena ^b^anadhikaṃ^eb^. Atthabyañjanādisampattiyā ^b^sabbākāraparipuṇṇaṃ^eb^. ^b^No aññathā^eb^ti ‘‘tathevā’’ti vuttamevatthaṃ byatirekena sampādeti. Tena yadatthaṃ bhāsitaṃ, ekantena tadatthanipphādanato yathā bhāsitaṃ bhagavatā, tathevāti aviparītadesanataṃ dasseti. ^b^Gadāttho^eb^ti etena tathaṃ gadatīti ^b^tathāgato^eb^ti da-kārassa ta-kāro kato niruttinayenāti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]Tathā gatamassāti ^b^tathāgato. Gata^eb^nti ca kāyavācāpavattīti attho. ^b^Tathā^eb^ti ca vutte yaṃtaṃsaddānaṃ abyabhicārisambandhitāya yathāti ayamattho upaṭṭhitoyeva hoti, kāyavacīkiriyānañca aññamaññānulomena vacanicchāyaṃ kāyassa vācā, vācāya ca kāyo sambandhībhāvena upatiṭṭhatīti imamatthaṃ dassento āha ^b^‘‘bhagavato hī’’^eb^tiādi. Imasmiṃ pana atthe tathāvādītāya ^b^tathāgato^eb^ti ayampi attho siddho hoti. So pana pubbe pakārantarena dassitoti āha ^b^‘‘evaṃ tathākāritāya tathāgato’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tiriyaṃ aparimāṇāsu lokadhātūsū^eb^ti etena yadeke ‘‘tiriyaṃ viya upari adho ca santi lokadhātuyo’’ti ^a^V1.0096^ea^ vadanti, taṃ paṭisedheti. Desanāvilāsoyeva ^b^desanāvilāsamayo^eb^ yathā ‘‘puññamayaṃ, dānamaya’’ntiādīsu.<br/><br/>[03]Nipātānaṃ vācakasaddasannidhāne tadatthajotanabhāvena pavattanato gata-saddoyeva avagatatthaṃ atītatthañca vadatīti āha ^b^‘‘gatoti avagato atīto’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Atha vā abhinīhārato paṭṭhāya yāva sammāsambodhi, etthantare mahābodhiyānapaṭipattiyā hānaṭṭhānasaṃkilesanivattīnaṃ abhāvato yathā paṇidhānaṃ, tathā gato abhinīhārānurūpaṃ paṭipannoti ^b^tathāgato^eb^. Atha vā mahiddhikatāya paṭisambhidānaṃ ukkaṃsādhigamena anāvaraṇañāṇatāya ca katthacipi paṭighātābhāvato yathā ruci, tathā kāyavacīcittānaṃ gatāni gamanāni pavattiyo etassāti ^b^tathāgato^eb^. Yasmā ca loke vidha-yutta-gata-ppakāra-saddā samānatthā dissanti. Tasmā yathāvidhā vipassīādayo bhagavanto, ayampi bhagavā tathāvidhoti ^b^tathāgato^eb^^a^M1.0108^ea^, yathāyuttā ca te bhagavanto, ayampi bhagavā tathāyuttoti ^b^tathāgato^eb^. Atha vā yasmā saccaṃ tacchaṃ tathanti ñāṇassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ, tasmā tathena ñāṇena āgatoti ^b^tathāgato^eb^. Evampi tathāgata-saddassa attho veditabbo.<br/><br/>[21]Pahāya kāmādimale yathā gatā,<br/><br/>[27]Samādhiñāṇehi vipassiādayo;<br/><br/>[26]Mahesino sakyamunī jutindharo,<br/><br/>[22]Tathā gato tena mato tathāgato.<br/><br/>[21]Tathañca dhātāyatanādilakkhaṇaṃ,<br/><br/>[27]Sabhāvasāmaññavibhāgabhedato;<br/><br/>[26]Sayambhuñāṇena jino samāgato,<br/><br/>[22]Tathāgato vuccati sakyapuṅgavo.<br/><br/>[21]Tathāni saccāni samantacakkhunā,<br/><br/>[27]Tathā idappaccayatā ca sabbaso;<br/><br/>[26]Anaññaneyyena yato vibhāvitā,<br/><br/>[22]Yāthāvato tena jino tathāgato.<br/><br/>[21]Anekabhedāsupi ^a^V1.0097^ea^ lokadhātusu,<br/><br/>[27]Jinassa rūpāyatanādigocare;<br/><br/>[26]Vicitrabhedaṃ tathameva dassanaṃ,<br/><br/>[22]Tathāgato tena samantalocano.<br/><br/>[21]Yato ca dhammaṃ tathameva bhāsati,<br/><br/>[27]Karoti vācāyanulomamattano;<br/><br/>[26]Guṇehi lokaṃ abhibhuyyirīyati,<br/><br/>[22]Tathāgato tenapi lokanāyako.<br/><br/>[21]Yathābhinīhāramato yathāruci,<br/><br/>[27]Pavattavācā tanucittabhāvato;<br/><br/>[26]Yathāvidhā yena purā mahesino,<br/><br/>[22]Tathāvidho tena jino tathāgatoti. (itivu. aṭṭha. 38; dī. ni. ṭī. 1.7 cūḷasīlavaṇṇanā);<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ārakattā^eb^tiādīnaṃ ^a^M1.0109^ea^ padānaṃ attho ^b^visuddhimagge^eb^ (visuddhi. 1.125) buddhānussatisaṃvaṇṇanāya vuttanayeneva veditabbo. ^b^Sammā sāmañca sabbadhammānaṃ buddhattā^eb^ti imināssa paropadesarahitassa sabbākārena sabbadhammāvabodhanasamatthassa ākaṅkhāpaṭibaddhavuttino anāvaraṇañāṇasaṅkhātassa sabbaññutaññāṇassa adhigamo dassito.<br/><br/>[03]Nanu ca (itivu. aṭṭha. 38) sabbaññutaññāṇato aññaṃ anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ, aññathā cha asādhāraṇañāṇāni buddhañāṇānīti vacanaṃ virujjheyyāti? Na virujjhati visayappavattibhedavasena aññehi asādhāraṇañāṇabhāvadassanatthaṃ ekasseva ñāṇassa dvidhā vuttattā. Ekameva hi taṃ ñāṇaṃ anavasesasaṅkhatāsaṅkhatasammutidhammavisayatāya sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ, tattha ca āvaraṇābhāvato nissaṅgacāramupādāya anāvaraṇañāṇanti vuttaṃ. Yathāha ^b^paṭisambhidāyaṃ^eb^ (paṭi. ma. 1.119) ‘‘sabbaṃ saṅkhatāsaṅkhatamanavasesaṃ jānātīti sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ, tatthāvaraṇaṃ natthīti anāvaraṇañāṇa’’ntiādi, tasmā natthi nesaṃ atthato bhedo, ekantena cetaṃ evamicchitabbaṃ, aññathā sabbaññutānāvaraṇañāṇānaṃ sāvaraṇatā asabbadhammārammaṇatā ca āpajjeyya. Na hi bhagavato ñāṇassa aṇumatampi āvaraṇaṃ atthi, anāvaraṇañāṇassa ca asabbadhammārammaṇabhāve ^a^V1.0098^ea^ yattha taṃ nappavattati, tatthāvaraṇasabbhāvato anāvaraṇabhāvoyeva na siyā. Atha vā pana hotu aññameva anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇato, idha pana sabbattha appaṭihatavuttitāya anāvaraṇañāṇanti sabbaññutaññāṇameva adhippetaṃ, tassa cādhigamena bhagavā sabbaññū sabbavidū sammāsambuddhoti ca vuccati, na sakimeva sabbadhammāvabodhato. Tathā ca vuttaṃ ^b^paṭisambhidāyaṃ^eb^ (paṭi. ma. 1.162) ‘‘vimokkhantikametaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ bodhiyā mūle saha sabbaññutaññāṇassa paṭilābhā sacchikā paññatti yadidaṃ buddho’’ti. Sabbadhammāvabodhanasamatthañāṇasamadhigamena hi bhagavato santāne anavasesadhamme paṭivijjhituṃ samatthatā ahosīti.<br/><br/>[03]Etthāha – kiṃ panidaṃ ñāṇaṃ pavattamānaṃ sakiṃyeva sabbasmiṃ visaye pavattati, udāhu kamenāti. Kiñcettha – yadi tāva sakiṃyeva sabbasmiṃ visaye pavattati, atītānāgatapaccuppannājjhattabahiddhādibhedena bhinnānaṃ saṅkhatadhammānaṃ ^a^M1.0110^ea^ asaṅkhatasammutidhammānañca ekajjhaṃ upaṭṭhāne dūrato cittapaṭaṃ avekkhantassa viya paṭivibhāgenāvabodho na siyā, tathā ca sati ‘‘sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti vipassantānaṃ anattākārena viya sabbe dhammā anirūpitarūpena bhagavato ñāṇassa visayā hontīti āpajjati. Yepi ‘‘sabbañeyyadhammānaṃ ṭhitalakkhaṇavisayaṃ vikapparahitaṃ sabbakālaṃ buddhānaṃ ñāṇaṃ pavattati, tena te sabbavidūti vuccanti. Evañca katvā ‘caraṃ samāhito nāgo, tiṭṭhantopi samāhito’ti idampi vacanaṃ suvuttaṃ hotī’’ti vadanti, tesampi vuttadosānativatti. Ṭhitalakkhaṇārammaṇatāya hi atītānāgatasammutidhammānaṃ tadabhāvato ekadesavisayameva bhagavato ñāṇaṃ siyā, tasmā sakiṃyeva ñāṇaṃ pavattatīti na yujjati.<br/><br/>[03]Atha kamena sabbasmiṃ visaye ñāṇaṃ pavattati, evampi na yujjati. Na hi jātibhūmisabhāvādivasena disādesakālādivasena ca anekabhedabhinne neyye kamena gayhamāne tassa anavasesapaṭivedho sambhavati apariyantabhāvato ñeyyassa. Ye pana ‘‘atthassa avisaṃvādanato ñeyyassa ekadesaṃ paccakkhaṃ katvā sesepi evanti adhimuccitvā vavatthāpanena sabbaññū bhagavā, tañca ñāṇaṃ ananumānikaṃ saṃsayābhāvato. Saṃsayānubandhañhi loke anumānañāṇa’’nti vadanti, tesampi taṃ na yuttaṃ. Sabbassa hi appaccakkhabhāve atthassa avisaṃvādanena ñeyyassa ekadesaṃ paccakkhaṃ katvā sesepi evanti adhimuccitvā vavatthāpanassa asambhavato. Yañhi taṃ sesaṃ, taṃ appaccakkhanti. Atha tampi paccakkhaṃ, tassa sesabhāvo eva na siyāti? Sabbametaṃ akāraṇaṃ. Kasmā? Avisayavicāraṇabhāvato. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā ^a^V1.0099^ea^ ‘‘buddhavisayo bhikkhave, acinteyyo na cintetabbo, yo cinteyya, ummādassa vighātassa bhāgī assā’’ti (a. ni. 4.77). Idaṃ panettha sanniṭṭhānaṃ – yaṃ kiñci bhagavatā ñātuṃ icchitaṃ sakalamekadeso vā, tattha appaṭihatavuttitāya paccakkhato ñāṇaṃ pavattati, niccasamādhānañca vikkhepābhāvato, ñātuṃ icchitassa ca sakalassa avisayabhāve tassa ākaṅkhāpaṭibaddhavuttitā na siyā, ekanteneva ca sā icchitabbā ‘‘sabbe dhammā buddhassa bhagavato āvajjanapaṭibaddhā ākaṅkhapaṭibaddhā manasikārapaṭibaddhā cittuppādapaṭibaddhā’’ti (mahāni. 69, 156; cūḷani. 85; paṭi. ma. 3.5) vacanato. Atītānāgatavisayampi bhagavato ñāṇaṃ anumānāgamatakkagahaṇavirahitattā paccakkhameva.<br/><br/>[03]Nanu ^a^M1.0111^ea^ ca etasmimpi pakkhe yadā sakalaṃ ñātuṃ icchitaṃ, tadā sakiṃyeva sakalavisayatāya anirūpitarūpena bhagavato ñāṇaṃ pavatteyyāti vuttadosānativattiyevāti? Na, tassa visodhitattā. Visodhito hi so buddhavisayo acinteyyoti. Aññathā pacurajanañāṇasamānavuttitāya buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ ñāṇassa acinteyyatā na siyā, tasmā sakaladhammārammaṇampi taṃ ekadhammārammaṇaṃ viya suvavatthāpiteyeva te dhamme katvā pavattatīti idamettha acinteyyaṃ, anantañca ñāṇaṃ ñeyyaṃ viya. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘yāvatakaṃ ñeyyaṃ, tāvatakaṃ ñāṇaṃ. Yāvatakaṃ ñāṇaṃ, tāvatakaṃ ñeyyaṃ. Ñeyyapariyantikaṃ ñāṇaṃ, ñāṇapariyantikaṃ ñeyya’’nti (mahāni. 69, 156; cūḷani. 85; paṭi. ma. 3.5). Evamekajjhaṃ, visuṃ sakiṃ, kamena vā icchānurūpaṃ sammā sāmañca sabbadhammānaṃ buddhattā sammāsambuddho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ta^eb^nti yathāvuttaṃ pathavīādibhedaṃ. ^b^Pariññāta^eb^nti parito samantato sabbākārato ñātaṃ, taṃ parijānitabbabhāvaṃ kiñci asesetvā ñātanti attho. Ayameva hi attho ‘‘pariññātanta’’nti imināpi padena pakāsitoti dassento ^b^‘‘pariññātantaṃ nāmā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Tena tena maggena kilesappahānena viseso natthī^eb^ti idaṃ taṃtaṃmaggavajjhakilesānaṃ buddhānaṃ sāvakānañca tena tena maggeneva pahātabbabhāvasāmaññaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, na sāvakehi buddhānaṃ kilesappahānavisesābhāvato. Tathā hi sammāsambuddhā eva savāsanakilese jahanti, na sāvakā. ^b^Ekadesamevā^eb^ti attano santānagatameva. Sasantatipariyāpannadhammapariññāmattenapi hi catusaccakammaṭṭhānabhāvanā samijjhati. Tenevāha – ‘‘imasmiṃyeva byāmamatte kaḷevare sasaññimhi samanake lokañca paññapemi lokasamudayañca paññapemī’’tiādi (saṃ. ni. 1.107; a. ni. 4.45). ^b^Aṇuppamāṇampi^eb^^a^V1.0100^ea^^b^…pe… natthi,^eb^ yato chattiṃsakoṭisatasahassamukhena buddhānaṃ mahāvajirañāṇaṃ pavattatīti vadanti.<br/><br/>[06]Tathāgatavārasattamanayavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 13
title: khīṇāsavavāratatiyādinayavaṇṇanā^tathāgatavārasattamanayavaṇṇanā^tathāgatavārāṭṭhamanayavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^13^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Purimataṇhā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0112^ea^ purimataresu bhavesu nibbattā paccuppannattabhāvahetubhūtā taṇhā. Taggahaṇeneva ca atītaddhasaṅgahā avijjāsaṅkhārā saddhiṃ upādānena saṅgahitāti daṭṭhabbā. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti ‘‘bhavā jātī’’ti etasmiṃ pade. ^b^Tena upapattibhavenā^eb^ti ‘‘bhavā jātī’’ti jātisīsena vuttaupapattibhavena. ^b^Bhūtassā^eb^ti nibbattassa. So pana yasmā satto nāma hoti, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘sattassā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Evañca jānitvā^eb^ti iminā ^b^‘‘bhūtassa jarāmaraṇa’’^eb^nti etthāpi ‘‘iti viditvā’’ti idaṃ padaṃ ānetvā yojetabbanti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]Yadipi tebhūmakā upādānakkhandhā ‘‘yaṃ kiñci rūpa’’ntiādinā (vibha. 2; ma. ni. 1.244) ekādasasu okāsesu pakkhipitabbā sammasitabbā ca, te pana yasmā bhagavatā ‘‘kimhi nu kho sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hoti, kiṃpaccayā jarāmaraṇa’’ntiādinā (dī. ni. 2.57; saṃ. ni. 2.4, 10) paṭiccasamuppādamukhena sammasitā, paṭiccasamuppādo ca pavattipavattihetubhāvato purimasaccadvayameva hoti, tasmā tadabhisamayaṃ ‘‘maññanābhāvahetu paccayākārapaṭivedho’’ti vibhāvento ^b^‘‘yaṃ bodhirukkhamūle…pe… dassento’’^eb^ti āha. Saṃkhippanti ettha avijjādayo viññāṇādayo cāti saṅkhepā, atīte hetuādayo ‘‘hetu, phala’’nti evaṃ saṃkhippantīti vā saṅkhepā, avijjādayo viññāṇādayo ca. Saṅkhepa-saddo bhāgādhivacananti daṭṭhabbo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘koṭṭhāsāti attho’’^eb^ti. Te pana atīte hetusaṅkhepo, etarahi phalasaṅkhepo, etarahi hetusaṅkhepo, āyatiṃ phalasaṅkhepoti cattāro saṅkhepā etassāti catusaṅkhepo, taṃ ^b^catusaṅkhepaṃ^eb^. Hetuphalasandhi, phalahetusandhi, puna hetuphalasandhīti evaṃ tayo sandhī etassāti tisandhi, taṃ ^b^tisandhiṃ^eb^. Atītapaccuppannānāgatabhedā tayo addhā etassāti tiyaddho, taṃ ^b^tiyaddhaṃ^eb^. Sarūpato avuttāpi tasmiṃ tasmiṃ saṅkhepe ākirīyanti avijjāsaṅkhārādiggahaṇehi pakāsīyantīti ^b^ākārā,^eb^ atītahetuādīnaṃ vā pakārā ākārā, te ekekasaṅkhepe pañca pañca katvā vīsati ākārā etassāti vīsatākāro, taṃ ^b^vīsatākāraṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Esa^eb^^a^V1.0101^ea^^a^M1.0113^ea^^b^sabbo^eb^ti esa catusaṅkhepādipabhedo anavaseso paccayo. ^b^Paccayalakkhaṇenā^eb^ti paccayabhāvena attano phalassa paṭisandhiviññāṇassa paccayabhāvena, avinābhāvalakkhaṇenāti attho. Yathā hi taṇhaṃ vinā avijjādayo viññāṇassa paccayā na honti, evaṃ taṇhāpi avijjādike vināti. Ettha dukkhaggahaṇena viññāṇanāmarūpasaḷāyatanaphassavedanānaṃ, bhavaggahaṇena ca taṇhāsaṅkhārupādānānaṃ gahitatā vuttanayā evāti na uddhaṭā.<br/><br/>[03]Idāni te vīsati ākāre paṭisambhidāmaggapāḷiyā vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘evamete’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha (paṭi. ma. aṭṭha. 1.47) ^b^purimakammabhavasmi^eb^nti purime kammabhave, atītajātiyaṃ kammabhave kayiramāneti attho. ^b^Moho avijjā^eb^ti yo tadā dukkhādīsu moho, yena mūḷho kammaṃ karoti, sā avijjā. ^b^Āyūhanā saṅkhārā^eb^ti taṃ taṃ kammaṃ karonto dānupakaraṇādi sajjanādivasena yā purimacetanāyo, te saṅkhārā. Paṭiggāhakānaṃ pana hatthe deyyadhammaṃ patiṭṭhāpayato cetanā bhavo. Ekāvajjanajavanesu vā purimā cetanā āyūhanā saṅkhārā, sattamā bhavo. Yā kāci vā pana cetanā bhavo, sampayuttā āyūhanā saṅkhārā. ^b^Nikanti taṇhā^eb^ti yaṃ kammaṃ karontassa upapattibhave tassa phalassa nikāmanā patthanā, sā taṇhā nāma. ^b^Upagamanaṃ upādāna^eb^nti yaṃ kammabhavassa paccayabhūtaṃ ‘‘idaṃ kammaṃ katvā asukasmiṃ nāma ṭhāne kāme sevissāmi ucchijjissāmī’’tiādinā nayena pavattaṃ upagamanaṃ gahaṇaṃ parāmasanaṃ, idaṃ upādānaṃ nāma. ^b^Cetanā bhavo^eb^ti dvīsu atthavikappesu vuttassa āyūhanassa avasāne vuttacetanā, tatiye pana āyūhanasampayuttacetanā bhavo. ^b^Iti ime pañca dhammā purimakammabhavasmiṃ idha paṭisandhiyā paccayā^eb^ti ime yathāvuttā mohādayo pañca dhammā atītakammabhavasiddhā etarahi paṭisandhiyā paccayabhūtāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Idha paṭisandhiviññāṇa^eb^nti yaṃ bhavantarapaṭisandhānavasena uppannattā paṭisandhīti vuccati, taṃ viññāṇaṃ. ^b^Okkanti nāmarūpa^eb^nti yā gabbhe rūpārūpadhammānaṃ okkanti āgantvā pavisantī viya, idaṃ nāmarūpaṃ. ^b^Pasādo āyatana^eb^nti idaṃ cakkhādipañcāyatanavasena vuttaṃ. ^b^Phuṭṭho phasso^eb^ti yo ārammaṇaṃ phuṭṭho phusanto uppanno, ayaṃ phasso. ^b^Vedayitaṃ^eb^^a^M1.0114^ea^^b^vedanā^eb^ti yaṃ paṭisandhiviññāṇena vā saḷāyatanapaccayena vā phassena sahuppannaṃ vipākavedayitaṃ, sā vedanā. ^b^Iti ime…pe… paccayā^eb^ti ime viññāṇādayo pañca koṭṭhāsikā dhammā purimabhave katassa kammassa kammavaṭṭassa paccayā, paccayabhāvato taṃ paṭicca idha etarahi upapattibhavasmiṃ upapattibhavabhāvena vā hontīti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Idha^eb^^a^V1.0102^ea^^b^paripakkattā āyatanānaṃ moho^eb^ti paripakkāyatanassa kammakaraṇakāle asammohaṃ dasseti. Daharassa hi cittappavatti bhavaṅgabahulā yebhuyyena bhavantarajanakakammāyūhanasamatthā na hotīti. ^b^Kammakaraṇakāle^eb^ti ca iminā sabbo kammassa paccayabhūto sammoho gahito, na sampayuttova. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Padayojanāyā^eb^ti ‘‘tasmā’’tiādīnaṃ padānaṃ sambandhena saha. ^b^Atthanigamana^eb^nti imasmiṃ aṭṭhamavāre desanatthanigamanaṃ. ^b^Nandīti evaṃ vuttānaṃ sabbataṇhāna^eb^nti ‘‘nandī dukkhassa mūla’’nti evaṃ nandanatthasāmaññato ekavacanena vuttānaṃ sabbataṇhānaṃ santānārammaṇasampayuttadhammappavattiākārādibhedena anekabhedānaṃ sabbāsaṃ taṇhānaṃ. ^b^Khayavevacanānevā^eb^ti samucchedapahānavevacanāneva. ‘‘Accantakkhayā’’ti hi vuttaṃ. ^b^Catumaggakiccasādhāraṇameta^eb^nti catunnaṃ ariyamaggānaṃ pahānakiccassa sādhāraṇaṃ sāmaññato gahaṇaṃ etaṃ khayādivacananti attho. Tesaṃ pana maggānaṃ kamena pavattanaṃ kiccakameneva dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘virāgā’’^eb^tiādi vuttanti dassento ^b^‘‘tato^eb^…pe… ^b^yojetabba’’^eb^nti āha. Tathā satipi khayādisaddānaṃ pahānapariyāyabhāve pahātabbāya pana visayabhedabhinnāya taṇhāya anavasesato pahīnabhāvadīpanatthaṃ khayādipariyāyantaraggahaṇaṃ katanti dassento ^b^‘‘yāhī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Yathāvuttasañjananādihetubhūtāya taṇhāya pahīnattā tappahānadīpanaṃ katvā vuccamānaṃ khayādivacanaṃ na kathañci dhammataṃ vilometīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘na kiñci virujjhatī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Uttaravirahita^eb^nti attānaṃ uttarituṃ samatthattā uttarena adhikena virahitaṃ. Ayañcassa uttaravirahatā attano seṭṭhabhāvenāti āha ^b^‘‘sabbaseṭṭha’’^eb^nti. Yathā sammā-saṃ-saddā ‘‘aviparītaṃ, sāma’’nti imesaṃ padānaṃ atthaṃ vadanti, evaṃ pāsaṃsasobhanatthepīti āha ^b^‘‘sammā sāmañca bodhiṃ pasatthaṃ sundarañca bodhi’’^eb^nti. Bujjhi ettha paṭivijjhi cattāri ariyasaccāni, sabbampi vā neyyanti rukkho ^b^bodhi,^eb^ bujjhati etenāti pana maggo ^b^bodhi,^eb^ tathā ^a^M1.0115^ea^ sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ, nibbānaṃ pana bujjhitabbato ^b^bodhī^eb^ti ayamettha sādhanavibhāgo daṭṭhabbo. Paṇṇattiyampi attheva bodhi-saddo ‘‘bodhirājakumāro’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 2.324; cūḷava. 268). ^b^Apare^eb^ti sārasamāsācariyā. Ettha ca saupasaggassa bodhi-saddassa atthuddhāre anupasaggānaṃ udāharaṇe kāraṇaṃ heṭṭhā vuttameva.<br/><br/>[03]Lokuttarabhāvato vā tatthāpi heṭṭhimamaggānaṃ viya tatuttarimaggābhāvato ca ‘‘siyā nu kho anuttarā bodhī’’ti āsaṅkaṃ sandhāya taṃ vidhamituṃ ^b^‘‘sāvakāna’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. Abhinīhārasampattiyā phalavisesabhūtehi ñāṇavisesehi ekaccehi sakalehi saddhiṃ samijjhamāno ^a^V1.0103^ea^ maggo ariyānaṃ taṃ taṃ ñāṇavisesādiṃ dento viya hotīti tassa asabbaguṇadāyakattaṃ vuttaṃ. Tena anaññasādhāraṇābhinīhārasampadāsiddhassa niratisaya-guṇānubandhassa vasena arahattamaggo anuttarā bodhi nāma hotīti dasseti. Sāvakapāramiñāṇaṃ aññehi sāvakehi asādhāraṇaṃ mahāsāvakānaṃyeva āveṇikaṃ ñāṇaṃ. ^b^Paccekaṃ saccāni buddhavantoti paccekabuddhā^eb^. Nanu ca sabbepi ariyā paccekameva saccāni paṭivijjhanti dhammassa paccattaṃ vedanīyabhāvatoti? Saccaṃ, nayidamīdisaṃ paṭivedhaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, yathā pana sāvakā aññasannissayena saccāni paṭivijjhanti paratoghosena vinā tesaṃ dassanamaggassa anuppajjanato, yathā ca sammāsambuddho aññesaṃ nissayabhāvena saccāni abhisambujjhanti, na evamete, ete pana aparaneyyā hutvā apariṇāyakabhāvena saccāni paṭivijjhanti. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘paccekaṃ saccāni buddhavantoti paccekabuddhā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Itīti karīyati uccārīyatīti ^b^itikāro,^eb^ iti-saddo. ^b^Kāraṇattho^eb^ aniyamarūpenāti adhippāyo, tasmāti vuttaṃ hoti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yasmā cā’’^eb^ti. Pubbe pana iti-saddaṃ pakāratthaṃ katvā ‘‘evaṃ jānitvā’’ti vuttaṃ, idhāpi taṃ pakāratthameva katvā atho yujjati. Kathaṃ? ^b^Viditvā^eb^ti hi padaṃ hetuatthe daṭṭhabbaṃ ‘‘paññāya cassa disvā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.271), ‘‘ghataṃ pivitvā balaṃ hotī’’ti ca evamādīsu viya, tasmā pakāratthepi iti-sadde paṭiccasamuppādassa viditattāti ayaṃ attho labbhateva. ^b^Paṭiccasamuppādaṃ viditvā^eb^ti etthāpi hetuatthe viditvā-sadde yathāvuttā atthayojanā yujjateva. Ettha ca paṭhamavikappe paṭiccasamupādassa viditatthaṃ maññanābhāvassa kāraṇaṃ ^a^M1.0116^ea^ vatvā taṇhāmūlakassa paṭiccasamuppādassa dassitattā ettha taṇhāppahānaṃ sammāsambodhiyā adhigamanakāraṇaṃ uddhatanti dassitaṃ, tasmā ^b^‘‘pathaviṃ na maññatī’’^eb^tiādi nigamanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Dutiyavikappe pana paṭiccasamuppādavedanaṃ taṇhāppahānassa kāraṇaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ abhisambodhiyā abhisambodhimaññanābhāvassāti ayamattho dassitoti ayametesaṃ dvinnaṃ atthavikappānaṃ viseso, tasmā ‘‘nandī dukkhassa mūla’’nti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Taṃ kuto labbhatīti codanaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘yattha yattha hī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Sāsanayutti^eb^ ayaṃ sāsanepi evaṃ sambandho dissatīti katvā. Lokepi hi yaṃ-taṃ-saddānaṃ abyabhicārisambandhatā siddhā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Evaṃ abhisambuddhoti vadāmī^eb^ti abhisambuddhabhāvassa gahitattā, asabbaññunā evaṃ desetuṃ asakkuṇeyyattā ca ^b^‘‘sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ dassento’’^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vicitranayadesanāvilāsayutta^eb^nti ^a^V1.0104^ea^ puthujjanavārādivibhāgabhinnehi vicittehi tanti nayehi, lakkhaṇakammataṇhāmaññanādivibhāgabhinnehi vicittehi atthanayehi, abhinandanapaccayākārādivisesāpadesasiddhena desanāvilāsena ca yuttaṃ. ^b^Yathā te na jānanti, tathā desesī^eb^ti imināpi bhagavato desanāvilāsaṃyeva vibhāveti. ^b^Taṃyeva kira pathavi^eb^nti ettha pathavīgahaṇaṃ upalakkhaṇamattaṃ āpādivasenapi, tathā ‘‘kīdisā nu kho idha pathavī adhippetā, kasmā ca bhūtarūpāniyeva gahitāni, na sesarūpānī’’tiādināpi tesaṃ saṃsayuppatti niddhāretabbā. Atha vā ^b^kathaṃ nāmida^eb^nti ettha ^b^iti^eb^-saddo pakārattho. Tena imasmiṃ sutte sabbāyapi tesaṃ saṃsayuppattiyā pariggahitattā daṭṭhabbā. ^b^Anta^eb^nti mariyādaṃ, desanāya antaṃ paricchedanti attho, yo anusandhīti vuccati. ^b^Koṭi^eb^nti pariyantaṃ, desanāya pariyosānanti attho. Ubhayena sutte ajjhāsayānusandhi yathānusandhīti vadati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Antarākathā^eb^ti kammaṭṭhānamanasikārauddesaparipucchādīnaṃ antarā aññā ekā tathā. ^b^Vippakathā^eb^ti aniṭṭhitā sikhaṃ appattā. ^b^Kaṅkhaṇānurūpenā^eb^ti tasmiṃ khaṇe dhammasabhāyaṃ sannipatitānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ajjhāsayānurūpena. ^b^Ida^eb^nti idāni vuccamānaṃ mūlapariyāyajātakaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Disāpāmokkho^eb^ti ^a^M1.0117^ea^ paṇḍitabhāvena sabbadisāsu pamukhabhūto. ^b^Brāhmaṇo^eb^ti brahmaṃ aṇatīti brāhmaṇo, mante sajjhāyatīti attho. ^b^Tiṇṇaṃ vedāna^eb^nti iruveda-yajuveda-sāmavedānaṃ. ^b^Pāragūti^eb^ atthaso byañjanaso ca pāraṃ pariyantaṃ gato. Saha nighaṇḍunā ca keṭubhena cāti ^b^sanighaṇḍukeṭubhā,^eb^ tesaṃ. ^b^Nighaṇḍū^eb^ti rukkhādīnaṃ vevacanappakāsakaṃ satthaṃ. ^b^Keṭubha^eb^nti kiriyākappavikappo, kavīnaṃ upakārāvahaṃ satthaṃ. Saha akkharappabhedenāti ^b^sākkharappabhedā,^eb^ tesaṃ, sikkhāniruttisahitānanti attho. ^b^Itihāsapañcamāna^eb^nti āthabbaṇavedaṃ catutthaṃ katvā ‘‘itiha asa, itiha asā’’ti īdisavacanapaṭisaṃyutto purāṇakathāsaṅkhāto itihāso pañcamo etesanti itihāsapañcamā, tesaṃ. Padaṃ tadavasesañca byākaraṇaṃ kāyati ajjheti vedeti cāti ^b^padako,^eb^ veyyākaraṇo. ^b^Lokāyataṃ^eb^ vuccati vitaṇḍasatthaṃ. Mahāpurisānaṃ buddhādīnaṃ lakkhaṇadīpanagantho ^b^mahāpurisalakkhaṇaṃ^eb^. Tesu anūno paripūrakārīti ^b^anavayo^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Mante^eb^ti vede. Yadipi vedo ‘‘manto, brahmaṃ, kappo’’ti tividho, manto eva pana mūlavedo, tadatthavivaraṇaṃ brahmaṃ, tattha vuttanayena yaññakiriyāvidhānaṃ ^b^kappo^eb^. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘manteti vede’’ti. ^b^Paṇḍitā^eb^ti paññāvanto. Tathā hi te puthupaññātāya ^b^bahuṃ^eb^ sahassadvisahassādiparimāṇaṃ ganthaṃ pākaṭaṃ katvā ^b^gaṇhanti^eb^ uggaṇhanti, javanapaññatāya ^b^lahuṃ^eb^ sīghaṃ ^b^gaṇhanti,^eb^ tikkhapaññatāya ^a^V1.0105^ea^^b^suṭṭhu^eb^ avirajjhantā ^b^upadhārenti,^eb^ satinepakkasampattiyā ^b^gahitañca nesaṃ na vinassati^eb^ na sammussatīti. ^b^Sabbampi sippa^eb^nti aṭṭhārasavijjāṭṭhānādibhedaṃ sikkhitabbaṭṭhena sippanti saṅkhyaṃ gataṃ sabbaṃ bāhirakasatthaṃ mokkhāvahasammatampi na mokkhaṃ āvahatīti āha ^b^‘‘diṭṭhadhammasamparāyahita’’^eb^nti. ^b^Sampiṇḍitā hutvā^eb^ti yathā mittā, tathā piṇḍitavasena sannipatitā hutvā. ‘‘Evaṃ gayhamāne ādinā virujjheyya, evaṃ antenā’’ti cintentā ñātuṃ icchitassa atthassa pubbenāparaṃ aviruddhaṃ nicchayaṃ gahetuṃ asakkontā ^b^na ādiṃ,^eb^ na antaṃ addasaṃsu.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Lomasānī^eb^ti lomavantāni, ghanakesamassuvānīti attho. Kesāpi hi lomaggahaṇena gayhanti yathā ‘‘lomanakhaṃ phusitvā suddhi kātabbā’’ti. Kaṇṇaṃ viyāti ^b^kaṇṇaṃ,^eb^ paññā, tāya sutvā kātabbakiccasādhanato vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘kaṇṇavāti paññavā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Yasmā ^a^M1.0118^ea^ sattānaṃ gacchante gacchante kāle āyuvaṇṇādiparikkhayo hoti, tasmā taṃ kālena kataṃ viya katvā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘nesaṃ āyu…pe… khādatīti vuccatī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Abhiññāyā^eb^ti kusalādibhedaṃ khandhādibhedañca desetabbaṃ dhammaṃ, veneyyānañca āsayānusayacariyāvimuttiādibhedaṃ, tassa ca nesaṃ desetabbappakāraṃ yāthāvato abhijānitvā. ^b^Dhammaṃ desemī^eb^ti diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikanibbānahitāvahaṃ saddhammaṃ kathayāmi. ^b^No^eb^^b^anabhiññāyā^eb^ti yathā bāhirakā asammāsambuddhattā vuttavidhiṃ ajānantāyaṃ kiñci takkapariyāhataṃ vīmaṃsānucaritaṃ sayaṃpaṭibhānaṃ kathenti, evaṃ na desemīti attho. ^b^Sanidāna^eb^nti sakāraṇaṃ, veneyyānaṃ ajjhāsayavasena vā pucchāya vā aṭṭhuppattiyā vā sanimittaṃ hetūdāharaṇasahitañcāti attho. ^b^Sappāṭihāriya^eb^nti sanissaraṇaṃ sappaṭiharaṇaṃ, paccanīkapaṭiharaṇena sappāṭihāriyameva katvā desemīti attho. Apare pana ‘‘yathārahaṃ iddhiādesanānusāsanipāṭihāriyasahita’’nti vadanti, anusāsanipāṭihāriyahitā pana desanā natthīti. Hitūpadesanā ^b^ovādo,^eb^ sā eva ^b^anusāsanī^eb^. Anotiṇṇavatthuvisayo vā ^b^ovādo,^eb^ otiṇṇavatthuvisayā ^b^anusāsanī^eb^. Paṭhamūpadeso vā ^b^ovādo,^eb^ itarā ^b^anusāsanī. Alañca panā^eb^ti yuttameva. ^b^Niṭṭhamagamāsī^eb^ti atthasiddhiṃ gatā.<br/><br/>[06]Tathāgatavārāṭṭhamanayavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Ayaṃ tāvettha aṭṭhakathāya līnatthavaṇṇanā.


volume: 30
item: 14
title: tathāgatavārasattamanayavaṇṇanā^tathāgatavārāṭṭhamanayavaṇṇanā^nettinayavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]Idāni ^a^V1.0106^ea^ (dī. ni. ṭī. 1.149; saṃ. ni. ṭī. 1.1ṇettinayavaṇṇanā; a. ni. ṭī. nettinayavaṇṇanā) pakaraṇanayena pāḷiyā atthavaṇṇanaṃ karissāma. Sā panāyaṃ atthavaṇṇanā yasmā desanāya samuṭṭhānapayojanabhājanesu piṇḍatthesu ca niddhāritesu sutarā hoti suviññeyyā ca, tasmā suttadesanāya samuṭṭhānādīni paṭhamaṃ niddhārayissāma. Tattha ^b^samuṭṭhānaṃ^eb^ tāva pariyattiṃ nissāya mānuppādo, ^b^payojanaṃ^eb^mānamaddanaṃ. Vuttañhi aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘sutapariyattiṃ…pe… ārabhī’’ti. Apica veneyyānaṃ pathavīādibhūtādibhedabhinne sakkāye puthujjanassa sekkhādiariyassa ca saddhiṃ hetunā maññanāmaññanavasena ^a^M1.0119^ea^ pavattivibhāgānavabodho ^b^samuṭṭhānaṃ,^eb^ yathāvuttavibhāgāvabodho ^b^payojanaṃ,^eb^ veneyyānañhi vuttappakāre visaye yathāvuttānaṃ puggalānaṃ saddhiṃ hetunā maññanāmaññanavasena pavattivibhāgāvabodho ^b^payojanaṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Apica ^b^samuṭṭhānaṃ^eb^ nāma desanānidānaṃ. Taṃ sādhāraṇaṃ asādhāraṇanti duvidhaṃ. Tattha sādhāraṇampi ajjhattikabāhirabhedato duvidhaṃ. Tattha ^b^sādhāraṇaṃ ajjhattikasamuṭṭhānaṃ^eb^ nāma lokanāthassa mahākaruṇā. Tāya hi samussāhitassa bhagavato veneyyānaṃ dhammadesanāya cittaṃ udapādi. Taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘sattesu ca kāruññataṃ paṭicca buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokesī’’tiādi (ma. ni. 1.283; saṃ. ni. 1.172; mahāva. 9). Ettha ca hetāvatthāyapi mahākaruṇāya saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo yāvadeva saṃsāramahoghato saddhammadesanāhatthadānehi sattasantāraṇatthaṃ taduppattito. Yathā ca mahākaruṇā, evaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ dasabalañāṇādīni ca desanāya abbhantarasamuṭṭhānabhāve vattabbāni. Sabbampi hi ñeyyadhammaṃ, tesaṃ desetabbappakāraṃ, sattānañca āsayānusayādiṃ yāthāvato jānanto bhagavā ṭhānāṭṭhānādīsu kosallena veneyyajjhāsayānurūpaṃ vicittanayadesanaṃ pavattesīti. ^b^Bāhiraṃ^eb^ pana ^b^sādhāraṇaṃ samuṭṭhānaṃ^eb^ dasasahassabrahmaparivāritassa sahampatimahābrahmuno ajjhesanaṃ. Tadajjhesanuttarakālañhi dhammagambhīratāpaccavekkhaṇājanitaṃ appossukkataṃ paṭippassambhetvā dhammassāmī dhammadesanāya ussāhajāto ahosi. Asādhāraṇampi ambhantarabāhirabhedato duvidhameva. Tattha ^b^abbhantaraṃ^eb^ yāya mahākaruṇāya yena ca desanāñāṇena idaṃ suttaṃ pavattitaṃ, tadubhayaṃ veditabbaṃ. ^b^Bāhiraṃ^eb^ pana pañcasatānaṃ brāhmaṇajātikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pariyattiṃ nissāya mānuppādanaṃ, vuttameva taṃ ^b^aṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Payojanampi^eb^ sādhāraṇaṃ asādhāraṇanti duvidhaṃ. Tattha ^b^sādhāraṇaṃ^eb^ anukkamena yāva anupādāparinibbānaṃ ^a^V1.0107^ea^ vimuttirasattā bhagavato desanāya. Tenevāha ‘‘etadatthā tathā, etadatthā mantanā’’tiādi (pari. 366). Eteneva ca saṃsāracakkanivatti saddhammacakkappavatti sassatādimicchāvādanirākaraṇaṃ sammāvādapurekkhāro akusalamūlasamūhananaṃ kusalamūlasaṃropanaṃ apāyadvārapidahanaṃ saggamokkhadvāravivaraṇaṃ pariyuṭṭhānavūpasamanaṃ anusayasamugghātanaṃ ^a^M1.0120^ea^ ‘‘mutto mocessāmī’’ti (udā. aṭṭha. 18; itivu. aṭṭha. 38) purimapaṭiññāavisaṃvādanaṃ tappaṭipakkhamāramanorathavisaṃvādanaṃ titthiyadhammanimmathanaṃ buddhadhammapatiṭṭhāpananti evamādīnampi payojanānaṃ saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Asādhāraṇaṃ^eb^ pana tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ mānamaddanaṃ. Vuttañcetaṃ ^b^aṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1) ‘‘desanākusalo bhagavā mānabhañjanatthaṃ ‘sabbadhammamūlapariyāya’nti desanaṃ ārabhī’’ti. Ubhayampetaṃ bāhiyameva. Sace pana veneyyasantānagatampi desanābalasiddhisaṅkhātaṃ payojanaṃ adhippāyasamijjhanabhāvato yathādhippetatthasiddhiyā yathākāruṇikassa bhagavatopi payojanamevāti gaṇheyya, iminā pariyāyenassa abbhantaratāpi veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03]Apica veneyyānaṃ pathavīādibhūtādivibhāgabhinne sakkāye puthujjanassa sekkhādiariyassa ca saddhiṃ hetunā maññanāmaññanavasena pavattivibhāgānavabodho samuṭṭhānaṃ, imassa suttassa yathāvuttavibhāgāvabodho payojananti vuttovāyamattho. Veneyyānañhi vuttappakāre visaye yathāvuttānaṃ puggalānaṃ saddhiṃ hetunā maññanāmaññanānaṃ vasena pavattivibhāgāvabodho imaṃ desanaṃ payojeti ‘‘tannipphādanaparāyaṃ desanā’’ti katvā. Yañhi desanāya sādhetabbaṃ phalaṃ, taṃ ākaṅkhitabbattā desakaṃ desanāya payojetīti payojananti vuccati. Tathā veneyyānaṃ sabbaso ekadesato ca maññanānaṃ appahānaṃ, tattha ca ādīnavādassanaṃ, niraṅkusānaṃ maññanānaṃ anekākāravohārassa sakkāye pavattivisesassa ajānanaṃ, tattha ca pahīnamaññanānaṃ paṭipattiyā ajānanaṃ, taṇhāmukhena paccayākārassa ca anavabodhoti evamādīni ca payojanāni idha veditabbāni.<br/><br/>[03]Bhūmittayapariyāpannesu asaṅkhātadhammavippakatapariññādikiccasaṅkhātadhammānaṃ sammāsambuddhassa ca paṭipattiṃ ajānantā asaddhammassavanadhāraṇaparicayamanasikāraparā saddhammassavana-dhāraṇaparicayapaṭivedhavimukhā ca veneyyā imissā desanāya ^b^bhājanaṃ. Piṇḍatthā^eb^ pana ‘‘assutavā’’tiādinā ayonisomanasikārabahulīkāro akusalamūla-samāyogo olīyanātidhāvanāpariggaho upāyavinibaddhānubrūhanā micchābhinivesasamannāgamo avijjātaṇhā-parisuddhi ^a^M1.0121^ea^ vaṭṭattayānuparamo āsavoghayogaganthāgatitaṇhuppādupādānāviyogo cetokhila-cetovinibaddhābhinandana-nīvaraṇasaṅgānatikkamo ^a^V1.0108^ea^ vivādamūlāpariccāgo anusayānupacchedo micchattānativattanaṃ taṇhāmūladhammasannissayatā akusalakammapathānuyogo sabbakilesa-pariḷāhasāraddhakāyacittatāti evamādayo dīpitā honti. ‘‘Pathaviṃ pathavito sañjānātī’’tiādinā taṇhāvicaritaniddeso mānajappanā vipariyesābhiniveso saṃkileso sakkāyapariggaho bālalakkhaṇāpadeso vaṅkattayavibhāvanānuyogo bahukārapaṭipakkhadīpanā tividhanissayasaṃsūcanā āsavakkhayakathananti evamādayo dīpitā honti.


volume: 30
item: 15
title: tathāgatavārāṭṭhamanayavaṇṇanā^nettinayavaṇṇanā^^soḷasahāravaṇṇanā^desanāhāravaṇṇanā
content:
  [03]Tattha ye upādānakkhandhadhamme upādāya pathavīādibhūtādibhedā paññatti, te paññattipaṭipādanabhāvena jātijarāmaraṇavisesanadukkhapariyāyena ca vuttā taṇhāvajjā tebhūmakadhammā ^b^dukkhasaccaṃ^eb^. Maññanābhinandananandīpariyāyehi vuttā taṇhā ^b^samudayasaccaṃ^eb^. Ayaṃ tāva suttantanayo. Abhidhammanaye pana yathāvuttataṇhāya saddhiṃ ‘‘assutavā’’tiādinā dīpitā avijjādayo, maññanāpariyāyena gahitā mānadiṭṭhiyo, bhavapadena gahito kammabhavo cāti sabbepi kilesābhisaṅkhārā ^b^samudayasaccaṃ^eb^. Ubhinnaṃ appavatti ^b^nirodhasaccaṃ^eb^. Ariyadhammaggahaṇena, pariññābhikkhusekkhābhiññāgahaṇehi, rāgādikhayavacanehi, sammāsambodhigahaṇena ca ^b^maggasaccaṃ^eb^. Keci pana taṇhākkhayādivacanehi nirodhasaccaṃ uddharanti, taṃ ^b^aṭṭhakathāya^eb^ virujjhati tattha taṇhākkhayādīnaṃ maggakiccabhāvassa uddhaṭattā.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha samudayena ^b^assādo,^eb^ dukkhena ^b^ādīnavo,^eb^ magganirodhehi ^b^nissaraṇaṃ,^eb^ tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ mānabhañjanaṃ ^b^phalaṃ,^eb^ tathā ‘‘yathāvuttavibhāgāvabodho’’tiādinā vuttaṃ ^b^payojanañca^eb^. Tassa nipphattikāraṇattā desanāya vicittatā catunnaṃ puggalānaṃ yāthāvato sabhāvūpadhāraṇañca ^b^upāyo^eb^^a^M1.0122^ea^, pathavīādīsu puthujjanādīnaṃ pavattidassanāpadesena pathavīādayo ekantato parijānitabbā, maññanā ca pahātabbāti ayamettha bhagavato ^b^āṇattī^eb^ti. Ayaṃ ^b^desanāhāro^eb^.


volume: 30
item: 16
title: nettinayavaṇṇanā^^soḷasahāravaṇṇanā^desanāhāravaṇṇanā^vicayahāravaṇṇanā
content:
  [03]Maññanānaṃ ^a^V1.0109^ea^ sakkāyassa avisesahetubhāvato, kassacipi tattha asesitabbato ca sabbagahaṇaṃ, sabhāvadhāraṇato nissattanijjīvato ca dhammaggahaṇaṃ, patiṭṭhābhāvato āveṇikahetubhāvato ca mūlaggahaṇaṃ, kāraṇabhāvato desanatthasambhavato ca pariyāyaggahaṇaṃ, sammukhabhāvato sampadānatthasambhavato ca ‘‘vo’’ti vacanaṃ, tathārūpaguṇayogato abhimukhīkaraṇato ca ‘‘bhikkhave’’ti ālapanaṃ. Desetuṃ samatthabhāvato tesaṃ satuppādanatthañca ‘‘desessāmī’’ti paṭijānanaṃ, desetabbatāya paṭiññātabhāvato, yathāpaṭiññañca desanato ‘‘ta’’nti paccāmasanaṃ, sotabbabhāvato, savanatthassa ca ekantena nipphādanato ‘‘suṇāthā’’ti vuttaṃ. Sakkātabbato, sakkaccakiriyāya eva ca tadatthasiddhito ‘‘sādhuka’’nti vuttaṃ. Dhammassa manasikaraṇīyato tadadhīnattā ca sabbasampattīnaṃ ‘‘manasi karothā’’ti vuttaṃ yathāpariññātāya desanāya paribyattabhāvato vitthāratthasambhavato ca ‘‘bhāsissāmī’’ti vuttaṃ. Bhagavato sadevakena lokena sirasā sampaṭicchitabbavacanattā, tassa ca yathādhippetatthasādhanato ‘‘eva’’nti vuttaṃ. Satthu uttamagāravaṭṭhānabhāvato, tattha ca gāravassa uḷārapuññabhāvato ‘‘bhante’’ti vuttaṃ. Bhikkhūnaṃ tathākiriyāya nicchitabhāvato vacanālaṅkārato ca ‘‘kho’’ti vuttaṃ. Savanassa paṭijānitabbato, tathā tehi paṭipannattā ca ‘‘paccassosu’’nti vuttaṃ paccakkhabhāvato, sakalassapi ekajjhaṃ karaṇato ‘‘eta’’nti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Vuccamānassa puggalassa lokapariyāpannattā lokādhārattā ca lokaṃ upādāya ‘‘idhā’’ti vuttaṃ. Paṭivedhabāhusaccābhāvato pariyattibāhusaccābhāvato ca ‘‘assutavā’’ti vuttaṃ. Puthūsu, puthu vā janabhāvato ‘‘puthujjano’’ti vuttaṃ. Anariyadhammavirahato ariyadhammasamannāgamato ca ‘‘ariyāna’’nti vuttaṃ. Ariyabhāvakarāya paṭipattiyā abhāvato, tattha kosalladamathābhāvato ‘‘ariyānaṃ adassāvī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Asantadhammassavanato santadhammasamannāgamato sabbhi pāsaṃsiyato ^a^M1.0123^ea^ ca ‘‘sappurisāna’’nti vuttaṃ. Sappurisabhāvakarāya paṭipattiyā abhāvato, tattha ca kosalladamathābhāvato ‘‘sappurisānaṃ adassāvī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Pathavīvatthukānaṃ maññanānaṃ, upari vuccamānānañcamaññanānaṃ mūlakattā papañcasaṅkhānaṃ ‘‘pathaviṃ pathavito sañjānātī’’ti vuttaṃ. Andhaputhujjanassa ahaṃkāra-mamaṃkārānaṃ katthacipi appahīnattā ‘‘pathaviṃ maññatī’’tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Pubbe ^a^V1.0110^ea^ aggahitattā, sāmaññato ca gayhamānattā, puggalassa pathavīādiārammaṇasabhāgatāya labbhamānattā ca ‘‘yopī’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Yo’’ti aniyamena gahitassa niyametabbato paṭiniddisitabbato ca; ‘‘so’’ti vuttaṃ sātisayaṃ saṃsāre bhayassa ikkhanato kilesabhedanasambhavato ca ‘‘bhikkhū’’ti vuttaṃ. Sikkhāhi samannāgamato sekkhadhammapaṭilābhato ca ‘‘sekkho’’ti vuttaṃ. Manasā laddhabbassa arahattassa anadhigatattā adhigamanīyato ca ‘‘appattamānaso’’ti vuttaṃ. Aparena anuttaraṇīyato, paraṃ anucchavikabhāvena uttaritvā ṭhitattā ca ‘‘anuttara’’nti vuttaṃ. Yogena bhāvanāya kāmayogādito ca khemaṃ sivaṃ anupaddavanti ‘‘yogakkhema’’nti vuttaṃ. Chandappavattiyā ussukkāpattiyā ca ‘‘patthayamāno’’ti vuttaṃ. Tadatthassa sabbaso sabbairiyāpathavihārassa samathavipassanāvihārassa dibbavihārassa ca vasena ‘‘viharatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Sekkhassa sabbaso abhiññeyyabhāvañceva pariññeyyabhāvañca ñāṇena abhibhavitvā jānanato ‘‘abhijānātī’’ti vuttaṃ. Sekkhassa sabbaso appahīnamaññanatāya abhāvato ‘‘mā maññī’’ti vuttaṃ. Sesaṃ vuttanayānusārena veditabbaṃ. Iminā nayena ito paraṃ sabbapadesu vinicchayo kātabbo. Sakkā hi ^b^aṭṭhakathaṃ^eb^ tassā ^b^līnatthavaṇṇana^eb^ñca anugantvā ayamattho viññūhi vibhāvetunti ativitthārabhayena na vitthārayimha. Iti anupadavicayato ^b^vicayo hāro^eb^.


volume: 30
item: 17
title: ^soḷasahāravaṇṇanā^desanāhāravaṇṇanā^vicayahāravaṇṇanā^yuttihāravaṇṇanā
content:
  [03]Sakkāyassa sabbamaññanānaṃ mūlabhāvo yujjati parikappamattakattā lokavicittassa. Byāhusaccadvayarahitassa andhaputhujjanabhāvo yujjati puthukilesābhisaṅkhārajananādisabhāvattā. Yathāvuttaputhujjanassa vā vuttappakārabāhusaccābhāvo yujjati tasmiṃ sati sabbhāvato. Tattha assutavato ^a^M1.0124^ea^ puthujjanassa ariyānaṃ sappurisānañca adassāvitādi yujjati ariyakaradhammānaṃ ariyabhāvassa ca tena adiṭṭhattā appaṭipannattā ca tathā tassa pathaviyā ‘‘ahaṃ pathavī, mama pathavī, paro pathavī’’ti sañjānanaṃ yujjati ahaṃkāramamaṃkārānaṃ sabbena sabbaṃ appahīnattā. Tathā sañjānato cassa pathaviṃ kammādikaraṇādivasena gahetvā nānappakārato maññanāpavatti yujjati saññānidānattā papañcasaṅkhānaṃ. Yo maññati, tassa apariññātavatthukatā yujjati pariññāya vinā maññanāpahānābhāvato. ‘‘Āpaṃ āpato sañjānātī’’tiādīsupi eseva nayo. Apariyositasikkhassa appattamānasatā yujjati katakiccatābhāvato. Sekkhassa sato yogakkhemapatthanā yujjati tadadhimuttabhāvato. Tathā tassa pathaviyā abhijānanā yujjati pariññāpahānesu mattaso kāribhāvato. Tato eva cassa ‘‘mā maññī’’ti vattabbatā yujjati vatthupariññāya ^a^V1.0111^ea^ viya maññanāpahānassapi vippakatabhāvato. Sekkhassa pathaviyā pariññeyyatā yujjati pariññātuṃ sakkuṇeyyattā sabbaso apariññātattā ca. ‘‘Āpaṃ āpato’’tiādīsupi eseva nayo. Arahattādiyuttassa pathaviyādīnaṃ abhijānanā maññanābhāvo ca yujjati saṅkhātadhammattā, sabbaso kilesānaṃ pahīnattā, tato eva cassa vītarāgādibhāvo tato sammadeva ca paṭiccasamuppādassa paṭividdhatāti. Ayaṃ ^b^yuttihāro^eb^.


volume: 30
item: 18
title: soḷasahāravaṇṇanā^desanāhāravaṇṇanā^vicayahāravaṇṇanā^yuttihāravaṇṇanā^padaṭṭhānahāravaṇṇanā
content:
  [03]Kissopi maññanā sakkāyassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, maññanānaṃ ayonisomanasikāro padaṭṭhānaṃ, sutadvayaviraho andhaputhujjanabhāvassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, so ariyānaṃ adassāvitāya padaṭṭhānaṃ, sā ariyadhammassa akovidatāya padaṭṭhānaṃ, sā ariyadhamme avinītatāya padaṭṭhānaṃ. ‘‘Sappurisānaṃ adassāvī’’ti etthāpi eseva nayo. Saññāvipallāso maññanānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Saññānidānā hi papañcasaṅkhāti. Maññanāsu ca taṇhāmaññanā itaramaññanānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ ‘‘taṇhāgatānaṃ paritassitavipphandita’’nti, (dī. ni. 1.105-109) ‘‘taṇhāpaccayā upādāna’’nti (ma. ni. 3.126; mahāva. 1) ca vacanato, taṇhāgatasseva ca ‘‘seyyohamasmi’’ntiādinā mānajappanāsabbhāvatā. Sabbāpi vā maññanā sabbāsaṃ maññanānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ ^a^M1.0125^ea^. ‘‘Upādānapaccayā taṇhā’’ti hi vacanato diṭṭhipi taṇhāya padaṭṭhānaṃ. ‘‘Ahamasmi brahmā mahābrahmā’’ti (dī. ni. 1.42; 3.39) ādivacanato mānopi diṭṭhiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Tathā ‘‘asmīti sati itthaṃsmīti hoti, evaṃsmīti hoti, aññathāsmīti hotī’’tiādivacanato mānassapi taṇhāya padaṭṭhānatā labbhateva. Sekkhā dhammā sappadesato maññanāpahānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Asekkhā nippadesato maññanāpahānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Kammabhavo ca jātiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Jāti jarāmaraṇassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Paccayākārassa yathābhūtāvabodho sammāsambodhiyā padaṭṭhānanti. Ayaṃ ^b^padaṭṭhāno hāro^eb^.


volume: 30
item: 19
title: desanāhāravaṇṇanā^vicayahāravaṇṇanā^yuttihāravaṇṇanā^padaṭṭhānahāravaṇṇanā^lakkhaṇahāravaṇṇanā
content:
  [03]‘‘Sabbadhammamūlapariyāya’’nti ettha mūlaggahaṇena mūlapariyāyaggahaṇena vā yathā taṇhāmānadiṭṭhiyo gayhanti, evaṃ dosamohādīnampi sakkāyamūladhammānaṃ saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo sakkāyassa mūlabhāvena ekalakkhaṇattā. ‘‘Assutavā’’ti iminā yathā tassa puggalassa pariyattipaṭivedhasaddhammānaṃ abhāvo gayhati, evaṃ paṭipattisaddhammassapi abhāvo gayhati saddhammabhāvena ekalakkhaṇattā. Ariyānaṃ adassanakāmatādilakkhaṇā. ‘‘Ariyadhammassa akovido’’ti ^a^V1.0112^ea^ iminā ariyadhammādhigamassa vibandhabhūtaṃ aññāṇaṃ. ‘‘Ariyadhamme avinīto’’ti iminā ariyavinayābhāvo. So panatthato ariyavinaye appaṭipatti eva vāti tīhipi padehi yathāvuttavisayā micchādiṭṭhi vicikicchā ca gahitāva honti. Taggahaṇena ca sabbepi akusalā dhammā saṅgahitāva honti saṃkilesalakkhaṇena ekalakkhaṇattā. ‘‘Sappurisānaṃ adassāvī’’ti etthāpi eseva nayo.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Pathaviṃ pathavito sañjānātī’’ti idaṃ diṭṭhimaññanādīnaṃ saññāya kāraṇabhāvadassanaṃ. Tattha yathā saññā, evaṃ vitakkaphassāvijjāayonisomanasikārādayopi tāsaṃ kāraṇanti atthato tesampettha saṅgaho vutto hoti maññanānaṃ kāraṇabhāvena ekalakkhaṇattā. ‘‘Maññatī’’ti iminā maññanākiccena taṇhāmānadiṭṭhiyo gahitā ^a^M1.0126^ea^ tāsaṃ kilesasabhāvattā. Taggahaṇeneva vicikicchādinampi saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo kilesalakkhaṇena ekalakkhaṇattā. Tathā taṇhāya hetusabhāvattā taggahaṇeneva avasiṭṭhākusalahetūnaṃ saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo hetulakkhaṇena ekalakkhaṇattā. Tathā taṇhādiṭṭhīnaṃ āsavādisabhāvattā taggahaṇeneva avasiṭṭhāsavoghayogaganthanīvaraṇādīnampi saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo āsavādisabhāvattā ekalakkhaṇattā. Tathā ‘‘pathaviṃ maññatī’’tiādinā pathavīādīnaṃ rūpasabhāvattā tabbisayānañca maññanānaṃ rūpavisayattā taggahaṇeneva sakalarūpakkhandhavisayāpi maññanā dassitā honti rūpavisayalakkhaṇena āsaṃ ekalakkhaṇattā. Evaṃ cakkhāyatanādivisayāpi maññanā niddhāretabbā. ‘‘Apariññāta’’nti pariññāpaṭikkhepena tappaṭibaddhakilesānaṃ pahānapaṭikkhepoti daṭṭhabbo maggakiccabhāvena pariññāpahānānaṃ ekalakkhaṇattā. Iminā nayena sesesupi yathārahaṃ ekalakkhaṇā niddhāretabbāti. Ayaṃ ^b^lakkhaṇo hāro^eb^.


volume: 30
item: 20
title: vicayahāravaṇṇanā^yuttihāravaṇṇanā^padaṭṭhānahāravaṇṇanā^lakkhaṇahāravaṇṇanā^catubyūhahāravaṇṇanā
content:
  [03]Pathavīādīsu vatthūsu byañjanacchāyāya atthaṃ gahetvā dhammagambhīrataṃ asallakkhetvā asaddhammassavanādinā vañcitā hutvā saddhammassavanadhāraṇaparicayamanasikāravimukhā pathavīādīsu vatthūsu puthujjanasekkhāsekkhatathāgatānaṃ paṭipattivisesaṃ ajānantā ca veneyyā imissā desanāya ^b^nidānaṃ^eb^. Te ‘‘kathaṃ nu kho yathāvuttadosavinimuttā yathāvuttañca visesaṃ jānantā sammāpaṭipattiyā ubhayahitaparāyaṇā saveyyu’’nti ayamettha bhagavato ^b^adhippāyo^eb^. Padanibbacanaṃ ^b^niruttaṃ,^eb^ taṃ ‘‘eva’’ntiādinidānapadānaṃ, ‘‘sabbadhammamūlapariyāya’’ntiādipāḷipadānañca ^a^V1.0113^ea^^b^aṭṭhakathāyaṃ,^eb^ tassā ^b^līnatthavaṇṇanāya^eb^ñceva vuttanayena suviññeyyattā ativitthārabhayena na vitthārayimha.<br/><br/>[03]Padapadatthadesanānikkhepasuttasandhivasena pañcavidhā sandhi. Tattha padassa padantarena sambandho ^b^padasandhi,^eb^ tathā padatthassa padatthantarena sambandho ^b^padatthasandhi,^eb^ yo ‘‘kiriyākārakasambandho’’ti vuccati. Nānānusandhikassa suttassa taṃtaṃanusandhīhi sambandho, ekānusandhikassa pana pubbāparasambandho ^b^desanāsandhi^eb^. Yā ^b^aṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ ‘‘pucchānusandhi ajjhāsayānusandhi yathānusandhī’’ti ^a^M1.0127^ea^ tidhā vibhattā. Ajjhāsayo cettha attajjhāsayo parajjhāsayoti dvidhā veditabbo. Yaṃ panettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ heṭṭhā nidānavaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttameva. ^b^Nikkhepasandhi^eb^ catunnaṃ suttanikkhepānaṃ vasena veditabbo. ^b^Suttasandhi^eb^ idha paṭhamanikkhepavaseneva veditabbo. Kasmā panettha mūlapariyāyasuttameva paṭhamaṃ nikkhittanti? Nāyamanuyogo katthaci nappavattati, apica yasmā maññanāmūlakaṃ sakkāyaṃ, sabbamaññanā ca tattha eva anekabhedabhinnā pavattati, na tassā savisayāya lesamattampi sāraṃ atthīti pathavīādivibhāgabhinnesu maññanāsu ca sātisayaṃ nibbedhavirāgasañjananī upari sekkhāsekkhatathāgataguṇavibhāvanī ca ayaṃ desanā. Suttantadesanā ca visesato diṭṭhiviniveṭhanakathā, tasmā sanissayassa diṭṭhiggāhassa ādito asārabhāvadīpanaṃ upari ca sabbesaṃ ariyānaṃ guṇavisesavibhāvanamidaṃ suttaṃ paṭhamaṃ nikkhittaṃ. Kiñca sakkāye maññanāmaññanāmukhena pavattinivattīsu ādīnavānisaṃsavibhāvanato sabbesaṃ puggalānaṃ paṭipattivibhāgato ca idameva suttaṃ paṭhamaṃ nikkhittaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Yaṃ pana ekissā desanāya desanantarena saddhiṃ saṃsandanaṃ, ayampi desanāsandhi, sā evaṃ veditabbā. ‘‘Assutavā puthujjano…pe… nibbānaṃ abhinandatī’’ti ayaṃ desanā. ‘‘Idha, bhikkhave, assutavā puthujjano…pe… sappurisadhamme avinīto manasikaraṇīye dhamme nappajānāti, amanasikaraṇīye ca dhamme nappajānāti, so manasikaraṇīye dhamme appajānanto amanasikaraṇīye ca dhamme appajānanto ye dhammā na manasikaraṇīyā, te dhamme manasi karoti…pe… anuppanno vā kāmāsavo uppajjati, uppanno vā kāmāsavo pavaḍḍhati. Anuppanno vā bhavāsavo uppajjati, uppanno vā bhavāsavo pavaḍḍhati, anuppanno vā avijjāsavo uppajjati, uppanno vā avijjāsavo pavaḍḍhatī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.17) imāya desanāya saṃsandati. Tathā ‘‘tassetaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ subhanimittaṃ manasi karissati, tassa subhanimittassa manasikārā rāgo cittaṃ anuddhaṃsessati, so sarāgo sadoso samoho sāṅgaṇo saṃkiliṭṭhacitto kālaṃ karissatī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.59) imāya desanāya saṃsandati. Tathā ‘‘cakkhuñcāvuso ^a^V1.0114^ea^ paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇaṃ, tiṇṇaṃ saṅgati phasso, phassapaccayā ^a^M1.0128^ea^ vedanā. Yaṃ vedeti taṃ sañjānāti, yaṃ sañjānāti taṃ vitakketi, yaṃ vitakketi taṃ papañceti, yaṃ papañceti tatonidānaṃ purisaṃ papañcasaññāsaṅkhā samudācarantī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.204) imāya desanāya saṃsandati. Tathā ‘‘idha, bhikkhave, asutavā puthujjano…pe… sappurisadhamme avinīto rūpaṃ ‘etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’ti samanupassati. Vedanaṃ…pe…, saññaṃ…pe…, saṅkhāre…pe…, viññāṇaṃ ‘etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’ti samanupassati. Yampi taṃ diṭṭhaṃ…pe… yampi taṃ diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ, so loko so attā so pecca bhavissāmi nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo sassatisamaṃ tatheva ṭhassāmīti, tampi ‘etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’ti samanupassatī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.241) imāya desanāya saṃsandati.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Yopi so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu…pe… nibbānaṃ mābhinandī’’ti ayaṃ desanā. ‘‘Idha, devānaminda, bhikkhuno sutaṃ hoti ‘sabbe dhammā nālaṃ abhinivesāyā’ti, evañcetaṃ, devānaminda, bhikkhuno sutaṃ hoti ‘sabbe dhammā nālaṃ abhinivesāyā’ti, so sabbaṃ dhammaṃ abhijānāti, sabbaṃ dhammaṃ abhiññāya sabbaṃ dhammaṃ parijānāti, sabbaṃ dhammaṃ pariññāya yaṃ kiñci vedanaṃ vedeti sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, so tāsu vedanāsu aniccānupassī viharati, virāgānupassī viharati, nirodhānupassī viharati, paṭinissaggānupassī viharatī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.390) imāya desanāya saṃsandati. ‘‘Yopi so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu arahaṃ…pe… abhisambuddhoti vadāmī’’ti ayaṃ desanā ‘‘sutavā ca kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako…pe… sappurisadhamme suvinīto rūpaṃ ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti samanupassati, vedanaṃ…pe…, saññaṃ…pe…, saṅkhāre…pe…, viññāṇaṃ ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti samanupassati. Yampi taṃ diṭṭhaṃ sutaṃ viññātaṃ pattaṃ pariyesitaṃ anuvicaritaṃ manasā, tampi ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti samanupassati. Yampi taṃ diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ, so loko so attā so pecca bhavissāmi ‘nicco dhuvo sassato api pariṇāmadhammo sassatisamaṃ tatheva ṭhassāmī’ti, tampi ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti samanupassati. So evaṃ samanupassanto na paritassatī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.241) evamādidesanāhi saṃsandatīti, ayaṃ ^b^catubyūho hāro^eb^.


volume: 30
item: 21
title: yuttihāravaṇṇanā^padaṭṭhānahāravaṇṇanā^lakkhaṇahāravaṇṇanā^catubyūhahāravaṇṇanā^āvattahāravaṇṇanā
content:
  [03]‘‘Assutavā ^a^V1.0115^ea^^a^M1.0129^ea^ puthujjano’’ti iminā yonisomanasikārapaṭikkhepamukhena ayonisomanasikārapariggaho dīpito. ‘‘Ariyānaṃ adassāvī’’tiādinā sappurisūpanissayādipaṭikkhepamukhena asappurisūpanissayādipariggaho dīpito. Tesu purimanayena āsayavipatti kittitā, dutiyena payogavipatti. Purimena cassa kilesavaṭṭaṃ, tañca yato vipākavaṭṭanti sakalaṃ saṃsāracakkamāvattati. ‘‘Pathaviṃ maññatī’’tiādinā tattha tisso maññanā vuttā. Tāsu taṇhāmaññanā ‘‘etaṃ mamā’’ti taṇhāggāho, mānamaññanā ‘‘esohamasmī’’ti mānaggāho, diṭṭhimaññanā ‘‘eso me attā’’ti diṭṭhiggāho. Tattha taṇhāggāhena ‘‘taṇhaṃ paṭiccapariyesanā’’tiādikā (dī. ni. 2.103; dī. ni. 3.359; a. ni. 3.23; vibha. 963) nava taṇhāmūlakā dhammā āvattanti. Mānaggāhena ‘‘seyyohamasmī’’tiādikā nava mānavidhā āvattanti. Diṭṭhiggāhena ‘‘rūpaṃ attato samanupassatī’’tiādikā (saṃ. ni. 4.345) vīsativatthukā sakkāyadiṭṭhi āvattati. Tīsu ca gāhesu yāya saññāya taṇhāggāhassa vikkhambhanā, sā dukkhasaññā dukkhānupassanā. Yāya saññāya mānaggāhassa vikkhambhanā, sā aniccasaññā aniccānupassanā. Yāya pana saññāya diṭṭhiggāhassa vikkhambhanā, sā anattasaññā anattānupassanā. Tattha paṭhamaggāhavisabhāgato appaṇihitavimokkhamukhaṃ āvattati, dutiyaggāhavisabhāgato animittavimokkhamukhaṃ āvattati, tatiyaggāhavisabhāgato suññatavimokkhamukhaṃ āvattati.<br/><br/>[03]Sekkhaggahaṇena ariyāya sammādiṭṭhiyā saṅgaho, tato ca paratoghosayonisomanasikārā dīpitā honti. Paratoghosena ca sutavā ariyasāvakoti āvattati, yonisomanasikārena nava yonisomanasikāramūlakā dhammā āvattanti, catubbidhañca sampatticakkaṃ. ‘‘Mā maññī’’ti maññanānaṃ vippakatappahānatāgahaṇena ekaccāsavaparikkhayo dīpito hoti, tena ca saddhāvimuttadiṭṭhippattakāyasakkhibhāvā āvattanti. ‘‘Arahaṃ khīṇāsavo’’tiādinā asekkhā sīlakkhandhādayo dassitā honti, sīlakkhandhādipāripūriyā ca dasa nāthakaraṇā dhammā āvattanti. ‘‘Na maññatī’’ti maññanāpaṭikkhepena pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu ‘‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’’ti sammāpaṭipatti dassitā, tāya ca sātisayā nikantipariyādānamānasamugghāṭanadiṭṭhiugghāṭanāni ^a^M1.0130^ea^ pakāsitānīti appaṇihitānimitta-suññatavimokkhā āvattanti.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Tathāgato’’tiādinā ^a^V1.0116^ea^ sabbaññuguṇā vibhāvitāti tadavinābhāvato dasabala-catuvesārajjāsādhāraṇañāṇāaveṇikabuddhadhammā āvattanti. ‘‘Nandī dukkhassa mūla’’ntiādinā saddhiṃ hetunā vaṭṭavivaṭṭaṃ kathitanti pavattinivattitadubhayahetuvibhāvanena cattāri ariyasaccāni āvattanti. ‘‘Taṇhānaṃ khayā’’tiādinā taṇhappahānāpadesena tadekaṭṭhabhāvato diyaḍḍhassa kilesasahassassa pahānaṃ āvattati. ‘‘Sabbaso taṇhānaṃ khayā sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho’’ti ca vuttattā ‘‘nandī dukkhassa mūla’’nti, ‘‘iti viditvā’’tiādinā vuttassa maññanābhāvahetubhūtassa paccayākāravedanassa sāvakehi asādhāraṇañāṇacārabhāvo dassito, tena catuvīsatikoṭisatasahassasamāpattisañcāri bhagavato mahāvajirañāṇaṃ āvattatīti. Ayaṃ ^b^āvatto hāro^eb^.


volume: 30
item: 22
title:
  padaṭṭhānahāravaṇṇanā^lakkhaṇahāravaṇṇanā^catubyūhahāravaṇṇanā^āvattahāravaṇṇanā^vibhattihāravaṇṇanā

content:
  [03]‘‘Sabbadhammamūlapariyāya’’nti ettha sabbadhammā nāma tebhūmakā dhammā sakkāyassa adhippetattā. Tesaṃ maññanā padaṭṭhānaṃ papañcasaṅkhānimittattā lokavicittassa. Tayime kusalā akusalā abyākatāti tividhā. Tesu kusalānaṃ yonisomanasikārādi padaṭṭhānaṃ, akusalānaṃ ayonisomanasikārādi, abyākatānaṃ kammabhavāavajjanabhūtarūpādi padaṭṭhānaṃ. Tattha kusalā kāmāvacarādivasena bhūmito tividhā, tathā abyākatā cittuppādasabhāvā, acittuppādasabhāvā pana kāmāvacarāva tathā akusalā. Pariyattipaṭipattipaṭivedhasutakiccābhāvena tividho assutavā. Andhakalyāṇavibhāgena duvidho puthujjano. Sammāsambuddhapaccekabuddhasāvakabhedena tividhā ariyā. Maṃsacakkhudibbacakkhupaññācakkhūhi dassanābhāvena tividho adassāvī. Maggaphalanibbānabhedena tividho, navavidho vā ariyadhammo. Savanadhāraṇaparicayamanasikārapaṭivedhavasena pañcavidhā ariyadhammassa kovidatā. Tadabhāvato akovido. Saṃvarapahānabhedena duvidho, dasavidho vā ariyadhammavinayo, tadabhāvato ariyadhamme avinīto. Ettha padaṭṭhānavibhāgo heṭṭhā dassitoyeva. ‘‘Sappurisānaṃ adassāvī’’tiādīsupi eseva nayo. ‘‘Pathaviṃ maññatī’’tiādīsu maññanāvatthuvibhāgo pāḷiyaṃ āgatova, tathā ajjhattikabāhirādiko ca antaravibhāgo.<br/><br/>[03]Maññanā ^a^M1.0131^ea^ pana taṇhāmānadiṭṭhivasena saṅkhepato tividhā, vitthārato pana taṇhāmaññanā tāva kāmataṇhādivasena aṭṭhasatavidhā, tathā ‘‘asmīti sati itthaṃsmīti hotī’’tiādinā. Evaṃ mānamaññanāpi. ‘‘Asmīti sati itthaṃsmīti hotī’’tiādinā papañcattayaṃ uddiṭṭhaṃ niddiṭṭhañcāti ^a^V1.0117^ea^. Etena diṭṭhimaññanāyapi aṭṭhasatavidhatā vuttāti veditabbā. Apica seyyassa ‘‘seyyohamasmī’’tiādinā mānamaññanāya navavidhatā tadantarabhedena anekavidhatā ca veditabbā. Ayañca attho hīnattikatthavaṇṇanāya vibhāvetabbo. Diṭṭhimaññanāya pana ^b^brahmajāle^eb^ āgatanayena dvāsaṭṭhividhatā tadantarabhedena anekavidhatā ca veditabbā. ‘‘Apariññāta’’nti ettha ñātapariññādivasena ceva rūpamukhādiabhinivesabhedādivasena ca pariññānaṃ anekavidhatā veditabbā. Tathā aṭṭhamakādivasena sekkhavibhāgo paññāvimuttādivasena asekkhavibhāgo ca. Ayamettha dhammavibhāgo. Padaṭṭhānavibhāgo ca bhūmivibhāgo ca vuttanayānusārena veditabbāti. Ayaṃ ^b^vibhattihāro^eb^.


volume: 30
item: 23
title: lakkhaṇahāravaṇṇanā^catubyūhahāravaṇṇanā^āvattahāravaṇṇanā^vibhattihāravaṇṇanā^parivattahāravaṇṇanā
content:
  [03]‘‘Sabbadhammamūlapariyāya’’nti ettha ‘‘sabbadhammā’’ti pañcupādānakkhandhā gahitā, tesaṃ mūlakāraṇanti ca taṇhāmānadiṭṭhiyo. Tathā assutavā puthujjano…pe… sappurisadhamme avinītoti. Yāvakīvañca pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu subhato sukhato niccato attato samanupassanavasena ‘‘etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti taṇhāmānadiṭṭhigāhā na samucchijjanti, tāva nesaṃ pabandhūparamo supinantepi na kenaci laddhapubbo. Yadā pana nesaṃ asubhato dukkhato aniccato anattato samanupassanavasena ‘‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’’ti pavattamānā appaṇihitānimittasuññatānupassanā ussakkitvā ariyamaggādhigamāya saṃvattanti, atha nesaṃ pabandhūparamo hoti accantāppaññattikabhāvūpagamanato. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘sabbadhammāti pañcupādānakkhandhā gahitā, tesaṃ mūlakāraṇanti ca taṇhāmānadiṭṭhiyo’’ti. Tathā assutavā puthujjano…pe… sappurisadhamme avinīto tīhipi maññanāhi pathaviṃ maññati yāva nibbānaṃ abhinandati, tīhipi pariññāhi tassa taṃ vatthu apariññātanti katvā. Yassa pana taṃ vatthu tīhi pariññāhi pariññātaṃ, na so itaro viya taṃ maññati. Tenāha ^a^M1.0132^ea^ bhagavā ‘‘sutavā ca kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako…pe… sappurisadhamme suvinīto rūpaṃ ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti samanupassati, vedanaṃ…pe… asati na paritassatī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.241). Sekkho pathaviṃ mā maññi, yāva nibbānaṃ mābhinandi, arahā sammāsambuddho ca pathaviṃ na maññati, yāva nibbānaṃ nābhinandati, maññanāmaññitesu vatthūsu mattaso sabbaso ca pariññābhisamayasaṃsiddhiyā pahānābhisamayanibbattito. Yassa pana tesu vatthūsu sabbaso mattaso vā pariññā eva natthi, kuto pahānaṃ, so yathāparikappaṃ niraṅkusāhi maññanāhi ‘‘etaṃ mamā’’tiādinā ^a^V1.0118^ea^ maññateva. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘idha, bhikkhave, assutavā puthujjano…pe… sappurisadhamme avinīto rūpaṃ ‘etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’ti samanupassati, vedanaṃ…pe…, sañña…pe…’’ntiādi (ma. ni. 1.241). Ayaṃ ^b^parivatto hāro^eb^.


volume: 30
item: 24
title: catubyūhahāravaṇṇanā^āvattahāravaṇṇanā^vibhattihāravaṇṇanā^parivattahāravaṇṇanā^vevacanahāravaṇṇanā
content:
  [03]‘‘Sabbadhammā sakaladhammā anavasesadhammā’’ti pariyāyavacanaṃ, ‘‘mūlapariyāyaṃ mūlakāraṇaṃ asādhāraṇahetu’’nti pariyāyavacanaṃ, ‘‘mūlapariyāyanti vā mūladesanaṃ kāraṇatathana’’nti pariyāyavacanaṃ, ‘‘vo tumhākaṃ tumha’’nti pariyāyavacanaṃ, ‘‘bhikkhave, samaṇā tapassino’’ti pariyāyavacanaṃ, ‘‘desessāmī kathessāmī paññapessāmī’’ti pariyāyavacanaṃ, ‘‘suṇātha sotaṃ odahatha sotadvārānusārena upadhārethā’’ti pariyāyavacanaṃ, ‘‘sādhukaṃ sammā sakkacca’’nti pariyāyavacanaṃ, ‘‘manasi karotha citte ṭhapetha samannāharathā’’ti pariyāyavacanaṃ, ‘‘bhāsissāmi byattaṃ kathessāmi vibhajissāmī’’ti pariyāyavacanaṃ, ‘‘evaṃ, bhante, sādhu suṭṭhu bhante’’ti pariyāyavacanaṃ, ‘‘paccassosuṃ sampaṭicchiṃsu sampaṭiggahesu’’nti pariyāyavacanaṃ. Iminā nayena sabbapadesu vevacanaṃ vattabbanti. Ayaṃ ^b^vevacano hāro^eb^.


volume: 30
item: 25
title: āvattahāravaṇṇanā^vibhattihāravaṇṇanā^parivattahāravaṇṇanā^vevacanahāravaṇṇanā^paññattihāravaṇṇanā
content:
  [03]‘‘Sabbadhammamūlapariyāya’’nti ettha sabbadhammā nāma sakkāyadhammā, te khandhavasena pañcadhā paññattā, āyatanavasena dvādasadhā, dhātuvasena aṭṭhārasadhā ^a^M1.0133^ea^ paññattā. ‘‘Mūla’’nti vā ‘‘mūlapariyāya’’nti vā maññanā vuttā, tā taṇhāmānadiṭṭhivasena tidhā antarabhedena anekadhā ca paññattā. Atha vā ‘‘sabbadhammā’’ti tebhūmakadhammānaṃ saṅgahapaññatti, ‘‘mūlapariyāya’’nti tesaṃ pabhavapaññatti, ‘‘vo’’ti sampadānapaññati, ‘‘desessāmi bhāsissāmī’’ti paṭiññāpaññatti, ‘‘suṇātha sādhukaṃ manasi karothā’’ti ca āṇāpanapaññatti, ‘‘assutavā’’ti paṭivedhavimukhatāpaññatti ceva pariyattivimukhatāpaññatti ca, ‘‘puthujjano’’ti anariyapaññatti, sā ariyadhammapaṭikkhepapaññatti ceva ariyadhammavirahapaññatti ca, ‘‘ariyāna’’nti asamapaññatti ceva samapaññatti ca. Tattha asamapaññatti tathāgatapaññatti, samapaññatti paccekabuddhānañceva ubhatobhāgavimuttādīnañca vasena aṭṭhavidhā veditabbā. ‘‘Ariyānaṃ adassāvī’’tiādi dassanabhāvanāpaṭikkhepapaññatti, ‘‘pathaviṃ maññatī’’tiādi pañcannaṃ upādānakkhandhānaṃ dvādasannaṃ āyatanānaṃ aṭṭhārasannaṃ dhātūnaṃ sammasanupagānaṃ indriyānaṃ nikkhepapaññatti ^a^V1.0119^ea^ ceva pabhavapaññatti ca, tathā vipallāsānaṃ kiccapaññatti pariyuṭṭhānaṃ dassanapaññatti kilesānaṃ phalapaññatti abhisaṅkhārānaṃ virūhanapaññatti taṇhāya assādanapaññatti diṭṭhiyā vipphandanapaññatti, ‘‘sekkhā’’ti saddhānusārīsaddhāvimuttadiṭṭhippattakāyasakkhīnaṃ dassanapaññatti ceva bhāvanāpaññatti ca ‘‘appattamānaso’’ti sekkhadhammānaṃ ṭhitipaññatti, ‘‘anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ patthayamāno’’ti paññāya abhinibbidāpaññatti, ‘‘abhijānātī’’ti abhiññeyyadhammānaṃ abhiññāpaññatti, dukkhassa pariññāpaññatti, samudayassa pahānapaññatti, nirodhassa sacchikiriyāpaññatti, maggassa bhāvanāpaññatti, ‘‘mā maññī’’ti maññanānaṃ paṭikkhepapaññatti, samudayassa pahānapaññatti. Iminā nayena sesapadesupi vitthāretabbaṃ. Ayaṃ ^b^paññatti hāro^eb^.


volume: 30
item: 26
title: vibhattihāravaṇṇanā^parivattahāravaṇṇanā^vevacanahāravaṇṇanā^paññattihāravaṇṇanā^otaraṇahāravaṇṇanā
content:
  [03]‘‘Sabbadhammamūlapariyāya’’nti ettha sabbadhammā nāma lokiyā pañcakkhandhā dvādasāyatanāni aṭṭhārasa dhātuyo dve saccāni ekūnavisati indriyāni dvādasapadiko paccayākāroti, ayaṃ sabbadhammaggahaṇena khandhādimukhena desanāya otaraṇaṃ. ‘‘Mūla’’nti vā ‘‘mūlapariyāya’’nti vā maññanā vuttā, tā atthato taṇhā māno diṭṭhi cāti tesaṃ saṅkhārakkhandhasaṅgahoti ayaṃ khandhamukhena otaraṇaṃ. Tathā ‘‘dhammāyatanadhammadhātūhi saṅgaho’’ti ayaṃ āyatanamukhena dhātumukhena ca otaraṇaṃ. ‘‘Assutavā’’ti iminā sutassa ^a^M1.0134^ea^ vibandhabhūtā avijjādayo gahitā, ‘‘puthujjano’’ti iminā yesaṃ kilesābhisaṅkhārānaṃ jananādinā puthujjanoti vuccati, te kilesābhisaṅkhārādayo gahitā, ‘‘ariyānaṃ adassāvī’’tiādinā yesaṃ kilesadhammānaṃ vasena ariyānaṃ adassāviādibhāvo hoti, te diṭṭhimānāvijjādayo gahitāti sabbehi tehi saṅkhārakkhandhasaṅgahoti pubbe vuttanayeneva otaraṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Sañjānāti maññati abhijānāti na maññatī’’ti etthāpi sañjānanamaññanāabhijānanānupassanānaṃ saṅkhārakkhandhapariyāpannattā vuttanayeneva otaraṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. Tathā sekkhaggahaṇena sekkhā, ‘‘araha’’ntiādinā asekkhā sīlakkhandhādayo gahitāti evampi khandhamukhena otaraṇaṃ, āyatanadhātādimukhena ca otaraṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. Tathā ‘‘na maññatī’’ti taṇhāgāhādipaṭikkhepena dukkhānupassanādayo gahitā, tesaṃ vasena appaṇihitavimokkhamukhādīhi otaraṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Pariññāta’’nti iminā parijānanakiccena pavattamānā bodhipakkhiyadhammā gayhantīti satipaṭṭhānādimukhena otaraṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. Nandiggahaṇena bhavaggahaṇena taṇhāgahaṇena ca samudayasaccaṃ, dukkhaggahaṇena jātijarāmaraṇaggahaṇena ca dukkhasaccaṃ, ‘‘taṇhānaṃ khayā’’tiādinā ^a^V1.0120^ea^ nirodhasaccaṃ, abhisambodhiyā gahaṇena maggasaccaṃ gahitanti ariyasaccehi otaraṇanti. Ayaṃ ^b^otaraṇo hāro^eb^.


volume: 30
item: 27
title: parivattahāravaṇṇanā^vevacanahāravaṇṇanā^paññattihāravaṇṇanā^otaraṇahāravaṇṇanā^sodhanahāravaṇṇanā
content:
  [03]‘‘Sabbadhammamūlapariyāyaṃ vo, bhikkhave…pe… idha, bhikkhave, assutavā…pe… pathaviṃ pathavito sañjānātī’’ti ārambho. ‘‘Pathaviṃ pathaviyā saññatvā pathaviṃ maññatī’’ti padasuddhi, no ārambhasuddhi. Tathā ‘‘pathaviyā maññati pathavito maññati pathaviṃ meti maññati pathaviṃ abhinandatī’’ti padasuddhi, no ārambhasuddhi. ‘‘Taṃ kissa hetu apariññātaṃ tassāti vadāmī’’ti padasuddhi ceva ārambhasuddhi ca. Sesavāresupi eseva nayoti. Ayaṃ ^b^sodhano hāro.^eb^


volume: 30
item: 28
title: vevacanahāravaṇṇanā^paññattihāravaṇṇanā^otaraṇahāravaṇṇanā^sodhanahāravaṇṇanā^adhiṭṭhānahāravaṇṇanā
content:
  [03]‘‘Sabbadhammamūlapariyāya’’nti ettha sabbadhammaggahaṇaṃ sāmaññato adhiṭṭhānaṃ. ‘‘Pathaviṃ āpa’’ntiādi pana taṃ avikappetvā visesavacanaṃ. Tathā ‘‘mūlapariyāya’’nti ^a^M1.0135^ea^ sāmaññato adhiṭṭhānaṃ, taṃ avikappetvā visesavacanaṃ ‘‘pathaviṃ maññati…pe… abhinandatī’’ti. ‘‘Pathaviṃ maññatī’’ti ca sāmaññato adhiṭṭhānaṃ taṇhādiggāhānaṃ sādhāraṇattā maññanāya, taṃ avikappetvā visesavacanaṃ ‘‘etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti, evaṃ suttantarapadānipi ānetvā visesavacanaṃ niddhāretabbaṃ. Sesavāresupi eseva nayo. ‘‘Sekkho’’ti sāmaññato adhiṭṭhānaṃ, taṃ avikappetvā visesavacanaṃ ‘‘kāyasakkhī diṭṭhippatto saddhāvimutto saddhānusārī dhammānusārī’’ti. Tathā ‘‘sekkho’’ti sāmaññato adhiṭṭhānaṃ, taṃ avikappetvā visesavacanaṃ ‘‘idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sekkhāya sammādiṭṭhiyā samannāgato hoti…pe… sekkhena sammāsamādhinā samannāgato hotī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.13). ‘‘Araha’’nti sāmaññato adhiṭṭhānaṃ, taṃ avikappetvā visesavacanaṃ ‘‘ubhatobhāgavimutto paññāvimutto (pu. pa. 13.2; 15.1 mātikā), tevijjo chaḷabhiñño’’ti (pu. pa. 7.26, 27 mātikā) ca. ‘‘Khīṇāsavo’’ti sāmaññato adhiṭṭhānaṃ, taṃ avikappetvā visesavacanaṃ ‘‘kāmāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccittha, bhavāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccitthā’’tiādi (pārā. 14). Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. ‘‘Abhijānātī’’ti sāmaññato adhiṭṭhānaṃ, taṃ avikappetvā visesavacanaṃ ‘‘maññatī’’ti. Maññanābhāvo hissa pahānapaṭivedhasiddho, pahānapaṭivedho ^a^V1.0121^ea^ ca pariññāsacchikiriyābhāvanāpaṭivedhehi na vināti sabbepi abhiññāvisesā maññanāpaṭikkhepena atthato gahitāva hontīti. Tathā ‘‘araha’’nti sāmaññato adhiṭṭhānaṃ, taṃ avikappetvā visesavacanaṃ ‘‘vītarāgattā vītadosattā vītamohattā’’ti. Iminā nayena sesapadesupi sāmaññavisesaniddhāraṇā veditabbā. Ayaṃ ^b^adhiṭṭhāno hāro^eb^.


volume: 30
item: 29
title:
  paññattihāravaṇṇanā^otaraṇahāravaṇṇanā^sodhanahāravaṇṇanā^adhiṭṭhānahāravaṇṇanā^parikkhārahāravaṇṇanā

content:
  [03]‘‘Sabbadhammamūlapariyāya’’nti ettha sabbadhammā nāma pariyāpannadhammā, te kusalākusalābyākatabhedena tividhā. Tesu kusalānaṃ yonisomanasikāro alobhādayo ca hetū, akusalānaṃ ayonisomanasikāro lobhādayo ca hetū, abyākatesu vipākānaṃ yathāsakaṃ kammaṃ, itaresaṃ bhavaṅgamāvajjanasamannāhārādi ca hetū. Ettha ca sappurisūpanissayādiko paccayo hetumhi eva samavaruḷho, so tattha ^a^M1.0136^ea^ ādi-saddena saṅgahitoti daṭṭhabbo. ‘‘Mūla’’nti vuttānaṃ maññanānaṃ hetubhāvo pāḷiyaṃ vutto eva. Maññanāsu pana taṇhāmaññanāya assādānupassanā hetu. ‘‘Saññojaniyesu dhammesu assādānupassino taṇhā pavaḍḍhatī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 2.52) hi vuttaṃ. Mānamaññanāya diṭṭhivippayuttalobho hetu kevalaṃ saṃsaggavasena ‘‘ahamasmī’’ti pavattanato. Diṭṭhimaññanāya ekattanayādīnaṃ ayāthāvaggāho hetu, assutabhāvo puthujjanabhāvassa hetu, so ariyānaṃ adassanasīlatāya, sā ariyadhammassa akovidatāya, sā ariyadhamme avinītatāya hetu, sabbā cāyaṃ hetuparamparā pathavīādīsu ‘‘etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti tissannaṃ maññanānaṃ hetu, sekkhārahādibhāvā pana mattaso sabbaso ca maññanābhāvassa hetūti. Ayaṃ ^b^parikkhāro hāro^eb^.


volume: 30
item: 30
title:
  otaraṇahāravaṇṇanā^sodhanahāravaṇṇanā^adhiṭṭhānahāravaṇṇanā^parikkhārahāravaṇṇanā^samāropanahāravaṇṇanā

content:
  [03]‘‘Sabbadhammamūlapariyāya’’ntiādīsu mūlapariyāyaggahaṇena assutavāgahaṇena sañjānanamaññanāpariññāgahaṇehi ca saṃkilesadhammā dassitā, te ca saṅkhepato tividhā taṇhāsaṃkileso diṭṭhisaṃkileso duccaritasaṃkilesoti. Tattha taṇhāsaṃkileso taṇhāsaṃkilesassa, diṭṭhisaṃkilesassa, duccaritasaṃkilesassa ca padaṭṭhānaṃ, tathā diṭṭhisaṃkileso diṭṭhisaṃkilesassa, taṇhāsaṃkilesassa, duccaritasaṃkilesassa ca padaṭṭhānaṃ, duccaritasaṃkilesopi duccaritasaṃkilesassa, taṇhāsaṃkilesassa, diṭṭhisaṃkilesassa ca padaṭṭhānaṃ. Tesu taṇhāsaṃkileso atthato lobhova, yo ‘‘lobho lubbhanā lubbhitattaṃ sārāgo sārajjanā sārajjitatta’’ntiādinā ^a^V1.0122^ea^ (dha. sa. 389) anekehi pariyāyehi vibhatto. Tathā diṭṭhiyeva diṭṭhisaṃkileso, yo ‘‘diṭṭhigataṃ diṭṭhigahanaṃ diṭṭhikantāro diṭṭhivisūkaṃ diṭṭhivipphandita’’ntiādinā (dha. sa. 1105) anekehi pariyāyehi, ‘‘santi, bhikkhave, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 1.30) dvāsaṭṭhiyā pabhedehi ca vibhatto. Duccaritasaṃkileso pana atthato dussīlyacetanā ceva cetanāsampayuttadhammā ca, yā ‘‘kāyaduccaritaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ kāyavisamaṃ vacīvisama’’nti (vibha. 913, 924), ‘‘pāṇātipāto adinnādāna’’nti (vibha. 913) ca ādinā anekehi pariyāyehi, anekehi pabhedehi ca vibhattā.<br/><br/>[03]Tesu ^a^M1.0137^ea^ taṇhāsaṃkilesassa samatho paṭipakkho, diṭṭhisaṃkilesassa vipassanā, duccaritasaṃkilesassa sīlaṃ paṭipakkho. Te pana sīlādayo dhammā idha pariññāgahaṇena sekkhaggahaṇena ‘‘araha’’ntiādinā ariyatādiggahaṇena ca gahitā. Tattha sīlena duccaritasaṃkilesappahānaṃ sijjhati, tathā tadaṅgappahānaṃ vītikkamappahānañca, samathena taṇhāsaṃkilesappahānaṃ sijjhati, tathā vikkhambhanappahānaṃ pariyuṭṭhānappahānañca. Vipassanāya diṭṭhisaṃkilesappahānaṃ sijjhati, tathā samucchedappahānaṃ anusayappahānañca. Tattha pubbabhāge sīle patiṭṭhitassa samatho, samathe patiṭṭhitassa vipassanā, maggakkhaṇe pana samakālameva bhavanti. Pubbeyeva hi suparisuddhakāyavacīkammassa suparisuddhājīvassa ca samathavipassanā āraddhā gabbhaṃ gaṇhantiyo paripākaṃ gacchantiyo vuṭṭhānagāminivipassanaṃ paribrūhenti, vuṭṭhānagāminivipassanā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchantī maggena ghaṭenti maggakkhaṇe samathavipassanā paripūreti. Atha maggakkhaṇe samathavipassanābhāvanāpāripūriyā anavasesasaṃkilesadhammaṃ samucchindantiyo nirodhaṃ nibbānaṃ sacchikarontīti. Ayaṃ ^b^samāropano hāro^eb^.<br/><br/>[06]Soḷasahāravaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 31
title:
  sodhanahāravaṇṇanā^adhiṭṭhānahāravaṇṇanā^parikkhārahāravaṇṇanā^pañcavidhanayavaṇṇanā^nandiyāvaṭṭanayavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03]‘‘Sabbadhammamūlapariyāya’’ntiādīsu ^a^V1.0123^ea^ sabbadhammamūlaggahaṇena maññanāgahaṇena ca taṇhāmānadiṭṭhiyo gahitā. Maññanānampi hi maññanā kāraṇanti dassitoyamattho. ‘‘Assutavā’’tiādinā avijjāmānadiṭṭhiyo gahitā, sabbepi vā saṃkilesadhammā, tathā saññāapariññātaggahaṇena. ‘‘Khīṇāsavo parikkhīṇabhavasaññojano’’ti ettha pana āsavā saññojanāni ca sarūpato gahitāni, tathā nandiggahaṇena taṇhāgahaṇena ca taṇhā, evampettha sarūpato pariyāyato ca taṇhā avijjā tappakkhiyadhammā ca gahitā. Tattha taṇhāya visesato rūpadhammā adhiṭṭhānaṃ, avijjāya arūpadhammā, te pana sabbadhammaggahaṇena pathavīādiggahaṇena ca dassitā eva. Tāsaṃ samatho vipassanā ca paṭipakkho, tesamettha gahetabbākāro heṭṭhā dassito eva. Samathassa cetovimutti phalaṃ ^a^M1.0138^ea^, vipassanāya paññāvimutti. Tathā hi tā ‘‘rāgavirāgā’’tiādinā visesetvā vuccanti, imāsamettha gahaṇaṃ sammadaññāvimuttavītarāgādivacanehi veditabbaṃ. Tattha taṇhāvijjā samudayasaccaṃ, tappakkhiyadhammā pana taggahaṇeneva gahitāti veditabbā. Tesaṃ adhiṭṭhānabhūtā vuttappabhedā rūpārūpadhammā dukkhasaccaṃ, tesaṃ appavatti nirodhasaccaṃ, nirodhapajānanā paṭipadā maggasaccaṃ. Taṇhāgahaṇena cettha māyā-sāṭheyya-mānātimāna-madappamāda-pāpicchatā-pāpamittatā-ahirikānottappādivasena akusalapakkho netabbo, avijjāgahaṇena viparītamanasikāra-kodhūpanāha-makkha-paḷāsa-issā-macchariya- sārambhadovacassatā-bhavadiṭṭhi-vibhavadiṭṭhiādivasena akusalapakkho netabbo, vuttavipariyāyena amāyāasāṭheyyādiaviparītamanasikārādivasena, tathā samathapakkhiyānaṃ saddhindriyādīnaṃ vipassanāpakkhiyānaṃ aniccasaññādīnañca vasena vodānapakkho netabboti. Ayaṃ ^b^nandiyāvaṭṭassa na yassa bhūmi^eb^.


volume: 30
item: 32
title:
  adhiṭṭhānahāravaṇṇanā^parikkhārahāravaṇṇanā^pañcavidhanayavaṇṇanā^nandiyāvaṭṭanayavaṇṇanā^tipukkhalanayavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03]Tathā vuttanayena sarūpato pariyāyato ca gahitesu taṇhāvijjātappakkhiyadhammesu taṇhā lobho, avijjā moho, avijjāya sampayutto lohite sati pubbo viya taṇhāya sati sijjhamāno āghāto doso, iti tīhi akusalamūlehi gahitehi, tappaṭipakkhato maññanāpaṭikkhepapariññāgahaṇādīhi ca kusalamūlāni siddhāniyeva honti. Idhāpi ‘‘lobho sabbāni ^a^V1.0124^ea^ vā sāsavakusalākusalamūlāni samudayasaccaṃ, tehi nibbattā, tesaṃ adhiṭṭhānagocarabhūtā ca upādānakkhandhā dukkhasacca’’ntiādinā saccayojanā veditabbā. Phalaṃ panettha tayo vimokkhā, tīhi pana akusalamūlehi tividhaduccarita-saṃkilesamala-visamākusala-saññā-vitakkādivasena akusalapakkho netabbo. Tathā tīhi kusalamūlehi tividhasucarita-samakusala-saññā-vitakka-saddhamma-samādhi-vimokkhamukha-vimokkhā-divasena kusalapakkho netabboti. Ayaṃ ^b^tipukkhalassa nayassa bhūmi^eb^.


volume: 30
item: 33
title:
  parikkhārahāravaṇṇanā^pañcavidhanayavaṇṇanā^nandiyāvaṭṭanayavaṇṇanā^tipukkhalanayavaṇṇanā^sīhavikkīḷitanayavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03]Tathā vuttanayena sarūpato pariyāyato ca gahitesu taṇhāvijjātappakkhiyadhammesu visesato taṇhādiṭṭhīnaṃ vasena asubhe ‘‘subha’’nti ^a^M1.0139^ea^, dukkhe ‘‘sukha’’nti ca vipallāsā, avijjādiṭṭhīnaṃ vasena anicce ‘‘nicca’’nti, anattani ‘‘attā’’ti ca vipallāsā veditabbā. Tesaṃ paṭipakkhato maññanāpaṭikkhepapariññāgahaṇādisiddhehi sativīriyasamādhipaññindriyehi cattāri satipaṭṭhānāni siddhāneva honti. Tattha catūhi indriyehi cattāro puggalā niddisitabbā. Kathaṃ? Duvidho hi taṇhācarito mudindriyo tikkhindriyoti, tathā diṭṭhicarito. Tesaṃ paṭhamo asubhe ‘‘subha’’nti vipariyāsaggāhī satibalena yathābhūtaṃ kāyasabhāvaṃ sallakkhento taṃ vipallāsaṃ samugghāṭetvā sammattaniyāmaṃ okkamati. Dutiyo asukhe ‘‘sukha’’nti vipariyāsaggāhī ‘‘uppannaṃ kāmavitakkaṃ nādhivāsetī’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 3.310; ma. ni. 1.26; a. ni. 4.14, 114; a. ni. 6.58) vuttena vīriyasaṃvarabhūtena vīriyabalena taṃ vipallāsaṃ vidhamento sammattaniyāmaṃ okkamati. Tatiyo anicce ‘‘nicca’’nti ayāthāvaggāhī samādhibalena samāhitacitto saṅkhārānaṃ khaṇikabhāvasallakkhaṇena taṃ vipallāsaṃ samugghāṭento ariyabhūmiṃ okkamati. Catuttho santatisamūhakiccārammaṇaghanavañcitatāya phassādidhammapuñjamatte anattani ‘‘attā’’ti micchābhinivesī catukoṭikasuññatāmanasikārena taṃ micchābhinivesaṃ viddhaṃsento sāmaññaphalaṃ sacchikaroti.<br/><br/>[03]Idhāpi subhasaññāsukhasaññāhi catūhipi vā vipallāsehi samudayasaccaṃ, tesaṃ adhiṭṭhānārammaṇabhūtā pañcupādānakkhandhā dukkhasaccantiādinā saccayojanā veditabbā. Phalaṃ panettha cattāri sāmaññaphalāni, catūhi cittavipallāsehi caturāsavogha-yoga-kāyagantha-agati-taṇhuppāda-sallupādāna-viññāṇaṭṭhiti-apariññādivasena akusalapakkho netabbo. Tathā catūhi satipaṭṭhānehi ^a^V1.0125^ea^ catubbidhajhāna-vihārādhiṭṭhāna-sukhabhāgiyadhamma-appamaññā-sammappadhāna-iddhipādā- divasena vodānapakkho netabboti. Ayaṃ ^b^sīhavikkīḷitassa nayassa bhūmi^eb^.


volume: 30
item: 34
title:
  pañcavidhanayavaṇṇanā^nandiyāvaṭṭanayavaṇṇanā^tipukkhalanayavaṇṇanā^sīhavikkīḷitanayavaṇṇanā^disālocanaaṅkusanayadvayavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03]Imesaṃ pana tiṇṇaṃ atthanayānaṃ siddhiyā vohārena nayadvayaṃ siddhameva hoti. Tathā hi atthanayānaṃ disābhūtadhammānaṃ samālocanaṃ ^b^disālocanaṃ,^eb^ tesaṃ samānayanaṃ ^b^aṅkuso^eb^ti pañcapi nayā niyuttāti veditabbā.<br/><br/>[06]Pañcavidhanayavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 35
title:
  nandiyāvaṭṭanayavaṇṇanā^tipukkhalanayavaṇṇanā^sīhavikkīḷitanayavaṇṇanā^disālocanaaṅkusanayadvayavaṇṇanā^sāsanapaṭṭhānavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03]Idañca ^a^M1.0140^ea^ suttaṃ soḷasavidhe suttantapaṭṭhāne saṃkilesanibbedhāsekkhabhāgiyaṃ, sabbabhāgiyameva vā ‘‘sabbadhammamūlapariyāya’’nti ettha sabbadhammaggahaṇena lokiyakusalānampi saṅgahitattā. Aṭṭhavīsatividhena pana suttantapaṭṭhāne lokiyalokuttarasabbadhammādhiṭṭhānaṃ ñāṇañeyyaṃ dassanabhāvanaṃ sakavacanaṃ vissajjanīyaṃ kusalākusalaṃ anuññātaṃ paṭikkhittaṃ cāti veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Nettinayavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Mūlapariyāyasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 30
item: 36
title: tipukkhalanayavaṇṇanā^sabbāsavasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^14^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Apubbapadavaṇṇanā^eb^ti ^a^V1.0126^ea^ atthasaṃvaṇṇanāvasena heṭṭhā aggahitatāya apubbassa abhinavassa padassa vaṇṇanā atthavibhajanā. ‘‘Hitvā punappunāgatamattha’’nti hi vuttaṃ. ^b^Nivāsaṭṭhānabhūtā^eb^ bhūtapubbanivāsaṭṭhānabhūtā, nivāsaṭṭhāne vā bhūtā nibbattā ^b^nivāsaṭṭhānabhūtā,^eb^ tattha māpitāti attho. ^b^Yathā kākandī mākandī kosambī^eb^ti yathā kākandassa isino nivāsaṭṭhāne māpitā nagarī kākandī, mākandassa nivāsaṭṭhāne māpitā mākandī, kusambassanivāsaṭṭhāne māpitā kosambīti vuccati, evaṃ sāvatthīti dasseti. Upanetvā samīpe katvā bhuñjitabbato ^b^upabhogo,^eb^ saviññāṇakavatthu. Parito sabbadā bhuñjitabbato ^b^paribhogo,^eb^ nivāsanapārupanādi aviññāṇakavatthu. ^b^Sabbamettha atthī^eb^ti niruttinayena sāvatthī-saddasiddhimāha. ^b^Satthasamāyoge^eb^ti satthassa nagariyā samāgame, satthe taṃ nagaraṃ upagateti attho. ^b^Pucchite^eb^ satthikajanehi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Samohita^eb^nti sannicitaṃ. Rammanti anto bahi ca bhūmibhāgasampattiyā ceva ārāmuyyānasampattiyā ca ramaṇīyaṃ. ^b^Dassaneyya^eb^nti visikhāsannivesasampattiyā ceva pāsādakūṭāgārādisampattiyā ca dassanīyaṃ passitabbayuttaṃ. Upabhogaparibhogavatthusampattiyā ceva nivāsasukhatāya ca nibaddhavāsaṃ vasantānaṃ itaresañca sattānaṃ manaṃ rametīti ^b^manoramaṃ^eb^. ^b^Dasahi saddehī^eb^ti hatthisaddo, assa-ratha-bheri-saṅkha-mudiṅga-vīṇā-gīta sammatāḷasaddo, asnātha-pivatha-khādathāti-saddoti ^a^M1.0141^ea^ imehi dasahi saddehi. ^b^Avivitta^eb^nti na vivittaṃ, sabbakālaṃ ghositanti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vuddhiṃ vepullataṃ patta^eb^nti tannivāsī sattavuddhiyā vuddhiṃ, tāya parivuddhitāyeva vipulabhāvaṃ pattaṃ, bahujanaṃ ākiṇṇamanussanti attho. Vittūpakaraṇasamiddhiyā ^b^iddhaṃ^eb^. Sabbakālaṃ subhikkhabhāvena ^b^phītaṃ^eb^. Antamaso vighāsāde upādāya sabbesaṃ kapaṇaddhikavanibbakayācakānampi icchi tatthanipphattiyā manuññaṃ jātaṃ, pageva issariye ṭhitānanti dassanatthaṃ puna ^b^‘‘manorama’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. ^b^Aḷakamandāvā^eb^ti āṭānāṭādīsu dasasu vessavaṇamahārājassa nagarīsu aḷakamandā nāma ekā nagarī, yā loke aḷākā eva vuccati ^a^V1.0127^ea^. Sā yathā puññakammīnaṃ āvāsabhūtā ārāmarāmaṇeyyakādinā sobhaggappattā, evaṃ sāvatthīpīti vuttaṃ ‘‘aḷakamandāvā’’ti. ^b^Devāna^eb^nti vessavaṇapakkhiyānaṃ cātumahārājikadevānaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Jinātī^eb^ti iminā sota-saddo viya kattusādhano jeta-saddoti dasseti. ^b^Raññā^eb^ti pasenadikosalarājena. Rājagataṃ jayaṃ āropetvā kumāro jitavāti jetoti vutto. ^b^Maṅgalakabyatāyā^eb^tiādinā ‘‘jeyyo’’ti etasmiṃ atthe ‘‘jeto’’ti vuttanti dasseti. ^b^Sabbakāmasamiddhitāyā^eb^ti sabbehi upabhogaparibhogavatthūhi phītabhāvena vibhavasampannatāyāti attho. Samiddhāpi maccharino kiñci na dentīti āha ^b^‘‘vigatamalamaccheratāyā’’^eb^ti, rāgadosādimalānañceva macchariyassa ca abhāvenāti attho. Samiddhā amaccharinopi ca karuṇāsaddhādiguṇavirahitā attano santakaṃ paresaṃ na dadeyyunti āha ^b^‘‘karuṇādiguṇasamaṅgitāya cā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tenā^eb^ti anāthānaṃ piṇḍadānena. Saddatthato pana dātabbabhāvena sabbakālaṃ upaṭṭhapito anāthānaṃ piṇḍo etassa atthīti ^b^anāthapiṇḍiko^eb^. ^b^Pañcavidhasenāsanaṅgasampattiyā^eb^ti ‘‘nātidūraṃ naccāsannaṃ gamanāgamanasampanna’’nti ekaṃ aṅgaṃ, ‘‘divā appākiṇṇaṃ rattiṃ appasaddaṃ appanigghosa’’nti ekaṃ, ‘‘appaḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassa’’nti ekaṃ, ‘‘tasmiṃ kho pana senāsane viharantassa appakasirena uppajjanti cīvara…pe… parikkhārā’’ti ekaṃ, ‘‘tasmiṃ kho pana senāsane therā bhikkhū viharanti bahussutā’’ti ekaṃ, evametehi pañcavidhasenāsanaṅgehi sampannatāya. Yadi jetavanaṃ tathaṃ anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāmoti āha ^b^‘‘so hī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Kītakālato ^a^M1.0142^ea^ paṭṭhāya anāthapiṇḍikasseva taṃ vanaṃ, atha kasmā ubhinnaṃ parikittananti āha ^b^‘‘jetavane’’^eb^tiādi. ‘‘Yadipi so bhūmibhāgo koṭisantharena mahāseṭṭhinā kīto, rukkhā pana jetena na vikkītāti jetavananti vattabbataṃ labhī’’ti vadanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kasmā idaṃ suttamabhāsī^eb^ti kathetukamyatāya suttanikkhepaṃ pucchati. Sāmaññato hi bhagavato desanākāraṇaṃ pākaṭamevāti. Ko panāyaṃ suttanikkhepoti? Attajjhāsayo. Parehi anajjhiṭṭho eva hi bhagavā attano ajjhāsayena imaṃ suttaṃ desetīti ācariyā. Yasmā panesa bhikkhūnaṃ upakkiliṭṭhacittataṃ viditvā ‘‘ime bhikkhū imāya desanāya upakkilesavisodhanaṃ katvā āsavakkhayāya paṭipajjissantī’’ti ayaṃ desanā āraddhā, tasmā parajjhāsayoti apare. Ubhayampi pana yuttaṃ. Attajjhāsayādīnañhi saṃsaggabhedassa sambhavo heṭṭhā dassitovāti. ^b^Tesaṃ bhikkhūna^eb^nti tadā dhammapaṭiggāhatabhikkhūnaṃ. ^b^Upakkilesavisodhana^eb^nti samathavipassanupakkilesato ^a^V1.0128^ea^ cittassa visodhanaṃ. Paṭhamañhi bhagavā anupubbikathādinā paṭipattiyā saṃkilesaṃ nīharitvā pacchā sāmukkaṃsikaṃ desanaṃ deseti khette khāṇukaṇṭakagumbādike avaharitvā kasanaṃ viya, tasmā kammaṭṭhānameva avatvā imāya anupubbiyā desanā pavattāti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Saṃvarabhūta^eb^nti sīlasaṃvarādisaṃvarabhūtaṃ saṃvaraṇasabhāvaṃ kāraṇaṃ, taṃ pana atthato dassanādi evāti veditabbaṃ. ^b^Saṃvaritā^eb^ti pavattituṃ appadānavasena sammā, sabbathā vā vāritā. Evaṃbhūtā ca yasmā pavattidvārapidhānena pihitā nāma honti, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘vidahitā hutvā’’^eb^ti. Evaṃ accantikassa saṃvarassa kāraṇabhūtaṃ anaccantikaṃ saṃvaraṃ dassetvā idāni accantikameva saṃvaraṃ dassento yasmiṃ dassanādimhi sati uppajjanārahā āsavā na uppajjanti, so tesaṃ anuppādo nirodho khayo pahānanti ca vuccamāno atthato appavattimattanti tassa ca dassanādi kāraṇanti āha ^b^‘‘yena kāraṇena anuppādanirodhasaṅkhātaṃ khayaṃ gacchanti pahīyanti nappavattanti, taṃ kāraṇanti attho’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Cakkhutopi…pe… manatopī^eb^ti (dha. sa. mūlaṭī. 14-19) cakkhuviññāṇādivīthīsu tadanugatamanoviññāṇavīthīsu ca kiñcāpi kusalādīnampi pavatti atthi, kāmāsavādayo ^a^M1.0143^ea^ eva pana vaṇato yūsaṃ viya paggharaṇakāsucibhāvena sandanti, tasmā te eva ^b^‘‘āsavā’’^eb^ti vuccanti. Tattha hi paggharaṇāsucimhi niruḷho āsava-saddoti. ^b^Dhammato yāva gotrabhu^eb^nti tato paraṃ maggaphalesu appavattanato vuttaṃ. Ete hi ārammaṇavasena dhamme gacchantā tato paraṃ na gacchanti. Nanu tato paraṃ bhavaṅgādīnipi gacchantīti ce? Na, tesampi pubbe ālambitesu lokiyadhammesu sāsavabhāvena antogadhattā tato paratābhāvato. Ettha ca gotrabhuvacanena gotrabhuvodānaphalasamāpattipurecārikaparikammāni vuttānīti veditabbāni. Paṭhamamaggapurecārikameva vā gotrabhu avadhinidassanabhāvena gahitaṃ, tato paraṃ pana maggaphalasamānatāya aññesu maggesu maggavīthiyaṃ samāpattivīthiyaṃ nirodhānantarañca pavattamānesu phalesu nibbāne ca āsavānaṃ pavatti nivāritāti veditabbaṃ. ^b^Savantī^eb^ti gacchanti, ārammaṇakaraṇavasena pavattantīti attho. Avadhiattho ā-kāro, avadhi ca mariyādābhividhibhedato duvidho. Tattha mariyādaṃ kiriyaṃ bahi katvā pavattati yathā ‘‘āpāṭaliputtā vuṭṭho devo’’ti. Abhividhi pana kiriyaṃ byāpetvā pavattati yathā ‘‘ābhavaggā bhagavato yaso pavattatī’’ti. Abhividhiattho cāyaṃ ā-kāro idha gahitoti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘antokaraṇattho’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Madirādayo^eb^ti ^a^V1.0129^ea^^b^ādi^eb^-saddena sindhavakādambarikāpotikādīnaṃ saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Cirapārivāsiyaṭṭho^eb^ viraparivutthatā purāṇabhāvo. ^b^Avijjā nāhosītiādī^eb^ti ettha ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena ‘‘purimā, bhikkhave, koṭi na paññāyati bhavataṇhāyā’’ti (a. ni. 10.62) idaṃ suttaṃ saṅgahitaṃ. Avijjāsavabhavāsavānaṃ ciraparivutthatāya dassitāya tabbhāvabhāvino kāmāsavassa ciraparivutthatā dassitāva hoti. Aññesu ca yathāvutte dhamme okāsañca ārammaṇaṃ katvā pavattamānesu mānādīsu vijjamānesu attattaniyādiggāhavasena abhibyāpanaṃ madakaraṇavasena āsavasadisatā ca etesaṃyeva, na aññesanti etesveva āsava-saddo niruḷhoti daṭṭhabbo. Na cettha diṭṭhāsavo nāgatoti gahetabbaṃ bhavataṇhāya viya bhavadiṭṭhiyāpi bhavāsavaggahaṇeneva gahitattā. ^b^Āyataṃ^eb^ anādikālikattā. ^b^Pasavantī^eb^ti phalanti. Na hi taṃ kiñci saṃsāradukkhaṃ ^a^M1.0144^ea^ atthi, yaṃ āsavehi vinā uppajjeyya. ^b^Purimāni cetthā^eb^ti ettha etesu catūsu atthavitappesu purimāni tīṇi. ^b^Yatthā^eb^ti yesu suttābhidhammapadesesu. ^b^Tattha yujjanti^eb^ kilesesuyeva yathāvuttassa atthattayassa sambhavato. ^b^Pacchimaṃ^eb^ ‘‘āyataṃ vā saṃsāradukkhaṃ savantī’’ti vuttanibbacanaṃ. ^b^Kammepi yujjati^eb^ dukkhappasavanassa kilesakammasādhāraṇattā.<br/><br/>[03]Diṭṭhadhammā vuccanti paccakkhabhūtā khandhā, diṭṭhadhamme bhavā ^b^diṭṭhadhammikā^eb^. ^b^Vivādamūlabhūtā^eb^ti vivādassa mūlakāraṇabhūtā kodhūpanāha-makkha-paḷāsa-issā-macchariya-māyā-sāṭheyya-thambha-sārambha-mānātimānā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yena devūpapatyassā^eb^ti yena kammakilesappakārena āsavena devesu upapatti nibbatti assa mayhanti sambandho. ^b^Gandhabbo vā vihaṅgamo^eb^ ākāsacārī assanti vibhattiṃ pariṇāmetvā yojetabbaṃ. Ettha ca yakkhagandhabbatāya vinimuttā sabbā devagati devaggahaṇena gahitā. ^b^Avasesā ca akusalā dhammā^eb^ti akusalakammato avasesā akusalā dhammā āsavāti āgatāti sambandho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paṭighātāyā^eb^ti paṭisedhanāya. ^b^Parūpavā…pe… upaddavā^eb^ti idaṃ yadi bhagavā sikkhāpadaṃ na paññapeyya, tato asaddhammappaṭisevanādinnādānapāṇātipātādihetu ye uppajjeyyuṃ parūpavādādayo diṭṭhadhammikā nānappakārā anatthā, ye ca tannimittā eva nirayādīsu nibbattassa pañcavidhabandhanakammakāraṇādivasena mahādukkhānubhavādippakārā anatthā, te sandhāya vuttaṃ. ^b^Te panete^eb^ti ete kāmarāgādikilesa-tebhūmakakammaparūpavādādiupaddavappakārā āsavā. ^b^Yatthā^eb^ti ^a^V1.0130^ea^ yasmiṃ vinayādipāḷipadese. ^b^Yathā^eb^ti yena duvidhādippakārena aññesu ca suttantesu āgatāti sambandho.<br/><br/>[03]Nirayaṃ gamentīti ^b^nirayagāminiyā. Chakkanipāte^eb^ āhuneyyasutte. Tattha hi āsavā chadhā āgatā āsava-saddābhidheyyassa atthassa pabhedopacārena āsava-pade pabhedoti vutto, koṭṭhāsattho vā pada-saddoti ^b^āsavapade^eb^ti āsavappakāre saddakoṭṭhāse atthakoṭṭhāse vāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tathā^eb^^a^M1.0145^ea^^b^hī^eb^ti tasmā saṃvaraṇaṃ pidahanaṃ pavattituṃ appadānaṃ, teneva kāraṇenāti attho. Sīlādisaṃvare adhippete pavattituṃ appadānavasena thakanabhāvasāmaññato ^b^dvāraṃ saṃvaritvā^eb^ti gehadvārasaṃvaraṇampi udāhaṭaṃ. ^b^Sīlasaṃvaro^eb^tiādi heṭṭhā mūlapariyāyavaṇṇanāya vuttampi imassa suttassa atthavaṇṇanaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ katvā vattukāmo puna vadati. Yuttaṃ tāva sīlasatiñāṇānaṃ saṃvarattho pāḷiyaṃ tathā āgatattā, khantivīriyānaṃ pana kathanti āha ^b^‘‘tesañcā’’^eb^tiādi. Tassattho – yadipi ‘‘khamo hoti…pe… sītassa uppannaṃ kāmavitakkaṃ nādhivāsetī’’tiādiniddese khantivīriyānaṃ saṃvarapariyāyo nāgato, uddese pana sabbāsavasaṃvarapariyāyanti saṃvarapariyāyena gahitattā attheva tesaṃ saṃvarabhāvoti.<br/><br/>[03]Pubbe sīlasatiñāṇānaṃ pāṭhantarena saṃvarabhāvo dassitoti idāni taṃ imināpi suttena gahitabhāvaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘apicā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Khantivīriyasaṃvarā vuttāyeva ^eb^‘‘khamo hoti sītassā’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.14) pāḷiyā dassanavasena.^b^ ‘‘Tañca anāsanaṃ, tañca agocara’’nti ayaṃ panettha sīlasaṃvaro^eb^ti tañca ‘‘yathārūpe’’tiādinā vuttaṃ ayuttaṃ aniyatavatthukaṃ raho paṭicchannāsanaṃ, tañca yathāvuttaṃ ayuttaṃ vesiyādigocaraṃ, ‘‘paṭisaṅkhāyoniso parivajjetī’’ti āgataṃ yaṃ parivajjanaṃ, ayaṃ pana ettha etasmiṃ sutte āgato sīlasaṃvaroti attho. Anāsanaparivajjanena hi anācāraparivajjanaṃ vuttaṃ, anācārāgocaraparivajjanaṃ cārittasīlatāyasīlasaṃvaro. Tathā hi bhagavatā ‘‘pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharatī’’ti (vibha. 508) sīlasaṃvaravibhajane ācāragocarasampattiṃ dassentena ‘‘atthi anācāro, atthi agocaro’’tiādinā (vibha. 513, 514) anācārāgocarā vibhajitvā dassitā. Idañca ekadesena samudāyanidassanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ samuddapabbatanidassanaṃ viya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sabbattha paṭisaṅkhā ñāṇasaṃvaro^eb^ti ettha ‘‘yonisomanasikāro, paṭisaṅkhā ñāṇasaṃvaro’’ti vattabbaṃ ^a^V1.0131^ea^. Na hi dassanapahātabbaniddese paṭisaṅkhāgahaṇaṃ atthi, ‘‘yoniso manasi karotī’’ti pana vuttaṃ. Yonisomanasikaraṇampi atthato paṭisaṅkhā ñāṇasaṃvaramevāti evaṃ pana atthe gayhamāne yuttametaṃ siyā. Keci pana ‘‘yattha yattha ‘idha paṭisaṅkhā yoniso’ti āgataṃ ^a^M1.0146^ea^, taṃ sabbaṃ sandhāya ‘sabbattha paṭisaṅkhā ñāṇasaṃvaro’ti vutta’’nti vadanti. Tesaṃ matena ‘‘idaṃ dukkhanti yoniso manasi karotī’’tiādikassa ñāṇasaṃvarena ca asaṅgaho siyā, ‘‘dassanaṃ paṭisevanā bhāvanā ca ñāṇasaṃvaro’’ti ca vacanaṃ virujjheyya, tasmā vuttanayenevettha attho veditabbo. ‘‘Sabbattha paṭisaṅkhā ñāṇasaṃvaro’’ti iminā sattasupi ṭhānesu yaṃ ñāṇaṃ, so ñāṇasaṃvaroti parivajjanādivasena vuttā sīlādayo sīlasaṃvarādayoti ayamattho dassito. Evaṃ sati saṃvarānaṃ saṅkaro viya hotīti te asaṅkarato dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘aggahitaggahaṇenā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ parivajjanavisesasaṃvarādhivāsanavinodanānaṃ sīlasaṃvarādibhāvena gahitattā, tathā aggahitānaṃ gahaṇenāti attho. Te pana aggahite sarūpato dassento ^b^‘‘dassanaṃ paṭisevanā bhāvanā’’^eb^ti āha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Etena^eb^ sīlasaṃvarādinā karaṇabhūtena, kāraṇabhūtena vā. ^b^Dhammā^eb^ti kusalākusaladhammā. Sīlasaṃvarādinā hi sahajātakoṭiyā, upanissayakoṭiyā vā paccayabhūtena anuppannā kusalā dhammā ^b^uppattiṃ gacchanti^eb^ uppajjanti, tathā aniruddhā akusalā dhammā nirodhaṃ gacchanti nirujjhantīti attho. Pāḷiyaṃ pana ‘‘anuppannā ceva āsavā na uppajjanti, uppannā ca āsavā pahīyantī’’ti akusaladhammānaṃ anuppādapahānāni eva vuttāni, na kusaladhammānaṃ uppādādayoti? Nayidamevaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, ‘‘yoniso ca kho, bhikkhave, manasikaroto’’tiādinā kusaladhammānampi uppatti pakāsitāva āsavasaṃvaraṇassa padhānabhāvena gahitattā. Tathā hi pariyosānepi ‘‘ye āsavā dassanā pahātabbā, te dassanā pahīnā hontī’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.28) āsavappahānameva padhānaṃ katvā nigamitaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^15^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Jānato passato^eb^ti ettha dassanampi paññācakkhunāva dassanaṃ adhippetaṃ, na maṃsacakkhunā dibbacakkhunā vāti āha ^b^‘‘dvepi padāni ekatthānī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Evaṃ santepī^eb^ti padadvayassa ekatthatthepi. ^b^Ñāṇalakkhaṇa^eb^nti ñāṇassa sabhāvaṃ, visayassa yathāsabhāvāvabodhananti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘jānanalakkhaṇañhi ñāṇa’’^eb^nti. ^b^Ñāṇappabhāva^eb^nti ñāṇānubhāvaṃ, ñāṇakiccaṃ visayobhāsananti ^a^M1.0147^ea^ attho. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘ñāṇena vivaṭe dhamme’’^eb^ti. ^b^‘‘Jānato passato’’^eb^ti ca jānanadassanamukhena puggalādhiṭṭhānā desanā pavattāti āha ^b^‘‘ñāṇalakkhaṇaṃ ñāṇappabhāvaṃ upādāya puggalaṃ niddisatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Jānato passato^eb^ti ‘‘yoniso ca manasikāraṃ ayoniso ca manasikāra’’nti ^a^V1.0132^ea^ vakkhamānattā yonisomanasikāravisayajānanaṃ, ayonisomanasikāravisayadassanaṃ. Tañca kho pana nesaṃ āsavānaṃ khayūpāyasabhāvassa adhippetattā uppādanānuppādanavasena na ārammaṇamattenāti ayamattho yuttoti āha ^b^‘‘yonisomanasikāraṃ…pe… ayamettha sāro’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Jānato’’ti vatvā jānanañca anussavākārapaṭivitakkamattavasena na idhādhippetaṃ, atha kho rūpādi viya cakkhuviññāṇena yonisomanasikārāyonisomanasikāre paccakkhe katvā tesaṃ uppādavasena dassananti imamatthaṃ vibhāvetuṃ ‘‘passato’’ti vuttanti evaṃ vā ettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Aññatthāpi hi ‘‘evaṃ jānato evaṃ passato (itivu. 102), jānaṃ jānāti passaṃ passati (ma. ni. 1.203), evaṃ jānantā evaṃ passantā (ma. ni. 1.407), ajānataṃ apassata’’nti ca ādīsu ñāṇakiccassa sāmaññavisesadīpanavasenetaṃ padadvayaṃ āgatanti. ^b^Kecī^eb^ti abhayagirivāsisārasamāsācariyā. Te hi ‘‘samādhinā jānato vipassanāya passato jānaṃ jānāti passaṃ passati, evaṃ jānanā samatho, passanā vipassanā’’ti ca ādinā papañcenti. ^b^Te^eb^ti papañcā. ^b^Imasmiṃ atthe^eb^ti ‘‘jānato’’tiādinayappavatte imasmiṃ suttapadātthe niddhāriyamāne. ^b^Na yujjanti^eb^ jānanadassanānaṃ yonisomanasikārāyonisomanasikāravisayabhāvassa pāḷiyaṃ vuttattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Āsavappahānaṃ^eb^ āsavānaṃ accantappahānaṃ. So pana nesaṃ anuppādo sabbena sabbaṃ khīṇatā abhāvo evāti āha ^b^‘‘āsavānaṃ accantakhayamasamuppādaṃ^eb^^b^khīṇākāraṃ natthibhāva’’^eb^nti. ^b^Ujumaggānusārino^eb^ti kilesavaṅkassa kāyavaṅkādīnañca pahānena ujubhūte savipassane heṭṭhimamagge anussarantassa. Tadeva hissa sikkhanaṃ. ^b^Khayasmiṃ paṭhamaṃ ñāṇaṃ^eb^. ^b^Tato aññā anantarā^eb^ti khayasaṅkhāte aggamagge tappariyāpannameva ñāṇaṃ paṭhamaṃ uppajjati ^a^M1.0148^ea^, tadanantaraṃ pana aññaṃ arahattanti. Yadipi gāthāyaṃ ‘‘khayasmiṃ’’icceva vuttaṃ, samucchedavasena pana āsavehi khīṇotīti maggo khayoti vuccatīti āha ^b^‘‘maggo āsavakkhayoti vutto’’^eb^ti. ^b^Samaṇo^eb^ti samitapāpo adhippeto. So pana khīṇāsavo hotīti ^b^‘‘āsavānaṃ khayā’’^eb^ti imassa phalapariyāyatā vuttā, nippariyāyena pana āsavakkhayo maggo, tena pattabbato phalaṃ. Eteneva nibbānassapi āsavakkhayabhāvo vuttoti veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Jānato passato’’^eb^ti jānato eva passato evāti evamettha niyamo icchito, na aññathā visesābhāvato aniṭṭhasādhanato cāti tassa niyamassa phalaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘no ajānato no^eb^^a^V1.0133^ea^^b^apassato’’^eb^ti vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘yo pana na jānāti na passati, tassa neva vadāmīti attho’’^eb^ti. Iminā dūrīkatāyonisomanasikāro idhādhippeto, yonisomanasikāro ca āsavakkhayassa ekantikakāraṇanti dasseti. ^b^Etenā^eb^ti ‘‘no ajānato no apassato’’ti vacanena. ^b^Te paṭikkhittā^eb^ti ke pana teti? ‘‘Bāle ca paṇḍite ca sandhāvitvā saṃsaritvā dukkhassantaṃ karissanti (dī. ni. 1.168; ma. ni. 2.228), ahetū apaccayā sattā visujjhantī’’ti (dī. ni. 1.168; ma. ni. 2.227) evamādivādā. Tesu hi keci abhijātisaṅkantimattena bhavasaṅkantimattena ca saṃsārasuddhiṃ paṭijānanti, aññe issarapajāpatikālādivasena, tayidaṃ sabbaṃ ‘‘saṃsārādīhī’’ti ettheva saṅgahitanti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Purimena vā padadvayenā^eb^ti ‘‘jānato, passato’’ti iminā padadvayena. ^b^Upāyo vutto^eb^ ‘‘āsavakkhayassā’’ti adhikārato viññāyati. ^b^Iminā^eb^ti ‘‘no ajānato, no apassato’’ti iminā padadvayena. Anupāyo eva hi āsavānaṃ khayassa yadidaṃ yoniso ca ayoniso ca manasikārassa ajānanaṃ adassanañca, tena tathattāya appaṭipattito micchāpaṭipattito ca. Nanu ‘‘passato’’ti iminā ayonisomanasikāro yathā na uppajjati, evaṃ dassane adhippete purimeneva anupāyapaṭisedho vutto hotīti? Na hoti, ayonisomanasikārānuppādanassapi upāyabhāvato satibalena saṃvutacakkhundriyāditā viya sampajaññabaleneva niccādivasena abhūtajānanābhāvo ^a^M1.0149^ea^ hotīti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘saṅkhepena…pe… hotī’’^eb^ti. Tattha ^b^saṅkhepenāti^eb^ samāsena, anvayato byatirekato ca vitthāraṃ akatvāti attho.^b^ Ñāṇaṃ…pe… dassitaṃ hoti^eb^ ‘‘jānato’’tiādinā ñāṇasseva gahitattā. Yadi evaṃ ‘‘svāyaṃ saṃvaro’’tiādi kathaṃ nīyatīti? Ñāṇassa padhānabhāvadassanatthaṃ evamayaṃ desanā katāti nāyaṃ doso, tathā aññatthāpi ‘‘ariyaṃ vo bhikkhave sammāsamādhiṃ desessāmi saupanisaṃ saparikkhāra’’nti (ma. ni. 3.136) vitthāro.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dabbajātiko^eb^ti dabbarūpo. So hi drabyoti vuccati ‘‘drabyaṃ vinassati nādrabya’’ntiādīsu. ^b^Dabbajātiko^eb^ vā sārasabhāvo, sāruppasīlācāroti attho. Yathāha ‘‘na kho dabba dabbā evaṃ nibbeṭhentī’’ti (pārā. 384, 391; cūḷava. 193). ^b^Vattasīse ṭhatvā^eb^ti vattaṃ uttamaṅgaṃ, dhuraṃ vā katvā. Yo hi parisuddhājīvo kātuṃ ajānantānaṃ sabrahmacārīnaṃ, attano vā vātātapādipaṭibāhanatthaṃ chattādīni karoti, so vattasīse ṭhatvā karoti nāma. ^b^Padaṭṭhānaṃ na hotīti na vattabbā^eb^ nāthakaraṇadhammabhāvena upanissayabhāvato. Vuttañhi ^a^V1.0134^ea^ ‘‘yāni tāni sabrahmacārīnaṃ uccāvacāni kiccakaraṇīyāni, tattha dakkho hotī’’tiādi (ma. ni. 1.497).<br/><br/>[03]^b^Upāyamanasikāro^eb^ti kusaladhammappavattiyā kāraṇabhūto manasikāro. ^b^Pathamanasikāro^eb^ti tassā eva maggabhūto manasikāro. ^b^Aniccādīsu aniccantiādinā^eb^ti aniccadukkhāsubhānattasabhāvesu dhammesu ‘‘aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ asubhaṃ anattā’’tiādinā eva nayena, aviparītasabhāvenāti attho. ^b^Saccānulomikena vā^eb^ti saccābhisamayassa anulomavasena. ^b^Cittassa āvaṭṭanā^eb^tiādinā āvaṭṭanāya paccayabhūtā tato purimuppannā manodvārikā kusalajavanappavatti phalavohārena tathā vuttā. Tassā hi vasena sā kusaluppattiyā upanissayo hoti. Āvajjanā hi bhavaṅgacittaṃ āvaṭṭayatīti ^b^āvaṭṭanā^eb^. Anu anu āvaṭṭetīti ^b^anvāvaṭṭanā^eb^. Bhavaṅgārammaṇato aññaṃ ābhujatīti ^b^ābhogo^eb^. Samannāharatīti ^b^samannāhāro^eb^. Tadevārammaṇaṃ attānaṃ anubandhitvā uppajjamānaṃ manasi karoti ṭhapetīti ^b^manasikāro^eb^. ^b^Ayaṃ vuccatī^eb^ti ayaṃ upāyapathamanasikāralakkhaṇo yonisomanasikāro nāma vuccati, yassa vasena puggalo dukkhādīni saccāni āvajjituṃ sakkoti ^a^M1.0150^ea^. Ayonisomanasikāre ^b^saccapaṭikūlenā^eb^ti saccābhisamayassa ananulomavasena. Sesaṃ yonisomanasikāre vuttavipariyāyena veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yutti^eb^nti upapattisādhanayuttiṃ, hetunti attho. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘yasmā’’^eb^tiādi.^b^ Etthā^eb^ti ‘‘ayoniso bhikkhave…pe… pahīyantī’’ti etasmiṃ pāṭhe. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti vākyopaññāsanaṃ. Kasmā panettha ayamuddesaniddeso parivattoti codanaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘yoniso’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha manasikārapadaṃ dvinnaṃ sādhāraṇanti adhippāyena ^b^‘‘yoniso ayonisoti imehi tāva dvīhi padehī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Yoniso^eb^ti hi yonisomanasikāro, ^b^ayoniso^eb^ti ca ayonisomanasikāro tattha anuvattanato vakkhamānattā ca. Satipi anatthuppattisāmaññe bhavādīsu puggalassa bahulisāmaññaṃ dassetvā taṃ parivattitvā visesadassanattaṃ ^b^nāvādi^eb^ upamāttayaggahaṇaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Cakkayantaṃ^eb^ āhaṭaghaṭīyantanti vadanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Anuppannā^eb^ti anibbattā. Ārammaṇavisesavasena tassa anuppatti veditabbā, na rūpārammaṇādiārammaṇasāmaññena, nāpi āsavavasena. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ananubhūtapubbaṃ ārammaṇaṃ…pe… aññathā hi anamatagge saṃsāre anuppannā nāma āsavā na santī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vatthu^eb^nti saviññāṇakāviññāṇakappabhedaṃ āsavuppattikāraṇaṃ. ^b^Ārammaṇaṃ^eb^ ārammaṇapaccayabhūtarūpādīni ^a^V1.0135^ea^. Idāni āsavavasenapi anuppannapariyāyo labbhatīti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘anubhūtapubbepī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Pakatisuddhiyā^eb^ti pubbacariyato kilesadūrībhāvasiddhāya suddhipakatitāya. Pāḷiyā uddisanaṃ ^b^uddeso,^eb^ atthakathanaṃ ^b^paripucchā^eb^. Ajjhayanaṃ ^b^pariyatti,^eb^ cīvarasibbādi ^b^navakammaṃ,^eb^ samathavipassanānuyogo ^b^yonisomanasikāro^eb^. ^b^Tādisenā^eb^ti yādisena ‘‘manuññavatthū’’timanasikārādinā kāmāsavādayo sambhaveyyuṃ, tādisena. Āsavānaṃ vaḍḍhi nāma pariyuṭṭhānatibbatāya veditabbā, sā ca abhiṇhuppattiyā bahulīkāratoti te laddhāsevanā bahulabhāvaṃ pattā maddantā pharantā chādentā andhākāraṃ karontā aparāparaṃ uppajjamānā ekasantānanayena ^b^‘‘uppannā pavaḍḍhantī’’ti vucca^eb^nti. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘punappunaṃ uppajjamānā uppannā pavaḍḍhantīti vuccantī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ito aññathā^eb^ti ito ^a^M1.0151^ea^ aparāparuppannānaṃ ekattaggahaṇato aññathā ^b^vaḍḍhi nāma natthi^eb^ khaṇikabhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^So ca jānātī^eb^ti dhammuddhaccaviggahābhāvamāha. ^b^Kārakassevā^eb^ti yuttayogasseva. ^b^Yassa panā^eb^tiādinā anuddesikaṃ katvā vuttamatthaṃ purātanassa purisātisayassa paṭipattidassanena pākaṭataraṃ kātuṃ ^b^‘‘maṇḍalārāmavāsīmahātissabhūtattherassa viyā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tañhi sabrahmacārīnaṃ āyatiṃ tathāpaṭipattikāraṇaṃ hoti, yato edisaṃ vatthu vuccati. ^b^Tasmiṃ yevā^eb^ti maṇḍalārāmeyeva. ^b^Ācariyaṃ āpucchitvā^eb^ti attano uddesācariyaṃ kammaṭṭhānaggahaṇatthaṃ gantuṃ āpucchitvā. ^b^Ācariyaṃ vanditvā^eb^ti kammaṭṭhānadāyakaṃ mahārakkhitattheraṃ vanditvā. ^b^Uddesamagga^eb^nti yathāāraddhaṃ uddesapabandhaṃ. Tadā kira mukhapāṭheneva bahū ekajjhaṃ uddisāpetvā manosajjhāyavasena dhammaṃ sajjhāyanti. Tatthāyaṃ thero paññavantatāya uddesaṃ gaṇhantānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhorayho, so ‘‘idānāhaṃ anāgāmī, kiṃ mayhaṃ uddesenā’’ti saṅkocaṃ anāpajjitvā dutiyadivase uddesakāle ācariyaṃ upasaṅkami. ‘‘Uppannā pahīyantī’’ti ettha uppannasadisā ‘‘uppannā’’ti vuttā, na paccuppannā. Na hi paccuppannesu āsavesu maggena pahānaṃ sambhavatīti āha ^b^‘‘ye pana…pe… natthī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vattamānuppannā^eb^ khaṇattayasamaṅgino. ^b^Tesaṃ paṭipattiyā pahānaṃ natthi^eb^ uppajjanārahānaṃ paccayaghātena anuppādanameva tāya pahānanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^16^eb^^b^.^eb^ Yadi evaṃ dutiyapadaṃ kimatthiyanti? Padadvayaggahaṇaṃ āsavānaṃ uppannānuppannabhāvasambhavadassanatthañceva pahāyakavibhāgena pahātabbavibhāgadassanatthañca. Tenāha ^b^‘‘idameva padaṃ gahetvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Aññampī^eb^ti ñāṇato aññampi satisaṃvarādiṃ. ^b^Dassanā^eb^ti idaṃ hetumhi nissakkavacananti ^b^dassanenā^eb^ti hetumhi karaṇavacanena tadatthaṃ vivarati. ^b^Esa nayo^eb^ti tamevatthaṃ atidisati. ^b^Dassanenā^eb^ti sotāpattimaggena. So hi paṭhamaṃ nibbānadassanato ‘‘dassana’’nti ^a^V1.0136^ea^ vuccati. Yadipi taṃ gotrabhu paṭhamataraṃ passati, disvā pana kattabbakiccassa kilesappahānassa akaraṇato na taṃ dassananti vuccati. Āvajjanaṭṭhāniyañhi taṃ ñāṇaṃ maggassa, nibbānārammaṇattasāmaññena cetaṃ vuttaṃ, na nibbānapaṭivijjhanena, tasmā dhammacakkhu punappunaṃ nibbattanena bhāvanaṃ appattaṃ dassanaṃ nāma, dhammacakkhuñca pariññādikiccakaraṇavasena catusaccadhammadassanaṃ tadabhisamayoti nutthettha gotrabhussa dassanabhāvappatti ^a^M1.0152^ea^. Ayañca vicāro parato ^b^aṭṭhakathāyameva^eb^ (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.22) āgamissati. ^b^Sabbatthā^eb^ti ‘‘saṃvarā pahātabbā’’tiādīsu. ^b^Saṃvarā^eb^ti saṃvarena, ‘‘saṃvaro’’ti cettha satisaṃvaro veditabbo. Paṭisevati etenāti ^b^paṭisevanaṃ,^eb^ paccayesu idamatthikatāñāṇaṃ. Adhivāseti khamati etāyāti ^b^adhivāsanā,^eb^ sītādīnaṃ khamanākārena pavatto adoso, tappadhānā vā cattāro kusalakkhandhā. Parivajjeti etenāti ^b^parivajjanaṃ,^eb^ vāḷamigādīnaṃ pariharaṇavasena pavattā cetanā, tathāpavattā vā cattāro kusalakkhandhā. Kāmavitakkādike vinodeti vitudati etenāti ^b^vinodanaṃ,^eb^ kusalavīriyaṃ. Paṭhamamaggena diṭṭhe catusaccadhamme bhāvanāvasena uppajjanato ^b^bhāvanā,^eb^ sesamaggattayaṃ. Na hi taṃ adiṭṭhapubbaṃ kiñci passati, evaṃ dassanādīnaṃ vacanattho veditabbo.


volume: 30
item: 37
title: sabbāsavasuttavaṇṇanā^^dassanāpahātabbāasavavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^17^eb^^b^.^eb^ Kusalākusaladhammehi ālambiyamānāpi ārammaṇadhammā āvajjanamukheneva tabbhāvaṃ gacchantīti dassento ^b^‘‘manasikaraṇīye’’^eb^ti padassa ^b^‘‘āvajjitabbe’’^eb^ti atthamāha. Hitasukhāvahabhāvena manasikaraṇaṃ arahantīti manasikaraṇīyā, tappaṭipakkhato amanasikaraṇīyāti āha ^b^‘‘amanasikaraṇīyeti tabbiparīte’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sesapadesū^eb^ti ‘‘manasikaraṇīye dhamme appajānanto’’tiādīsu. Yasmā kusaladhammesupi subhasukhaniccādivasena manasikāro assādanādihetutāya sāvajjo ahitadukkhāvaho akusaladhammesupi aniccādivasena manasikāro nibbidādihetutāya anavajjo hitasukhāvaho, tasmā ^b^‘‘dhammato niyamo natthī’’^eb^ti vatvā ^b^‘‘ākārato pana atthī’’^eb^ti āha.<br/><br/>[03]Vā-saddo yebhuyyena ‘‘mamaṃ vā hi bhikkhave (dī. ni. 1.5, 6), devo vā bhavissāmi devaññataro vā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.186; ma. ni. 2.79, 80) vikappattho diṭṭho, na samuccayatthoti tattha samuccayatthe payogaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yathā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Evañca katvā samuccayatthadīpakaṃ panetaṃ suttapadaṃ samudāhaṭaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kāmāsavo^eb^ti ^a^V1.0137^ea^ pañcakāmaguṇasaṅkhāte kāme āsavo kāmāsavo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘pañcakāmaguṇiko rāgo’’^eb^ti. Bhavāsavaṃ pana ṭhapetvā sabbo ^a^M1.0153^ea^ lobho kāmāsavoti yuttaṃ siyā. ^b^Rūpārūpabhaveti^eb^ kammupapattibhedato duvidhepi rūpārūpabhave ^b^chandarāgo. Jhānanikantī^eb^ti jhānassādo. ‘‘Sundaramidaṃ ṭhānaṃ niccaṃ dhuva’’ntiādinā assādentassa uppajjamāno sassatucchedadiṭṭhisahagato rāgo bhave āsavoti ^b^bhavāsavo. Eva^eb^nti sabbadiṭṭhīnaṃ sassatucchedadiṭṭhisaṅgahato bhavāsaveneva diṭṭhāsavo gahito taṃsahagatarāgatāyāti adhippāyo. Apare pana ‘‘diṭṭhāsavo avijjāsavena ca saṅgahito’’ti vadanti. Ettha ca ‘‘bhavāsavo catūsu diṭṭhigatavippayuttalobhasahagatacittuppādesu uppajjatī’’ti (dha. sa. 1465) vacanato diṭṭhisampayuttarāgassa bhavāsavabhāvo vicāretabbo, atha ‘‘kāmasahagatā saññāmanasikārā’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 4.332) viya ārammaṇakaraṇattho sahagatattho, evaṃ sati bhavāsave diṭṭhāsavassa samodhānagamanaṃ kataṃ na siyā. Na hi tampayogatabbhāvādike asati taṃsaṅgaho yutto, tasmā yathāvuttapāḷiṃ anusārena diṭṭhigatasampayuttalobhopi kāmāsavoti yuttaṃ siyā. Diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikadukkhānañhi kāraṇabhūtā kāmāsavādayopi dvidhā vuttā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Abhidhamme^eb^ (dha. sa. 1103) ca kāmāsavaniddese ‘‘kāmesūti kāmarāgadiṭṭhirāgādīnaṃ ārammaṇabhūtesu tebhūmakesu vatthukāmesū’’ti attho sambhavati. Tattha hi uppajjamānā sā taṇhā sabbāpi na kāmacchandādināmaṃ na labhatīti. Yadi pana lobho kāmāsavabhavāsavavinimuttopi siyā, so yadā diṭṭhigatavippayuttesu cittesu uppajjati, tadā tena sampayutto avijjāsavo āsavavippayuttoti domanassavicikicchuddhaccasampayuttassa viya tassapi āsavavippayuttatā vattabbā siyā ‘‘catūsu diṭṭhigatavippayuttalobhasahagatacittuppādesu uppanno moho siyā āsavasampayutto, siyā āsavavippayutto’’ti. ‘‘Kāmāsavo aṭṭhasu lobhasahagatacittuppādesu uppajjatī’ti (dha. sa. 1465), ‘‘kāmāsavaṃ paṭicca diṭṭhāsavo avijjāsavo’’ti (paṭṭhā. 3.3.109) ca vacanato diṭṭhisahagatarāgo kāmāsavo na hotīti na sakkā vattuṃ. Kiñca abhijjhākāmarāgānaṃ viseso āsavadvayaekāsavabhāvo siyā, na abhijjhāya ca noāsavabhāvoti noāsavalobhassa sabbhāvo vicāretabbo. Na hi atthi ^b^abhidhamme^eb^ ‘‘āsavo ca ^a^M1.0154^ea^ noāsavo ca dhammā āsavassa dhammassa āsavassa ca noāsavassa ca dhammassa hetupaccayo’’ti (paṭṭhā. 3.3.16-17) sattamo navamo ca pañho. Gaṇanāyañca ‘‘hetuyā sattā’’ti (paṭṭhā. 3.3.40) vuttaṃ, no ‘‘navā’’ti. Diṭṭhisampayutte pana lobhe noāsave vijjamāne sattamanavamāpi pañhā vissajjanaṃ labheyyuṃ, gaṇanāya ca ‘‘hetuyā navā’’ti vattabbaṃ siyā, na pana vuttaṃ. Diṭṭhivippayutte ca lobhe noāsave vijjamāne vattabbaṃ ^a^V1.0138^ea^ vuttameva. Yasmā pana suttantadesanā nāma pariyāyakathā, na abhidhammadesanā viya nippariyāyakathā, tasmā balavakāmarāgasseva kāmāsavaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘kāmāsavoti pañcakāmaguṇiko rāgo’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ, tathā bhavābhinandananti.<br/><br/>[03]Sāmaññena bhavāsavo diṭṭhāsavaṃ antogadhaṃ katvā idha tayo eva āsavā vuttāti tassa tadantogadhataṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘evaṃ diṭṭhāsavo’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tathā hi vakkhati bhavāsavassa animittavimokkhapaṭipakkhataṃ. ^b^Catūsu saccesu aññāṇa^eb^nti idaṃ suttantanayaṃ nissāya vuttaṃ. Suttantasaṃvaṇṇanā hesāti, tadantogadhattā vā pubbantādīnaṃ. Yathā atthato kāmāsavādayo vavatthāpitā, tathā nesaṃ uppādavaḍḍhiyo dassento ^b^‘‘kāmaguṇe’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Assādato manasikaroto^eb^ti ‘‘subhasukhā’’tiādinā assādanavasena manasi karontassa. ^b^Catuvipallāsapadaṭṭhānabhāvenā^eb^ti subhasaññādīnaṃ vatthubhāvena. ^b^Vuttanayapaccanīkato^eb^ti ‘‘kāmā nāmete aniccā dukkhā vipariṇāmadhammā’’tiādinā kāmaguṇesu ādīnavadassanapubbakanekkhammapaṭipattiyā chandarāgaṃ vikkhambhayato samucchindantassa ca anuppanno ca kāmāsavo na uppajjati, uppanno ca pahīyati. Tathā mahaggatadhammesu ceva sakalatebhūmakadhammesu ca ādīnavadassanapubbakāniccādimanasikāravasena nissaraṇapaṭipattiyā anuppannā ca bhavāsavāvijjāsavā na uppajjanti, uppannā ca pahīyantīti evaṃ taṇhāpakkhe vuttassa nayassa paṭipakkhato ^b^sukkapakkhe vitthāro^eb^ veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tayo evā^eb^ti abhidhamme viya ‘‘cattāro’’ti avatvā kasmā tayo eva āsavā idha imissaṃ dassanāpahātabbakathāyaṃ vuttā? Tattha kāmāsavassa taṇhāpaṇidhibhāvato ^b^appaṇihitavimokkhapaṭipakkhatā^eb^ veditabbā. Bhavesu niccaggāhānusārato yebhuyyato bhavarāgasampattito bhavāsavassa ^b^animittavimokkhapaṭipakkhatā,^eb^ bhavadiṭṭhiyā pana ^a^M1.0155^ea^ bhavāsavabhāve vattabbameva natthi, anattasaññāya ñāṇānubhāvasiddhito avijjāsavassa ^b^suññatavimokkhapaṭipakkhatā^eb^. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti etissaṃ āsavakathāyaṃ. ^b^Vaṇṇita^eb^nti kathitaṃ. ^b^Abhedato^eb^ti sāmaññato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^18^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kāmāsavādīna^eb^nti manussalokadevalokagamanīyānaṃ kāmāsavādīnaṃ. Nirayādigamanīyā pana kāmāsavādayo ‘‘dassanā pahātabbe āsave’’ti ettheva samāruḷhā. Atha vā yadaggena so puggalodassanāpahātabbānaṃ āsavānaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ, tadaggena ^b^kāmāsavādīnampi adhiṭṭhānaṃ^eb^. Na hi samaññābhedena vatthubhedo atthīti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘ettāvatā’’^eb^tiādi ^a^V1.0139^ea^ vuttaṃ. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘sāmaññato vuttāna’’^eb^nti. Kasmā panettha dassanāpahātabbesu āsavesu dassetabbesu ‘‘ahosiṃ nu kho aha’’ntiādinā vicikicchā dassitāti āha ^b^‘‘vicikicchāsīsena cetthā’’^eb^tiādi.^b^ Eva^eb^nti yathā soḷasavatthukā vicikicchā uppajjati, evaṃ ayonisomanasikāroti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vijjamānataṃ avijjamānatañcā^eb^ti (saṃ. ni. ṭī. 2.2.20) sassatāsaṅkaṃ nissāya ‘‘ahosiṃ nu kho ahamatītamaddhāna’’nti atīte attano vijjamānataṃ, adhiccasamuppattiāsaṅkaṃ nissāya ‘‘yato pabhuti ahaṃ, tato pubbe na nu kho ahosi’’nti atīte attano avijjamānatañca kaṅkhati. Kasmā? Vicikicchāya ākāradvayāvalambanato. Tassā pana atītavatthutāya gahitattā sassatādhiccasamuppattiākāranissayatā dassitā. Evaṃ āsappanaparisappanāpavattikaṃ katthacipi appaṭivattihetubhūtaṃ vicikicchaṃ kasmā uppādetīti na codetabbametanti dassento āha ^b^‘‘kiṃ kāraṇanti na vattabba’’^eb^nti.^b^ Sveva^eb^ puthujjanabhāvo eva. Yadi evaṃ tassa ayonisomanasikāreneva bhavitabbanti āpannanti āha ^b^‘‘nanu ca puthujjanopi yoniso manasi karotī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti yonisomanasikaraṇe.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Jātiliṅgūpapattiyo^eb^ti khattiyabrāhmaṇādijātiṃ gahaṭṭhapabbajitādiliṅgaṃ devamanussādiupapattiñca. ^b^Nissāyā^eb^ti upādāya.<br/><br/>[03]Tasmiṃ kāle sattānaṃ majjhimappamāṇaṃ, tena yutto ^b^pamāṇiko,^eb^ tadabhāvato, tato atītabhāvato vā ^b^appamāṇiko^eb^ veditabbo. ^b^Kecī^eb^ti sārasamāsācariyā. Te hi ‘‘kathaṃ nu khoti issarena ^a^M1.0156^ea^ vā brahmunā vā pubbakatena vā ahetuto vā nibbattoti cintetī’’ti āhu. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘hetuto kaṅkhatīti vadantī’’^eb^ti. Ahetuto nibbattikaṅkhāpi hi hetuparāmasanamevāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Parampara^eb^nti pubbāparappavattiṃ. ^b^Addhāna^eb^nti kālādhivacanaṃ, tañca bhummatthe upayogavacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vijjamānataṃ avijjamānatañcāti^eb^ sassatāsaṅkaṃ nissāya ‘‘bhavissāmi nu kho ahamanāgatamaddhāna’’nti anāgate attano vijjamānataṃ, ucchedāsaṅkaṃ nissāya ‘‘yasmiñca attabhāve ahaṃ, tato paraṃ na nu kho bhavissāmī’’ti anāgate attano avijjamānatañca kaṅkhatīti heṭṭhā vuttanayena yojetabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paccuppannamaddhāna^eb^nti ^a^V1.0140^ea^ addhāpaccuppannassa idhādhippetattā ^b^‘‘paṭisandhiṃ ādiṃ katvā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ‘‘Idaṃ kathaṃ idaṃ katha’’nti pavattanato kathaṃkathā, vicikicchā, sā assa atthīti ^b^kathaṃkathī^eb^ti āha ‘‘^b^vicikiccho hotī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kā ettha cintā,^eb^ ummattako viya hi bālaputhujjanoti paṭikacceva vuttanti adhippāyo. Taṃ mahāmātāya ^b^puttaṃ^eb^. Muṇḍesunti muṇḍena anicchantaṃ jāgaraṇakāle na sakkāti suttaṃ muṇḍesuṃ kuladhammatāya yathā taṃ ekacce kulatāpasā, rājabhayenāti ca vadanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sītibhūta^eb^nti idaṃ madhurakabhāvappattiyā kāraṇavacanaṃ. ‘‘Setibhūta’’ntipi pāṭho, udake ciraṭṭhānena setabhāvaṃ pattanti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Attano khattiyabhāvaṃ kaṅkhati^eb^ kaṇṇo viya sūtaputtasaññī. Jātiyā vibhāviyamānāya ‘‘aha’’nti tassa attano parāmasanaṃ sandhāyāha ‘‘evañhi siyā kaṅkhā’’ti. ^b^Manussāpi ca rājāno viyā^eb^ti manussāpi keci ekacce rājāno viyāti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vuttanayameva^eb^ ‘‘saṇṭhānākāraṃ nissāyā’’tiādinā. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti ‘‘kathaṃ nu khosmī’’ti pade. ^b^Abbhantare jīvo^eb^ti paraparikappitaṃ antarattānaṃ vadati. ^b^Soḷasaṃsādīna^eb^nti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena sarīra-parimāṇa-parimaṇḍala-aṅguṭṭhayavaparamāṇu-parimāṇatādike saṅgaṇhāti.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Sattapaññatti ^a^M1.0157^ea^ jīvavisayā’’ti diṭṭhigatikānaṃ matimattaṃ, paramatthato pana sā attabhāvavisayāvāti āha ^b^‘‘attabhāvassa āgatigatiṭṭhāna’’^eb^nti, yatāyaṃ āgato, yattha ca gamissati, taṃ ṭhānanti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^19^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Yathā ayaṃ vicikicchā uppajjatī^eb^ti ayaṃ vuttappabhedā vicikicchā yathā uppajjati, evaṃ ayoniso manasikaroto. Etena vicikicchāya attābhinivesasannissayatamāha. Yathā hi vicikicchā attābhinivesaṃ nissāya pavattati, yato sā sassatādhiccasamuppattisassatucchedākārāvalambinī vuttā, evaṃ attābhinivesopi taṃ nissāya pavattati ‘‘ahosiṃ nu kho aha’’ntiādinā antogadhāhaṃkārassa kathaṃkathibhāvassa attaggāhasannissayabhāvato. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘savicikicchassa ayonisomanasikārassa thāmagatattā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vikappattho^eb^ti aniyamattho. ‘‘Aññatarā diṭṭhi uppajjatī’’ti hi vuttaṃ. ^b^Suṭṭhu daḷhabhāvenā^eb^ti abhinivesassa ativiya thāmagatabhāvena. ^b^Tattha tatthā^eb^ti tasmiṃ bhave. ^b^Paccuppannamevā^eb^ti avadhāraṇena ^a^V1.0141^ea^ anāgate atthibhāvaṃ nivatteti, na atīte tatthapi sati atthitāya ucchedaggāhassa sabbhāvato. ^b^Atīte eva natthi,^eb^ na anāgatepīti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Saññākkhandhasīsenā^eb^ti saññākkhandhapamukhena, saññākkhandhaṃ pamukhaṃ katvāti attho. ^b^Khandhe^eb^ti pañcapi khandhe. ^b^Attāti gahetvā^eb^ti ‘‘sañjānanasabhāvo me attā’’ti abhinivissa. Pakāsetabbaṃ vatthuṃ viya, attānampi pakāsento padīpo viya, sañjānitabbaṃ nīlādiārammaṇaṃ viya attānampi sañjānātīti evaṃdiṭṭhitopi diṭṭhigatito hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘attanāva attānaṃ sañjānāmī’’^eb^ti. Svāyamattho saññaṃ tadaññataradhamme ca ‘‘attā anattā’’ti ca gahaṇavasena hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘saññākkhandhasīsenā’’^eb^tiādi. Ettha ca khandhavinimutto attāti gaṇhato sassatadiṭṭhi, khandhaṃ pana ‘‘attā’’ti gaṇhato ucchedadiṭṭhīti āha ^b^‘‘sabbāpi sassatucchedadiṭṭhiyovā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Abhinivesākārā^eb^ti vipariyesākārā. ^b^Vadatī^eb^ti iminā kārakavedakasattānaṃ hitasukhāvabodhanasamatthataṃ attano dīpeti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vacīkammassa kārako’’^eb^ti. Vedetīti vediyo, vediyova ^b^vedeyyo^eb^. Īdisānañhi padānaṃ bahulā kattusādhanataṃ saddasatthavidū maññanti. Uppādavato ekanteneva vayo icchitabbo, sati ca udayabbayatte neva ^a^M1.0158^ea^ niccatāti ^b^‘‘nicco’’^eb^ti vadantassa adhippāyaṃ vivaranto āha ^b^‘‘uppādavayarahito’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sārabhūto^eb^ti niccatāya eva sārabhāvo. ^b^Sabbakāliko^eb^ti sabbasmiṃ kāle vijjamāno. ^b^Pakatibhāva^eb^nti sabhāvabhūtaṃ pakatiṃ, ‘‘vado’’tiādinā vā vuttaṃ pakatisaṅkhātaṃ sabhāvaṃ. ^b^Sassatisama^eb^nti sassatiyā samaṃ sassatisamaṃ, thāvaraṃ niccakālanti attho. ^b^Tatheva ṭhassatī^eb^ti yenākārena pubbe aṭṭhāsi, etarahi tiṭṭhati, tatheva tenākārena anāgatepi ṭhassatīti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paccakkhanidassanaṃ^eb^ idaṃ-saddassa āsannapaccakkhabhāvaṃ katvā. ^b^Diṭṭhiyeva diṭṭhigata^eb^nti gata-saddassa padavaḍḍhanamattataṃ āha. ^b^Diṭṭhīsugata^eb^nti micchādiṭṭhīsu pariyāpannanti attho. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhiantogadhattā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Diṭṭhiyā gamanamatta^eb^nti diṭṭhiyā gahaṇamattaṃ. Yathā pana pabbatajalaviduggāni dunniggamanāni, evaṃ diṭṭhiggāhopīti āha ^b^‘‘dunniggamanaṭṭhena gahana’’^eb^nti. Taṃ nāma udakaṃ, taṃ gahetvā taṃ atikkamitabbato ^b^kantāro,^eb^ nirudakavanaṃ, taṃ pavanantipi vuccati. Añño pana araññapadeso duratikkamanaṭṭhena kantāro viyāti, evaṃ diṭṭhipīti āha ^b^‘‘duratikkamanaṭṭhenā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Vinivijjhanaṃ^eb^ vitudanaṃ. ^b^Vilomanaṃ^eb^ vipariṇāmabhāvo. Anavaṭṭhitasabhāvatāya vicalitaṃ ^b^vipphandita^eb^nti āha ^b^‘‘kadācī’’^eb^tiādi. Andubandhanādi viya nissarituṃ ^a^V1.0142^ea^ appadānavasena aseribhāvakaraṇaṃ ^b^bandhanaṭṭho,^eb^ kilesakammavipākavaṭṭānaṃ paccayabhāvena dūragatampi ākaḍḍhitvā saṃyojanaṃ ^b^saṃyojanaṭṭho,^eb^ diṭṭhipi tathārūpāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘diṭṭhisaṃyojana’’^eb^nti. ^b^Bandhanatthaṃ dassento^eb^ kiccasiddhiyāti adhippāyo. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘diṭṭhisaṃyojanena…pe… muccatī’’^eb^ti. Tattha ^b^etehī^eb^ti iminā jātiādidukkhassa paccayabhāvamāha. Jātiādike dukkhadhamme sarūpato dassetvāpi ‘‘na parimuccati dukkhasmā’’ti vadantena bhagavatā diṭṭhisaṃyojanaṃ nāma sabbānatthakaraṃ mahāsāvajjaṃ sabbassapi dukkhassa mūlabhūtanti ayamattho vibhāvitoti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘kiṃ vā bahunā, sakalavaṭṭadukkhatopi na muccatī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^20^eb^^b^.^eb^ Nanu cettha diṭṭhisaṃyojanadassanena sīlabbataparāmāsopi dassetabbo, evañhi dassanena pahātabbā āsavā anavasesato dassitā hontīti codanaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘yasmā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Sīlabbataparāmāso kāmāsavādiggahaṇeneva gahito hoti^eb^ kāmāsavādihetukattā tassa. Appahīnakāmarāgādiko hi kāmasukhatthaṃ vā bhavasuddhatthaṃ ^a^M1.0159^ea^ vā evaṃ bhavavisuddhi hotīti ^b^sīlabbatāni parāmasanti,^eb^ ‘‘imināhaṃ sīlena vā vatena vā tapena vā brahmacariyena vā devo vā bhavissāmi devaññataro vā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.186; ma. ni. 2.79), ‘‘tattha nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo sassatisamaṃ tatheva ṭhassāmī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.19), ‘‘sīlena suddhi vatena suddhi sīlabbatena suddhī’’ti (dha. sa. 1222) ca ^b^sutte^eb^vuttaṃ sīlabbataṃ parāmasanti. Tattha ^b^bhavasukhabhavavisuddhiattha^eb^nti bhavasukhatthañca bhavavisuddhiatthañca. ^b^Tassa gahitattā^eb^ti sīlabbataparāmāsassa diṭṭhiggahaṇena gahitattā yathā ‘‘diṭṭhigatānaṃ pahānāyā’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. 277). ^b^Tesa^eb^nti dassanapahātabbānaṃ. ^b^Dassetuṃ^eb^ puggalādhiṭṭhānāya desanāya. ^b^Tabbiparītassā^eb^ti yonisomanasikaroto kalyāṇaputhujjanassa.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tassā^eb^ti ‘‘sutavā’’tiādipāṭhassa. ^b^Tāvā^eb^ti ‘‘sutavā’’ti ito paṭṭhāya yāva ‘‘so idaṃ dukkha’’nti padaṃ, tāva imaṃ padaṃ avadhiṃ katvāti attho. ^b^Heṭṭhā vuttanayenā^eb^ti ariyasappurisa-ariyadhamma-sappurisadhamma-manasikaraṇīya-amanasikaraṇīyapadānaṃ yathākkamaṃ mūlapariyāye idha gahetvā vuttanayena attho veditabboti sambandho. ^b^Vuttapaccanīkato^eb^ti ‘‘sutavā ariyasāvako, ariyānaṃ dassāvī, sappurisānaṃ dassāvī’’ti etesaṃ padānaṃ sabbākārena vuttaviparītato attho veditabbo, kovidavinītapadānaṃ pana na sabbappakārena vuttaviparītato. Arahā hi nippariyāyena ariyadhamme kovido ariyadhamme suvinīto ca nāma. Tenāha ^b^‘‘paccanīkato ca sabbākārena…pe… ariyasāvakoti veditabbo’’^eb^ti. Saṅkhārupekkhāñāṇaṃ ^b^sikhāppattavipassanā^eb^. Keci pana ‘‘bhaṅgañāṇato paṭṭhāya sikhāpattavipassanā’’ti vadanti, tadayuttaṃ ^a^V1.0143^ea^. ^b^Tadanurūpena atthenā^eb^ti tassa puggalassa anurūpena ariyaṭṭhena, na paṭivedhavasenāti adhippāyo. Kalyāṇaputhujjano hi ayaṃ. Yathā cassa ‘‘yopi kalyāṇaputhujjano’’ti ārabhitvā ‘‘sopi vuccati sikkhatīti sekkho’’ti pariyāyena ^b^sekkhasutte^eb^ (saṃ. ni. 5.13) sekkhabhāvo vutto, evaṃ idha ariyasāvakabhāvo vutto. Vuṭṭhānagāminīvipassanālakkhaṇehi ye ariyasappurisadhammavinayasaṅkhātā bodhipakkhiyadhammā tisso sikkhā eva vā sambhavanti, tesaṃ vasena imassa ariyasāvakādibhāvo vutto ^a^M1.0160^ea^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tadanurūpena atthenā’’^eb^ti. Ariyassa sāvakoti vā ariyasāvakatthena eva vutto yathā ‘‘agamā rājagahaṃ buddho’’ti (su. ni. 410). Sikhāppattavipassanāggahaṇañcettha vipassanaṃ ussukkāpetvā anivattipaṭipadāyaṃ ṭhitassa gahaṇatthanti yathāvuttā atthasaṃvaṇṇanā suṭṭhutaraṃ yujjateva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^21^eb^^b^.^eb^ Yathā dhātumukhena vipassanaṃ abhiniviṭṭho dhātukammaṭṭhāniko āyatanādimukhena abhiniviṭṭho āyatanādikammaṭṭhāniko, evaṃ saccamukhena abhiniviṭṭhoti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘catusaccakammaṭṭhāniko’’^eb^ti. Caturoghanittharaṇatthikehi kātabbato kammaṃ, bhāvanā. Kammameva visesādhigamassa ṭhānaṃ kāraṇanti, kamme vā yathāvuttanaṭṭhena ṭhānaṃ avaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvanārambhokammaṭṭhānaṃ, tadeva catusaccamukhena pavattaṃ etassa atthīti ^b^catusaccakammaṭṭhāniko^eb^. Ubhayaṃ nappavattati etthāti ^b^appavatti^eb^. ^b^Uggahitacatusaccakammaṭṭhāno^eb^ti ca catusaccakammaṭṭhānaṃ pāḷito atthato ca uggahetvā manasikārayoggaṃ katvā ṭhito. ^b^Vipassanāmaggaṃ samāruḷho^eb^ti sappaccayanāmarūpadassane patiṭṭhāya tadeva nāmarūpaṃ aniccādito sammasanto. ^b^Samannāharatī^eb^ti vipassanāvajjanaṃ sandhāyāha, tasmā yathā ‘‘idaṃ dukkha’’nti vipassanāñāṇaṃ pavattati, evaṃ samannāharati āvajjatīti attho. Kathaṃ panettha ‘‘manasi karotī’’ti iminā ‘‘vipassatī’’ti ayamattho vutto hotīti āha ^b^‘‘ettha…pe… vuttā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti ca imasmiṃ sutteti attho. ^b^Vipassatī^eb^ti ca yathā upari visesādhigamo hoti, evaṃ ñāṇacakkhunā vipassati, oloketīti attho. Maggopi vattabbo. Purimañhi saccadvayaṃ gambhīrattā duddasaṃ, itaraṃ duddasattā gambhīraṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Abhiniveso^eb^ti vipassanābhiniveso vipassanāpaṭipatti. ^b^Tadārammaṇe^eb^ti taṃ rūpakkhandhaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā pavatte. ^b^Yāthāvasarasalakkhaṇaṃ vavatthapetvā^eb^ti aviparītaṃ attano ārammaṇaṃ sabhāvacchedanādikiccañceva aññāṇādilakkhaṇañca asaṅkarato hadaye ṭhapetvā. Iminā pubbe nāmarūpaparicchede katepi dhammānaṃ salakkhaṇavavatthāpanaṃ paccayapariggahena suvavatthāpitaṃ nāma hotīti dasseti yathā ‘‘dvikkhattuṃ baddhaṃ subaddha’’nti. Evañhi ñātapariññāya kiccaṃ siddhaṃ nāma ^a^V1.0144^ea^ hoti. Paccayato paccayuppannato ca vavatthāpitattā pākaṭabhāvena siddhenapi siddhabhāvo pākaṭo hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘ahutvā hontī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Aniccalakkhaṇaṃ āropetī^eb^ti asato hi ^a^M1.0161^ea^ uppādena bhavitabbaṃ, na sato, uppādavantato ca nesaṃ ekantena icchitabbā paccayāyattavuttibhāvato, sati uppāde avassaṃbhāvī nirodhoti nattheva niccatāvakāsoti. Sūpaṭṭhitāniccatāya ca udayabbayadhammehi abhiṇhapaṭipīḷanato dukkhamanaṭṭhena dukkhaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘udayabbayapaṭipīḷitattā dukkhāti dukkhalakkhaṇaṃ āropetī’’^eb^ti. Katthacipi saṅkhāragate ‘‘mā jīri mā byādhiyī’’ti alabbhanato natthi vasavattananti āha ^b^‘‘avasavattanato anattāti anattalakkhaṇaṃ āropetī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Paṭipāṭiyā^eb^ti udayabbayañāṇādiparamparāya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tasmiṃ khaṇe^eb^ti sotāpattimaggakkhaṇe. ^b^Ekapaṭivedhenevā^eb^ti ekañāṇeneva paṭivijjhanena. Paṭivedho paṭighātābhāvena visaye nissaṅgacārasaṅkhātaṃ nibbijjhanaṃ. ^b^Abhisamayo^eb^ avirajjhitvā visayassa adhigamasaṅkhāto ^b^avabodho^eb^. ‘‘Idaṃ dukkhaṃ, ettakaṃ dukkhaṃ, na ito bhiyyo’’ti paricchinditvā jānanameva vuttanayena paṭivedhoti ^b^pariññāpaṭivedho^eb^. Ayaṃ yathā ñāṇe pavatte pacchā dukkhassa sarūpādiparicchede sammoho na hoti, tathā pavattiṃ gahetvā vutto, na pana maggañāṇassa ‘‘idaṃ dukkha’’ntiādināpi vattanato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘na hissa tasmiṃ samaye’’^eb^tiādi. Pahīnassa puna appahātabbatāya pakaṭṭhaṃ hānaṃ cajanaṃ samucchindanaṃ pahānaṃ, pahānameva vuttanayena paṭivedhoti ^b^pahānapaṭivedho^eb^. Ayampi yena kilesena appahīyamānena maggabhāvanāya na bhavitabbaṃ, asati ca maggabhāvanāya yo uppajjeyya, tassa kilesassa padaghātaṃ karontassa anuppattidhammataṃ āpādentassa ñāṇassa tathāpavattiyā paṭighātābhāvena nissaṅgacāraṃ upādāya evaṃ vutto. Sacchikiriyā paccakkhakaraṇaṃ, anussavākāraparivitakkādike muñcitvā sarūpato ārammaṇakaraṇaṃ idaṃ tanti yathāsabhāvato gahaṇaṃ, sā eva vuttanayena paṭivedhoti ^b^sacchikiriyāpaṭivedho^eb^. Ayaṃ pana yassa āvaraṇassa asamucchindanato ñāṇaṃ nirodhaṃ ālambituṃ na sakkoti, tassa samucchindanato taṃ sarūpato vibhāvitameva pavattatīti evaṃ vutto.<br/><br/>[03]Bhāvanā uppādanā vaḍḍhanā ca, tattha paṭhamamagge uppādanaṭṭhena, dutiyādīsu vaḍḍhanaṭṭhena, ubhayatthāpi vā ubhayathāpi veditabbaṃ. Paṭhamamaggopi hi yathārahaṃ vuṭṭhānagāminiyaṃ pavattaṃ parijānanādiṃ vaḍḍhento pavattoti tatthāpi vaḍḍhanaṭṭhena bhāvanā ^a^M1.0162^ea^ sakkā viññātuṃ. Dutiyādīsupi appahīnakilesappahānato puggalantarasādhanato uppādanaṭṭhena bhāvanā, sā eva vuttanayena paṭivedhoti ^b^bhāvanā paṭivedho^eb^. Ayampi hi yathā ñāṇe pavatte pacchā maggadhammānaṃ sarūpaparicchede ^a^V1.0145^ea^ sammoho na hoti, tathā pavattimeva gahetvā vutto, tiṭṭhatu tāva yathādhigatamaggadhammaṃ yathāpavattesu phaladhammesupi ayaṃ yathādhigatasaccadhammesu viya vigatasammohova hoti. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo’’ti (dī. ni. 1.299, 356; mahāva. 27, 57). Yato cassa dhammatāsañcoditā yathādhigatasaccadhammāvalambiniyo maggavīthito parato maggaphalapahīnāvasiṭṭhakilesanibbānānaṃ paccavekkhaṇā pavattanti. Dukkhasaccadhammā hi sakkāyadiṭṭhiādayo. Ayañca atthavaṇṇanā ‘‘pariññābhisamayenā’’tiādīsupi vibhāvetabbā. ^b^Ekābhisamayena abhisametī^eb^ti vuttamevatthaṃ vibhūtataraṃ katvā dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘no ca kho aññamaññena ñāṇenā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Vitaṇḍavādī panāha ‘‘ariyamaggañāṇaṃ catūsu saccesu nānābhisamayavasena kiccakaraṇaṃ, na ekābhisamayavasena. Tañhi kālena dukkhaṃ pajānāti, kālena samudayaṃ pajahati, kālena nirodhaṃ sacchikaroti, kālena maggaṃ bhāveti, aññathā ekassa ñāṇassa ekasmiṃ khaṇe catukiccakaraṇaṃ na yujjati. Na hidaṃ katthaci diṭṭhampi suttaṃ atthī’’ti. So vattabbo – yadi ariyamaggañāṇaṃ nānābhisamayavasena saccāni abhisameti, na ekābhisamayavasena, evaṃ sante paccekampi saccesu nānakkhaṇeneva pavatteyya, na ekakkhaṇena, tathā sati dukkhādīnaṃ ekadesekadesameva parijānāti pajahatīti āpajjatīti nānābhisamaye paṭhamamaggādīhi pahātabbānaṃ saññojanattayādīnaṃ ekadesekadesappahānaṃ siyāti ekadesasotāpattimaggaṭṭhāditā, tato eva ekadesasotāpannāditā ca āpajjati anantaraphalattā lokuttarakusalānaṃ, na ca taṃ yuttaṃ. Na hi kālabhedena vinā so eva sotāpanno ca asotāpanno cāti sakkā viññātuṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Apicāyaṃ nānābhisamayavādī evaṃ pucchitabbo ‘‘maggañāṇaṃ saccāni paṭivijjhantaṃ kiṃ ārammaṇato paṭivijjhati, udāhu kiccato’’ti? Jānamāno ‘‘kiccato’’ti vadeyya, ‘‘kiccato paṭivijjhantassa kiṃ nānābhisamayenā’’ti vatvā paṭipāṭiyānidassanena ^a^M1.0163^ea^ saññāpetabbo. Atha ‘‘ārammaṇato’’ti vadeyya, evaṃ sante tassa ñāṇassa vipassanāñāṇassa viya dukkhasamudayānaṃ accantapariññāsamucchedā na yuttā anissaṭattā. Tathā maggadassanaṃ. Na hi maggo sayameva attānaṃ ārabbha pavattatīti yuttaṃ, maggantaraparikappanāya pana anavaṭṭhānaṃ āpajjati, tasmā tīṇi saccāni kiccato, nirodhaṃ kiccato ca ārammaṇato ca paṭivijjhatīti evaṃ asammohato paṭivijjhantassa maggañāṇassa nattheva nānābhisamayo. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘yo bhikkhave dukkhaṃ passati, dukkhasamudayampi so passatī’’tiādi. Na cetaṃ kālantaradassanaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘yo nu kho, āvuso, dukkhaṃ passati, dukkhasamudayampi ^a^V1.0146^ea^ …pe… dukkhanirodhagāminipaṭipadampi so passatī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.1100) ekaccadassanasamaṅgino aññasaccadassanasamaṅgibhāvavicāraṇāyaṃ tadatthasādhanatthaṃ āyasmatā gavampatittherena ābhatattā, paccekañca saccattayadassanassa yojitattā, aññathā purimadiṭṭhassa puna adassanato samudayādidassanamayojaniyaṃ siyā. Na hi lokuttaramaggo lokiyamaggo viya katakārībhāvena pavattati samucchedakattā, tathā yojanena ca sabbadassanaṃ dassanantaraparamanti dassanānuparamo siyāti evaṃ āgamato yuttito ca nānābhisamayo na yujjatīti saññāpetabbo. Evaṃ ce saññattiṃ gacchati, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce gacchati, ^b^abhidhamme^eb^ (kathā. 274) odhisokathāya saññāpetabboti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nirodhaṃ ārammaṇato^eb^ti nirodhameva ārammaṇatoti niyamo gahetabbo, na ārammaṇatovāti. Tena nirodhe kiccatopi paṭivedho siddho hoti. ^b^Tasmiṃ samaye^eb^ti saccānaṃ abhisamaye. ^b^Vīsativatthukā^eb^tiādi ‘‘tīṇi saññojanānī’’ti vuttānaṃ sarūpadassanaṃ. ^b^Catūsu āsavesū^eb^ti idaṃ abhidhammanayena vuttaṃ, na suttantanayena. Na hi sutte katthaci cattāro āsavā āgatā atthi. Yadi vicikicchā na āsavo, atha kasmā ‘‘sakkāyadiṭṭhi vicikicchā sīlabbataparāmāso, ime vuccanti, bhikkhave, āsavā dassanā pahātabbā’’ti vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘dassanā pahātabbā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Ettha pariyāpannattā^eb^ti etena sammāsaṅkappassa viya paññākkhandhe kiccasabhāgatāya idha vicikicchāya āsavasaṅgaho katoti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]Sabbo ^a^M1.0164^ea^ attaggāho sakkāyadiṭṭhivinimutto natthīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘channaṃ diṭṭhīnaṃ…pe… vibhattā’’^eb^ti. Sā hi diṭṭhi ekasmiṃ cittuppāde santāne ca ṭhitaṃ ekaṭṭhaṃ, tattha paṭhamaṃ sahajātekaṭṭhaṃ, itaraṃ pahānekaṭṭhaṃ, tadubhayampi niddhāretvā dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘diṭṭhāsavehī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Sabbathāpī^eb^ti sabbappakārena, sahajātekaṭṭhapahānekaṭṭhappakārehīti attho. ^b^Avasesā^eb^ti diṭṭhāsavato avasiṭṭhā. ^b^Tayopi āsavā^eb^ti kāmāsavabhavāsavāvijjāsavā. Tathā hi pubbe ‘‘catūsu āsavesū’’ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Tasmā^eb^ti yasmā bahū evettha āsavā pahātabbā, tasmā bahuvacananiddeso kato ‘‘ime vuccanti, bhikkhave, āsavā dassanā pahātabbā’’ti. ^b^Porāṇāna^eb^nti aṭṭhakathācariyānaṃ, ‘‘purātanānaṃ majjhimabhāṇakāna’’nti ca vadanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dassanā pahātabbā^eb^tiādīsu yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ heṭṭhā vuttameva.<br/><br/>[06]Dassanāpahātabbāasavavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 38
title: ^dassanāpahātabbāasavavaṇṇanā^saṃvarāpahātabbāasavavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^22^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Saṃvarādīhī^eb^ti ^a^V1.0147^ea^ saṃvarapaṭisevanādhivāsanaparivajjanavinodanehi. ^b^Sabbesampī^eb^ti catunnampi ariyamaggānaṃ. ^b^Aya^eb^nti saṃvarāpahātabbādikathā ^b^pubbabhāgapaṭipadāti veditabbā^eb^. Tathā hi heṭṭhā ‘‘upakkilesavisodhanaṃ ādiṃ katvā āsavakkhayapaṭipattidassanattha’’nti suttantadesanāya payojanaṃ vuttaṃ. Na hi sakkā ādito eva ariyamaggaṃ bhāvetuṃ, atha kho samādinnasīlo indriyesu guttadvāro ‘‘saṅkhāyekaṃ paṭisevati, saṅkhāyekaṃ adhivāseti, saṅkhāyekaṃ parivajjeti, saṅkhāyekaṃ vinodetī’’ti (dī. ni. 3.348; ma. ni. 2.168) evaṃ vuttaṃ caturāpassenapaṭipattiṃ paṭipajjamāno sammasanavidhiṃ otaritvā anukkamena vipassanaṃ ussukkāpetvā maggapaṭipāṭiyā āsave khepeti. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo anupubbaninno anupubbapoṇo anupubbapabbhāro, na āyatakeneva papāto, evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, imasmiṃ dhammavinaye anupubbasikkhā anupubbakiriyā anupubbapaṭipadā, na āyatakeneva aññāpaṭivedho’’ti (a. ni. 8.20; udā. 45; cūḷava. 385).<br/><br/>[03]^b^Idhā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0165^ea^ ayaṃ ^b^idha^eb^-saddo sabbākārato indriyasaṃvarasaṃvutassa puggalassa sannissayabhūtasāsanaparidīpano, aññasāsanassa tathābhāvapaṭisedhano cāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘imasmiṃ sāsane’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ādīnavapaṭisaṅkhā^eb^ti ādīnavapaccavekkhaṇā. ^b^Sampalimaṭṭha^eb^nti (a. ni. ṭī. 3.6.58) ghaṃsitaṃ. ^b^Anubyañjanaso^eb^ti hatthapādahasitakathitavilokitādippakārabhāgaso. Tañhi ayoniso manasikaroto kilesānaṃ anu anu byañjanato ‘‘anubyañjana’’nti vuccati. ^b^Nimittaggāho^eb^ti itthipurisanimittādikassa vā kilesavatthubhūtassa vā nimittassa gāho. ^b^Ādittapariyāyanayenā^eb^ti ādittapariyāye (saṃ. ni. 4.28; mahāva. 54) āgatanayena veditabbā ādīnavapaṭisaṅkhāti yojanā. Yathā itthiyā indriyanti itthindriyaṃ, na evamidaṃ, idaṃ pana ^b^cakkhumeva indriyanti cakkhundriyanti^eb^. ^b^Titthakāko viyā^eb^ti titthe kāko titthakāko, nadiyā samatikkamanatitthe niyataṭṭhitiko. ^b^Āvāṭakacchapo^eb^tiādīsupi eseva nayo.<br/><br/>[03]Evaṃ tappaṭibaddhavuttitāya ^b^cakkhundriye^eb^ niyataṭṭhāno ^b^saṃvaro^eb^ cakkhundriyasaṃvaro. ^b^Muṭṭhassaccaṃ^eb^ satipaṭipakkhā akusaladhammā. Yadipi aññattha asaṅkheyyampi bhavaṅgacittaṃ nirantaraṃ uppajjati, pasādaghaṭṭanāvajjanuppādānaṃ pana antare dve eva bhavaṅgacittāni uppajjantīti ayaṃ cittaniyāmoti āha ^b^bhavaṅge ‘‘dvikkhattuṃ uppajjitvā niruddhe’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Javanakkhaṇe^eb^^a^V1.0148^ea^^b^pana sace dussīlyaṃ vā^eb^tiādi (visuddhi. ṭī. 1.15; dha. sa. mūlaṭī. 1352) puna avacanatthaṃ idheva sabbaṃ vuttanti chasu dvāresu yathāsambhavaṃ yojetabbaṃ. Na hi pañcadvāre kāyavacīduccaritasaṅkhāto dussīlyasaṃvaro atthīti so manodvāravasena, itaro channampi dvārānaṃ vasena yojetabbo. Muṭṭhassaccādīnañhi satipaṭipakkhādilakkhaṇānaṃ akusaladhammānaṃ siyā pañcadvāre uppatti, na tveva kāyikavācasikavītikkamabhūtassa dussīlyassa tattha uppatti pañcadvārikajavanānaṃ aviññattijanakattāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yathā ki^eb^nti yena pakārena javane uppajjamāno asaṃvaro ‘‘cakkhudvāre asaṃvaro’’ti vuccati, taṃ nidassanaṃ kinti attho. ^b^Yathā^eb^tiādinā nagaradvāre asaṃvare sati taṃsambandhānaṃ gharādīnaṃ asaṃvutatā ^a^M1.0166^ea^ viya javane asaṃvare sati taṃsambandhānaṃ dvārādīnaṃ asaṃvutatāti aññāsaṃvare aññāsaṃvutatāsāmaññameva nidasseti, na pubbāparasāmaññaṃ, antobahisāmaññaṃ vā. Sambandho ca javanena dvārādīnaṃ ekasantatipariyāpannatāya eva daṭṭhabbo. Paccayabhāvena purimanipphannaṃ javanakāle asantampi bhavaṅgādi phalanipphattiyā cakkhādi viya santaṃyeva nāma. Na hi dharamānaṃyeva ‘‘santa’’nti vuccati, tasmā sati dvārabhavaṅgādike pacchā uppajjamānaṃ javanaṃ bāhiraṃ viya katvā nagaradvārasamānaṃ vuttaṃ. Itarañca antonagaragharādisamānaṃ. Javanassa hi paramatthato asatipi bāhirabhāve itarassa ca abbhantarabhāve ‘‘pabhassaramidaṃ, bhikkhave, cittaṃ, tañca kho āgantukehi upakkilesehi upakkiliṭṭha’’nti (a. ni. 1.49) ādivacanato āgantukabhūtassa kadāci kadāci uppajjamānassa javanassa bāhirabhāvo, tabbidhurasabhāvassa itarassa abbhantarabhāvo ca pariyāyato veditabbo. Javane vā asaṃvare uppanne tato paraṃ dvārabhavaṅgādīnaṃ asaṃvarahetubhāvāpattito nagaradvārasadisena javanena pavisitvā dussīlyādicorānaṃ dvārabhavaṅgādīsu musanaṃ kusalabhaṇḍavināsanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Uppanne hi asaṃvare dvārādīnaṃ tassa hetubhāvo paññāyati, so ca uppajjamānoyeva dvārādīnaṃ saṃvarūpanissayabhāvaṃ paṭibāhentoyeva pavattatīti ayañhettha asaṃvarādīnaṃ pavattinayo. Pañcadvāre rūpādiārammaṇe āpāthagate yathāpaccayaṃ akusalajavane uppajjitvā bhavaṅgaṃ otiṇṇe manodvārikajavanaṃ taṃyeva ārammaṇaṃ katvā bhavaṅgaṃ otarati, puna tasmiṃyeva dvāre ‘‘itthī puriso’’tiādinā visayaṃ vavatthapetvā javanaṃ bhavaṅgaṃ otarati, puna vāre rajjanādivasena javanaṃ javati, punapi yadi tādisaṃ ārammaṇaṃ āpāthamāgacchati, taṃsadisameva pañcadvāre rūpādīsu javanaṃ uppajjati. Taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘evameva javane dussīlyādīsu uppannesu tasmiṃ asaṃvare sati dvārampi agutta’’^eb^ntiādi. Ayaṃ tāva asaṃvarapakkhe atthavaṇṇanā.<br/><br/>[03]Saṃvarapakkhepi ^a^V1.0149^ea^ imināva nayena attho veditabbo. Saṃvarena samannāgato puggalo saṃvutoti vuttoti āha ^b^‘‘upetoti vuttaṃ hotī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ekajjhaṃ katvā^eb^ti ‘‘pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto’’ti padañca atthato abhinnaṃ samānaṃ katvā. ^b^Ayameva cettha attho^eb^^b^sundarataro^eb^^a^M1.0167^ea^ uparipāḷiyā saṃsandanato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tathāhī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Yanti ādeso^eb^ti iminā liṅgavipallāsena saddhiṃ vacanavipallāso katoti dasseti, nipātapadaṃ vā etaṃ paccattaputhuvacanatthaṃ. ^b^Vighātakarā^eb^ti cittavighātakaraṇā cittadukkhanibbattakā ca. Yathāvuttakilesahetukā dāhānubandhā vipākā eva ^b^vipākapariḷāhā^eb^. Yathā panettha āsavā aññe ca vighātakarā kilesavipākapariḷāhā sambhavanti, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘cakkhudvārehī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ, taṃ suviññeyyameva. Ettha ca saṃvaraṇūpāyo, saṃvaritabbaṃ, saṃvaro, yato so saṃvaro, yattha saṃvaro, yañca saṃvaraphalanti ayaṃ vibhāgo veditabbo. Kathaṃ? Paṭisaṅkhā yonisoti hi ^b^saṃvaraṇūpāyo^eb^. Cakkhundriyaṃ ^b^saṃvaritabbaṃ^eb^. Saṃvaraggahaṇena gahitā sati ^b^saṃvaro^eb^. Asaṃvutassāti ^b^saṃvaraṇāvadhi^eb^. Asaṃvarato hi saṃvaraṇaṃ. Saṃvaritabbaggahaṇena siddho idha ^b^saṃvaravisayo^eb^. Cakkhundriyañhi saṃvarañāṇaṃ rūpārammaṇe saṃvarīyatīti avuttasiddhoyamattho. Āsavatannimittakilesādipariḷāhābhāvo ^b^phalaṃ^eb^. Evaṃ sotadvārādīsupi yojetabbaṃ. ^b^Sabbatthevā^eb^ti manodvāre pañcadvāre cāti sabbasmiṃ dvāre.<br/><br/>[06]Saṃvarāpahātabbāasavavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 39
title: dassanāpahātabbāasavavaṇṇanā^saṃvarāpahātabbāasavavaṇṇanā^paṭisevanāpahātabbāasavavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^23^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Paṭisaṅkhā yoniso cīvara^eb^ntiādīsu ‘‘sītassa paṭighātāyā’’tiādinā vuttaṃ paccavekkhaṇameva yoniso paṭisaṅkhā. ^b^Īdisa^eb^nti evarūpaṃ iṭṭhārammaṇaṃ. ^b^Bhavapatthanāya assādayato^eb^ti bhavapatthanāmukhena bhāvitaṃ ārammaṇaṃ assādentassa. ^b^Cīvara^eb^nti nivāsanādi yaṃ kiñci cīvaraṃ. ^b^Paṭisevatī^eb^ti nivāsanādivasena paribhuñjati. ^b^Yāvadevā^eb^ti payojanaparimāṇaniyamanaṃ. Sītapaṭighātādiyeva hi yogino cīvarapaṭisevane payojanaṃ. ^b^Sītassā^eb^ti dhātukkhobhato vā utupariṇāmato vā uppannasītassa. ^b^Paṭighātāyā^eb^ti paṭibāhanatthaṃ tappaccayassa vikārassa vinodanatthaṃ. ^b^Uṇhassā^eb^ti aggisantāpato uppannassa uṇhassa. ^b^Ḍaṃsā^eb^dayo pākaṭāyeva. Puna ^b^yāvadevā^eb^ti niyatapayojanaparimāṇaniyamanaṃ. Niyatañhi payojanaṃ cīvarapaṭisevanassa hirikopīnapaṭicchādanaṃ, itaraṃ kadāci kadāci ^a^M1.0168^ea^. ^b^Hirikopīna^eb^nti sambādhaṭṭhānaṃ ^a^V1.0150^ea^. Yasmiñhi aṅge vivaṭe hirīkuppati vinassati, taṃ hiriyā kopanato hirikopīnaṃ, tassa paṭicchādanatthaṃ cīvaraṃ paṭisevati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Piṇḍapāta^eb^nti yaṃ kiñci āhāraṃ. So hi piṇḍolyena bhikkhanāya patte patanato tattha tattha laddhabhikkhāpiṇḍānaṃ pāto sannipātoti ‘‘piṇḍapāto’’ti vuccati. ^b^Neva davāyā^eb^ti na kīḷanāya. ^b^Na madāyā^eb^ti na balamadamānamadapurisamadatthaṃ. ^b^Na maṇḍanāyā^eb^ti na aṅgapaccaṅgānaṃ pīṇanabhāvatthaṃ. ^b^Na vibhūsanāyā^eb^ti na tesaṃyeva sobhanatthaṃ, chavisampatiatthanti attho. Imāni ca padāni yathākkamaṃ moha-dosa-saṇṭhāna-vaṇṇa-rāgūpanissaya-pahānatthāni veditabbāni. Purimaṃ vā dvayaṃ attano attano saṃkilesuppattinisedhanatthaṃ, itaraṃ parassapi. Cattāripi kāmasukhallikānuyogassa pahānatthaṃ vuttānīti veditabbāni. ^b^Kāyassā^eb^ti rūpakāyassa. ^b^Ṭhitiyā yāpanāyā^eb^ti pabandhaṭṭhitatthañceva pavattiyā avicchedanatthañca cirakālaṭṭhitatthaṃ jīvitindriyassa pavattāpanatthaṃ. ^b^Vihiṃsūparatiyā^eb^ti jighacchādukkhassa uparamaṇatthaṃ. ^b^Brahmacariyānuggahāyā^eb^ti sāsanamaggabrahmacariyānaṃ anuggahatthaṃ. ^b^Itī^eb^ti evaṃ iminā upāyena. ^b^Purāṇañca vedanaṃ paṭihaṅkhāmī^eb^ti purāṇaṃ abhuttapaccayā uppajjanakavedanaṃ paṭihanissāmi. ^b^Navañca vedanaṃ na uppādessāmī^eb^ti navaṃ bhuttapaccayā uppajjanakavedanaṃ na uppādessāmīti. Tassā hi anuppannāya anuppajjanatthameva āhāraṃ paribhuñjati. Ettha ca abhuttapaccayā uppajjanakavedanā nāma yathāpavattā jighacchānimittā vedanā. Sā hi abhuñjantassa bhiyyo bhiyyo pavaḍḍhanavasena uppajjati, bhuttapaccayā uppajjanakavedanāpi khudānimittāva aṅgadāhasūlādivedanā appavattā. Sā hi bhuttapaccayā anuppannāva na uppajjissatīti. Vihiṃsānimittatā cetāsaṃ vihiṃsāya viseso.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yātrā ca me bhavissatī^eb^ti yāpanā ca me catunnaṃ iriyāpathānaṃ bhavissati. ^b^Yāpanāyā^eb^ti iminā jīvitindriyayāpanā vuttā, idha catunnaṃ iriyāpathānaṃ avicchedasaṅkhātā yāpanāti ayametāsaṃ viseso. ^b^Anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro cā^eb^ti ayuttapariyesanapaṭiggahaṇaparibhogaparivajjanena anavajjatā, parimitaparibhogena phāsuvihāro. Asappāyāparimitabhojanapaccayā aratitandīvijambhitāviññugarahādidosābhāvena vā anavajjatā, sappāyaparimitabhojanapaccayā kāyabalasambhavena ^a^M1.0169^ea^ phāsuvihāro. Yāvadatthaudarāvadehakabhojanaparivajjanena seyyasukhapassasukhamiddhasukhādīnaṃ abhāvato anavajjatā, catupañcālopamattaññīnabhojanena catuiriyāpathayogyatāpādanato phāsuvihāro. Vuttañhetaṃ –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Cattāro ^a^V1.0151^ea^ pañca ālope, abhutvā udakaṃ pive;<br/><br/>[22]Alaṃ phāsuvihārāya, pahitattassa bhikkhuno’’ti. (theragā. 983);<br/><br/>[03]Ettāvatā payojanapariggaho, majjhimā ca paṭipadā dīpitā hoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Senāsana^eb^nti sayanañca āsanañca. Yattha hi vihārādike seti nipajjati, āsati nisīdati, taṃ senāsanaṃ. ^b^Utuparissayavinodanapaṭisallānārāmattha^eb^nti utuyeva parisahanaṭṭhena parissayo, sarīrābādhacittavikkhepakaro, atha vā yathāvutto utu ca sīhabyagghādipākaṭaparissayo ca rāgadosādipaṭicchannaparissayo ca utuparissayo, tassa vinodanatthañceva ekībhāvasukhatthañca. Idañca cīvarapaṭisevane hirikopīnapaṭicchādanaṃ viya tassa niyatapayojananti puna ^b^‘‘yāvadevā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāra^eb^nti rogassa paccanīkappavattiyā gilānapaccayo, tato eva bhisakkassa anuññātavatthutāya bhesajjaṃ, jīvitassa parivārasambhārabhāvehi parikkhāro cāti ^b^gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāro,^eb^ taṃ. ^b^Uppannāna^eb^nti jātānaṃ nibbattānaṃ. ^b^Veyyābādhikāna^eb^nti byābādhato dhātukkhobhato ca tannibbattarogato ca jātānaṃ. ^b^Vedanāna^eb^nti dukkhavedanānaṃ. ^b^Abyābajjhaparamatāyā^eb^ti niddukkhaparamabhāvāya paṭisevāmīti yojanā. Evamettha saṅkhepeneva pāḷivaṇṇanā veditabbā. ^b^Navavedanuppādanatopī^eb^ti na kevalaṃ āyatiṃ eva vipākapariḷāhā, atha kho atibhojanapaccayā alaṃsāṭakādīnaṃ viya navavedanuppādanatopi veditabbāti attho.<br/><br/>[06]Paṭisevanāpahātabbāasavavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 40
title: saṃvarāpahātabbāasavavaṇṇanā^paṭisevanāpahātabbāasavavaṇṇanā^adhivāsanāpahātabbāasavavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^24^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Khamo^eb^ti ^a^M1.0170^ea^ khamanako. Kammaṭṭhānikassa calanaṃ nāma kammaṭṭhānapariccāgoti āha ^b^‘‘calati kampati kammaṭṭhānaṃ vijahatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Adhimattampi uṇhaṃ sahati,^eb^ sahanto ca na naggasamaṇādayo viya sahati, atha kho kammaṭṭhānāvijahanenāti āha ^b^‘‘sveva thero viyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Bahicaṅkame^eb^ti leṇato bahi caṅkame. ^b^Uṇhabhayenevā^eb^ti narakaggiuṇhabhayeneva. Tenāha ^b^‘‘avīcimahānirayaṃ paccavekkhitvā’’^eb^ti, tampi ‘‘mayā anekakkhattuṃ anubhūtaṃ, idaṃ pana tato mudutara’’nti ^a^V1.0152^ea^ evaṃ paccavekkhitvā. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti etasmiṃ ṭhāne. ^b^Aggisantāpova veditabbo^eb^ sūriyasantāpassa parato vuccamānattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Parisuddhasīlohamasmī^eb^ti sabbathāpi ‘‘visuddhasīlohamasmī’’ti maraṇaṃ aggahetvā avippaṭisāramūlikaṃ pītiṃ uppādesi. ^b^Saha pītuppādā^eb^ti pharaṇapītiyā uppādena saheva. ^b^Visaṃ nivattitvā^eb^ti pītivegena ajjhotthataṃ daṭṭhamukheneva bhassitvā. ^b^Tatthevā^eb^ti sappena daṭṭhaṭṭhāneyeva. ^b^Cittekaggataṃ labhitvā^eb^ti ‘‘pītimanassa kāyo passambhatī’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 1.466; 3.359; saṃ. ni. 5.376; a. ni. 3.96; 11.12) nayena samādhānaṃ pāpuṇitvā.<br/><br/>[03]Paccayesu santoso bhāvanāya ca āramitabbaṭṭhānatāya ārāmo assāti paccayasantosabhāvanārāmo, tassa bhāvo ^b^paccaya…pe… rāmatā,^eb^ tāya. ^b^Mahāthero^eb^ti vuḍḍhataro thero. Vacanameva tadatthaṃ ñāpetukāmānaṃ pathoti ^b^vacanapatho^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Asukhaṭṭhena vā ^b^tibbā^eb^. Yañhi na sukhaṃ, taṃ aniṭṭhaṃ ‘‘tibba’’nti vuccati. ^b^Evaṃsabhāvo^eb^ti ‘‘adhivāsanajātiyo’’ti padassa atthamāha. ^b^Muhuttena^eb^ khaṇeva vāte hadayaṃ phāletuṃ āraddheyeva. ^b^Anāgāmī hutvā parinibbāyī^eb^ti arahattaṃ patvā parinibbāyi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Evaṃ sabbatthā^eb^ti ‘‘uṇhena phuṭṭhassa sītaṃ patthayato’’tiādinā sabbattha uṇhādinimittaṃ kāmāsavuppatti veditabbā, sītaṃ vā uṇhaṃ vā aniṭṭhanti adhippāyo. Attaggāhe sati attaniyaggāhoti āha ^b^‘‘mayhaṃ sītaṃ uṇhanti gāho diṭṭhāsavo’’^eb^ti. Sītādike upagate sahantī khamantī te attano upari vāsentī viya hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘āropetvā vāsetiyevā’’^eb^ti ^a^M1.0171^ea^. ^b^Na nirassatī^eb^ti na vidhunati. Yo hi sītādike na sahati, so te nirassanto vidhunanto viya hotīti.<br/><br/>[06]Adhivāsanāpahātabbāasavavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 41
title: paṭisevanāpahātabbāasavavaṇṇanā^adhivāsanāpahātabbāasavavaṇṇanā^parivajjanāpahātabbāasavavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^25^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ahaṃ^eb^^a^V1.0153^ea^^b^samaṇo^eb^ti (a. ni. ṭī. 3.6.58) ‘‘ahaṃ samaṇo, kiṃ mama jīvitena vā maraṇena vā’’ti evaṃ acintetvāti adhippāyo. ^b^Paccavekkhitvā^eb^ti gāmappadesaṃ payojanādiñca paccavekkhitvā. ^b^Paṭikkamatī^eb^ti hatthiādīnaṃ samīpagamanato apakkamati. Kaṇṭakā yattha tiṭṭhanti, taṃ ^b^kaṇṭakaṭṭhānaṃ^eb^. ^b^Amanussaduṭṭhānī^eb^ti amanussasañcārena dūsitāni, saparissayānīti attho. ^b^Samāna^eb^nti samaṃ, avisamanti attho. ^b^Akāsi vā^eb^ tādisaṃ anācāraṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sīlasaṃvarasaṅkhātenā^eb^ti ‘‘kathaṃ parivajjanaṃ sīla’’nti yadettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ heṭṭhā vuttameva. Apica ‘‘caṇḍaṃ hatthiṃ parivajjetī’’ti vacanato hatthiādiparivajjanampi bhagavato vacanānuṭṭhānanti katvā ācārasīlamevāti veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Parivajjanāpahātabbāasavavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 42
title: adhivāsanāpahātabbāasavavaṇṇanā^parivajjanāpahātabbāasavavaṇṇanā^vinodanāpahātabbāasavavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^26^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Itipī^eb^ti iminā kāraṇena, ayonisomanasikārasamuṭṭhitattāpi lobhādisahagatattāpi kusalapaṭipakkhatopītiādīhi kāraṇehi ayaṃ vitakko akusaloti attho. Iminā nayena ^b^sāvajjo^eb^tiādīsupi attho veditabbo. Ettha ca ^b^akusalo^eb^tiādinā diṭṭhadhammikaṃ kāmavitakkassa ādīnavaṃ dasseti, ^b^dukkhavipāko^eb^ti iminā samparāyikaṃ. ^b^Attabyābādhāya saṃvattatī^eb^tiādīsupi imināva nayena ādīnavavibhāvanā veditabbā. Uppannassa kāmavitakkassa anadhivāsanaṃ nāma puna tādisassa anuppādanaṃ, taṃ panassa pahānaṃ vinodanaṃ byantikaraṇaṃ anabhāvagamananti ^a^M1.0172^ea^ ca vattuṃ vaṭṭatīti pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘uppannaṃ kāmavitakkaṃ nādhivāsetī’’ti vatvā ‘‘pajahatī’’tiādi vuttanti tamatthaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘anadhivāsento kiṃ karotīti pajahatī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Pahānañcettha vikkhambhanameva, na samucchedoti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘vinodetī’’^eb^tiādi vuttanti vikkhambhanavaseneva attho dassito.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kāmavitakko^eb^ti sampayogato ārammaṇato ca kāmasahagato vitakko. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kāmapaṭisaṃyutto^eb^^a^V1.0154^ea^^b^takko’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Kāmapaṭisaṃyutto^eb^ti hi kāmarāgasaṅkhātena kāmena sampayutto vatthukāmasaṅkhātena paṭibaddho ca. ^b^Uppannuppanne^eb^ti tesaṃ pāpavitakkānaṃ uppādāvatthāgahaṇaṃ vā kataṃ siyā anavasesaggahaṇaṃ vā. Tesu paṭhamaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘upannamatte’’^eb^ti, sampatijāteti attho. Anavasesaggahaṇaṃ byāpanicchāya hotīti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘satakkhattumpi uppanne’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Ñātivitakko^eb^ti ‘‘amhākaṃ ñātayo sukhajīvino sampattiyuttā’’tiādinā gehassitapemavasena ñātake ārabbha uppannavitakko. ^b^Janapadavitakko^eb^ti ‘‘amhākaṃ janapado subhikkho sampannasasso ramaṇīyo’’tiādinā gehassitapemavaseneva janapadaṃ ārabbha uppannavitakko. Ukkuṭikappadhānādīhi dukkhe nijjiṇṇe samparāye attā sukhī hoti amaroti dukkarakārikāya paṭisaṃyutto amaratthāya vitakko, taṃ vā ārabbha amarāvikkhepadiṭṭhisahagato amaro ca so vitakko cāti ^b^amaravitakko. Parānuddayatāpaṭisaṃyutto^eb^ti paresu upaṭṭhākādīsu sahanandikādivasena pavatto anuddayatāpatirūpako gehassitapemena paṭisaṃyutto vitakko. ^b^Lābhasakkārasilokapaṭisaṃyutto^eb^ti cīvarādilābhena ceva sakkārena ca kittisaddena ca ārammaṇakaraṇavasena paṭisaṃyutto. ^b^Anavaññattipaṭisaṃyutto^eb^ti ‘‘aho vata maṃ pare na avajāneyyuṃ, na heṭṭhā katvā maññeyyuṃ, pāsāṇacchattaṃ viya garuṃ kareyyu’’nti uppannavitakko.<br/><br/>[03]Kāmavitakko kāmasaṅkappanasabhāvattā kāmasaṅkappapavattiyā sātisayattā ca kāmanākāroti āha ^b^‘‘kāmavitakko panettha kāmāsavo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tabbiseso^eb^ti kāmāsavaviseso, rāgasahavuttīti adhippāyo. Kāmavitakkādike vinodeti attano santānato ^a^M1.0173^ea^ nīharati etenāti ^b^vinodanaṃ,^eb^ vīriyanti āha ^b^‘‘vīriyasaṃvarasaṅkhātena vinodanenā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Vinodanāpahātabbāasavavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 43
title: parivajjanāpahātabbāasavavaṇṇanā^vinodanāpahātabbāasavavaṇṇanā^bhāvanāpahātabbāasavavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^27^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Satta bojjhaṅgā bhāvitā bahulīkatā vijjāvimuttiyo paripūrentī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.187) vacanato vijjāvimuttīnaṃ anadhigamo tato ca sakalavaṭṭadukkhānativatti ^b^abhāvanāya ādīnavo,^eb^ vuttavipariyāyena bhagavato orasaputtabhāvādivasena ca ^b^bhāvanāya ānisaṃso^eb^ veditabbo. ^b^Uparimaggattayasamayasambhūtā^eb^ti dutiyādimaggakkhaṇe jātā, bhāvanādhikārato dutiyamaggādipariyāpannāti attho. Nanu ca te lokuttarā eva, kasmā visesanaṃ ^a^V1.0155^ea^ katanti? Nayidaṃ visesanaṃ, visesitabbaṃ panetaṃ, lokuttarabojjhaṅgā eva adhippetā, te ca kho uparimaggattayasamayasambhūtāti. ^b^Bojjhaṅgesu asammohattha^eb^nti vipassanājhānamaggaphalabojjhaṅgesu sammohābhāvatthaṃ. Missakanayena hi bojjhaṅgesu vuccamānesu tadaṅgādivivekadassanavasena vipassanābojjhaṅgādayo vibhajitvā vuccanti, na nibbattitalokuttarabojjhaṅgā evāti bojjhaṅgesu sammoho na hoti bojjhaṅgabhāvanāpaṭipattiyā ca sammadeva pakāsitattā. ^b^Idha panā^eb^ti imasmiṃ sutte, imasmiṃ vā adhikāre. ^b^Lokuttaranayo eva gahetabbo^eb^ bhāvanāmaggassa adhikatattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ādipadāna^eb^nti (a. ni. ṭī. 1.1.418) ‘‘satisambojjhaṅga’’nti evamādīnaṃ tasmiṃ tasmiṃ vākye ādibhūtānaṃ padānaṃ. ^b^Atthato^eb^ti visesavasena sāmaññavasena ca padatthato. ^b^Lakkhaṇādīhī^eb^ti lakkhaṇarasapaccupaṭṭhānato. ^b^Kamato^eb^ti anupubbito. ^b^Anūnādhikato^eb^ti tāvattakato. ^b^Vibhāvinā^eb^ti viññunā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Satisambojjhaṅge^eb^ti satisambojjhaṅgapade. ^b^Saraṇaṭṭhenā^eb^ti anussaraṇaṭṭhena. Cirakatādibhedaṃ ārammaṇaṃ upagantvā ṭhānaṃ, anissajjanaṃ vā ^b^upaṭṭhānaṃ^eb^. Udake alābu viya pilavitvā gantuṃ adatvā pāsāṇassa viya niccalassa ārammaṇassa ṭhapanaṃ sāraṇaṃ asammuṭṭhatākaraṇaṃ ^b^apilāpanaṃ. Vuttampi ^a^M1.0174^ea^ hetaṃ^eb^ milindapañhe. ^b^Bhaṇḍāgāriko^eb^ti bhaṇḍagopako. Apilāpe karoti ^b^apilāpeti. Therenā^eb^ti nāgasenattherena. Sammosapaccanīkaṃ kiccaṃ ^b^asammoso,^eb^ na sammosābhāvamattaṃ. ^b^Gocarābhimukhabhāvapaccupaṭṭhānā^eb^ti kāyādiārammaṇābhimukhabhāvapaccupaṭṭhānā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bodhiyā^eb^ dhammasāmaggiyā, ^b^aṅgo^eb^ avayavo, ^b^bodhissa vā^eb^ ariyasāvakassa ^b^aṅgo^eb^ kāraṇaṃ. ^b^Patiṭṭhānāyūhanā^eb^ oghataraṇasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ (saṃ. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.1) –<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Kilesavasena patiṭṭhānaṃ, abhisaṅkhāravasena āyūhanā. Taṇhādiṭṭhīhi patiṭṭhānaṃ, avasesakilesābhisaṅkhārehi āyūhanā. Taṇhāvasena patiṭṭhānaṃ, diṭṭhivasena āyūhanā. Sassatadiṭṭhiyā patiṭṭhānaṃ, ucchedadiṭṭhiyā āyūhanā. Līnavasena patiṭṭhānaṃ, uddhaccavasena āyūhanā. Kāmasukhānuyogavasena patiṭṭhānaṃ, attakilamathānuyogavasena āyūhanā. Sabbākusalābhisaṅkhāravasena patiṭṭhānaṃ, sabbalokiyakusalābhisaṅkhāravasena āyūhanā’’ti –<br/><br/>[03]Vuttesu pakāresu idha avuttānaṃ vasena veditabbā. Yā hi ayaṃ bodhīti vuccatīti yojetabbaṃ ^a^V1.0156^ea^. ‘‘Bujjhatī’’ti padassa paṭibujjhatīti atthoti āha ^b^‘‘kilesasantānaniddāya uṭṭhahatī’’^eb^ti. Taṃ pana paṭibujjhanaṃ atthato catunnaṃ saccānaṃ paṭivedho, nibbānasseva vā sacchikiriyāti āha ^b^‘‘cattārī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Jhānaṅgamaggaṅgādayo viyā^eb^ti yathā aṅgāni eva jhānamaggā, na aṅgavinimuttā, evamidhāpīti attho. ^b^Senaṅgarathaṅgādayo viyā^eb^ti etena puggalapaññattiyā avijjamānapaññattibhāvaṃ dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bodhāya saṃvattantīti bojjhaṅgā^eb^ti idaṃ kāraṇattho aṅga-saddoti katvā vuttaṃ. Bujjhantīti bodhiyo, bodhiyo eva aṅgāti bojjhaṅgāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘bujjhantīti bojjhaṅgā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Anubujjhantī^eb^ti vipassanādīnaṃ kāraṇānaṃ bujjhitabbānañca saccānaṃ anurūpaṃ bujjhanti. ^b^Paṭibujjhantī^eb^ti kilesaniddāya uṭṭhahanato paccakkhabhāvena vā paṭimukhaṃ bujjhanti. ^b^Sambujjhantī^eb^ti aviparītabhāvena sammā ca bujjhanti. Evaṃ upasaggānaṃ atthavisesadīpanatā daṭṭhabbā. Bodhi-saddo hi sabbavisesayuttaṃ bujjhanaṃ sāmaññena gahetvā ṭhito.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vicinātī^eb^ti ^a^M1.0175^ea^ ‘‘tayidaṃ dukkha’’ntiādinā vīmaṃsati. ^b^Obhāsanaṃ^eb^ dhammānaṃ yathābhūtasabhāvapaṭicchādakassa sammohassa viddhaṃsanaṃ yathā āloko andhakārassa. Yasmiṃ dhamme sati vīro nāma hoti, so dhammo ^b^vīrabhāvo. Īrayitabbato^eb^ti pavattetabbato. Kosajjapakkhato patituṃ appadānavasena sampayuttānaṃ paggaṇhanaṃ ^b^paggaho^eb^. ^b^Upatthambhanaṃ^eb^ anubalappadānaṃ. Osīdanaṃ layāpatti, tappaṭipakkhato ^b^anosīdanaṃ^eb^ daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Pīṇayatī^eb^ti tappeti vaḍḍheti vā. ^b^Pharaṇaṃ^eb^ paṇītarūpehi kāyassa byāpanaṃ. ^b^Tuṭṭhi^eb^ nāma pīti. Udaggabhāvo ^b^odagyaṃ,^eb^ kāyacittānaṃ ukkhipananti attho. ^b^Kāyacittadarathapassambhanato^eb^ti kāyadarathassa cittadarathassa ca passambhanato vūpasamanato. ^b^Kāyoti^eb^ cettha vedanādayo tayo khandhā. ^b^Daratho^eb^ sārambho, dukkhadomanassapaccayānaṃ uddhaccādikilesānaṃ, tappadhānānaṃ vā catunnaṃ khandhānaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Uddhaccādikilesapaṭipakkhabhāvo daṭṭhabbo, evañcettha passaddhiyā ^b^aparipphandanasītibhāvo^eb^ daṭṭhabbo asāraddhabhāvato. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘passaddho kāyo asāraddho’’ti (ma. ni. 1.52).<br/><br/>[03]^b^Samādhānato^eb^ti sammā cittassa ādhānato ṭhapanato. ^b^Avikkhepo^eb^ sampayuttānaṃ avikkhittatā, yena sasampayuttā dhammā avikkhittā honti, so dhammo avikkhepoti. ^b^Avisāro^eb^ attano eva avisaraṇasabhāvo. ^b^Sampiṇḍanaṃ^eb^ sampayuttānaṃ avippakiṇṇabhāvāpādanaṃ nhānīyacuṇṇānaṃ udakaṃ viya. ^b^Cittaṭṭhitipaccupaṭṭhāno^eb^ti ‘‘cittassa ṭhitī’’ti (dha. sa. 11) vacanato cittassa pabandhaṭhitipaccupaṭṭhāno. ^b^Ajjhupekkhanato^eb^ti udāsīnabhāvato. ^b^Sā^eb^ti bojjhaṅgaupekkhā ^a^V1.0157^ea^. Samappavatte dhamme paṭisañcikkhati upapattito ikkhati tadākārā hutvā pavattatīti ^b^paṭisaṅkhānalakkhaṇā,^eb^ evañca katvā ‘‘paṭisaṅkhā santiṭṭhanā gahaṇe majjhattatā’’ti upekkhākiccādhimattatāya saṅkhārupekkhā vuttā. Sampayuttadhammānaṃ yathāsakakiccakaraṇavasena samaṃ pavattanapaccayatā ^b^samavāhitā^eb^. Alīnānuddhatappavattipaccayatā ^b^ūnādhikatānivāraṇaṃ^eb^. Sampayuttānaṃ asamappavattihetukapakkhapātaṃ upacchindantī viya hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘pakkhapātupacchedarasā’’^eb^ti. Ajjhupekkhanameva ^b^majjhattabhāvo^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Sabbasmiṃ līnapakkhe uddhaccapakkhe ca atthikā patthanīyā icchitabbāti sabbatthikā, taṃ ^b^sabbatthikaṃ^eb^. Samānakkhaṇapavattīsu sattasupi sambojjhaṅgesu vācāya ^a^M1.0176^ea^ kamappavattito paṭipāṭiyā vattabbesu yaṃ kiñci paṭhamaṃ avatvā satisambojjhaṅgasseva paṭhamaṃ vacanassa kāraṇaṃ sabbesaṃ upakārakattanti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘sabbesa’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Sabbesa^eb^nti ca līnuddhaccapakkhikānaṃ, aññathā sabbepi sabbesaṃ paccayāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Kasmā satteva bojjhaṅgā vuttā’’^eb^ti codako saddhālobhādīnampi bojjhaṅgabhāvaṃ āsaṅkati, itaro satiādīnaṃyeva bhāvanāya upakārataṃ dassento ^b^‘‘līnuddhaccapaṭipakkhato sabbatthikato cā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^līnassā^eb^ti atisithilavīriyatādīhi bhāvanāvīthiṃ anotaritvā saṃkuṭitassa cittassa. Tadā hi passaddhisamādhiupekkhāsambojjhaṅgā na bhāvetabbā. Tañhi etehi allatiṇādīhi viya paritto aggi dussamuṭṭhāpiyaṃ hotīti. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso parittaṃ aggiṃ ujjāletukāmo assa, so tattha allāni ceva tiṇāni pakkhipeyyā’’tiādi (saṃ. ni. 5.234). Dhammavicayavīriyapītisambojjhaṅgā pana bhāvetabbā, sukkhatiṇādīhi viya paritto aggi līnaṃ cittaṃ etehi susamuṭṭhāpiyaṃ hotīti. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘yasmiñca kho’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha yathāsakaṃ āhāravasena dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgādīnaṃ bhāvanā veditabbā. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘atthi, bhikkhave, kusalākusalā dhammā…pe… pītisambojjhaṅgassa bhiyyobhāvāya…pe… saṃvattatī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.232). Tattha sabhāvasāmaññalakkhaṇapaṭivedhavasena pavattamanasikāro…pe… dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgādayo bhāveti nāma.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Uddhaccassā^eb^ti cittassa accāraddhavīriyatādīhi sītibhāvapatiṭṭhitabhāvaṃ anotiṇṇatāya, tadā dhammavicayavīriyapītisambojjhaṅgā na bhāvetabbā. Tañhi etehi sukkhatiṇādīhi viya aggikkhandho duvūpasamayaṃ hoti. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso mahantaṃ aggikkhandhaṃ ^a^V1.0158^ea^ nibbāpetukāmo assa, so tattha sukkhāni ceva tiṇāni pakkhipeyyā’’tiādi (saṃ. ni. 5.234). Passaddhisamādhiupekkhāsambojjhaṅgā pana bhāvetabbā, allatiṇādīhi viya aggikkhandho uddhataṃ cittaṃ etehi suvūpasamayaṃ hoti. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘yasmiñca kho’’^eb^tiādi. Etthāpi yathāsakaṃ āhāravasena passaddhisambojjhaṅgādīnaṃ bhāvanā veditabbā. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘atthi, bhikkhave, kāyapassaddhi ^a^M1.0177^ea^ cittapassaddhi…pe… upekkhāsambojjhaṅgassa bhiyyobhāvāya saṃvattatī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.232). Tattha yathāssa passaddhiādayo uppannapubbā, taṃ ākāraṃ sallakkhetvā tesaṃ uppādanavasena tathā manasikarontova passaddhisambojjhaṅgādayo bhāveti nāma. Satisambojjhaṅgo pana sabbattha bahūpakāro. So hi cittaṃ līnapakkhikānaṃ passaddhiādīnaṃ vasena layāpattito, uddhaccapakkhikānañca dhammavicayādīnaṃ vasena uddhaccapātato rakkhati, tasmā so loṇadhūpanaṃ viya sabbabyañjanesu sabbakammikāmacco viya ca rājakiccesu sabbattha icchitabbo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘satiñca khvāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sabbatthikaṃ vadāmī’’^eb^ti (saṃ. ni. 5.234).<br/><br/>[03]Ñatvā ñātabbāti (saṃ. ni. ṭī. 1.1.129) sambandho. ^b^Vaḍḍhi^eb^ nāma vepullaṃ bhiyyobhāvo punappunaṃ uppādo evāti āha ^b^‘‘punappunaṃ janetī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Abhi^eb^vuddhiṃ pāpento ^b^nibbatteti. Vivittatā^eb^ti vivittabhāvo. Yo hi vivecanīyato viviccati, yaṃ viviccitvā ṭhitaṃ, tadubhayaṃ idha vivittabhāvasāmaññena ‘‘vivittatā’’ti vuttaṃ. Tesu purimo vivecanīyato viviccamānatāya vivekasaṅkhātāya viviccanakiriyāya samaṅgī dhammasamūho tāya eva viviccanakiriyāya vasena vivekoti gahito. Itaro sabbaso tato tato vivittasabhāvatāya. Tattha yasmiṃ dhammapuñje satisambojjhaṅgo viviccanakiriyāya pavattati, taṃ yathāvuttāya viviccamānatāya vivekasaṅkhātaṃ nissāyeva pavattati, itaraṃ pana tanninnatātadārammaṇatāhīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘viveke nissita’’^eb^nti. Yathā vā vivekavasena pavattaṃ jhānaṃ ‘‘vivekaja’’nti vuttaṃ, evaṃ vivekavasena pavatto bojjhaṅgo ‘‘vivekanissito’’ti daṭṭhabbo. Nissayaṭṭho ca vipassanāmaggānaṃ vasena maggaphalānaṃ veditabbo. Asatipi pubbāparabhāve ‘‘paṭiccasamuppādā’’ti ettha paccayānaṃ samuppādanaṃ viya abhinnadhammādhārā nissayanabhāvanā sambhavantīti. ^b^Ayamevā^eb^ti viveko eva. Viveko hi pahānavinayavirāganirodhā ca samānatthā.<br/><br/>[03]Tadaṅgasamucchedanissaraṇavivekanissitataṃ vatvā paṭipassaddhivivekanissitatāya avacanaṃ ‘‘satisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvetī’’tiādinā bhāvetabbānaṃ bojjhaṅgānaṃ idha vuttattā. Bhāvitabbojjhaṅgassa hi ye sacchikātabbā phalabojjhaṅgā, tesaṃ kiccaṃ paṭipassaddhiviveko. ^b^Ajjhāsayato^eb^ti ^a^V1.0159^ea^ ‘‘nibbānaṃ sacchikarissāmī’’ti mahantājjhāsayato. Yadipi vipassanākkhaṇe saṅkhārārammaṇaṃ ^a^M1.0178^ea^ cittaṃ, saṅkhāresu pana ādīnavaṃ suṭṭhu disvā tappaṭipakkhe nibbāne adhimuttatāya ajjhāsayato nissaraṇavivekanissitatā dāhābhibhūtassa puggalassa sītaninnacitattā viya. ^b^Na paṭisiddhā^eb^ vipassanāpādakesu kasiṇārammaṇādijhānesu satiādīnaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyattā. Anuddharantā pana vipassanā viya bodhiyā maggassa āsannakāraṇaṃ jhānaṃ na hoti, nāpi tathā ekantikaṃ kāraṇaṃ, na ca vipassanākiccassa viya jhānakiccassa niṭṭhānaṃ maggoti katvā na uddharanti. Ettha ca kasiṇaggahaṇena tadāyattāni āruppānipi gahitānīti daṭṭhabbāni. Tānipi hi vipassanāpādakāni nibbedhabhāgiyāni ca hontīti vattuṃ vaṭṭati tanninnabhāvasabbhāvato. Yadaggena hi nibbānaninnatā, tadaggena phalaninnatāpi siyā. ‘‘Kudāssu nāmāhaṃ tadāyatanaṃ upasampajja vihareyya’’nti (ma. ni. 1.465) ādivacanampetassa atthassa sādhakaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vossagga^eb^-saddo pariccāgattho pakkhandanattho cāti vossaggassa duvidhatā vuttā. Vossajjanañhi pahānaṃ, vissaṭṭhabhāvena nirāsaṅkapavati ca, tasmā vipassanākkhaṇe tadaṅgavasena, maggakkhaṇe samucchedavasena paṭipakkhassa pahānaṃ vossaggo, tathā vipassanākkhaṇe tanninnabhāvena, maggakkhaṇe ārammaṇakaraṇena vissaṭṭhasabhāvato vossaggoti veditabbaṃ. ^b^Yathāvuttena pakārenā^eb^ti tadaṅgasamucchedapakārena tanninnatadārammaṇakaraṇapakārena ca. Pubbe vossagga-padasseva atthassa vuttattā āha ^b^‘‘sakalena vacanenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pariṇamantaṃ^eb^ vipassanākkhaṇe, ^b^pariṇataṃ^eb^ maggakkhaṇe. Pariṇāmo nāma paripākoti āha ^b^‘‘paripaccantaṃ paripakkañcā’’^eb^ti. Paripāko ca āsevanalābhena āhitasāmatthiyassa kilesassa pariccajituṃ nibbānañca pakkhandituṃ tikkhavisadasabhāvo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ayañhī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Esa nayo^eb^ti yvāyaṃ ‘‘tadaṅgavivekanissita’’ntiādinā satisambojjhaṅge vutto, sesesu dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgādīsupi esa nayoti evaṃ tattha netabbanti attho.<br/><br/>[03]Evaṃ ādikammikānaṃ bojjhaṅgesu asammohatthaṃ missakanayaṃ vatvā idāni nibbattitalokuttarabojjhaṅgavasena atthaṃ vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘idha panā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Idha panā^eb^ti imasmiṃ sabbāsavasuttante. ^b^Maggo eva vossaggavipariṇāmī^eb^ bhāvanāmaggassa idha adhippetattā. ^b^Tañca kho^eb^ti satisambojjhaṅgaṃ. ^b^Samucchedato^eb^ti samucchindanato.<br/><br/>[03]Diṭṭhāsavassa^a^M1.0179^ea^ paṭhamamaggavajjhattā ^b^‘‘tayo āsavā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Tepi anapāyagamanīyā eva veditabbā ^a^V1.0160^ea^ apāyagamanīyānaṃ dassaneneva pahīnattā. Satipi sambojjhaṅgānaṃ yebhuyyena maggabhāve tattha tattha sambojjhaṅgasabhāvānaṃ maggadhammānaṃ vasena vuttamaggattayasampayuttā bojjhaṅgāti paccekabojjhaṅge ‘‘bojjhaṅgabhāvanāyā’’ti iminā gaṇhanto ^b^‘‘maggattayasampayuttāyā’’^eb^ti āha.<br/><br/>[06]Bhāvanāpahātabbāasavavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^28^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Thomento^eb^ti āsavappahānassa sudukkarattā tāya eva dukkarakiriyāya taṃ abhitthavanto. ^b^Assā^eb^ti pahīnāsavabhikkhuno. ^b^Ānisaṃsa^eb^nti taṇhācchedādidukkhakkhayapariyosānaṃ udrayaṃ. ^b^Etehi^eb^ pahānādisaṃkittanehi. ^b^Ussukkaṃ janento^eb^ti evaṃ dhammassāmināpi abhitthavanīyaṃ mahānisaṃsañca āsavappahānanti tattha ādarasahitaṃ ussāhaṃ uppādento. ^b^Dassaneneva pahīnā^eb^ti dassanena pahīnā eva. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘na appahīnesuyeva pahīnasaññī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sabba^eb^-saddena āsavānaṃ, āsavasaṃvarānañca sambandhavasena dutiyapaṭhamavikappānaṃ bhedo daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Dassanābhisamayā^eb^ti pariññābhisamayā pariññākiccasiddhiyā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kiccavasenā’’^eb^ti, asammohapaṭivedhenāti attho. ^b^Samussayo^eb^ kāyo, attabhāvo vā.<br/><br/>[03]Anavajjapītisomanassasahitaṃ cittaṃ ‘‘attano’’ti vattabbataṃ arahati atthāvahattā, na tabbiparītaṃ anatthāvahattāti pītisampayuttacittataṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘attamanāti sakamanā’’^eb^ti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tuṭṭhamanā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Attamanā^eb^ti vā pītisomanassehi gahitamanā. Yasmā pana tehi gahitatā sampayuttatāva, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘pītisomanassehi vā sampayuttamanā’’^eb^ti. Yadettha atthato na vibhattaṃ, taṃ vuttanayattā suviññeyyattā cāti veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Sabbāsavasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


